IDiTlOH   FOR  THE  PACIFIC  i  ;/    i 


1 


^ 


UC-NRLF 


mp  " 


CD 
O 


•  ■RKEtErX 

LIBRARY  I 
uunwmn  of    f 


mjeuios  zrhi, 


^ 


^ 


'  // 


\7jj^ 


-r^J'iW^^fA 


NATIONAL     GEOGRAPHICAL     SERIES. 


MONTEITH'S 

PHYSICAL  AND  POLITICAL 

GEOGRAPHY; 


IIST    T'WO   P^RTS 


PART   I. 

GEOGRAPHY  TAUGHT  AS  A  SCIENCES; 

WRITTEN  AND  ILLUSTRATED  ON  THE  PLAN  OF  OBJECT  TEACHING. 


PART    II 

LOCAL  AND  CIVIL  GEOGRAPHY; 


CONTArXIXO 


MAPS  REMARKABLE  FOR  THEIR   CLEARNESS.  AN    IMPROVED   SYSTEM  OF  MAP    EXERCISES  AND    OF   MAP  DRAWING,  POLITICAL   AND 
ASTRONOMICAL  GEOGRAPHY,  AND  A  PRONOUNCING  VOCABULARY  OF  GEOGRAPHICAL  NAMES. 


« 


BY  JAMES  MONTEITH, 

Author  of  n  Serlet  of  School  Geographiet  and  n'uli  Maps,  ufid  a  Juvenile  History  of  the  United  States. 


^.     S.     BARNES     A]S^r)     COMPAISJ^Y, 

NEW   YORK,   CHICAGO,   AND   NEW  ORLEANS. 


t^HARACTER   OF   THE   ^:§fORK. 

Its  Style. — ^In  the  preparation  of  this  portion  of  the  work,  the  author  has  songht  to  present  the  snbject  of  Geography 
aa  a  Science ;  and,  at  the  same  time,  in  a  style  calculated  to  attract  and  interest  the  pupU.  Avoiding  the  use  of  aU  techni- 
cal terms  that  would  perplex  the  young  learner,  he  has  endeavored  to  explain  its  leading  principles  by  means  of  familiar 
language  and  comparisons,  and  of  suggestive  illustrations,  according  to  the  Object  System  of  instruction.  For  example,  on 
page  19,  the  theory  of  volcanic  action  is  explained  by  reference  to  a  cake  which  is  burst  open  at  the  top,  the  heat  of  the 
oven  representing  the  heat  of  the  earth's  interior. 

Again ;  on  page  27,  boihng  springs,  such  as  the  geysers,  are  illustrated  by  means  of  a  tea-kettle. 

The  Text  is  divided  into  Short  Paragraphs  SO  constructed  that  the  commencement  of  each  appears  in  prominent  type 
and  readily  suggests  the  subject  and  the  questions. 

It  Teaches : — That  the  earth  was  formed  to  be  the  temporary  dweULng-place  of  mankind  ;  and  to  that  end,  were  created 
the  land,  with  its  mountains  and  plains ;  the  water,  with  its  mighty  ocean  and  its  running  brooks ;  besides  air,  light,  heat, 
plants,  and  living  creatures : 

That  aU  the  objects  which  we  behold,  whether  organic  or  inorganic,  whether  on  the  surface  or  below  the  surface,  with 
all  the  various  phenomena  of  the  earth,  exert  important  influences  upon  each  other  and  work  together  in  harmony  for  the 
well-being  of  the  human  race. 

Effect  upon  the  Mind  of  the  Pupil. — Throughout  the  work  the  aim  has  been  not  only  to  impart  valuable  information, 
but  especially  to  cultivate  the  learner's  powers  of  observation  and  reasoning ;  and,  as  he  views  the  wonders,  the  beauty,  and 
the  perfection  of  Nature's  works,  his  thoughts  are  thereby  directed  to  the  Creator,  by  whom  aU  things  were  made  and 
adapted  to  the  development  of  human  life  and  happiness. 

Tlie  Index  and  General  Review  serve  both  as  a  Eeference  and  as  a  system  of  General  Exercises. 

Among  the  Works  on  Geology  and  Geography  which  have  been  consulted  by  the  author,  are  those  of  LyeU,  Hitch- 
cock, Dana,  Miller,  Johnston,  Milner,  and  Bitter. 

The  Maps  have  been  executed  with  reference  to  clearness   and  freedom  from  detail. 

The  Largest  City  in  each  State  or  country  appears  in  large  capital  letters.  The  capital  is  designated  by  a  *.  For  the 
names  of  places  represented  on  the  maps  by  numbers,  see  Appendix. 

Accompanying  the  Maps  of  the  United  States,  are  Additional  Exercises  adapted  for  use  in  each  State  separately. 

The  Principal  Railroads  are  shown  by  finely  dotted  lines,  and  in  connection  with  them  are  questions  on  "  Routes 
of  Travel." 

In  the  "  Reviews  "  are  given  the  population  of  the  largest  cities,  the  height  of  the  highest  mountains,  and  the  length 
of  the  largest  rivers.     The  "General  Review"  contains  questions  promiscuously  arranged. 

The  Political  Geography,  fuUy  illustrated,  gives  a  concise  view  of  the  leading  features  of  the  Countries  and  States, — 
their  topography,  soil,  climate,  productions,  &c. 

Comparative  Sizes  and  Latitudes  of  Countries,  States  and  Cities  are  shown  on  the  margins  of  the  Maps.  (See  also  p.  102.) 


TttE  WMlOWAi  SYSTEM  Of  OEOGBM'ttY, 

IN     THKEB     BOOKS,     WITH     ALTERNATES. 


L  UONTEITE'S  FmST  LESSONS  IN  QEOaSAFHY. 

IL  MONTBITH'S  MANUAL  OF  GEOaEAPHY. 

m.  McNALLY'S  COMPLETE  QEOaSAPHY. 


The  Vlr»t  Tjcssona  is  designed  for  children  just  able  to  read. 

The  Mfinual  is  a  favorite  book  for  intermediate  classes.    There  can  be  no  substitnte 

for  it. 
Mr  If  ally's  Geographu  Is  a  gem  of  elegant  and  practical  comprehensiveness, 

MONTBITH'S  WALL  MAPS.-Thehandsomest,  most  complete,  and  substantial  School  Maps  published,  with  names  ail  laid  down.   MONTEITH'S  GLOBES.— All  sizes, 


I.  UONTEITH'S  INTRODUCTION  TO  THE  MANUAL. 

II.  MONTEITH'S  COMPREHENSIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 

m.  UONTEITH'S  PHYSICAL  AND  POLITICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


The  TntroducHon.  is  of  a  grade  between  the  First  Lessons  and  the  Manual. 

The  CotnprehrnMvf  is  a  new  Intermediate,  poseesHing  several  new,  attractive,  and 

valuable  features. 
The  Phyniriil  niitl  Polillrtil  is  especially  valuable  for  its  easy  style  of  presenting 

Geography  as  a  science. 


Entered  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1866,  by  Jambs  Monteith,  in  the  Office  of  the  Librarion  of  Congress,  at  Washington. 


—n—T- 

Add   to  Llb'^ 


ONTENTS. 


SECTION  I. 
Introductory— The  Eazth  the  Dwelling-place  of  Mankind 5 

SECTION   II. 

The  Creation  of  the  Earth — Its  Changes  and  Gradual  Development — 

Formation  of  Soil — Commencement  of  Vegetable  and  Animal  Life. . .       6 


SECTION   III. 
The  Crust  of  the  Earth— Internal  Heat — Strata 


SECTION    IV. 

The  Form  of  the  Earth — Horizons — Water,  Land,  Air,  Light,  and  Heat 

necessar;'  to  Man's  Existence — The  Harmony  of  Nature's  Laws i) 

SECTION   V. 

The  Formation  of  Continents — Upheaval  and  Submergence — The  Wisdom 
of  God's  Plan  manifested — Mountain  Systems — Tlie  Land  and  Water 
Hemispheres — Inlets,  Rivers,  etc.,  advance  the  Civilization  of  Man. . .     10 

SECTION  VI. 

Mountains  and  Plateaus ;  their  Origin,  Places,  and  Uses — Glaciers — Moun- 
tain Passes : 14 


SECTION   VII. 
Volcanoes  and  Earthquakes  ;  their  Origin  and  Effects 19 

SECTION   VIII. 

Plains  and  Valleys  ;  their  Distribution  ;  how  their  Soil  is  enriched. 20 

SECTION   IX. 
Deserts  and  Oases  ;  their  Distribution  ;  Causes  of  their  Formation. 21 

SECTION   X. 
The  Ocean  ;  its  Extent  and  Divisions  ;  its  Depth  and  Bed  ;  its  Saltness. .     22 


SECTION   XI.  ■ 

PAS1I   : 

Oceatic  Currents ;  the  Theory  of  their  Movements ;    their  Important 
Influences  and  Benefits 23 


SECTION    XII. 

Evaporation — Springs  and  Wells  ;  Theory  of  their  Formation — The  Qey- 


26  ; 


SECTION   XIII. 
Rivers  ;  their  Origin,  Powers,  and  Importance  to  Man 28 


SECTION    XIV.  ■ 

\ 

LakcH  ;  their  Formation,  Elevation,  and  Depth 81  i 

SECTION    XV. 
The  Atmosphere — The  Winds — Land  and  Sea  Breezes 32  \ 

SECTION   XVI.  i 


Vajior — Clouds — Distribution  of  Rain. 


8» 


I 


SECTION   XVII.  i 

Climate ;  its  Dependence  upon  Oceanic  Currents  and  Winds ;  its  Influ-  ^ 
ence  upon  Vegetation  and  Man — Isotherms  and  Climatic  Zones — The 

Climates  of  Elevated  Regions 86  ? 

SECTION   XVIII. 

Vegetation  ;  its  Growth  and  Uses  ;  its  Distribution — The  Formation  and  S 

Distribution  of  Coal  Fields 40  3 

SECTION   XIX.  ; 

Animals  ;  their  Creation,  Gradual  Development,  and  Uses  ;  their  Adapta-  ; 

tion  to  Climates  and  other  Conditions 42  • 

SECTION   XX.  . 

Mankind — the  Races — The  Influences  of  Climate,  Pood,  and  Means  of  ] 

Intercommunication,  upon  Individuals  and  Nations 44  i 


^ 


LIST      OF     ]^^  A.  F  S 


Eastern  and  Western  Hemispheres,  Northern  and  Southern  Hemispheres, 

Land  and  Water  Hemispheres 50 

North  America 52 

British  America 56 

United  States 58,  59 

Maine,  New  Hampshire,  Vermont,  Massachusetts,  Connecticut  and  Rhode 

Island 60 

New  York,  Pennsylvania,  New  Jersey,  Delaware,  Maryland,  Virginia,  and 

West  Virginia 62 

North  Carolina,  South  Carolina,  Georgia,  Florida,  Alabama,  Mississippi, 

Louisiana,  Arkansas,  and  Tennessee 64 

Ohio,  Indiana,  Illinois,  Kentucky,  Missouri,  Iowa,  Michigan,  Wisconsin, 

and  Minnesota 66 

Texas,  Kansas,  Nebraska,  California,  Oregon.  Nevada,  Colorado,  Wash- 
ington, Idaho,  Montano,  Dakota,  Utah,  Arizona,  New  Mexico,  Wyo- 
ming and  Indian  Territory 68 


Comparative  Sizes 77  i 

Mexico  and  West  Indies 78  i 

South  America 80  < 

British  Isles 84  i 

Europe 86  : 

Central  and  Southern  Europe 88  ' 

Asia 92 

Africa 96  | 

Oceanica 100   I 


Comparative  Sizes  and  Comparative  Latitudes 108 

Index  and  General  Review  of  Physical  Geography 108 

Astronomical  Georgaphy 108 

General  Review  of  Local  Geography HO 

Pronunciation  and  Meaning  of  Geographical  Names Ill,  112 

Tables 113-115 


Introductory. 

1.  The  robin  builds  her  nest  in  the  tree  for  the 
Purpose  of  there  depositing  her  eggs,  and  of  bring- 
ing forth  and  protecting  her  young. 

2.  For  the  Pur-pose  of  protection  and  comfort 
men  build  houses,  found  cities,  and  establisli  gov- 
ernments. Purpose,  therefore,  leads  to  Jiesif/n 
and  Action. 

3.  When  you  look  at  a  beautiful  house,  and  ob- 
serve the  peculiar  fitness  of  the  various  parts  to 
each  other,  you  are  certain  that  it  was  made  for 
the  security  and  enjoyment  of  the  family  within ; 
and  that  the  workmen  shaped  and  placed  the 
mcterials  under  the  direction  of  an  intelligent 
architect,  who  Formetl  the  Plan  before  the  Work 
was  coinnienced. 

4.  So,  when  you  look  abroad,  you  see  a  beauti- 
ful world,  which  was  made  for  the  enjoyment  and 
benefit  of  the  whole  human  family. 

5.  Man  could  not  exist  without  Food  ;  therefore 
the  earth  yields  her  manifold  productions  of  grain, 
fruit,  and  vegetables,  while  animals,  birds,  and 
fish,  also,  are  given  for  his  nourishment  and  use. 
Xeithcr  couUl  he  live  without  Drink;  SO  the  earth 
is  abundantly  supph :  I  with  refreshing  springs. 
For  Clothing  he  goes  t  'he  cotton  plant,  the  sheep, 
and  the  silkworm ;  frci.  he  forests  and  the  ground 
he  obtains  all  the  materials  for  building  purposes. 

6.  Antnial  Life  receives  its  Sustenance  from 
plants;  Plants  receive  theirs  from  the  soil  and 
moisture  ;  Soil  proceeded  originally  from  the  hard 
rock ;  Moisture  and  Clouds,  from  the  ocean. 

7.  The  earth  has  its  continents  and  oceans,  its  mountains  and  plains,  its  rocks,  rains,  snows,  springs,  and  streams.  All 
work  harmoniously  for  the  welfare  and  happiness  of  mankind. 

8.  You  may  conclude,  then,  that  the  whole  earth,  of  which  all  these  things  are  but  parts,  was  made  for  a  Great  Purpose, 
by  a  Being  of  infinite  wisdom,  goodness,  and  power,  according  to  a  design  formed  before  the  beginning  of  the  world ;  and 
this  purpose  was  to  provide  an  Abode  for  Man,  wiiose  Delif/ht  would  be  to  praise,  honor,  and  serve  Him. 


! 


'■,/Haj.i,_ 


6 


MONTEITH'S  PHYSICAL  GEOGRAPHY, 


Sedion  II. 

Creation  of  the  f  arth. 


The  Earth's  Surface  covered  with  Water. 

1.  The  Growth  of  a  Plant  progresses  slowly  and  systemat- 
ically ;  from  the  seed  comes  a  stem,  then  leaves,  blossoms,  and 
fruit.  So  was  the  process  by  which  the  world  was  made  from 
chaos, — slow,  gradual,  and  in  accordance  with  the  provisions 
of  a  well-ordered  plan  established  by  Divine  wisdom. 

2.  The  Earth's  Fortnation  from  Chaos  may  be  illustrated  by 
an  egg,  whose  fluid  substances,  by  a  certain  application  of  heat, 
and  in  a  certain  time,  are  changed  into  a  beautiful,  living  bird. 

3.  "  In  the  Beginning,  God  created  the  heaven  and  the 
earth."  In  time  the  earth  received  its  globular  shape,  and  con- 
sisted of  a  heated,  earthy  matter  in  a  fluid  form,  the  outside  of 
which,  becoming  cool  and  hard,  formed  a  kind  of  crust  around 
the  mass.  Entirely  surrounding  this  crust  was  water,  and 
surrounding  the  water  was  the  atmosphere,  containing  dark, 
heavy  clouds. 

4.  The  Bain  formed  iw  Sprtngs,  watered  no  fields.  It  fell 
only  upon  the  salt  ocean,  for  the  whole  outer  side  of  the  earth's 
crust  constituted  the  bed  of  the  ocean. 


5.  By  Convulsions  within  the  Earth,  parts  of  the  crust 
were  forced  upward  through  the  water,  and  became  dry  land. 

6.  The  Land  first  Baised  consisted  only  of  masses  of  hard 
rock,  on  which  no  tree  or  plant  could  grow. 

7.  There  ivas  no  Soil  imtil  the  rock  was  broken  and  pulver- 
xzed  by  the  action  of  the  waves,  air,  rain,  heat,  and  cold. 

8.  From  the  grinding  together  of  fragments  of  the  rock, 
came  stones,  pebbles,  gravel,  and  sand. 

9.  "  And  God  called  the  dry  land  Earth,  and  the  gathering 
together  of  the  waters  called  He  Seas." 


'And  the  Earth  brought  forth  Grass,  and  Herb  yielding  Seed  after  his  kind,  and  the  Tree 
yielding  Fruit." 


10.  The  Violent  Agitation  of  the  Earth's  Interior  greatly 
disturbed  the  bed  of  the  ocean,  causing  the  depression  of  some 
parts  and  the  elevation  of  others ;  in  the  former,  the  sea 
became  deeper,  and  in  the  latter,  more  shallow. 

11.  Portions  of  the  Ocean's  Bed  were  in  this  way  brought 
up  to  the  surface,  then  above  it ;  and,  covered  with  the  pulver- 
ized or  disintegrated  rock  which  had  long  been  settling  upon 
them,  these  tracts  of  land,  in  time,  supported  trees  and  plants 
which  received  their  nourishment  from  both  the  soil  and  the 
atmosphere. 


'  And  God  >aid.  Let  the  Waters  under  the  Heaven  be  gathered  together,  and  let  the  Dry 

Land  appear." 


'And  God  cre^i-_  „i -at  Whales,  and  every  Living  Creature  that  moveth,  which  the  Waters 
brought  forth  abundantly,  after  their  kind,  and  every  Winged  Fowl  after  his  kind." 


CBBATION  OF  THE  EARTH. 


N 


"  And  Ood  mad*  th*  Bcatt  of  the  Earth  after  hit  kind  and  Cattle  after  their  kind,  and  ever 
thing  that  creepeth  upon  the  Earth  after  hi»  kind." 

12.  The  Various  Species  of  ^In *»»««/« -which  have  lived  upon 
the  earth  were  not  all  created  at  once. 

13.  The  Lfower  Orders  came  first ;  and,  as  centuries  rolled 
on,  other  and  superior  classes  of  animals  came  successively  into 
existence. 

14.  Inserts,  Fish,  and  JReptiles  were  created  before  the 
horse  or  the  ox;  and  all  species  of  animals  were  created 
before  Man. 

15.  With  Plants,  also,  this  was  tlie  ca»e.  The  first  vegeta- 
tion consisted  of  sea-weeds ;  then,  with  the  improvement  of  the 
soil,  new  and  superior  varieties  of  plants  and  trees  appeared. 

16.  These  facts  have  been  ascerUiined  from  investigations 
below  the  earth's  srirface,  where  the  forms  or  remains  of 
plants  and  animals,  which  Uved  in  successive  periods,  are 
found  in  tlie  order  of  their  creation ;  those  created  first  being 
farthest  below  the  surface. 

17.  We  see  the  Law  of  Gradual  IMvelopmetit  exemplified 
in  the  growth  of  the  trees  and  living  creatures;  geologists 
observe  it,  also,  in  the  rocks  and  sands  of  the  earth. 


'And  God  said,  Let  us  make  Man  m  our  Image,  after  our  Likeness  t  and  let  them  have 
dommton  over  the  Fish  of  the  Sea,  and  over  the  Fowl  of  the  Air,  and  over  the  Cattle, 
and  over  all  the  Earth,  and  over  every  Creeping  Thing  that  creepeth  upon  the  Earth." 

'  so  God  created  Man  m  his  own  Image." 


18.  The  general  order  of  Creation  was  as  follows :       ^ 
(1.)  Chaos. 

(2.)  Melted  Matter  in  the  form  of  a  globe. 

(3.)  The  Globe  composed  of  melted  matter  having  a  crust, 
which  was  entirely  surrounded  by  water. 

(4.)  Pabts  of  the  Cbust  upheaved  through  the  sea,  form- 
ing dry  land. 

(5.)  Pulverized  Eock  ;  forming  soil. 

(6.)  Land  alternately  upheaved  and  submebged. 

(7.)  Vegetation. 

(8.)  Anmal  Lite. 

(9.)  Man. 

19.  The  Observing  Pupil  has  now  Learned  two  important 
facts ;  first,  that  God  made  the  world,  with  all  it  contains,  not 
at  once,  but  step  by  step,  on  a  wise  and  definite  plan ;  second, 
that  He  made  it  for  the  use  of  man. 

20.  For  the  Life  and  Happiness  of  Mankind  there  are  pro- 
vided, not  only  the  objects  and  creatures  mentioned  in  the 
beginning  of  Genesis,  but  also  numberless  features  and  phe- 
nomena of  the  earth,  such  as  its  atmosphere,  climates,  cur- 
rents, rain,  mountains,  plains,  and  productions. 

21.  The  Science  of  Geoyraphi/  properly  embraces  an  investi- 
gation into  the  laws  which  ■  control  the  conditions,  changes, 
and  phenomena  in  nature,  as  affecting  the  life  and  conditions 
of  mankind. 

22.  Although  the  various  departments  of  Geographical  Sci- 
ence will  be  presented  in  this  work  in  a  classified  form,  yet  it 
is  highly  important  that  the  learner  keep  constantly  in  mind 
their  dependence  and  influence  upon  each  other ;  this  renders 
repetition,  to  some  extent,  essential. 

23.  When  considering  the  position  and  height  of  a  chain  of 
mountains,  the  course  of  the  winds,  or  of  an  ocean  current, 
he  should  observe  the  influences  exerted  by  each  upon 
climate,  vegetation,  and  the  pursuits  of  man  in  different 
regions. 

24.  These  Differences  or  Contrasts  furnish  each  section 
with  its  own  characteristic  productions,  and  lead  men  to  estab- 
lish a  system  of  trade  or  commerce  between  the  nations  of  the 
earth,  thus  increasing  theii-  industry  and  wealth,  furnishing 
incentives  for  exploration,  and  securing  the  civilization  and 
enUghtenment  of  the  race. 

25.  The  Pupil  should  know,  not  only  that  the  Gulf  Stream 
has  a  north-easterly  direction,  but  also  that  its  warmth  tempers 
the  climate  of  the  greater  part  of  Europe,  and  sheds  its  genial 
infliience  upon  the  atmosphere,  productions,  and  inhabitants 
of  that  Grand  Division.  He  should  observe  that  the  highest 
mountains  are  in  the  hot  regions  of  the  earth,  where  their  lofty 
peaks,  continually  wrapped  in  snow,  are  faithful  refrigerators, 
reducing  the  temperature  of  the  air  on  the  heated  plains 
below. 

26.  The  text,  generally,  is  written  without  set  questions ; 
leaving  the  teacher  to  frame  or  vary  them  as  he  may  wish. 
Interrogations,  however,  are  made  which  can  be  answered, 
not  directly  from  the  text,  but  from  the  illustrations,  or  by 

I  inference  on  the  part  of  the  learner. 

I      27.  This  plan  cannot  fail  to  lead  youthful  minds  to  habits  of 

observation  and  reasoning,  and  to  direct  their  thoughts  to  the 

wisdom,  power,  and  goodness  of  the  Creator. 


8 


MONTEITH'S  l^UYSICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


Sediion   III. 
^HE  &UST  OF  THE  f  ARTH. 


'■^^eaC^.  ''./•0?v^^i:y.*-;>;^ 


1.  The  Crust  of  the  Earth  is  the  resiUt  of 

the  cooling  of  the  melted  matter  at  the  surface. 
It  becomes  thicker,  as  ice  does,  by  additions 
to  its  under  side. 

2.  Scientific  investigations  show  that  the 
ground  is  afi'ected  by  the  sun's  heat  to  the 
depth  of  about  50  feet ;  below  that,  the  heat 
of  the  earth's  interior  increases  according  to 
the  depth. 

3.  The  Internal  Heat  does  not  extend  to  the 
surface  of  the  earth,  except  on  occasions  of 
earthquakes  and  volcanic  eruptions. 


■f-i ,. 


\m 


•  iMin 


•TVa 


A  View  within  the  Earth's  Crust. -Salt  Mines  of  Austria,  600  Feet  Deep. 

4.  The  average  increase  of  temperature,  below  where  it  is 
affected  by  heat  from  the  sun,  is  about  one  degree  for  every 
50  or  60  feet  in  depth  ;  accordingly,  at  the  depth  of  about  50 
miles,  the  heat  would  be  siifficient  to  melt  all  known  rocks. 

5.  Geologists  have  variously  estimated  the  thickness  of  the 
earth's  crust  to  be  from  20  to  200  miles. 

6.  Man  has  penetrated  the  earth  to  the  depth  of  about  one 
mile. 

7.  The  Crust,  if  20  miles  in  thickness,  bears  the  same  pro- 
portion to  the  whole  earth  that  an  egg-shell  does  to  the  egg. 

8.  The  Heiffht  of  the  Highest  Mountaitis  in  the  world  is 
about  5  miles,  yet  the  distance  from  the  level  of  the  sea  to  the 
center  of  the  earth  is  800  times  greater  than  that. 


9.  The  Material  of  which  the  earth's  crust  is  composed  is 
termed  Rock,  whether  it  be  hard  and  compact,  or  soft  and 
loose :  it  is  constantly  imdergoing  change,  owing,  chiefly,  to 
the  agency  of  air,  water,  and  heat. 

10.  Aqueous  liocks  are  those  formed  by  the  agency  of 
water.  They  consist  of  the  sediment  which  has  become  har- 
dened in  layers  or  beds,  and  are  called  Stratified. 

11.  Igneous  Rocks  are  those  formed  by  the  agency  of  fire. 
They  consist  of  hard,  iiTegular  masses,  and  are  therefore 
called  Unstratified. 


A.  stratified  Rock  t  B.  Unsti^tified  Rock  i  C,  Melted  Matter  of  the  Earth's  Interior. 

12.  As  the  Surface,  at  an  early  period,  was  entirely  cov- 
ered with  water,  where  would  you  find  the  Aqueous  or  Strati- 
fied formations  ? 

13.  The  Igneous  or  Unstratified  rock  found  at  the  earth's 
surface  has  been  forced  up  through  the  aqueous  or  stratified 
formations  by  volcanic  action. 

14.  In  some  liocks  are  found  forms  of  animals  and  vegeta- 
bles petrified  or  hardened  like  stone,  caused,  chiefly,  by  chem- 
ical action  in  nature. 

15.  Geologists  Shou^  that  the  greater  part  of  the  soil  or 
mold  on  the  earth's  surface  is  composed  of  what  in  former 
ages  constituted  the  bodies  of  animals,  trees,  and  plants,  mixed 
with  mineral  substances,  all  of  which  settled  at  the  bottom  of 
the  water. 

16.  The  petrified  forms  of  animals  and  plants  are  called 
Fossils  ;  the  strata  in  which  they  are  found  are  called  Fossil- 
iferous, 

17.  The  Direction  of  the  Strata  or  layers  would  be  hori- 
zontal and  parallel  to  each  other,  but  for  the  disturbing  forces 
of  the  earth's  interior,  which  have  raised  the  strata  in  parts, 
giving  them  uneven  or  inclined  positions. 

18.  Wlierc  the  strata  are  horizontal,  whicli  of  them  was  the  most  recently 
formed  ?  Which  was  first  formed  ?  What  can  you  say  of  the  heat  of  tlio 
earth's  surface  1  Of  the  earth's  interior  ?  What  can  you  say  of  the  material 
whicli  forms  the  earth's  surface  t  What  is  the  difference  between  aqueous 
and  igneous  rocks  ? 

19.  ISach  Stratum  of  Hard  liork  is  Composed  of  what  had 
been  soft  mud,  loose  gravel,  shells,  vegetable  and  animal  bodies. 

20.  The  Forms  of  Animal  Bodies  in  one  stratum  have 
been  found  to  differ  from  those  in  the  stratum  below  or  above 
it,  proving  that  at  successive  periods  there  lived  successive 
species  of  animals. 


THE  FORM  OF  THE  EARTH. 


9 


"'^I'l'.Of  MAN  ON  MO.^.**^ 


The  Form  and  Surface  of  the  Earthi 


Section  IV. 

ORM  OF  THE  ^ARTH. 


1.  The  Form  of  the  Earth  is  that  of  a  "Globe,'''  or 
"  Sphrre."  For  this  reason  the  topmast  of  a  ship  approaching 
us  is  first  seen,  then  the  sails,  and,  lastly,  the  body  of  the  ship. 

2.  If  you  look  around  when  at  sea,  or  on  a  plain,  what  kind 
of  a  line  limits  your  view  ?    What  is  the  name  of  that  circle  ? 

3.  If  you  sail  or  move  from  one  place  to  another,  does  your 
horizon  change  ?  If  you  go  to  the  top  of  a  mountain,  or  any 
eminence,  how  is  the  extent  of  your  horizon  affected? 

4.  H'ho  ran  see  an  Approachiiif/  Ship  flritt,  the  man  at  the 
foot,  or  the  one  at  the  top  of  a  mountain?  Which  has  the 
more  extended  horizon  ? 

5.  Which  of  these  two  men  can  first  see  the  sun  rise  in  the 
morning?  Sun  set?  Is  the  day  longer  to  one  than  to  the 
other?  To  whom?  Why  does  the  light  on  a  distant  hght- 
house  appear  to  be  on  the  surface  of  the  water  ? 

6.  The  C'onftiientH,  iHfawlx,  and  Mountain*  which  we  now 
behold  were  not  formed  at  once  ;  some  parts  were  raised  sud- 
denly, but  most  of  the  land  elevations  were  the  work  of  ages. 

7.  The  Inequalities  of  the  Earth's  Surface  are  no  greater, 
relatively,  than  the  roughness  on  the  surface  of  an  orange ; 
and,  although  appearing  to  the  careless  observer  as  accidental 
and  meaningless,  they  exert,  nevertheless,  important  influences 
upon  the  conditions  of  mankind,  and  are  in  accordance  with 
the  wise  designs  of  the  Creator. 

8.  One-fourth  of  tlie  Earth's  Siurfare  is  land ;  three-fourths, 
water.  In  other  words,  the  internal  forces  have  thus  far 
caused  the  elevation  of  one-fourth  of  the  ocean's  bed. 

9.  As  the  Sed  of  the  Ocean  along  the  Coasts  is  inclined, 
what  would  be  the  efiect  of  an  increase  in  the  volume  of 
water  upon  the  size  of  continents  and  islands  ?  Upon  their 
elevations  ?  What  would  be  the  effect  upon  the  same  if  the 
volume  of  water  should  be  diminished  ?  What,  if  the  ocean's 
bed  should  bo  suddenly  depressed  ?     Elevated  ? 

10.  The  Bed  of  the  Ocean  comprises  the  greatest  depres- 


sions of  the  earth's  crust ;  and,  in  its  unevenness,  it  is  like  the 
land  above  the  water  level. 

11.  Tlie  Orcan  arts  an  Essential  Tart  in  the  unfolding  of 
the  Creator's  design  to  benefit  mankind.  It  is  not  only  the  high- 
way between  the  nations  of  the  earth,  but  also  the  modifier  of 
climate,  and  the  vast  reservoir  whence  the  land  receives  its 
entire  supply  of  water  for  the  supjiort  of  all  life,  whether  ani- 
mal or  vegetable. 

12.  If  the  Ocean  covered  the  whole  Surface  of  the  earth, 
could  man  exist  ? 

13.  If  the  Surface  consisted  entirely  of  Land,  the  absence 
of  water  would  forbid  the  existence  of  mankind  ;  for  all  vapor, 
clouds,  rain,  springs,  streams,  and  lakes  would  disappear. 
All  the  fresh  water  of  the  land  is  raised  from  the  great  reser- 
voir, the  ocean,  by  the  combined  agencies  of  the  sun  and  air, 
acting  like  a  great  pump  and  sprinkler. 

14.  At  the  ICarth's  Surface  there  are  in  contact  three  ele- 
ments,— ^water,  land,  and  air;  to  deprive  man  of  any  one  of 
these  would  be  to  deprive  him  of  life. 

15.  The  Earth  rovrrcd  ivith  Eand  and  Water,  but  without 
the  atmosphere,  could  not  be  the  abode  of  man,  for  there  woidd 
be  no  water  to  drink,  no  air  to  breathe  ;  the  land,  not  watered 
by  dews  and  rain,  could  not  yield  him  food. 

16.  Therefore,  Two  Indispensable  Agents  are  provided, — 
the  Sim  and  atmosphere. 

The  Sun  by  his  Ton-erf ul  Eight  and  Heat  so  acts  upon  the 
sea  that  thin,  fresh  water  called  vapor  is  separated  from  it.  The 
vapor,  like  a  feather  loosened  from  a  bird,  is  borne  upward  by 
the  atmosphere,  and  carried  far  away  by  the  winds. 

Vapor  becomes  Clonals,  and  afterward  returns  to  the  earth 
in  the  form  of  rain,  dew,  or  snow,  to  water  and  fertilize  the  soil, 
and  to  scatter  all  over  the  land  innumerable  springs,  streams, 
and  lakes  of  delicious  water. 

17.  It  is  evident,  then,  that  All  Tarts  of  the  Earth,  above 
and  below  its  surface,  are  made  to  harmonize  and  cooperate 
with  each  other  as  an  organized  whole,  for  the  great  object  of 
the  gradual  perfection  of  the  human  race. 

If  there  were  no  ocean,  would  thare  be  any  rivers  or  gprings  T  Any  rain  or 
eloads  t 


10 


MONTEITH'S  PHYSICAL  GEOGBAPMT. 


la  0     XjOatxtaHe    8 


4S. 


£0 


60 


S      i)      V     T    ir    JE     R     Ji 


A.     ir 


T     ^    M 


C     T     I 


_i"' 


IGO 


12  o   Xon^iidje      6  0  'WSst     Icom    4  0    Greemwicli- 


10  Xong.  Xautt    SO 


aelo 


Mountain  Systems  are  Colored  Brown  |   Plains  and  Valleys,  Green. 


bedion  V. 
f  HE  )|0NTINENTS-f HEIR  f ORM. 

1.  The  Land  on  the  Earth's  Surface  is  known,  generally, 
as  continents  and  islands :  the  continents  are  two  in  number ; 
the  Eastern  or  Oriental,  called  the  Old  World,  and  the  West- 
em  or  Occidental,  called  the  New  World;  the  islands  are 
numerous.    Australia  is  sometimes  called  a  continent. 

2.  When  Ijand  first  emerged  from  the  water  and  came 
into  contact  with  the  atmosphere,  it  was  not  then  as  it  is  now, 
either  in  extent  or  form. 

3.  None  of  those  Large  Bodies  of  Land  appeared,  whose 
shapes  we  now  trace  on  the  globe  or  map  ;  but,  comparatively 
small  points  were  projected,  which  gradually  rose  higher  and 
extended  more  widely,  according  to  the  pressure  of  the  forces 
beneath. 


4.  A  Continent  is  entirely  surrounded  by  water.  ' 

5.  A  Continent,  with  its  peninsulas,  highlands,  lowlands, 
lakes,  and  rivers,  is  like  a  great  tree  that  has  grown  from  a 
smaU  shrub. 

6.  JFIiat  is  now  a  Vast  Continent  was,  at  a  remote  period, 
entirely  below  the  level  of  the  sea  ;  its  general  shape  was  the 
same  then  as  it  is  now. 

7.  A  Continent  was  not  raised  at  once,  but  slowly ;  ap- 
pearing above  the  water  in  parts. 

8.  These  Parts,  after  remaining  at  the  Surface  for  many 
centuries,  were  again  submerged,  and  their  great  masses  of 
vegetation, — trees,  shrubs,  and  plants, — became  covered  over 
with  gravel  and  sand. 

9.  At  the  End  of  anotlier  Long  Period,  the  submerged 
vegetation  and  the  over-lying  beds  would  be  again  raised,  only 
to  undergo  a  similar  process. 

10.  Such  Operations  occurred  long  before  the  creation  of 


THE   CONTINENTS,— THEIR   FORM. 


11 


man;  and  although  to  the  uninformed  they  appear  without 
purpose  or  use,  they  have,  nevertheless,  successfully  contrib- 
uted toward  the  unfolding  of  God's  wise  design  in  his  pre- 
paration of  the  earth  for  the  abode  of  the  human  race.  These 
vegetable  masses  are  now  the  exhaustless  beds  of  coal  which 
supply  indispensable  aid  to  the  industry  and  comfort  of  man. 

11.  The  U'ifidom  of  thin  Plan  is  further  recognised  in  the 
fact  that  coal  is  found,  mainly,  in  those  parts  of  the  earth 
that  are  best  fitted  for  human  habitation ; — iu  the  United 
States,  Great  Britain,  Western  Europe,  British  America,  and 
China. 


The  Parts  of  the  Map  shown  m  White  represent  the  First  Land  of  the  United  States. 

The  Parts  in  Dark  Shading  along  the  Coasts  remained  under  Water  until  a   more  recent 

Period. 
The  Dark  Shading  Inland   were  vast  Tracts  of  Marsh  and  Woodland,  but  now  they  are  the 

great  Coal  Fields  of  this  Country. 


12.  The  Krtetuled  Linen  of  Iteration  which  we  call  moun- 
tain chaius  or  ranges  seem  to  constitute  the  frame  of  the 
continents. 

13.  The  Slopes,  Plains,  and  Valleys  have  been  shaped  and 
fertilized  by  slides  of  great  ice  formations  of  former  ages,  and 
by  frequent  rains,  which  have  washed  down  the  dissolved  and 
pulverized  rocks,  and  the  long  decayed  vegetable  and  animal 
substances ;  mixing  them  all  together  in  a  rich  compound 
called  mold,  which  supports  the  vegetation  of  the  earth. 

14.  The  Great  liody  of  Lantl  Surface  is  north  of  the  Equa- 
tor, both  in  the  Old  and  in  the  New  World,  and  comprises  the 
whole  of  Asia,  Europe,  North  America,  Northern  and  Central 
Africa,  and  the  northern  part  of  S.  America.  South  of  the 
Equator  are  only  three  considerable  tracts  of  land  ;  the  cen- 
tral and  southern  parts  of  South  America,  the  southern  part  of 
Africa,  and  the  island  of  Australia. 

15.  The  iMud  of  the  Two  Cttntlneiifs  not  only  lies  chiefly 
in  the  Northern  Hemisphere,  but  it  also  widens  toward  the 
north,  and  narrows  into  peninsulas  at  the  south,  these  penin- 
sulas, also,  terminating  in  capes  pointing  southward,  thus  giv- 
ing each  continent  the  appearance  of  a  triangle  with  the  apex 
toward  the  south. 

16.  TtiiH  Peculiar  Feature  makes  it  appear  as  if  the  water 
of  the  ocean  had  originally  issued  in  great  currents  from  the 
region  of  the  Southern  Ocean,  as  a  center,  and  washed  away 


the  land  imtil  arrested  by  the  mountains  and  highlands  of  the 
Northern  Hemisphere. 


The  General  Form  of  each  of  the  Land  Divisions  is  that  of  a  Triangle,  the  Apex  polntinK 

toward  the  South. 

17.  Upon  the  Western  Continent  the  water  seems  to  have 
encroached  from  the  south  and  south-west  to  the  foot  of  the 
vast  moimtain  ranges  which  line  its  coast ;  upon  Africa  to  the 
Kong  and  Snow  Mts.,  and  the  highlands  intervening ;  upon 
Asia  to  the  Himalaya  and  the  Ghauts  Mts. 

18.  Jnth  New  Ze(dand  as  a  Center,  describe  a  great  circle 
upon  the  globe,  dividing  it  into  hemispheres ;  one  will  contain 
nearly  all  the  land  on  the  earth's  surface,  while  the  other  will 
be  composed  almost  entirely  of  water.  These  are  known  as 
the  Land  and  Water  Hemispheres.  At  or  near  the  center  of 
the  Land  Hemisphere  are  the  British  Isles.    (See  Map,  p.  12.) 

19.  By  means  of  tlie  Wimls  and  Waves  new  coasts  have 
been  formed,  and  others  washed  down  to  the  ocean's  bed ; 
loose  sand  on  some  sea-shores  is  carried  inland,  forming  drift- 
sand  hills,  such  as  those  on  the  southern  shore  of  Long 
Island  and  the  eastern  shore  of  New  Jersey.  In  some  places, 
these  movements  of  the  sand  have  been  attended  with  destruc- 
tive effects,  by  covering  houses,  farms,  and  villages. 


Tower  of  a  Buried  Church  on  the  East  Coast  of  England. 

20.  An  Increase  of  the  Volume  of  Water  would  be  followed 
by  an  overflowing  of  the  land,  beginning  with  the  lowlands :  thus 
effecting  entire  changes  in  the  sizes  and  forms  of  continents. 

21.  The   Eastern  Continent  comprises   Europe,  Asia,   and 
I  Africa ;  the  Western,  North  and  South  America. 


12 


IHONTEITH'S  PHYSICAL  GBOGBAPSY. 


22.  The  Eastern  Continent  extends  in  an  easterly  and  west- 
erly direction.  Its  great  mountain  system,  commencing  at 
Behring  Strait  and  the  Pacific  Ocean,  runs  through  central 
and  southern  Asia,  and  along  the  north  and  south  sides  of 
the  Mediterranean  Sea  to  Portugal  in  Europe,  and  to  Morocco 
in  Africa. 

23.  These  Mountains  are  included,  chiefly,  between  the 
parallels  of  25"  and  50°  north  latitude. 

24.  The  Western  Continent  takes  its  direction  from  its  great 
mountain  system,  which  reaches  from  the  Northern  to  the 
Southern  Ocean  in  a  north-westerly  and  south-easterly  direc- 
tion. Each  of  these  two  mountain  systems  is  like  the  back- 
bone, which  gives  position  and  strength  to  an  animal  body. 

25.  The  Principal  Sections  of  the  mountain  system  on  the 
Eastern  Continent  are  the  Himalay'a,  Altai  (ahl-ti'),  and  Stana- 
voy  ranges  of  Asia ;  the  Cau'casus,  Carpathian,  Alps,  and 
Pyrenees  of  Europe,  and  the  Atlas  Mountains  of  Africa. 

26.  The  Sections  of  the  great  Mountain  System  of  the  West- 
em  Continent  are  the  Andes  of  South  America,  and  the 
Bocky,  Sierra  Madre  {se-er'rah  mah'dray),  Sierra  Nevada 
(nay-vah'dah),  and  Cascade  of  North  America.  These  great 
ranges  form  the  western  defenses  of  America  against  the  ad- 
vance of  the  Pacific. 

27.  On  the  Eastern  Side  of  North  America  is  the  Appa- 
lachian System,  reaching  from  the  Southern  States  to  the 
Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence,  and  giving  to  the  east  coast  of  North 
America  its  principal  direction  north-east  and  south-west. 

28.  On  the  Eastern  Coast  of  South  America  the  mountains 
of  Brazil  run  parallel  with  the  Appalachian  System  of  North 
America,  and  secure  a  parallelism  between  their  correspond- 
ing coast  Hnes;  namely,  that  from  Newfoundland  to  Florida 
Strait,  and  that  between  Cape  St.  Boque  and  the  Strait  of 
Magellan. 

29.  The  Western  Continent  is  laid  out  in  two  great  trian- 
gles. North  and  South  America,  {See  Illustration  on  page  11.) 
Greenland  has  a  similar  shape.  This  pecuharity  is  also  no- 
ticeable in  the  Eastern  Continent,  concerning  its  peninsulas ; 
Africa,  Hindoostan',  Farther  India,  Corea,  Kamtschatka 
(kahm-chat'lcah),  Italy,  and  the  Scandinavian  peninsula,  com- 
prising Norway  and  Sweden. 

30.  What  is  the  general 
direction  of  the  eastern  coast 
of  the  Eastern  Continent? 
(See  Map  on  page  10.)  Of 
the  coast  from  the  south- 
eastern part  of  Arabia  to  the 
southern  cape  of  Africa? 
Of  the  western  coast  from 
North  Cape  to  Cape  Verd  ? 
Of  the  eastern  coast  of  Hin- 
doostan ?  From  the  eastern 
shore  of  Greenland  to  the 
Q  ulf  of  Mexico  1  From  Cape 
St.  Roque  to  Cape  Horn  ? 

What  is  the  general  di- 
rection of  the  Pacific  coast 
of  the  New  World  from 
Behring  {be'ring  )  Strait  to 
Cape  Horn  ?  Of  the  South 
American  coast  fi-om  the 
Caribbe'an  Sea  to  Cape  St.  Und  Hemisphere, 


Roque  ?    Of  the  coast  of  Africa  from  Cape  Verd  to  Cape  Good  Hope  1    Of  the 
western  coasts  of  Hindoostan'  and  Farther  India  ? 

Mention  the  principal  coast  lines  which  are  parallel  with  each  other,  and 
have  a  north-easterly  and  south-westerly  direction  ;  those  which  have  a  north- 
westerly and  south-easterly  direction. 

31.  Hence,  it  is  observed  that  the  General  Directions  of 
Coast  Lines  are  but  two ;  namely,  from  north-west  to  south- 
east, and  from  north-east  to  south-west. 

32.  Eefer  to  the  Maps  and  you  will  see,  furthermore,  that 
such  are  the  directions  of  nearly  aU  the  coast  hnes  of  the 
large  islands,  peninsulas,  and  groups  of  islands  in  the  most 
important  seas,  gulfs,  bays,  lakes,  and  rivers. 

33.  Australia  is  enclosed  by  a  coast  hne  composed  of  six 
sides,  all  of  which  point  in  one  or  the  other  of  these  two  direc- 
tions. 

34.  Above  the  Parallel  of  40°  N.  Latitude  are  the  greater 
parts  of  North  America  and  Asia,  and  nearly  all  Europe ;  while 
below  the  parallel  of  40°  S.  Latitude  extends  no  part  of  the 
Eastern  Continent,  and  only  the  southern  extremity  of  the 
Western  Continent. 

35.  Totvard  the  North  Pole  the  Land  extends  and  expands, 
as  if  the  Southern  Hemisphere  was  to  be  surrendered  to  the 
ocean ;  and  as  new  land  is  being  constantly  formed  in  northern 
latitudes  by  volcanic  action,  in  time  the  Northern  Ocean  may 
become  a  land-locked  sea. 

36.  The  Arctic  Ocean  is  connected  with  the  Pacific  by 
Behring  Strait,  less  than  sixty  miles  in  width.  Indeed,  the 
Aleutian  Isles,  which  even  now  reach  from  Alaska  to  Kamt- 
schatka, may  soon,  by  means  of  their  fifty  active  volcanoes, 
become  a  continuous  rock,  joining  the  two  continents,  and  thus 
cutting  off  communication  between  the  Pacific  and  Arctic 
Oceans. 

37.  The  Spa^e  between  Greenland  and  Norway,  or  between 
Greenland  and  Scotland,  is  no  greater  than  that  over  which 
the  Aleutian  Isles  are  now  being  extended.  It  has  already  its 
stepping-stones  of  Iceland,  the  Faroe,  Shetland,  Orkney,  and 
other  isles,  all  of  which  have  been  raised  by  submarine  forces 
yet  in  operation. 

38.  The  Lonffest  Straight  Line  that  can  be  drawn  on  the 
land-surface  of  the  earth  would  extend  north-eastward  from 
Cape  Verd  to  Behring    Strait,  a  distance  of  about  11,000  miles. 

39.  What  division  of  the 
earth  is  in  the  center  of  the 
Land  Hemisphere 't  What 
two  divisions  are  n  holly  in 
that  hemisphere  ?  What 
division  is  almost  entirely 
in  i  t  ?  What  part  of  Asia  is 
in  the  Water  Hemisphere? 
What  division  extends  fur- 
thest into  the  Water  Hemi- 
sphere? In  which  hemi- 
sphere is  the  greater  part 
of  South  America  ? 

What  islands  in  the  cen- 
ter of  the  Water  Hemi 
sphere?  Name  the  largest 
bodies  of  land  in  that  hemi- 
sphere. In  which  of  these 
hemispheres  is  the  greater 
part  of  the  Pacific  Ocean, — 
Water  Hemisphere.  the  Atlantic, — the  Indian  ? 


THE.   CONTIJfBNTS,—THE  INFLUENCE   OF  THELR   FOBM. 


13 


Chart  thowing  the  Correipondence  between  the  West  Coast  Line  of  the  Old  World  and  th« 
East  Coast  Line  of  the  New  World. 


Imagine  the  Old  World  to  be  moved  westward  till  the  mainland  would  meet 
that  of  the  New  World  :  what  African  gulf  would  be  entered  by  the  eastern 
]>art  of  South  America  t  What  American  sea  \>y  the  western  part  of  Africa  t 
Where  would  be  the  points  of  contact  t  Into  what  would  the  Amazon  River 
flow  ?  With  what  American  peninsula  would  the  British  Isles  be  merged  ? 
Oreat  Britain  would  be  in  what  direction  from  Newfoundland  % 

40.  An  Tinporfant  Point  of  Difference  between  the  divi- 
sions of  the  continents  consists  in  the  comparative  length 
of  coast  lines.  In  proportion  to  the  extent  of  surface,  the 
longest  line  of  coast  belongs  to  Europe,  the  next  to  North 
America,  and  the  least  to  Africa.  Europe,  with  but  three 
sides  bounded  by  water,  has,  proportionately,  four  times  as 
much  coast  line  as  the  whole  of  Africa ;  North  America  has 
three  times  as  much  as  Africa. 

41.  About  (hie-tlurd  of  the  Entire  Land  of  Europe  con- 
sists of  peninsulas  and  islands ;  and,  through  the  medium  of 
numerous  arms  of  the  sea,  this  division  receiver  and  bestowH 
strength,  power,  and  prosperity ;  while  the  closed  doors  of  the 
African  coast  forbid  entrance  to  vast  regions  yet  unexplored. 

42.  To  its  reniarkably  Irregular  CkniM  Line,  together  with 
its  mild  chmate  and  position  on  the  globe,  does  Europe  owe 
its  greatness  among  the  divisions  of  the  earth. 

43.  Except  in  the  north,  Africa  han  no  mirh  important 
Inlets  from  the  ocean,  as  those  of  Europe,  North  America,  and 
Asia. 

44.  Seas,  Gulfs,  Hat/s,  and  Ixikes  are  most  numerous 
within  a  belt  around  the  earth,  embraced  between  the  parallels 
of  30"  and  60°  north  latitude. 

45.  This  Belt,  which  is  midway  between  the  Equator  and 
the  North  Pole,  comprises  the  most  enlightened,  powerful,  and 
progressive  nations  of  both  continents ;  here  the  human  race 
had  its  origin,  here  is  the  birth-place  of  Christianity,  and  here 
flom-ished  nations  renowned  in  ancient  history,  which  were 
those  of  Western  Asia,  Southern  Europe,  and  Northern  Africa. 


Therefore,  the  superiority  of  the  land  divisions  of  this  section 
is  owing,  mainly,  to  the  influences  of  their  form,  position  within 
the  North  Temperate  Zone,  and  the  distribution  of  their  inlets. 

46.  Within  this  Belt,  the  inlets  on  the  coasts  of  the  United 
States,  British  America,  Western  and  Southwestern  Europe, 
are  numerous  and  important. 

Mention  the  principal  ba.vs,  gul&,  and  sounds  on  the  Atlantic  coast  of  the 
United  States. 

Mention  the  princii)al  seas  in  Western  and  Southwestern  Europe.  Mention 
the  principal  bays,  gulfs  and  channels. 

47.  The  Condition  of  a  Race  or  People  is  aflfocted  by  con- 
tact with  surrounding  nations  and  influences ;  and  the  greater 
the  facilities  for  communication  and  inter-communication,  the 
greater  is  the  advancement ;  hence,  inlets,  rivers,  canals,  and 
railroads  promote  the  civilization  a,nd  progress  of  man. 


A  C)ly>— River.— Harbor.— Railroad.— Commerce.— Agriculture, 

48.  Asia  and  Kurope  together  form  a  vast  peninsula,  which, 
with  that  of  Africa,  composes  the  Eastern  Continent. 

49.  Were  it  not  for  a  Separation  of  Sixty  Miles  between 
the  Mediterranean  and  Bed  Seas,  each  of  these  peninsulas 
would  be  a  vast  island  or  continent. 

In  this  respect,  what  similarity  exists  between  the  Old  and  the  New  World  1 
Were  the  isthmuses  of  Darien  and  Suez  overflowed,  how  many  and  what  con- 
tinents would  there  be  ? 

50.  The  Peninsula  comprising  Enrojte  and  Asia  has  its 

greatest  extent  from  Behring  Strait  on  the  north-east  to 
Portugal  in  the  south-west,  a  distance  of  about  8,500  miles,  or 
one-third  the  earth's  circumference.  It  is  remarkable  for  the 
number  and  extent  of  its  indentations,  which  give  to  it  the 
appearance  of  a  great  plant,  extending  its  munerous  roots  in 
all  directions  for  nourishment  and  strength. 

51.  This  is  not  the  case,  however,  with  South  America,  and 
still  less  with  Africa,  which  is  like  a  plant  almost  destitute 
of  roots. 

Mention  the  principal  indentations  of  Europe  ;  the  peninsulas  formed  by 
them  ;  the  seas,  bays,  and  gulfs  of  Asia  ;  the  peninsulas. 


14 


MOIiTEITH'S  PHYSICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


52.  Europe  extends  from  the  foot  of  the  Ural  Mountains 
westward,  over  a  great  expanse  of  land, — a  continuation  of 
the  northern  plain  of  Asia, — to  the  Carpathian  Mountains 
and  the  Baltic  Sea.  Beyond  these  limits  it  becomes  narrow ; 
facihtating  external  and  internal  communication. 

53.  The  Coast  Line  is  so  greatly  diversified  by  the  pene- 
trating arms  of  the  Atlantic  Ocean  and  the  Mediterranean  Sea 
that  nearly  all  western  and  south-western  Europe  is  composed 
of  peninsulas. 

TABLE  SHOWma  THE  COMPARATIVE  EXTENT  OF  COAST-LINE. 


6iUin>  DivuioNS. 


Europe 

North  and  Central  America 

South  America 

Asia 

Africa 


Sqcabb  Milbs. 


3,830,357 

9,059,927 

6,954,131 

16,415,758 

11,556,650 


Length  op 
CoABT  Line. 


17,000 
24,000 
13,600 
35,000 
16,000 


Square  Miles 
POK 1  OF  Coast. 


329 
345 

477 
600 
741 


54.  The  Three  great  Land  Divisions  of  the  South, — Africa, 
South  America,  and  Australia, — resemble  each  other  in  their 
lack  of  sea  arms,  aiid  in  their  backwardness  of  development ; 
presenting,  in  these  respects,  a  strong  contrast  to  the  divisions 
of  the  North. 

55.  The  Western  Continent  has  its  greatest  Extent  from 
the  northern  part  of  Russian  America  south-eastward  to  the 
Strait  of  Magellan,  a  distance  of  about  10,000  miles. 

56.  The  Northern  and  North-eastern  Parts  of  N.  America 
are  remarkable  for  their  great  number  of  inlets  from  the  sea, 
cutting  the  land  into  a  great  variety  of  islands  and  peninsulas. 

57.  Baffin  Bay  separates  Greenland  from  the  main  laud 
of  the  Western  Continent,  and  Hudson  Bay  forms  the  great 
peninsula  of  Labrador  and  East  Main. 

58.  As  you  go  South,  you  meet  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence, 
Gulf  of  Mexico,  Caribbean  Sea,  and  the  Mouth  of  the  Amazon. 

59.  Characteristic  of  the  Atlantic  Coast  of  the  United  States, 
are  its  numerous  bays  and  other  inlets ;  the  principal  being 
the  Chesapeake,  Delaware,  New  York,  Narragansett,  Massa- 
chusetts, and  Penobscot  Bays  ;  besides  Long  Island,  Pamlico, 
and  Albemarle  Sounds.  On  the  Pacific  Coast,  the  most  im- 
portant inlets  are  San  Francisco  Bay  and  Puget's  Sound. 

60.  South  America  lias  its  entire  North-eastern  Side  turned 
toward  Europe  and  North  America,  as  if  to  invite  their  aid  in 
its  development ;  and,  although  joined  by  land  to  North  Amer- 
ica, the  water  affords  far  easier  communication  than  the  moun- 
tainous region  of  the  isthmus. 

61.  Had  the  Wide  Pacific  rolled  between  Europe  and 
America,  instead  of  the  narrow  Atlantic,  Columbus  would 
probably  not  have  discovered  America;  or,  had  the  great 
Mountain  System  of  America  been  placed  on  the  eastern  coast, 
shutting  out  the  Atlantic  as  it  now  does  the  Pacific,  and  pre- 
senting to  the  east  the  same  imdeviating  coast  line  that  it  does 
to  the  west,  the  New  World  would  probably  be  less  adapted 
to  the  progress  of  mankind  than  Africa  or  Australia. 

62.  Between  the  eastern  side  of  the  New  World  and  the 
western  side  of  the  Old,  there  is  a  remarkable  analogy,  not 
only  in  the  parallelism  of  the  general  coast  lines,  but  also  in 
their  system  of  seas,  bays,  and  other  inlets  from  the  ocean. 


Sedion  VI. 

f HE  ||0NTINENTS-f HEIR  §ELIEFS. 

1.  The  Land  of  the  Continents  is  greatly  diversified,^ — low 
in  some  parts  and  high  in  others ;  the  altitude  or  absolute  ele- 
vation of  a  place  being  the  distance  above  the  level  of  the  ocean. 

2.  The  highest  mountains,  as  compared  with  the  size  of  the 
earth,  are  no  larger  than  grains  of  sand  on  a  globe  ten  inches 
in  diameter ;  they  nevertheless  exert  vast  influences  upon  the 
conditions  of  the  whole  land  surface  of  the  earth. 

3.  Plains  elevated  but  slightly  above  the  level  of  the  sea 
are  called  lowlands,  even  though  lulls  may  rest  upon  them ; 
those  of  higher  elevations,  enclosing  and  supporting  moun- 
tains, are  highlands  or  plateaus. 

4.  The  Transition  from  £«>,»  to  High  Land  is  varied ;  be- 
ing either  abrupt,  gradual,  or  terraced. 

5.  A  Mountain  Mange  or  Chain  is  a  succession  of  moun- 
tains which  have  similar  geological  formations.  The  Highest 
Point  in  a  chain  is  called  the  culminating  point. 

6.  A  Mountain  System  is  two  or  more  parallel  ranges,  con- 
nected with  each  other,  or  which  rest  upon  the  same  plateau. 

7.  The  Soil  of  the  Valleys  is  fertile,  and  the  chmate  gene- 
rally delightful. 


A  Valley  in  Switzerland. 

8.  Although  Mountains  and  Plateaus  are  both  elevations 
of  land,  and  are  coimected,  yet  they  should  be  considered  dis- 
tinct from  each  other.  The  rugged,  broken  outline  of  lofty 
mountain  peaks,  with  their  intervening  valleys  and  passes, 
presents  a  strong  contrast  to  the  comparatively  dull  and  even 
surface  of  a  plateau  ;  just  as  a  deeply  indented  coast  does 
to  one  whose  line  is  almost  unbroken. 

9.  No  Precise  Height  has  ever  been  prescribed,  according 
to  which  elevations  of  land  should  or  should  not  be  called 
moimtains. 

10.  The  Loftiest  Peaks  on  the  Globe  are  among  the  Hima- 
layas, the  principal  one,  Mt.  Everest,  being  over  29,000  feet 
high.    Mt.  Aconcagua,  the  highest  in  S.  America,  is  23,906. 


MOUNTAINS  AND   PLATEAUS. 


IS 


The  highest  peaks  of  the  Eocky  Mts.  are  between  13,000  and 
15,000  feet  high.  The  White  Mts.  are  about  6,000,  the  Cat- 
skills  3,000,  and  the  Alleghanies  from  1,000  to  5,000  feet. 

11.  A  Plateau  is  an  extent  of  land  elevated  above  the  level 
of  the  sea  from  2,000  to  14,000  feet. 

12.  The  Surface  may  be  level,  rolling,  or  hiUy ;  some  pla- 
teaus contain  mountains,  valleys,  and  lakes. 

13.  riattauH  oive  their  Elevation  to  internal  forces,  exerted, 
not  as  in  the  more  sudden  and  violent  formation  of  mountains, 
but  slowly  and  gradually ;  giving  them  a  comparatively  level 
and  unbroken  surface.  Should,  however,  the  force  from  be- 
neath be  so  violent  as  to  cause  Opeuiuas  or  Seanm  in  the 
earth's  crust  (see  Illustration,  page  8),  there  would  be  pro- 
jected through  this  fissure  melted  mineral  matter,  called  lava, 
besides  stones,  cinders,  and  ashes ;  which,  falling  and  harden- 
ing upon  the  uphfted  surface,  would  form  a  conical  pile  called 
a  mountain. 

14.  The  Uplieaval  of  Ilillit  and  Mountainn  from  tit*  Bot- 
tom of  the  Sea  accounts  for  the  finding  of  sea-sheUs  on  their 
sides  and  tops  ;  and  the  boulders,  stones,  pebbles,  and  gravel 
found  in  all  countries,  were  irregular  fragments  of  rock,  broken 
off  by  violence  or  by  atmospheric  action,  and  carried  great 
distances  by  the  rush  of  water,  ice,  and  icebergs,  from  high  to 
low  ground. 

15.  Mountains  were  raised  to  their  Present  Elevation  by 
violent  and  repeated  convulsions,  the  process  extending  over 
thousands  of  centuries.  It  is  the  opinion  of  geologists  that 
the  upheaval  of  the  highest  mountains  was  more  sudden,  and 
attended  with  more  violence  than  that  of  the  ranges  of  less 
elevation  ;  that  the  Alleghany  and  BrazUian  Mountains  were 
raised  more  slowly,  and  in  earUer  periods,  than  the  Rocky  and 
the  Andes  Mts.  The  Alps  were  upheaved  more  suddenly,  and 
»t  a  period  comparatively  recent. 

16.  Mountains  which  have  been  violently  Eleirated  arc 
known  by  their  deep  fissures,  and  great  displacement  of  strata 
and  fossils. 

17.  The  Direction  of  a  Cltain  of  Mountains  is  due  to  the 
position  of  the  rent  made  in  the  earth's  crust. 

18.  Mountain  Cluiins  ejrtend  mostly  in  either  of  two  gene- 
ral directions ;  from  north-east  to  south-west,  or  from  north- 
west to  south-east. 

19.  What  chains  extend  from  north.«a8t  to  aonth-west  ?  What  from  north- 
WM8t  to  south-east  t 

20.  The  Pressure  from  beneath  forces  up,  also,  masses  of 
the  earth's  crust  from  a  considerable  depth.  Granite  is  sup- 
posed to  form  the  lower  part  of  the  crust ;  hence  its  appear- 
ance in  mountains  and  other  parts  of  the  surface  is  due  to 
volcanic  pressure  Those  Mountains  whose  EisMures  are  not 
yet  filled  up  by  the  lava  from  beneath,  but  continue  to  emit 
it,  are  called  volcanoes. 

21.  The  Principal  Plateaus  and  Mountain  Ranges  of  a 
continent  are  between  its  center  and  one  of  its  sides,  follow- 
ing the  general  direction  of  the  nearest  side,  toward  which 
their  descent  is  the  most  abrupt. 

22.  The  Longest  and  most  gradual  Descent,  either  by  a 
continuous  slope,  or  by  successive  steps,  called  terraces,  is 
toward  the  center  of  the  continent,  or  the  greater  mass  of 
land. 


23.  The  Rocky,  the  Andes,  and  the  Scandinavian  Moun- 
tains have  their  long  and  gradual  slope  on  the  east,  and 
descend  abruptly  on  the  west.  The  Himalayas  and  the  Alps 
descend  abruptly  toward  the  south.  The  highland  surface 
of  Spain  is  terraced  from  the  P^Tenees  and  Cantabrian  on 
the  north  to  the  Strait  of  Gibraltar  on  the  south. 

24.  The  Great  Plateau  System  of  Asia  Ues  south  of  the 
Altai  Moimtains ;  that  of  Europe  south  of  the  Baltic  Sea ;  of 
Africa  south  of  its  central  part ;  and  of  America  along  the 
west  coast. 

25.  The  CTimate  on  Mountains  and  PUtteaus  is  cooler  than 
on  the  lowlands  of  the  same  latitude,  and  the  greater  tlie  ele- 
vation the  lower  the  temperature  :  hence,  upon  the  Elevation 
of  a  Country,  as  well  as  upon  its  latitude,  depend  its  climate, 
productions,  and  to  some  extent,  the  pursuits  of  the  inhabitants. 

26.  Elevated  Regions  serve  to  moderate  the  temperature  of 
the  lowlands  adjoining  them.  When  air  is  heated  it  becomes 
lighter  than  the  cooler  air  above  it,  and  ascends  ;  the  cold  air 
descending  to  take  its  place. 

27.  Therefore,  as  the  Elevations  are  greatest  in  the  Hot 
Regions  of  the  earth,  and  diminish  toward  the  poles,  the 
inhabitants  of  the  sultry  tropical  plains,  at  the  foot  of  lofty 
mountains,  are  continually  refreshed  by  the  cool  air  which 
comes  down  from  their  snowy  summits. 


NonrHPOL 


Cotnparativ*  Height  of  the  Mountains  in  America,  from  the  Equator  to  the  North  Pole) 
alto,  the  Limrt  of  Perpetual  Snow 

28.  For  the  same  reason  that  you  put  a  piece  of  Ice  into  a 
Pitcher  of  Wafer  in  summer,  rather  than  in  winter.  Providence 
has  uplifted  the  highest  mountains  in  the  tropical,  and  not  in 
the  polar  regions  of  the  earth. 

29.  The  Most  Elevated  Plateaus  on  the  globe  are  those  in 
the  south  of  Asia,  near  the  Tropic  of  Cancer.  They  have  an 
altitude  of  more  than  15,000  feet  above  the  sea,  and  on  them 
rest  the  loftiest  mountains  in  the  world ;  some  of  the  peaks  of 
the  Himalayas  are  more  than  28,000  feet  above  the  sea. 

30.  In  the  Hot  Regions  of  South  America  are  the  plateaus 
of  the  Andes,  ranging  between  10,000  and  14,000  feet  in  height, 
and  supporting  many  peaks  between  15,000  and  23,000  feet 
high. 

31.  The  Highest  Plateaus  of  North  America  are  in  Mexico 
and  Central  America,  being  from  5,000  to  8,000  feet  above  the 
sea. 


16 


MOKTEITH'S  PHYSICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


32.  Kearly  the  whole  of  Mexico  is  a  plateau,  whose  inhab- 
itants, even  in  the  tropical  part  of  the  country,  enjoy  a  tem- 
perate and  healthful  climate,  owing  to  its  great  elevation 
above  the  sea. 


Section  of  Mexico  *rom  the  Pacific  Ocean  to  the  Gulf  of  Mexico 


33.  The  City  of  Mexico  is  7,400  feet  above  the  sea  level, 
about  twenty  times  higher  than  Trinity  Church  steeple,  in  the 
city  of  New  York. 

34  Central  and  Southern  Africa  is  one  vast  table  land, 
the  most  extensive  in  the  world.  It  descends  on  all  sides  by 
terraces,  to  the  strip  of  low  ground  along  the  coast. 

35.  The  Great  Mountain  System  of  Eurojte,  comprising 
the  Cau'casus,  Alps,  Pyrenees,  Cantabrian,  and  Apennines, 
is  in  the  southern,  or  warmest  part  of  that  division. 

36.  In  the  Northern  Regions  of  Europe  the  only  important 
elevations  are  the  Scandinavian  Mountains  of  Norway  and 
Sweden,  which,  however,  average  less  than  one  half  the  height 
of  the  mountains  in  the  south  of  Europe.  With  this  exception, 
the  northern  regions  are,  comparatively,  lowlands. 

37.  Take  aivay  these  lofty  Mountain  ranges  and  extensive 
plateaus  from  the  places  now  occupied  by  them,  or  remove 
them  from  the  hot  to  a  cold  zone,  thus  iacreasmg  the  heat  of 
the  tropical  and  the  cold  of  the  frigid  regions,  and  the  conse- 
quence would  be  a  complete  derangement  of  cUmates,  produc- 
tions, and  the  conditions  of  the  inhabitants. 


Th«  Alpi.— A  Glacier.— A  Tunnel  in  the  Ice  whence  issues  a  Stream  which  is  the  commence- 
ment of  a  Large  River 

38.  In  the  Tropical  Andes,  the  Region  of  Perpetual  Snotv 
is  above  the  line  of  16,000  feet  elevation  ;  in  the  ^7p.s,— Tem- 


perate Zone, — ^it  is  about  8,500  feet  above  the  sea  level ;  and,  i 
in  Arctic  Latitudes,  it  reaches  down  to  the  sea. 

39.  The  Masses  of  Snow  upon  the  Mountains  being  con-, 
stantly  increased,  force  their  way  down  the  vaUeys  to  warmer  : 
regions  below  the  snow-line.  By  Pressure,  alternate  Thaiv-  \ 
ing  and  Freezing  of  the  upper  surface,  the  whole  becomes  a ; 
great  stream  of  ice,  called  a  Glacier,  varying  in  depth  from  \ 
a  few  hundred  to  several  thousand  feet.  The  Water  that] 
descends  through  the  Crevices  of  the  ice  unites  with  springs ' 
and  flows  down  the  mountain  sides  through  timnels  which  it ' 
cuts  in  the  ice  and  snow.  Every  glacier  is  thus  the  source  of  a : 
stream.     The  Best  known  Glacier  Region  is  that  of  the  Alps. ; 

40.  Draw  a  Line  from  tlie  Sea  of  Mar'mora  Northeast- ■ 
ward  to  Behring  Strait,  and  you  will  have,  south  of  this 
line,  nearly  all  the  great  elevations  of  Asia,  consisting  of  a, 
vast  system  of  plateaus,  supporting  lofty  mountains  whose' 
tops  are  constantly  covered  with  snow;  to  the  north  of  these] 
hes  the  great  Siberian  Plain.  \ 

41.  The  Highest  Plateau  on  the  Globe  is  that  of  Centrall 
Asia,  which  extends  1,500  miles  from  the  Altai  Mountains  on] 
the  north,  to  the  Himalayas  on  the  south,  and  2,500  miles' 
from  west  to  east ;  having  about  the  same  dimensions  as  the] 
United  States,  and  an  average  elevation  above  the  sea  ol 
10,000  feet.  Its  Surface  is  greatly  diversified  with  heights! 
and  depressions,  rivers  and  lakes.  The  principal  rivers  are; 
the  Ganges,  Brahmaputra,  Indus,  Amoor,  and  Hoang  Ho.| 
The  Ganges  has  its  two  principal  sources  situated  in  immense; 
masses  of  snow,  at  the  elevation  of  13,000  ibet.  The  Elevationsi 
diminish  gradually  from  the  Himalayas  northward  to  Siberia,! 
where  the  slope  continues  downward  to  the  Arctic  Ocean.       | 

42.  Nearly  all  Western  and  South-western  Asia  consists! 
of  plateaus  about  4,000  feet  high.  , 

43.  This  System  of  Highlands  extends  westward  to  the; 
Atlantic  Ocean,  over  Southern  Europe  and  Northern  Africa ;] 
the  Mediterranean,  Caspian,  and  Black  Seas  being  considered! 
its  great  depressions.  | 

'  44.  "While  much  the  larger  part  of  Asia  consists  of  vast; 
plateaus,  Europe  consists  mainly  of  an  extended  plain,  whichj 
commences  at  the  Strait  of  Dover,  extends  eastward  between; 
its  great  mountain  system  and  the  Baltic  Sea,  and  then  opens 
upon  and  covers  Russia.  The  surface  of  this  plain  is  almost- 
level,  and  has  an  elevation  of  about  1,000  feet.  ■ 

45.  The  Average  Height  of  the  Alps  is  between  8,000  andj 
10,000  feet ;  the  highest  peak,  3It.  Blanc,  being  over  15,000: 
feet.  The  Apennines  average  from  4,000  to  8,000  feet ;  thei 
Sierra  Nevada  of  Spain  from  6,000  to  10,000  feet ;  and  the  .S'c«»t-j 
dinavian  Moimtains  of  Norway  and  Sweden  about  4,000  feet.  ■ 

46.  The  Cfreat  Plateau  of  Africa  ranges  from  2,0C0  to  10,000j 
feet  in  elevation ;  its  highest  part  being  in  Abyssinia. 

47.  The  Loftiest  Peaks  in  Africa  are  Kenia  and  Kolimand-i 
jaro,  whose  summits  are  20,000  feet  above  the  sea.  ; 

48.  Central  Africa,  north  of  the  Equator,  descends  to  thel 
level  of  the  Great  Desert,  which  is  between  1,000  and  2,00(^ 
feet  above  the  sea.  The  highest  ranges  on  the  African  pla-l 
teau  are  the  Abyssinian,  Cameroon,  and  Snow  Mountains;^ 
the  highest  peaks  are  Kenia  and  Kilmandjaro.  I 

49.  The  Principal  Plateaus  of  the  New  World  are  in  South; 
America,  among  the  Andes.  j 


MO  UNTAINS,—ltAIN,—JiLLS^EJlALS. 


17 


rxt. 


MT.  cvatc3r,z9o»» 


roL.  rorocA  TmrtTL 


UYCL   or    il/4 


(XW 


Comparative  Elevation  of  Cities,  Mountains,  and  Lalcet, 

50.  The  city  of  Quito,  (ke'to,)  in  Ecuador,  is  built  on  a  pla- 
teau nearly  10,000  feet  above  the  Pacific. 

51.  Potosi,  a  city  of  Bolivia,  is  built  on  a  plateau  so  high 
that  the  streets  of  the  city  have  an  elevation  of  more  than 
12,000  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea. 

52.  Lake  TlUcaca,  (tit-e-kah'kah,)  between  Bolivia  and  Peru, 
has  nearly  the  same  level,  being  twice  the  height  of  Mt.  Wash- 
ington in  New  Hampshire,  four  times  that  of  the  Catsldll  Moun- 
tains, and  seven  times  that  of  the  Blue  Eidge  at  Harper's  Ferry. 

53.  Iliffh  a«  are  these  Citien,  Lakcn,  and  Table-lands,  yet 
they  are  far  over-topped  by  the  surrounding  mountains,  which 
rise  about  10,000  feet  aV)ove  them ;  hence,  these  places  are  but 
little  more  than  half-way  up  the  highest  of  the  Andes. 

54.  The  Rocky  Mountains,  if  placed  be«ide  the  Andes, 
would  reach  only  to  the  plateaus  of  the  latter.  The  elevation 
of  the  AppaUtchian  range  is  only  about  one-seventh  that  of 
the  Andes. 

55.  On  the  Western  Side  of  the  Andes,  the  slope  toward  the 
Pacific  is  abrupt :  on  the  eastern,  or  Atlantic  side,  it  is  gradual ; 
being  interfered  with  only  by  the  Brazilian  Mountains,  which, 
however,  are  less  than  one-fourth  the  height  of  the  Andes. 

56.  The  Andejt  rise  so  High  that  their  tops  are  in  the  re- 
gion of  perpetual  snow,  while,  at  their  foot,  the  heat  is  oppres- 
sive, and  would  be  greatly  intensified,  but  for  their  cooling 
influence. 

57.  To  the  influence  of  Mountain  Systems  do  vast  regions 
owe  the  rain  which  is  necessary  to  the  preservation  of  vege- 
table and  animal  life ;  for  as  vapor  rises  fiom  the  earth's 
surface  by  the  agency  of  Heat,  so  it  must  return  by  the 
agency  of   CoM.     (See  illustration  above.) 

What  mountain  in  Asia  is  the  highest  on  the  g^lobe  ?  How  far  above  the 
level  of  the  sea  is  Mt.  St.  Elias,  in  North  America  ?  The  Qty  of  Potosi,  in  Soath 
America T  Great  Salt  Lake?  Mt.  Washinf^ton ?  The  Catskill  Mountuns? 
Madrid,  in  Spain?    How  far  below  the  level  of  the  sea  is  the  Dead  Sea  ? 


The  Andet, 


L.1anos  and  Pampas. 
The  ftain  of  Soutli  America. 


Brazilian  Mtb 


58.  As  the  Torrid  Begions  of  the  Earth  require  the  great- 
est amount  of  Rain,  there  are  the  loftiest  mountains,  which 
act  as  huge  condensers  of  the  clouds  and  vapors  floating  in 
the  atmosphere;  and  by  the  melting  of  the  snow  on  their 
sides,  they  supply  springs  and  rivers  to  the  plains  below. 

59.  //  South  America  contained  no  such  lilevations,  the 
quantity  of  rain  poured  upon  the  vast  plains  would  be  greatly 
diminished. 

60.  In  the  tropical  regions  of  South  America  the  Rain- 
hearing  Winds  blow,  not  from  the  Pacific,  but  fi'om  the  At- 
lantic Ocean.  The  clouds,  floating  westwardly  over  the  land, 
feel  the  cooling  influence  of  the  Andes,  and  respond  with 
copious  rains,  which  cover  with  the  heaviest  vegetation  a 
region  that  would  otherwise  be  a  sunburnt  wilderness. 

61.  In  Some  Districts  between  the  Andes  and  the  Paciflc, 
rain  is  almost  or  wholly  unknown,  because  the  clouds  are 
exhausted  before  passing  the  mountains. 

62.  Had  the  Andes  been  raised  on  the  JCastern  Side  of 
that  great  peninsula,  instead  of  on  the  western,  the  rain  would 
fall  in  torrents  upon  the  then  short  Atlantic  slope,  and  South 
America  would  be  deprived  of  its  immense  rivers,  dense  forests, 
and  fertile  plains. 

63.  AltJiough  the  Mountain  Cliains  and  Plateaus  of  South 
America  are  Extensive,  yet  they  only  cover  about  one-fifth 
of  its  surface,  the  greater  part  of  it  being  vast  plains. 

64.  Tliese  huge  Piles,  called 
Mountains,  projected  by  Vio- 
lence through  fearful  gaps  in 
the  earth's  crust,  from  the 
melted  interior,  and  occupying 
such  positions  of  usefulness  to 
the  earth  and  to  man,  stand  in 
their  appointed  places,  as  mon- 
uments, not  of  the  Creator's 
power  alone,  but  also  of  His 
wisdom  and  goodness. 

65.  liy  means  of  these  great 
Upheavals,  man  derives  a 
knowledge  of  the  interior  form- 
ations of  the  earth,  and  obtains 
the  wealth  of  the  mines,  which, 
without  these  convulsions, 
would  yet  lie  deep  in  the  earth 
and  beyond  his  reach.  {See  il- 
lustration, page  8,  s&xmd  column.) 

66.  Gold,  Silver,  Iron,  Coal, 
and  other  precious  and  useful 
minerals  were  formed  below  the 
earth's  surface. 


Mining 


18 


3IOWTEITH'S  PHYSICAL   GEOGBAPHT. 


67.  Among  the  many  remarkable  Features  in  the  formation 
of  mountain  ranges,  is  one  that  deserves  notice  on  account  of 
its  bearing  upon  civilization ;  it  is  their  Fortnation  in  Peaks, 
between  whose  sloping,  or  perpendicular  sides,  Passes  are  left. 
A  chain  of  peaks,  resting  on  a  plateau,  is  termed  by  the 
Spaniards,  sierra,  from  its  resemblance  to  a  saw. 

68.  Hold  up  your  Hand  and  you  will  have  a  good  illustra- 
tion of  a  section  of  mountains  and  a  plateau ;  the  fingers,  sepa- 
rated from  each  other,  represent  the  mountain  peaks,  and  the 
hand  represents  a  plateau. 

69.  If  the  Continents  were  deprived  of  their  Land  Eleva- 
tions, the  change  effected  in  the  climates  alone  would  render 
the  now  fruitful  plains  unfit  for  the  abode  of  mankind. 

70.  Were  the  Tops  of  high  Mountain  Ranges  connected, 
so  as  to  form  a  continuous  barrier,  nations  on  opposite  sides 
of  the  chain  might  be  further  apart  in  their  relations  with  each 
other  than  if  an  ocean  roUed  between  them. 

71.  In  most  of  the  Great  Chains  there  are  Natural  Passes 
far  below  the  summits  of  the  mountains. 

72.  The  Passes  through  the  Alps  are  not  haH-way  up  the 
mountains ;  they  are  proportionately  lower  than  those  of  other 
leading  chains. 

73.  The  Advantages  of  National  Comm-unicafion  are  now 
seen  by  man,  but  they  were  recognized  by  the  Creator  when 
he  formed  the  mountains,  with  their  intervening  passes. 

74.  If  the  whole  Land  Surface  of  the  Earth  were  made 
Level  by  filling  up  the  lowlands  vrith  the  material  from  the  ele- 
vations, its  height  would  be  about  900  feet  above  the  sea  leveL 

75.  If  tlie  Matter  comprising  all  the  Mountain  Systems  of 
the  World  were  transferred  to  the  polar  regions,  they  woidd  not 
be  sufficient  to  make  the  polar  diameter  equal  to  the  equatorial. 

76.  In  North  America  there  are  Two  great  Mountain 
Systems;  the  Eocky  and  the  Appalachian,  or  Alleghany. 

77.  The  Rocky  Mountain  System  is  supported  by  the  North 


American  Plateau,  which  is  elevated  from  4,000  to  7,000  feet, 
and  extends  over  a  great  part  of  Central  America  and  Mexico, 
the  western  third  of  the  United  States,  and  the  western  part 
of  British  America. 

78.  In  this  System  are  included  the  Cascade  Range,  Sierra 
Nevada,  and  Sierra  Madre.  East  of  the  Sierra  Nevada  is  the 
Great  Basin,  or  Plateau  of  Utah. 

79.  The  Rocky  Mountain  System  extends  from  the  Isthmus 
of  Panama,  in  a  north-westerly  direction,  to  the  Arctic  Ocean, 
at  about  70°  north  latitude. 

80.  Its  Widest  Part  is  in  the  United  States,  and  embraces 
aU  that  region  between  the  Pacific  Ocean  and  the  central  part 
of  Colorado,  a  distance  of  over  900  miles. 

81.  The  Surface  of  the  Plateau  slopes  eastward  from  Pike's 
Peak  to  the  Missouri  Eiver. 

82.  The  Most  Western  Range  of  this  system  commences  at 
the  southern  extremity  of  Lower  California,  and  extends  along 
the  Pacific  coast  as  far  north  as  Mt.  St.  EHas,  in  latitude  60°. 

83.  The  Sierra  Madre  commences  at  the  southern  part  of 
Colorado  and  extends  into  Mexico. 

84.  The  Most  Northern  Pass  in  the  United  States  through 
the  Eocky  Mountains,  is  near  the  head  waters  of  the  Missouri 
and  Lewis  Elvers,  and  is  one  of  the  routes  proposed  for  a  rail- 
road to  the  Pacific. 

85.  TABUE  SHOWING  THE  CULMINATING  POINTS,  AND  THE  MEAN 
ELEVATION  OF  THE  LAND. 


Mean  Eletation. 
Feet 

CuiMiNATiHa  Points. 

)            Foot 

1 

1,080 

1,060 

700 

630 

Mt.  Everest 

29,000 
23,906 
18,500 
17,800 

South  America 

North  America 

Kurope 

Mt.  Aconcagua 

Vol.  Popocatepetl'.  .  . 
Mt.  Elboorz .... 

86.  What  part  of  the 
United  States  contains 
great  mountains  and 
plateaus  1 

Name  the  States  on 
the  eastern  border  of 
the  great  plateau  re- 
gion. 

Is  the  greater  part 
of  the  plateau  east,  or 
west,  of  the  Rocky 
Mountains  ? 

What  part  of  this 
region  contains  val- 
leys ? 

What  rivers  drain 
the  eastern  part  of  the 
plateau?  The  north- 
western part  ?  The 
south-western  part  ? 

What  lake  drains 
the  Great  Basin  of 
Utah? 

Has  it  any  outlet  ? 

How  much  of  the 
surface  of  the  United 
States  consists  of  pla- 
teaus ?  About  one-ludf. 

What  can  you  say  of 
the  surface  of  Texas? 


The  Mountains  and  Plateaus  of  the  United  States  are  here  colored  Brown  ;  the  Lowlands  and  Valleys,  Green. 


87.  What  States  east 
of  the  Mississippi  Riv- 
er contain  high  land  ? 

In  what  direction  do 
the  mountains  of  that 
region  extend  ? 

In  what  part  of 
Maine  is  the  surface 
most  elevated  ?  Of 
Massachusetts  ?  Con- 
necticut ?  New  York  ? 
Pennsylvania  ?  Vir- 
ginia ?  Maryland  ? 
Tennessee  ?  Ken- 

tucky ?  North  Caro- 
lina? South  Carolina  ? 
Georgia  ?    Alabama  ? 

What  portions  of  the 
Atlantic  States  consist 
of  lowlands?  What 
portions  of  the  Gulf 
States  consist  of  low. 
lands? 

What  river  drains 
the  great  lowland  re- 
gion of  the  United 
States  ? 

What  rivers  have 
their  sources  in  the 
Appalachian  System  1 


VOLCANOES,— EAMTHQ  UAKES. 


19 


Seaion  VII. 


K§ 


^OLC  ANOES  -  E  ARTHQU  AKES. 


one  of  the  Lipari  (lip'o-re)  Islands,  Hecla  in  Iceland,  Coto- 
paxi  (ko-io-pax'e)  one  of  the  Andes,  Sangay  near  the  city  of 
Quito,  Mauna  Loa  on  the  island  of  Hawaii  (Aa/t-jin'e),  and  Tene- 
riffe  on  one  of  the  Canary  Islands. 


\  Volcano,  and  Fissures  caused  by  Earthquakes,  may  be  illustrated  by  means  of  a  Cake 
which  IS  burst  open  at  the  Top,  by  the  Escape  o^  Steam  arising  from  the  Fluids  within 
the  Cake  i  the  Heat  of  the  Oven  corresponding  to  that  of  the    Earth's  Interior. 

1.  Volcanoes,  JEktrthqttake/i,  the  Rifting  and  Sinkinff  of  tlie 
Land  are  all  attributed  to  the  pressure  of  steam  and  gases, 
proceeding  from  the  heated  interior  of  the  earth. 

2.  .1  Volcano  is  an  opening  in  the  earth's  crust  through 
which  issue  melted  rock,  or  lava,  stones,  ashes,  flame,  smoke, 
and  steam.     ((See  lUustratton  on  page  8.) 

3.  The  Materials  thrown  out  usually  accumulate  around 
tho  opening,  called  the  crater. 

4.  A  lirnt  in  tlw,  Hktrth'n  Crust  may  be  made  beneath  the 
Bea,  where  a  high  mountain  will  sometimes  be  formed ;  some- 
times no  elevation  appears ;  the  fire,  lava,  and  other  material 
being  thrown  upwards  through  the  water. 

5.  VolranocH  allow  tlie  Escape  of  fire  and  gases  from  the 
nterior  of  the  earth,  and  thus  prevent  greater  destruction  by 

earthquakes. 

6.  Sonic  Volcanoes  remain  inactive  for  long  or  short 
periods  ;  some  now  called  extinct  may  again  become  active. 

7.  Volcanic  action  is  usually  preceded  by  eai-tliquakea,  which 
sometimes  rend  the  earth  open  in  fissures,  and  engulf  whole 
villages  and  cities. 

8.  If!/  these  Convulsions  Mountnins  and  Ifills  are  raised, 
in  some  instances,  from  what,  a  few  hours  before,  were  low 
lands. 

9.  Throuifh  the  Ojteninffs  issues  Volcanic  Matter.  Vast 
quantities  of  water,  mud,  and  fish  are  sometimes  ejected  from 
mountains  in  South  America  ;  they  proceed  from  subterranean 
lakes  or  pools. 

10.  On  the  West  Coast  of  Itnly  a  volcano  called  Monte 
Nuovo  (noo-o'vo),  over  400  feet  in  height,  was  formed  in  two 
days,  and  the  adjoimng  land  was  elevated  so  that  the  bottom 

Ef  the  bay  for  200  yards  from  the  shore,  was  raised  above  the 
'ater  level,  leaving  the  fish  on  the  newly  formed  shore  to  be 
icked  up  by  the  inhabitants. 

11.  The  Most  \oted  Volcanoes  in  tlie  World  are  Vesuvius 
on  the  coast  of  Italy,  Etna  in  Sicily,  Stromboli  (strom'bo-le)  on 


Fissures  caused  by  an  Earlhquake  in  Italy   1713. 

12.  The  Number  of  Active  Volcanoes  on  the  Earth  is  about 
250,  more  than  half  of  which  are  on  the  coasts  and  islands  that 
line  the  Pacific  Ocean.  The  most  remarkable  volcanic  region 
is  in  Malaysia.  Continents  have  their  volcanoes  mostly  on 
their  borders  ;  those  of  the  Western  Continent  are  chiefly 
among  the  Andes  and  the  Eocky  Mountains. 

13.  Although  Earthquakes  mostly  occur  in  Volcanic  Dis- 
tricts, yet  any  part  of  the  earth's  surface  is  subject  to  them. 
Some  are  violent  and  destructive,  while  others  are  almost  or 
entirely  imperceptible. 

14.  On  the  Western  Continent,  Earthquakes  are  most  fre- 
quent in  Central  America,  Chili,  and  Peru  ;  in  Europe,  they 
occur  chiefly  in  Italj'  and  its  vicinity. 

15.  The  Approach  of  an  Earthquake,  like  the  eruption  of 
a  volcano,  is  sometimes  indicated  by  symptoms  of  unusual 
agitation  beneath  the  surface  of  the  ground. 

16.  Amouff  the  Greatest  Earthquakes  of  which  we  have  a 
record,  is  that  which  destroyed  the  cities  of  Herculaneum  and 
Pompeii  (pom-pay'e),  A.D.  63 ;  and,  after  they  had  lain  in  ruins 
for  sixteen  years,  they  were  again  overwhelmed  by  an  erup- 
tion of  Mt.  Vesuvius. 

17.  In  1692,  roi-t  Royal,  the  Capital  of  tlie  Island  of 
Jamaica,  was  sunk  in  less  than  one  minute ;  the  sea  rolling  in, 
and  driving  the  vessels  that  were  in  the  harbor  over  the  tops 
of  the  sinking  houses, 

18.  The  Great  Earthquake  of  lAsboti,  in  1755,  commenced 
with  a  didl,  rumbling  soimd  below  the  surface,  immediately 
followed  by  a  tremendous  shock,  which  threw  down  a  large 
part  of  the  city ;  and,  in  the  space  of  six  minutes,  60,000  peo- 
ple perished.  The  *>«  retired  to  a  distance,  only  to  return  in 
a  vast  wave,  fifty  feet  high.  The  unfortunate  JPeoj>le  rushed 
from  the  falling  buildings  to  secure  shelter  on  the  new  and 
massive  marble  quay  (ke),  which  suddenly  sank  with  them  into 
the  sea ;  the  water  closing  over  the  spot  to  the  depth  of  600 
feet.  Xot  a  slnyle  Fragment  of  the  many  Vessels,  nor  one 
of  the  thousands  of  human  bodies  that  were  drawn  into  this 
frightful  chasm,  ever  floated  to  the  surface ;  all  being  engulfed 


20 


MONTEITH'S  PHYSICAL  GEOGBArHT. 


in  the  fissiires  which  opened,  and  immediately  closed  over 
them.  A  I'ortiou  of  the  Earth  four  times  as  large  as  Europe 
was  affected  by  this  terrific  shock.  The  Waters  of  tJie  Scotch 
Lakes  suddenly  rose  above,  and  then  subsided  below,  their 
leveL  On  the  Sliores  of  t/is  West  Indies  the  tide  rose  twenty 
feet,  and  the  water  resembled  ink ;  even  the  coast  of  Massa- 
chusetts and  the  waters  of  Lake  Ontario  were  sensibly  affected. 

19.  In  1811,  occurred  the  Earthquake  of  Neiv  Madrid,  in 
Missouri,  which  was  remarkable  for  the  continuous  quakiug 
and  rending,  over  an  extent  of  300  miles,  during  several 
months.  Great  Openings  were  made  in  the  surface,  from 
which  mud  and  water  were  projected. 

20.  These  Internal  Convulsions  continued  until  they  cul- 
minated, March,  1812,  in  the  Earthquake  of  Caracas,  on  the 
northern  coast  of  South  America,  by  which  the  whole  of  that 
splendid  city  became  instantaneously  a  mass  of  ruins,  and 
thousands  of  its  inhabitants  perished, 

21.  In  1822,  an  Earthquake  occurred  in  Chili,  which  re- 
sulted in  the  elevation  of  a  large  section  of  country  to  a 
height  varying  from  two  to  seven  feet. 

22.  In  1857  and  1858,  Bepeated  Shocks  were  felt,  at  inter- 
vals, in  the  coimtry  around  Naples.  Several  towns  were  re- 
duced to  heaps  of  ruins,  and  about  30,000  inhabitants  perished. 

23.  During  the  Earthquake,  Mt.  Vesuvius  continued  in 
action  ;  and,  by  affording  a  means  of  escape  for  the  confined 
gases,  doubtless  prevented  the  entire  destruction  of  the  city  of 
Naples  and  the  ruin  of  all  the  region  in  the  immediate  vicinity 
of  the  volcano. 

24.  In  1859,  the  City  of  Quito  (ke'to)  and  several  towns  in  its 
vicinity  were  almost  entirely  destroyed  by  an  earthquake. 

25.  In  August,  1868,  an  Earthquake  occurred  in  Peru, 
Chili,  and  Ecuador,  which  caused  a  fearful  loss  of  life  and 
property  ;  and,  in  October,  several  shocks  were  experienced  in 
CaUfornia,  causing  considerable  damage  in  the  principal  cities. 

26.  Shocks  have  been  felt  at  different  times  in  various  parts 
of  the  United  States. 

27.  Subsidences,  like  Upheavals,  sometimes  occur  so  gently 
that  the  inhabitants  are  only  aware  of  the  change  by  the  dif- 
ference in  the  sea  level.  In  1819,  an  area  of  2,000  square 
mUes  about  the  mouth  of  the  Indus,  in  Hindoostan,  was  sud- 
denly converted,  by  an  earthquake,  into  an  inland  sea. 


Fort  Sindree  after  the  Earthquake. 

28.  The  Fort  and  Village  of  Sindree  sank  so  much  that 
only  the  tops  of  the  fort,  houses,  and  trees  were  Been  above 
the  water. 

29.  The  Coast  of  Siveden  has  been  rising  for  many  years ; 
near  Stockholm,  at  the  rate  of  a  few  inches  in  a  century. 

30.  In  Greenland,  the  south-west  coast  has  been  slowly 
sinking  for  four  centuries  past. 

31.  In  1866,  an  Island  was  Upheaved  from  the  bottom  of 
the  sea  south-east  of  Greece.  The  water  was  violently  agi- 
tated, and  from  the  fissures  rushed  flame,  smoke,  lava,  and 
fragments  of  rock. 


Sedion  VIII. 


cx>- 


Fort  Sindree  before  it  was  SubmerKed  by  the  Earthquake  of  1819. 


f  LAINS  AND  1|ALLEYS. 

1.  The  Land  Surface  of  the  Earth  may  be  divided  into 
two  general  classes,  highlands  and  lowlands;  the  highlands 
comprising  mountains  and  plateaus ;  the  lowlands,  plaius  and 
valleys. 

2.  Lowlands  comprise  all  lands  whose  elevation  is  not  more 
than  1,000  to  1,500  feet  above  the  sea. 

3.  A  Plain  surrounded  by  Mountains  or  hills  is  called  a 
vaUey. 

4.  Through  the  Lowest  Part  of  a  Valley,  or  near  its  cen- 
ter, generally  flows  a  river,  which  drains  it, 

5.  Lowlands  comprise  far  the  greater  part  of  the  land  sur- 
face of  the  earth,  and  in  them  is  found  the  great  mass  of  vege- 
tation, animals,  and  mankind. 

6.  The  Soil  of  the  Loivlands  is  constantly  enriched  by  the 
alluvial  washings  from  the  mountain  sides,  which  have  filled 
the  fissures  and  depressions  of  the  rock  that  originally  formed 
the  land  surface  of  the  earth ;  it  is  still  further  enriched  by 
the  collection  upon  it  of  decomposed  vegetable  and  animal 
substances.  About  two-thirds  of  the  "Western  Continent  are 
covered  by  plains. 

7.  The  Great  Central  Plain  of  Worth  America  is  all  that 
part  north  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  and  between  the  Eocky  and 
Alleghany  Mountains,  an  area  of  about  three  and  a  quarter 
millions  of  square  miles ;  comprising  four  great  basins,  drained 


DESERTS   AND   OASES. 


21 


by  the  Mississippi,  St.  Lawrence,  and  Mackenzie    Rivera,  and 
Hudson    Bay. 

8.  The  Lowlands  of  South  America  comprise  those  of  the 
Orinoco,  Amazon,  and  La  Plata  Eivera,  and  cover  four-fifths 
of  the  surface  east  of  the  Andes. 

9.  The  Loivlands  of  the  Orinoco,  termed  Idanos,  are  less 
than  300  feet  above  the  sea  level,  and  present  a  surface  almost ' 
as  even  as  that  of  water.  l>uriny  the  Dry  Seatton,  from 
May  to  November,  the  ground  is  parched  and  barren ;  present- 
ing the  appearance  of  a  desert.  Ihiring  the  Jf'et  Seasoti,  from 
November  to  May,  the  clouds,  driven  westward  by  the  Trade 
Winds,  pour  down  their  rain ;  when  horses,  cattle,  serpents, 
and  alligators  suddenly  appear  in  vast  numbers. 

10.  The  riainn  or  Lowlands  of  the  Amazon,  termed  Silvan, 
extend  from  the  Andes  to  the  Atlantic,  a  distance  of  1,500 
miles,  and  average  600  miles  in  breadth.  They  rover  an  Area 
of  about  2J  millions  of  square  miles,  and  consist,  chiefly,  of 
dense  forests  into  which  man  has  scarcely  penetrated. 

11.  The  Plainti  of  the  Attutzon  are  about  two-thirds  the 
size  of  aU  Europe. 

12.  The  Vallni  of  tlie  La  Plata  consists  mainly  of  vast 
grassy  flats,  called  Pampas,  where  vast  herds  of  cattle  feed ; 
tlieite  Animals  are  hunted  for  their  hides,  horns,  and  tallow, 
which  constitute  the  chief  export  of  that  region. 

13.  The  Three  Plains  of  South  America  cover  an  area  of 
5,000,000  square  miles,  while  all  Europe  contains  but  3,500,000 
square  miles. 

14.  The  Great  Northern  Plnin  of  tlie  Old  World  lies  north 
of  its  chief  mountain  system.  It  Exteiuls  from  the  shores  of 
the  North  Sea  and  Englisli  Chaimel,  eastward,  over  France, 
Belgium,  Holland,  Denmark,  Northern  Germany,  Russia  in 
Europe,  Russia  in  Asia,  and  Lidependent  Tartary,  to  Behring 
Strait ;  interrupted  only  by  the  Ural  Chain,  which  forms  a 
natural  boundary  between  Europe  and  Asia. 

15.  The  Portions  of  this  Great  Plain  y,'\nch.a.T6  drained  by 
the  tributaries  of  the  North,  Baltic,  and  Black  Seas,  are 
famous  for  their  fertility. 

16.  That  Part  of  tlte  Plain  bordering  on  the  North,  Baltic, 
and  White  S<-os,  evidently  emerged  from  the  ocean  at  a  much 
later  period  than  some  other  parts  of  the  continent ;  indeed, 
its  elevation  is  yet  incomplete  ;  for  many  parts  of  Holland  are 
still  below  the  sea  level,  and  are  protected  from  inundation  by 
means  of  dikes  constructed  by  the  inhabitants. 

17.  In  the  Itegion  of  the  (Uispian  and  Aral  S<-as,  the  sur- 
face is  also  much  depressed ;  some  parts  being  below  the  level 
of  the  sea. 

18.  L'ntil  a  Period  eomj>aratively  Recent,  it  probably 
formed  the  bed  of  a  great  inlet,  or  arm  of  the  ocean,  from 
which  it  has  been  isolated  by  the  upheaval  of  the  surround- 
ing highlands.  The  Soil  contains  sand,  sea-shells,  and  salt, 
and  the  region  is  consequently  desolate.  There  being  no  out- 
let to  the  enclosed  watera,  the  seas  of  this  basin  are  strongly 
impregnated  with  salt. 

19.  Toward  tlie  Arctic  Ocean,  the  plains  in  Europe  and 
Asia  are  a  boundless  waste,  swampy  in  summer,  and  frozen  in 
winter. 

20.  The  Polar  ICryiotis  of  North  America  may  be  consid- 
ered a  continuation  of  the  lowlands  of  Northern  Asia. 


Oe6i:ion  IX. 

Ieserts  and  #ases. 


1.  Deserts  are  Extensive  Tracts  destitute  of  water,  and,  con- 
sequently, of  vegetation  and  animal  life. 

2.  Their  Condition  is  Attributable,  chiefly,  to  the  heat  and 
dryness  of  the  winds  which  blow  over  them. 

3.  The  Desert  Iteyion  of  the  Old  World  extends  over  the 
greater  part  of  Northern  Africa,  and  north-eastward  over  vast 
regions  of  Arabia,  Turkey,  Persia,  Afghanistan,  Beloochistan, 
Lidependent  Tartary,  and  the  Chinese  Empire  ;  this  is,  also, 
the  great  rainless  region  of  the  world :  its  area  is  more  than 
twice  that  of  the  United  States. 

4.  The  Surface  of  that  jmrt  of  Sahara  which  lies  north  of 
Timbuctoo  (see  Map  of  Afnca),  thence  toward  the  Atlantic,  is 
a  vast  sandy  waste  covered  with  a  coating  of  salt  and  sea- 
shells. 

6.  At  times,  the  Desert  is  Visited  by  tlM  dreaxled  Simoon — 
a  hot,  suffocating  vnnd  which  drives  the  burning  sand  in  great 
clouds  furiously  over  the  surface,  for  great  distances. 

6.  To  avoid  Suffocation,  travelers  throw  themselves  on 
the  ground  with  their  faces  to  the  earth,  stopping  their 
ears  and  noses  with  their  handkerchiefs  until  the  storm  has 
passed ;  their  camels  lie  close  to  the  groimd  and  bury  their 
noses  in  the  sand. 

7.  By  means  of  tlie  Winds  which  Blow  over  the  Desert, 
some  houses,  villages,  and  towns  have  been  completely  covered 
with  the  driven  sand.  There  have  been  Discovered  remains 
of  ancient  temples  so  long  buried  that  no  record  of  them  is 
found  in  history. 

8.  L<trye  Portions  of  the  Great  Desert  are  diversified  by 
hills  and  mountains,  between  wliich  are  valleys  or  immense 
tracts  either  of  sand  or  naked  rock. 

9.  Between  Fezzan  and  the  Southern  Side  of  the  Desert, 
some  tribes  live  on  the  mountains,  at  elevations  where  the 
temperature  requires  them  to  wear  warm  clothing,  even  furs. 
Here,  also,  rain  occasionally  falls ;  while  in  other  districts,  the 
mercury  in  the  thermometer  rises  to  132°  in  the  shade  and 
156°  in  the  sun. 

10.  Sahara  is  a  vast  Plateau  which  has  an  elevation  above 
the  sea  of  1,200  to  1,500  feet.  It  is  about  1,000  miles  wide 
and  3,000  miles  long ;  covering  an  area  equal  to  about  four- 
fifths  that  of  the  United  States. 

11.  The  Oases  are  fertile  spots  in  various  parts  of  the  desert, 
wliere  are  found  springs  of  cool  and  dehcious  water,  besides 
grass,  the  palm,  fern,  acacia,  and  other  trees ;  here  travelers 
and  their  camels  find  shade,  refreshment,  and  rest. 

12.  The  Oases  are  Depressions  in  the  table  land  of  the 
desert ;  the  water  is  suppUed  from  the  surrounding  cliff's,  and 
is  retained  by  a  stratum  of  clay  in  the  center  of  the  valley. 

13.  The  Number  of  Oases  in  Saluira  is  about  thirty ;  of 
which,  twenty  are  inhabited. 

14.  The  PrincijnU  Desert  in  the  Neiv  World  is  that  of  Ata- 
cama,  where  rain  has  never  been  known  to  fall.  It  is  situated 
in  Peru  and  Bolivia,  west  of  the  Andes.  Its  dry  surface  of 
sand  and  rock  supports  not  the  slightest  vegetation. 


22 


MONTEITH'S  PHYSICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


•  The  Ocean,— A  Storm. 


Some  of  the  Uses  of  Water. 


The  Ocean,— Fair  Weather. 


Sedion  X. 


IhE  ScEAN:  its 


XTENT  AND  DIVISIONS. 


1.  The  Existence  on  the  Earth's  Surface  of  a  vast  body  of 
water  is  essential  to  life ;  for,  in  the  composition  of  both 
vegetable  and  animal  bodies,  the  chief  element  is  water. 

2.  Water  forms  more  than  live-sixths  of  the  animal  body, 
and  nearly  the  whole  of  the  vegetable. 

3.  All  Lakes,  Streams,  Springs,  Rain,  and  Clouds,  besides 
aU  vegetables  and  animals  are,  consequently,  dependent  upon 
the  ocean,  which  is  the  great  reservoir  whence  aU  the  land  on 
the  earth's  surface  receives  its  supply  of  water. 

4.  Influenced  by  a  certain  degree  of  Cold,  water  becomes 
ice ;  and,  influenced  by  heat,  it  takes  the  form  of  steam  and 
vapor, 

5.  Water  exists  not  only  on  the  earth's  surface,  but  also  in 
the  air  above  the  surface,  and  in  the  ground  below  it,  where  it 
forms  subterranean  lakes  and  streams. 

6.  The  Water  of  the  Ocean  is  preserved  Pure  by  its  salt- 
ness  and  constant  motion.  Fresh  water  is  that  which  has 
been  raised  from  the  ocean  by  evaporation,  and  returned  to 
the  land  by  condensation. 

7.  The  Sea  or  Ocean  has  Five  Divisions,  called  the  Pacific, 
Atlantic,  Indian,  Northern,  and  Southern  Oceans. 

8.  It  affords  an  JEasg  Comtnunication  between  nations,  for 
their  mutual  development  and  prosperity. 

9.  As  there  are  Two  Great  Bodies  of  Land,  the  Eastern 
and  Western  Continents,  so  there  are  two  principal  oceans 
corresponding  to  them,  in  both  size  and  shape ;  the  Pacific  to 
the  Eastern,  and  the  Atlantic  to  the  Western  Continent.  The 
Indian  Ocean  may  be  considered  a  part  of  the  Pacific. 

10.  In  America,  the  Mountain  lUinges  correspond  in  Size 
to  the  oceans  nearest  them  ;  the  Andes  and  Eocky  to  the  Pa- 
cific, the  Appalachian  and  BraziUan  chains  to  the  Atlantic. 


The  highest  peaks  of  the  Andes  border  on  the  widest  part  of  I 
the  Pacific.  i 

11.  The  Largest  Ocean  is  the  Pacific,  which  contains  about  : 
one-half  the  water  on  the  globe,  and  covers  one-third  of  the  \ 
earth's  surface.  It  extends  from  Behring  Strait  to  the  Ant-  '■ 
arctic  Ocean ;  its  western  shore  being  Asiatic,  and  its  eastern,  ' 
American.  : 

12.  The  Shape  of  the  Pacific  and  Indian  Oceans  is  the  ' 
reverse  of  that  of  the  continents,  being  narrow  in  the  north,  . 
and  wide  in  the  south. 


13 


AEEAS   OP  THE   OCEANS. 

Sqitakk  Miles. 

Pacific 60,000,000 

Atlantic 35,000,000 

Indian 30,000,000 

Arctic 6,000,000 

Antarctic 4,500,000 


Total 141,500,000 

14.  While  the  Pacific  is  distinguished  for  its  size,  the  Atlan- 
tic is  distinguished  for  its  numerous  arms  which  penetrate  far 
into  the  land  of  both  continents. 

15.  Owing  to  these  Arms,  and  the  Position  of  the  Atlantic 
between  the  important  sides  of  the  continents,  this  ocean  con- 
tributes far  more  than  any  other  to  the  interests  of  mankind.    . 

16.  Mention  the  principal  arms  of  the  Atlantic  on  its  eastern  side ;  on  its 
western. 

Into  which  of  the  grand  divisions  do  they  mostly  penetrate  1 

In  what  zone  are  most  of  these  arms  ? 

Has  the  Pacific  such  arms  on  both  sides  ?  On  which  side  are  its  principal 
arms  ?    Mention  them.    Mention  those  of  the  Indian  Ocean. 

17.  The  bed  of  the  sea,  like  the  surface  of  the  continents,  is 
diversified  by  highlands  and  lowlands ;  the  submarine  plateaus 
causing  shallow  water,  termed  shoals  and  banks. 

18.  Kear  some  Coasts,  the  ocean  is  shallow,  its  bed  being 
the  submerged  border  of  the  contiuent ;  but,  at  a  distance 
from  the  coast  of  100  to  300  miles,  the  water  becomes  sud- 
denly deep.     {See  Illustration  onfdloiving  page.) 


M0VBJiLE2fT8   OF  IHB  OCEAN. 


»3 


A  Sectional  View  from  the  Atlantic  Coatt  of  the  UnHed  Statet  •a»twtrd  andnorth-cistwardi  showing  the  bed  of  the  Oeean,  the  c 
the  Depth  of  the  Ocean,  ai  compared  with  that  of  the  Iri.h  and  North  Sea>.-a  Steamer  uiling  from  Europe  to  the  United  bi.u 
Bottom  of  the  Ocean,— Whalee,— Seaweeds 


^,5lnl,K 


,he  CoasHi 
Wreck  at  the 


19.  The  Dt-pth  of  the  Water  surrounfUna  tl^e  British 
Jsluiul.t  and  the  islands  east  of  Asia,  is  only  about  one-fortieth 
of  that  of  the  ocean  basin. 

20.  If  the  ocean  were  withdrawn  from  the  earth,  its  bed 
would  api)ear  chiefly  as  extensive  valleys  of  various  depths, 
and  the  parts  adjoining  the  continents,  as  plateaus,  sloping 
suddenly  downward  to  the  valleys. 

21.  The  Ocenn  in  Veepent  near  the  tropics ;  here,  also,  are 
the  highest  mountains. 

22.  The  Jtfjtth  of  the  Ocean  varies  from  1,000  to  30,000 
feet.  Between  Ireland  and  Newfoundland  the  bed  of  the  sea 
is  a  submarine  plateau,  remarkable  for  its  comparative  even- 
ness, and  the  quietness  of  the  waters  that  rest  upon  it.  The 
depth  of  the  water  there  varies  from  10,000  to  15,000  feet. 

23.  The  Depth  of  the  Gulf  of  MexUo  is  about  5,000  feet  in 
its  deepest  part ;  of  the  Mediterranean  from  3,000  to  9,000 
feet;  of  the  North  Sea,  180  feet.  The  mean  depth  of  the 
Ocean  is  estimated  to  be  between  15,000  and  20,000  feet. 

24.  A  Heprension  of  the  Water  lA-vel  of  about  300  feet 
would  extend  the  main  land  of  Europe  and  Asia  over  their 
neighboring  seas  and  islands. 

25.  Were  the  Ma^ts  of  Water  dlmininl^d,  so  that  its  greatest 
depth  would  not  exceed  5,000  feet,  the  elevation  of  the  conti- 
tinents  would  be  so  increased  that  the  climate  of  the  lowlands, 
even  in  the  temperate  and  torrid  zones,  would  cause  them  to 
l)ecome  frozen  wastes ;  the  most  fertile  plains  of  Europe  would 
then  have  an  elevation  above  the  depressed  ocean  level  of  over 
15,000  feet,  the  present  height  of  Mt.  Blanc ;  the  Mississippi 
valley  would  attain  a  far  greater  elevation  than  the  present 
altitude  of  the  highest  peaks  of  the  Eocky  Mountains. 

26.  Therefore,  it  is  plain  that  the  f'liitiate  of  any  Locality 
itepeniln  essentially,  not  only  upon  its  distance  north  or  south 
of  the  Equator,  but  also  upon  its  elevation  above  the  level  of 
the  sea. 

27.  The  Saltnesa  of  the  Ocean  is  supposed  by  some  to  be 
caused  by  great  masses  of  salt,  forming  parts  of  its  bed,  or  by 
the  salt  brought  into  it  by  rivers ;  others  hold  that  it  was 
originally  made  salt  by  the  Creator. 


Seftion   XI. 


^. 


UOVEMENTS  OF  THE  ^CEAN. 

1.  The  Movements  of  the  Oceanic  Waters  are  of  three 
kinds, — ^waves,  currents,  and  tides.  Waves  may  be  influenced 
by  tides  or  by  winds.  The  tide  affects  the  whole  depth  of  the 
ocean ;  the  wind  affects  the  water  nearer  the  surface. 

2.  Currents  ami  Tides  are  regular  and  constant. 

3.  Tides  are  caused  by  the  influence  of  the  moon  and  sun ; 
mostly  of  the  former, 

4.  The  Oceanic  C'nrretifM  are  caused,  or  modified,  by  the 
winds,  the  difference  of  temperature  between  the  Equator 
and  the  poles,  and  by  the  revolution  of  the  Earth  on  its 
axis. 

5.  If  the  Earth  were  at  Rest,  the  whole  surface  covered 
evenly  with  water,  and  under  no  external  influence,  there 
would  be  no  currents,  or  important  movements  of  the  water ; 
but  admit  the  warm  rays  of  the  siin,  and  there  would  follow 
two  great  movements ;  the  warm  tropical  waters  flowing 
toward  the  poles,  and  the  waters  of 
the  polar  regions  toward  the  Equa- 
tor. 

6.  As  Cold  Water  is  Heavier  than 
Warm  Water,  the  latter  would  leave 
the  Equator  as  surface  or  upper  cur- 
rents, and  the  cold  water  would  ap- 
proach it  as  under  currents.  Under 
these  circumstances,  the  directions  of 
the  currents  woidd  be  north  and  south. 
Besides  this,  the  Water  which  is  taken 
up  from  the  Tropical  Regions  by 
Evaporation,  is  replaced  by  water 
flowing  from  the  direction  of  the  poles. 

7.  Allowing  the  Ettrth  to  Revolve 
on  Its  Axis  from  west  to  east,  and, 
remembering  that  the  motion  of  the  s.pou 


N.POLE 


24 


MONTEITH'S  PHYSICAL  GBOGBAFHY. 


S.POLE 


surface  is  most  rapid  at  the  Equator 
and  diminislies  toward  the  poles,  you 
will  observe  that  as  the  waters  from 
the  polar  regions  approach  the  Equa- 
tor, they  are  unable  to  acquire  the  more 
rapid  motion  of  that  part  of  the  earth ; 
consequently,  the  Water  falls  behind, 
and  presents  the  appearance  of  a  cur- 
rent rushing  from  east  to  west,  round 
and  round  on  each  side  of  the  Equa- 
tor ;  this  is  called  the  Equatofial  Cur- 
rent. 

8.  The  Course  of  the  Equatorial 
Current  is  cluinged  by  the  deep  sea- 
slopes  of  the  continents  and  islands. 
The  eastern  angle  of  South  America 
is  so  situated  that  the  Equatorial  Cur- 
rent is  divided  at  Cape  St.  Eoque. 

9.  The  Wortfiem  Section  of  the 
Equatorial  Current  here  takes  a  north- 
westerly direction,  enters  the  Gulf  of 
Mexico  between  Cuba  and  Yucaran, 
and  issues  from  it  between  Cuba  and 
Florida,  and  then  turns  north-eastward, 
constituting  the  Gulf  Stream. 

10.  While  the  Equatorial  Current 
appears  to  seek  a  westerly  direction, 
it  actually  moves  with  the  earth  east- 
ward ;  and,  although  not  fast  enough 
to  keep  up  with  the  unyieldiag  land 
of  the  Equatorial  regions,  still,  when 
transferred  to  those  parts  of  the  sur- 
face whose  easterly  motion  is  less 
rapid,  the  Equatorial  Current  retains 
sufficient  of  its  actual  easterly  velocity  imparted  to  it  when 
near  the  Equator,  to  go  ahead  of  those  parts  nearer  the 
poles. 


Boat  Race  illustrating  Currents  ot  the  Ocean      The  Starting  Points  are  shown  by  the  Three 
Outline  Figures  on  the  Left: 

11.  When  you  are  on  a  Steamboat,  its  motion  causes  the 
water,  rocks,  and  trees  near  by  to  appear  as  if  rushing  past 
you  in  the  opposite  direction;  even  when  you  pass  a  boat 
which  is  sailing  in  the  same  direction  with  you,  but  less 
rapidly,  it  appears  to  move  behind  and  away  from  you. 

12.  In  the  Illustration  above,  the  Steamboat  represents 
the  land  of  the  Equatorial  regions ;  the  small  boat  in  which 
are  two  oarsmen,  represents  the  water  of  those  regions. 
Although  both  started  together  as  shown  in  the  left  of  the  pic- 


ture and  moved  in  the  same  direction, — from  west  to  east, — ^the 
swifter  motion  of  the  steamboat  causes  it  to  leave  the  oarsmen 
behind ;  consequently  they  appear  to  the  people  on  the  steam- 
boat to  move  in  the  opposite  direction, — from  east  to  west. 

13.  The  Two  Oarsmen  rejrresent  the  Equatorial  Current ; 
they  actually  move  eastward,  but  apparently  westward. 

14.  Now  compare  the  motion  of  the  boat  containing  the  two 
oarsmen  with  that  of  the  boat  containing  but  one,  and  it  will 
readily  be  seen  that  the  former  goes  ahead  of  the  latter,  and 
moves  to  the  east ;  here,  the  two  oarsmen  represent  the  Mcfurn 
Equatorial  Current  flowing  eastward,  which  in  the  North  At- 
lantic is  called  the  Gulf  Stream,  while  the  one  oarsman 
represents  the  regions  toward  the  poles,  where  the  eastward 
motion  of  the  Earth  on  its  axis  is  slower  than  at  the  Equator. 

15.  The  Waters  of  the  Equatorial  Current  and  the  Gulf 
Stream  are  warmer  than  the  other  waters  of  the  ocean,  and 
have  an  important  bearing  upon  the  climate,  productions,  and 
inhabitants  of  the  countries  coming  under  their  influence. 

16.  To  the  Gulf  Stream  Europe  is  greatly  Indebted  for  its 
healthful  climate,  rich  productions,  and  the  general  prosperity 
of  its  people. 

17.  The  Numermis  Inlets  from  tlic  Sea  which  give  to  West- 
em  and  Southern  Europe  an  exceedingly  extensive  coast  Une, 
are  peculiarly  fitted  for  the  distribution  of  the  favorable  influ- 
ences of  the  Gulf  Stream. 

18.  Disconnect  North  and  South  America  by  an  extension 
westerly  of  the  Caribbean  Sea  or  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  so  that 
the  Gulf  Stream  woidd  flow  into  the  Pacific,  and  the  prosperity 
of  Europe  would  be  suddenly  diminished ;  the  3IiM  and 
Genial  Climate  of  the  Uritish  Isles  and  France  would  be  ex- 
changed for  that  of  the  bleak  coasts  of  Labrador  and  New- 
foundland, which  lie  between  the  same  parallels. 

19.  In  the  same  manner,  the  Equatorial  Current  of  the 
Pacific  continues  westward  until  it  reaches  the  islands  east  of 
Asia,  where  the  northern  part  of  the  current  is  turned  north- 
eastward to  higher  latitudes,  where  its  easterly  velocity  pre- 
dominates. 


1 


NORTH  POLE. 


EQUATOR 


EQUATOR. 


The  Equatorial  and  Japan  Currents  ot  the  Pacific  Ocean. 


20.  Under  the  Name  of  the  Japan  Current  it  then  flows 
eastward  across  the  Pacific,  imtil  turned  by  the  western  side 
of  North  America,  when,  following  the  direction  of  the  coast, 
it  meets  the  Equatorial  Tropical  Current. 

21.  Therefore,  the  General  Flan  of  the  Equatorial  Current 
is  a  flow  round  and  round  in  ellipses,  westward  on  or  near  the 
Equator ;  turning  to  the  north  in  the  Northern  Hemisphere, 
and  to  the  south  in  the  Southern  Hemisphere. 

22.  The  Equatorial  Current  flows  in  Deep  Waters,  and  its 
course  is  bent  by  the  steep  sides  of  the  ocean's  bed,  about 
100  miles  from  the  coast  line. 


I 

I 


CURREH^TS   OF  THE   OCBAJf. 


2S 


iAO  J.tmiitxi<U    1 OO  "West  Icam.  6  O    GrtenwiclL    30  O  SO     Lon^tude    SOXast     Irom     J 00  firecmaclL    110 


23.  From  the  Arctic  to  the  Atlantic  Ocean  two  cold  cur- 
rents flow  southwardly;  one  being  west,  the  other,  east  of 
Greenland.  These  are  called  Arctic  Currents ;  and,  being  una- 
ble to  acquire  the  easterly  velocity  of  those  parts  of  the  earth's 
surface  which  they  pass  on  their  way  south,  they  are  thrown 
to  the  west  side  of  the  ocean. 

24.  The  Arctic  Currents  carry  with  them  huge  icebergs ; 
many  of  which,  as  they  meet  the  warm  waters  of  the  Gulf 
Stream  off  the  coast  of  Newfoundland,  become  melted,  and 
there  deposit  quantities  of  gravel,  sand,  and  stones,  transported 
from  more  northern  lands. 

25.  These  MajtMcs  contribute  to  the  formation  of  the  famous 
banks  or  shoals  of  that  region. 

26.  Here,  also,  the  C'oUl  Currents  of  the  AtmoKjyJiere  from 
the  \orth  meet  the  warm,  moist  air  over  the  Gulf  Stream, 
whose  vapors  thus  become  condensed  and  form  the  heavy  fogs 
for  which  that  region  is  noted. 

27.  Ji//  tneatis  of  these  Currents,  there  is  maintained  a  con- 
stant interchange  of  tropical  and  polar  waters ;  thus  moderat- 
ing the  heat  of  the  Torrid  Zones,  and  the  cold  of  the  Frigid. 

28.  The  Difference  of  Temperature  between  the  waters  of 
the  GuU  Stream  and  those  which  wash  the  east  coast  of  North 
America,  is,  in  winter,  between  twenty  and  thirty  degrees  ;  and, 
the  climate  on  the  eastern  coasts  of  the  Atlantic,  at  the  latitude 
of  60"  is  as  warm  as  that  on  the  west  coast,  at  the  latitude 
of  40°. 

29.  Eiven  in  Winter,  the  Chilf  fit  ream  carriejt  the  Tempera- 


ture of  Bummer  as  far  north  as  the  Banks  of  Newfoimdland. 
Evaporation  from  its  warm  waters  is  very  rapid,  hence  the 
dampness  in  the  atmosphere  of  the  Atlantic  States  when  east- 
erly winds  prevail. 

30.  The  GtUf  Stream,  on  reaching  the  British  Islands,  is 
divided ;  one  part  entering  the  Arctic  Ocean,  while  the  other 
is  turned  southward  along  the  south-western  coasts  of  Europe, 
where  its  effect  upon  Atmosphere  and  Climate  is  visible  in 
the  fertile  vineyards  and  beautiful  landscapes  of  that  Section. 

31.  The  Average  Velttcity  of  the  Oulf  Stream  is  one  and  a 
half  miles  an  hour ;  off  the  coast  of  Florida  it  is  most  rapid, 
being  from  three  to  five  miles  an  hour.  In  the  Pacific  Ocean  the 
Equatorial  Current  moves  at  the  rate  of  about  three  miles,  and, 
in  the  Indian  Ocean,  of  two  and  a  quarter  miles  an  hour. 

32.  Within  the  circuit  of  the  Oulf  Stream  are  large  col- 
lections of  floating  sea-weed,  giving  to  the  middle  part  of  the 
North-Atlantic  the  name  of  the  Sargasso  Sea,  {Sargazo,  Span- 
ish for  Sea-weed.)  These  collections  are  caused  by  the  whirl- 
ing motion  of  the  Gulf  Stream. 

33.  The  Gulf  Stream  may  be  traced  throughout  its  course 
by  the  warmth  of  its  waters  ;  and  its  deep  blue  color  contrasts 
strongly  with  the  green  waters  of  the  Atlantic  Ocean. 

34.  The  Cold  Current  from  t/ie  Antarctic  Ocean  is  divided 
in  its  north-easterly  course  by  the  south-west  coast  of  South 
America.  One  part  flows  northward  into  the  Equatorial  Cur- 
rent ;  while  the  other  part  flows  around  Cape  Horn  and  takes 
an  easterly  direction,  toward  Australia. 


26 


MOIfTBITH'S  PHYSICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


35.  The  Equatorial  Current  of  the  Indian  Ocean  con- 
nects with  that  of  the  Atlantic  by  a  westerly  current  which 
doubles  Cape  Good  Hope,  called  the  Cape  Cun-ent,  in  which 
vessels  sail  that  are  bound  westward.  South  of  the  Cape 
Current  is  the  return  or  counter  current,  in  which  vessels  sail 
that  are  bound  eastward. 

36.  Vessels  Navigating  the  Pacific,  between  North  America 
and  Asia,  sail  westward  in  the  Equatorial  Current,  and  east- 
ward in  the  return  flow,  called  the  Japan  Current. 

37.  These  two  currents  together  form  a  great  ellipse  ;  its 
southern  side  being  the  Equatorial  Current,  and  its  northern 
side,  the  Japan  Current. 

38.  From  the  Japan  Current,  a  Stream  of  Warm  Water 
flows  Northward  through  Behring  Strait ;  this,  with  a  simi- 
lar current  from  the  Gulf  Stream,  tends  to  moderate  the  cold 
of  the  Arctic  region,  and  to  balance  the  cold  currents  flow- 
ing south  on  both  sides  of  Greenland. 

39.  The  Climate  of  a  Country  depends  chiefly  upon  its 
latitude  and  elevation.  It  is  also  affected  by  the  ocean  and 
its  currents. 

40.  The  General  Flow  of  the  Ocean  Currents, — westward 
in  the  tropical,  and  eastward  in  the  temperate  regions, — coin- 
cides with  the  atmospheric  movements.  In  the  tropics  the 
winds  blow  to  the  west,  and  are  called  Trade  "Winds  ;  in  the 
Temperate  Zones  they  blow  to  the  east,  and  are  called  Eetum 
Trade  Winds. 

41.  The  Temperature  of  tlie  Atmosphere  is  regulated  by 
winds,  or  currents  of  air ;  while  that  of  the  ocean  is  regulated 
by  currents  of  water. 

42.  Besides  the  Great  Benefits  of  the  Ocean  already  men- 
tioned, there  is  another,  in  its  myriads  of  fishes,  which  afford 
food  and  luxury  to  man ;  and,  it  is  an  interesting  fact  that  the 
best  fish  are  found  in  the  cold  currents,  near  the  coasts. 

43.  The  Observing  Learner  cannot  fail  to  see  that  the 
ocean,  which  to  the  thoughtless  appears  as  a  great  waste,  is 
vast  in  its  benefits ;  for  it  provides  man  with  rain  and  streams 
to  bring  forth  grass,  fruit,  and  grain ;  tempers  chmates ;  bears 
his  ships  from  nation  to  nation,  and  furnishes  its  hving  crea- 
tures as  food  for  his  table. 

44.  Were  the  Warm  Currents  not  turned  toward  the  Poles, 
the  polar  waters,  now  open,  woiild  be  continually  covered  with 
vast  fields  of  ice  ;  hence,  the  coasts  of  America,  extending  far 
north  and  south,  and  turning  the  currents  in  their  various 
directions,  were  thus  formed  according  to  a  wise  design. 

45.  The  Unceasing  Activity  of  the  Waters  of  the  ocean 
contributes  largely  to  the  Tsenefit  of  all  vegetable  and  animal 
life,  and  also  to  their  own  purity.  This  law  of  reciprocity 
applies  with  equal  force,  to  nations  and  to  man. 

46.  Imagine  tlie  Tropical  and  Frigid  Regions  to  be  in  a 
State  of  Rest,  refusing  to  exchange  their  waters ;  one  would 
be  intolerable  from  excessive  heat,  the  other,  from  excessive 
cold  ;  the  result  would  be  ruin  to  both.  So,  also,  would  it  be 
with  man  in  a  state  of  idleness. 

47.  The  learner  cannot  fail  to  recognize  in  the  Creator's 
plan  for  the  development  of  the  earth,  and  for  the  welfare  of  its 
inhabitants,  the  benefits  of  the  Great  Lam  of  Contrasts; 
whereby  exist  heat  and  cold,  land  and  water,  highlands  and 
lowlands,  the  mineral,  vegetable,  and  animal  kingdoms. 


Section  of  a  Hill,  whence  issues  a  Spring. 
A,  Loose  Earth  or  Broken  Rock  through  which  the  Rain  sinkti 
C,  Solid  Rock  or  Hard  Clay  not  penetrated  by  Water. 
6,  Seam  or  Stratum  in  which  the  Water  flows. 


Sedion  XII. 


^IvAPORATION,   IpRINGS,  AND  WeLLS. 

1.  To  the  Ocean,  although  salt,  do  we  owe  all  the  fresh 
water  of  the  land.  It  is  the  source  whence  aU  springs,  rivers, 
and  lakes  are  supphed.  The  ocean  and  its  streams  of  fresh 
water  throughout  the  land,  resemble  the  heart  and  veins  by 
which  the  life  of  an  animal  body  is  sustained. 

2.  The  system  by  which  the  Land  receives  from  the  Salt 
Ocean  a  Bounteous  Sup2)ly  of  Fresh  Water,  is  remarkable, 
as  much  for  its  completeness,  as  for  the  benefits  which  it  im- 
parts. 

3.  All  is  the  effect  of  the  combined  action  of  heat,  cold,  and 
air.  Heat  lightens  the  water,  that  the  air  may  lift  it  from  the 
ocean  ;  the  winds  carry  it  in  the  form  of  vapor  over  the  land  ; 
the  cold  makes  the  vapor  heavier  than  the  air,  and  then  it 
falls  in  the  form  of  rain,  snow,  hail,  and  dew. 

4.  The  Rain  that  falls  upon  the  Ground  serves  to  water 
the  fields,  and  to  fill  lakes,  rivers,  ponds,  and  cisterns,  for  man's 
use.  A  part  of  it  sinks  into  the  groimd,  and  forms  subterra- 
nean streams  or  reservoirs ;  other  portions  are  evaporated, 
and  they  again  return,  either  to  the  land  or  to  the  ocean. 

5.  Without  Evaporation,  there  would  be  no  rain  or  dew, 
trees  or  grass ;  the  whole  land  surface  of  the  earth  would  be 
parched  and  barren. 

6.  The  Water  ivhich  forms  our  Springs  and  fiUs  our  weUs, 
is  rain  which  has  fallen  on  neighboring  lands,  at  or  above  the 
level  of  the  springs. 

7.  Rain-ivater  percolates  through  the  gravel,  loose  soil,  or 
fissures  in  rocks,  until  stopped  by  a  bed  of  rock  or  clay, 
impervious  to  water. 

8.  As  the  Upper  Side  of  the  Bed  is  inclined  toward  low 
ground,  the  water  flows  in  that  direction ;  and  finding  an 
opening,  it  issues  forth  as  a  spring. 

9.  Whatever  Cavities  exist  in  the  upper  surface  of  this 
bed,  become  natural  cisterns,  which  preserve  the  water  pure 
and  cool  for  our  use  in  dry  seasons. 


MINERAL    WATERS  ;— THERMAL   SPRINGS  ;— GEYSERS. 


27 


•      Section  of  the  Ground  or  Rock,  showing  how  Weils  are  supplied. 

A,  The  Part  through  which  the  Rain  Water  percolates. 
C.  Rock  or  Clay  impervious  to  Water 

B,  Seam  or  Stratum  in  which  the  Water  pastes. 

10.  fFell«  are  supplied  with  water  from  the  stratum  in  which 
it  rests  or  flows,  or  with  that  which  finds  its  way  into  them, 
through  the  crevices  of  the  rock. 

11.  Sprinys  iiuiff  be  supplied  hi/  rain  or  snow  that  falls  on 
elevated  ground  several  miles  distant. 

12.  After  a  Dry  Season,  the  flow  from  most  springs  becomes 
diminished,  and  sometimes  ceases,  until  replenished  by  rain. 
There  are,  however,  some  springs  whose  discharge  is  uniform 
throughout  the  year ;  these  are  suppUed  from  subterranean 
reservoirs,  too  extensive  to  be  materially  affected  by  ordinary 
ilroughts. 

13.  The  Qaalitu  of  Spring  iVater  depends  upon  the  mate- 
rials composing  the  rocks  or  soil  through  which  it  flows.  Tliat 
which  issues  from  sand-stone  rock  is  softer  and  purer  than 
that  flowing  through  lime-stone  strata. 

14.  Intermittent  SpriittjH  are  those  which  flow,  and  cease  to 
flow,  during  alternate  periods  throughout  the  year. 

15.  Mineral  Waters  are  those  which  possess  medicinal 
qualities,  owing  to  certain  mineral  substances  which  they  hold 
in  solution.     There  are,  also,  springs  of  salt  water. 

16.  Mineral  JFaters  are  used  for  purposes  of  drinking  and 
bathing.  Mineral  springs  are  numerous  in  the  United  States ; 
the  must  eelebrated  are  those  of  Saratoga  and  Virginia.  They 
abound,  also  in  England,  France,  and  Germany. 

17.  The  strata  at  the  Sides  of  the  Continents  being  inclined 
to  the  ocean,  many  subterranean  streams  empty  into  it, 
through  its  bed.  In  some  instances,  these  streams  are  forced 
upward  to  the  surface  of  the  ocean ;  this  is  caused  by  the 
pressure  of  the  water  within  the  surrounding  high  groimds. 
Off  the  south  coast  of  Cuba,  springs  of  this  nature  burst  up- 
ward through  the  salt  water  with  great  violence. 

18.  The  Waters  of  Thernuil,  or  Hot  Springs,  are  those  which 
have  penetrated  to  such  a  depth  as  to  come  in  contact  Tvith 
the  heated  rocks,  or  lava  beds,  in  the  interior  of  the  earth ; 
here,  steam  is  produced  which  forces  hot  water  and  vapor 
through  crevices  in  the  rock,  from  subterranean  pools,  up  to 
the  surface.  The  waters  of  thermal  springs  are  used  for  the 
purpose  of  bathing. 

19.  The  Most  Noted  Hot  Springs  are  those  of  Iceland,  Central 
France,  Asia  Minor,  Virginia,  California,  and  Yellowstone  Park. 


Boiling  Springs,  illustrated  by  meant  of  a  Tea-kettle, 

20.  Boiling  or  Hot  Springs  may  be  illustrated  by  a  kettle 
partly  filled  with  water,  and  placed  upon  a  hot  stove ;  the 
kettle  representing  the  subterranean  cavern,  and  the  stove, 
the  heated  rocks  of  the  earth's  interior.  The  steam,  if  pre- 
vented from  escaping  at  the  top,  presses  upon  the  hot  water 
below  it,  and  forces  it  out  through  the  spout,  as  shown  in  the 
illustration  above.  When  the  water  in  these  caverns  is  long 
boiled  and  exposed  to  great  heat,  steam  may  be  so  suddenly 
generated  as  to  produce  explosion ;  this  may  account  for 
the  geysers  (gld'zerz),  or 
fountains  of  boiling 
water. 

21.  Geysers  are  of  va- 
rious dimensions ;  some 
are  constantly  boiling, 
others  boil  up  only  at  in- 
tervals, with  loud  explo- 
sions. 

22.  The  Most  Celebni 
ted  Oeyser  Regions  an 
in    Iceland,     California, 
and  near  the  headwaters 
of  the  Yellowstone  aud 
Madison    Elvers   in  tin 
United  States.    The  gov 
ser  region  of   the  Y(!- 
lowstone    and    Madisi 
Bivers    is    more     woi 
derful    than   any   othi . 
that  has  yet  been  dis- 
covered. ■^"^  °*''""-  '"'*""• 

23.  Subterranean  Streams  produce  excavations  and  sub- 
sidence of  the  soil  Flowing  down  a  hill  or  mountain,  just 
beneath  the  soil  in  which  trees  have  their  roots,  they  some- 
times cause  considerable  tracts  of  land  to  shde  down  from  the 
moimtains ;  these  tracts  are  called  landshdes. 

24.  //•  tlie  Subterranean  Bed  of  Rork  or  Clay,  over  which 
the  water  passes,  were  at  the  surface  of  the  ground,  instead  of 
some  distance  below  it,  the  land  would  be  inundated  by  every 
shower ;  or,  if  so  deep  as  to  be  far  below  the  surface,  springs 

I  would  not  exist,  or  would  be  beyond  man's  reach ;  and,  with- 
I  out  springs,  rivers  would  not  be  kept  supplied. 


28 


MONTEITH'S  PHYSICAL  GEOGBAPSY. 


m^  ws^ 


-B,   B,   Seams  or  Strata  in  which 


Artesian  Wells:— A,  A,  A.  Strata  impervious  to  Water 

Subterranean  Streams  flow  ;    C,  Subterranean  Reservoir  filled  with  Water  rC  D.  Bor- 
ings in  the  Ground  or  Rock,  called  Artesian  Wells. 


25.  But  how  Complete  is  the  Design  in  this  particular,  also! 
The  land  is  laid  out  by  the  hand  of  Providence,  in  channels 
and  hoUows,  with  streams,  lakes,  and  reservoirs  of  water,  on 
the  ground,  and  under  the  ground,  according  to  the  plan 
which  best  contributes  to  the  benefit  of  mankind. 

26.  By  Borhiff  or  DrUUnff  into  the  Eartli,  streams  are 
met  with  at  different  depths,  which  are  separated  from  each 
other  by  strata  of  rock ;  through  the  opening  made,  the  water 
will  rush  upward  as  through  a  pipe,  and  rise  like  a  fountain. 

27.  These  Openinys,  or  Borinf/s,  are  called  Artesian  wells, 
from  Artesium,  now  Artois,  a  province  of  France,  where  they 
have  long  been  in  use. 

28.  In  many  Places  Water  has  been  thus  obtained  in  quan- 
tities sufficient  for  the  working  of  heavy  machinery. 

29.  In  Dry  and  Desert  Regions,  even  in  Sahara,  Artesian 
weUs  have  been  successfully  sunk. 

30.  Some  Artesian  Wells  liave  been  sunk  to  Depths  exceed- 
ing 2,000  feet,  whence  issues  warm  water ;  its  temperature 
being  derived  from  the  internal  heat  of  the  earth. 

31.  In  Wurtemburg,  this  water  is  introduced  into  pipes,  for 
the  heating  of  buildings,  in  winter ;  and  by  this  means  alone, 
the  uniform  temperature  of  47°  is  maintained,  while  the  tem- 
perature without  is  at  zero. 

32.  At  Paris,  where  the  mean  temperature  at  the  surface, 
is  51°,  the  water  of  an  Artesian  well  which  is  1800  feet  deep, 
has  a  constant  temperature  of  82°. 

33.  At  St.  Louis,  the  mean  difference  in  temperature  be- 
tween the  water  obtained  from  an  Artesian  well,  1,500  feet 
deep,  and  that  at  the  surface,  is  eighteen  degrees. 

34.  At  Charleston,  S.  C,  the  temperature  of  the  water  at  the 
surface  averages  68° ;  at  the  depth  of  500  feet  it  is  73° ;  at 
1,000  feet,  84° ;  the  average  rate  of  increase  of  heat  being 
about  one  degree  for  every  52  feet  in  depth. 

35.  Many  such  Wells,  in  New  York,  Pennsylvania,  Yir- 
ginia,  and  Ohio  are  famous  for  the  quantities  of  salt  and  rock 
oil,  or  petroleum,  obtained  from  them. 

36.  Petroleum,  has  been  collected,  for  centuries,  in  Birmah, 
Farther  India,  where  it  has  been  extensively  used  for  producing 
artificial  light ;  so,  also,  in  northern  Italy. 


Sedion   XIII. 
§IVERS;   THEIR  foURCES. 

1.  Rivers  are  Formed  from  Springs,  or  from  rains  that 
fan  to  penetrate  the  groimd. 

2.  They  commence  as  httle  streams,  called  Rills,  or  Rivulets, 
through  which  a  child  can  wade,  or  over  which  he  can  step. 

3.  Always  seehing  the  Lowlands,  these  rivulets  meet  other 
streams ;  and,  enlarging  as  they  go,  soon  become  rivers. 

4.  Like  a  Dove  set  free,  rivers  seek  their  former  home, — the 
ocean, — whether  it  be  through  extended  plains,  winding  valleys, 
or  mountain  gaps.  "  Unto  the  place  whence  the  rivers  come, 
thither  they  return  again."  The  dove  seeks  its  home  from  a 
natural  instinct ;  rivers  seek  the  sea  in  obedience  to  tha  law  of 
gravitation. 

5.  Some  Rivers  rise  in  Regions  of  great  elevation,  and  at 
great  distances  from  their  mouths. 

6.  The  Sources  of  the  Amazon  are  far  up  the  Andes ;  and, 
although  they  are  within  100  mUes  of  the  Pacific,  that  river 
flows  into  the  Atlantic,  over  a  distance  of  about  4,000  miles. 

7.  Rivers  are  useful  as  great  drains  of  the  land ;  running 
off  the  surplus  rain  water  into  the  ocean,  and  removing  im- 
purities from  the  surface  of  the  ground.  They  also  afford 
means  of  easy  internal  communication. 

8.  The  Courses  of  Rivers  are  various,  and  are  always  gov- 
erned by  the  slopes  of  the  lowlands.  Therefore,  the  general 
slopes  of  continents  or  countries  can  be  determined  from  a 
common  map,  by  the  directions  in  which  the  rivers  flow. 

9.  We  Observe  that  nearly  all  the  Rivers  of  South  Amenca 
flow  in  an  easterly  direction ;  hence,  we  know  that  the  land 
east  of  the  Andes,  slopes  towards  the  Atlantic. 

Name  the  principal  rivers  of  South  America. 

10.  The  Rivers  of  NortJicrn  Asia  and  Europe  flow  into 
the  Arctic  ;  hence,  we  know  that  from  the  Altai  Mountains,  the 
land  presents  a  northern  slope. 

Mention  the  principal  of  these  rivers.  Mention  the  rivers  of  Eastern  Asia, 
and  the  directions  in  which  they  flow.     What  is  the  slope  of  the  land  ? 

In  what  direction  does  the  land  of  Southern  Asia  slope  ?  Mention  the 
largest  rivers  of  the  southern  slope. 

11.  The  land  west  of  the  Rocky  Moimtains  slopes  In  what  general  direction  ? 
In  what  direction  does  the  land  of  the  United  States,  east  of  the  Appalachian 
chain,  slope  ?  How  do  you  ascertain  this  ?  The  rivers  of  the  United  States, 
between  the  Rocky  and  Appalachian  chains,  flow  into  what  river  ? 

13.  Mention  the  largest  rivers  on  the  western  slc^  of  the  Mississippi  basin  ; 
on  the  eastern  slope. 

What  is  the  slope  of  the  land  of  the  Gulf  States  ?  Name  the  rivers  of  the 
southern  slope. 

How  does  the  land  slope  in  the  region  of  Hudson  Bay  ?  Of  the  Baltic  Sea  ? 
Of  Western  Africa? 

13.  The  Sources  of  Rivers  always  occupy  Higher  Ground 
than  do  their  mouths;  many  rivers,  like  the  Ganges,  have 
their  sources  several  thousand  feet  above  the  level  of  their 
mouths,  and  owe  their  commencement  to  the  melting  snows 
of  lofty  mountains ;  consequently,  their  course  to  the  sea  is,  at 
first,  over  very  steep  beds,  or  over  a  series  of  declivities,  down 
which  they  plunge,  producing  rapids,  cascades,  and  waterfalls. 
They  approach  their  termination  over  beds  less  inclined,  and 
comparatively  level. 


BIVERS;    THE  INFLUENCE  OF  THEIB    WINDINGS. 


29 


14  Some  Bivet'H,  like  the  Indus  and  Brahmaputra,  flow  for 
,uy  miles  on  plateaus ;  others  flow  over  beds  of  slight  incU- 
ation  from  their  sources  to  their  mouths,  and  have  no  definite 
iratershed.     A  boat  may  safely  descend  the  Amazon  Eiver 
i-om  the  foot  of  the  Andes  Mountains  to  the  Atlantic  Ocean. 

15.  The  initcrs  of  the  Amazon  are  HuppUed  mainly  by  the 
xcessive  rains  for  which  the  Equatorial  regions  of  South 

Viiierica  are  celebrated. 

16.  The  Upper  Course  of  n  River  commences  at  the  water- 
shed and  crntinues  over  that  part  of  its  bed  which  is  the  most 

iclined  :  in  this  part,  waterfalls  and  rapids  are  cliicfly  found. 

17.  The  Lower  Courne  of  a  River  is  toward  its  mouth;  its 
I  )i'd  is  quite  or  almost  level. 

18.  Jli/  means  of  tlw  TUssofvinff  and  Carri/inf/  Powers  of 
irater,  the  surface  of  the  lowlands  has  received  its  compara- 

■nive  evenness. 

F     19.  The   Most  Important  River  in  \orth  Ameriea  is  the 
I 'Alississippi.     Its  source  is  Itasca  Lake,  in  the  northern  part 
If  Minnesota,  and  is  elevated  nearly  1,700  feet  above  the  level 
the  sea.    Its  general  course  is  southward,  and  its  total ! 
length  about  3,000  miles. 

20.  The  Missiasippi  is  navigable  by  steamboats  to  the  Falls 
of  St.  Anthony,  2,200  miles  from  the  Gulf  of  Mexico ;  above 
the  falls,  it  is  also  navigable  for  a  considerable  distance. 

21.  The  Mississippi  and  Ohio  Rivers  constitute  a  line  of 
communication  between  New  Orleans  and  Pittsburg,  of  about 
2,300  miles  in  length. 

22.  On  the  Missouri  River  steamboat  navigation  has  reached 
to  the  foot  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  in  the  western  part  of  I 
Montana,  a  distance  from  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  of  4,000  miles.      | 

23.  The  Illinois  River  is  navigable  for  steamboats  as  far 
as  La  Salle,  which  is  connected  by  a  canal  mth  Chicago, 
icndering  navigation  complete  between  Lake  Michigan  and 

U  the  Mississippi,  or  between  the  Great  Lakes  and  the  Gulf 
of  Mexico. 

24.  Tliat  the  Course  of  a  RUfer  should  not  he  in  a  Direct 
Line  to  the  sea,  was  wisely  ordered  by  the  Creator ;  for  its 
various  windings  render  the  descent  more  gradual,  and  the 
current  less  rapid  and  destructive.  Besides  this,  the  winding 
course  of  a  river  increases  the  area  of  drainage,  and  the  facili- 
ties for  the  progress  of  civilization  and  trade. 

26.  The  Distance  from.  Cairo,  lUinois,  to  Netv  Orleans,  by 
the  Mississippi  River,  is  1,178  miles.  If  there  were  no  bends 
or  windings  in  that  river,  the  distance  between  these  two 
places  would  be  700  miles  less,  but  the  force  and  destructive- 
ness  of  the  current  would  be  greatly  increased. 

26.  The  Siaaara  River,  on  its  way  from  Lake  Erie  to  Lake 
Ontario,  makes  a  total  descent  of  330  feet;  about  one-half 
of  this  descent  is  over  a  precipice,  down  which  the  waters  rush 
with  such  tremendous  force,  that  they  are  constantly  wearing 
away  the  rocks  beneath ;  therefore,  Niagara  Falls  are  gradu- 
ally receding  toward  Lake  Erie. 

27.  Some  Rivers  of  Mountainous  Diatricts,  as  in  Califor- 
nia, have  worn  long,  narrow  channels  in  the  rocks,  called 
Canons  (kan'yum).  A  remarkable  canon  of  the  Colorado 
Eiver  is  in  Utah  and  Arizona.  Its  length  is  300  miles,  and 
the  rocks  stand  perpendicularly  above  the  water  in  the  gorge, 
to  heights  varying  from  3,000  to  6,000  feet. 


PaMac**  worn  ihrough  the  K 


iiom  Coait  of  Norway. 


28.  A  River  System  is  composed  of  a  river  and  its  tribu- 
taries ;  thus  resembhng  a  great  vine  wth  its  branches  spread 
in  all  directions. 

29.  A  River  Raxin  comprises  all  the  land  that  is  drained 
by  a  river  and  its  tributaries.  In  the  lowest  part  of  the  val- 
ley flows  the  principal  stream. 

30.  The  liasin  of  the  Amazon  covers  an  area  of  more  than 
2,000,000  square  miles ;  that  of  the  Mississippi,  about  1,000,000 
square  miles. 

31.  A  Watershed  is  the  ridge  of  land  which  surroimds  a 
river  basin  and  casts  the  water  in  different  directions. 

32.  The  JVaterslied  of  Rivera  flowing  down,  opposite  Sides 
of  a  Mountain  Ranf/e,  is  that  part  of  the  range. which  is  ele- 
vated above  the  sources  of  those  streams. 

33.  A  River  Bed  is  the  ground  over  which  the  water  flows. 
The  channel  is  the  deepest  part  6f  a  river.     The  right  bank 

!  is  on  your  right  hand  as  you  sail  down  the  stream  ;  the  left 
bank  is  on  your  left  hand. 

34.  In  many  instances,  SpHngs  but  a  few  Rods  distant 
from  each  oth^iv,  and  fed  from  snows  resting  on  the  same 
peak,  supply  rivers  which  terminate  at  different  sides  of  a 
continent. 

35.  The  Rivers  of  that  Part  of  Europe  which  is  embraced 
by  the  Black,  Mediterranean,  and  North  Seas,  have  their 
sources  among  the  mountains  of  Switzerland  and  very  near 
together  ;  yet  they  flow  in  different  directions,  and  empty  into 
seas  lying  on  different  sides  of  Europe. 

Name  the  principal  rivers  which  rise  in  or  near  Smtzerland  ?  Which  flows 
east  and  into  what  does  it  empty  1  Which  flows  north  ?  Into  what  does  the 
Rhine  flow  t  Which  flows  south  ?  Into  wliat  does  the  Rhone  flow  ?  What 
river  liaving  some  of  its  sources  in  the  mountains  of  Switzeriand  flows  into 
the  Adriatic  Sea. 


30 


MONTEITH'S  PHYSICAL  GEOGBAPBlY. 


Watershed  and  Head-waters  of  Four  Great  River  Basins  in  North  America. 

3G.  The  ITead-nmters  of  the  Mi.ssoiii-i  mul  Clarke's  Rivers, 
in  the  Eocky  Mountains,  are  almost  together ;  yet  the  waters 
of  one,  by  way  of  the  Missouri  and  Mississippi  Eivers,  enter 
the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  and  thence  iato  the  Atlantic ;  while  the 
waters  of  the  other,  empty  into  the  Columbia  Kiver  and  find 
their  way  into  the  Pacific. 

37.  A  Kortliern  Tributary  of  the  Columbia  River  has  its 
head-waters  very  near  those  of  the  Saskatch'ewan  and  Atha- 
bas'ca  Eivers. 

Where  do  these  rivers  rise  ?  Into  what  does  the  Columbia  River  flow  ?  The 
Missouri?  The  Mississippi  ?  The  Saskatchewan  ?  The  Athabasca ?  Which 
rise  on  the  eastern  slope  of  the  Rocky  Mountains?    On  the  western  slope  ? 

38.  A  House  may  be  so  located  upon  the  ridge  which  forms 
a  watershed,  that  the  rain  falling  upon  one  slope  of  its  roof, 
may  eventually  find  its  way  to  one  ocean,  and  that  falling 
upon  the  opposite  slope,  to  another  ocean. 

39.  Asia  differs  greatly  from  North  Am,erira,  in  this  re- 
spect. The  river  basins  of  the  Indian,  Pacific,  and  Arctic 
slopes,  are  so  disposed  that  the  head-waters  of  their  rivers  are 
separated  from  each  other  by  vast  plateaus. 

40.  Some  Itivers  do  not  empty  into  the  Ocean,  but  into  an 
inland  sea,  or  lake,  as  those  of  the  Caspian  Sea  basin  and  the 
great  basin  of  Utah.  The  river  Jordan  which  flows  into  the 
Dead  Sea  belongs  to  this  class. 

41.  Som,e  Itivers  of  Africa  disappear  in  the  sands  of  the 
desert,  and  others  are  partly  subterranean.  These  enter  cav- 
erns, channels,  or  loose  strata  below  the  surface. 

42.  Oceanic  Itivers  are  those  whose  waters  reach  the 
ocean,  directly  or  indirectly ;  as  the  Amazon,  Ohio,  Danube, 
and  Connecticut. 

43.  Continental  Rivers  are  those  of  inland  regions,  whose 
waters  do  not  reach  the  ocean ;  as  the  Volga  and  Ural. 

44.  Many  Rivers  which  have  Rapid  Currents  bear  along 
with  them  alluvial  washings  from  the  land,  and  deposit  them 
at  their  mouths,  forming  deltas. 

45.  The  Mississippi  and  its  tributaries  are  constantly 
transporting  mud,  logs,  and  stones,  from  the  land  of  about 
twenty  States  and  Territories,  and  depositing  them  in  the 
valley  of  the  Mississippi  and  at  its  delta. 


Waterfalls.-Saw  Mill. 


46.  Borings  have  been  made,  north  of  New  Orleans,  to  the 
depth  of  600  feet  without  reaching  the  bottom  of  the  drifted 
mass ;  and,  judging  from  the  amount  annually  brought  down 
by  the  Mississippi,  it  is  estimated  that  the  formation  of  land 
by  its  deposits,  has  already  occupied  more  than  100,000  years. 
Hence,  the  land  is  constantly  encroaching  upon  the  Gulf  of 
Mexico. 

47.  This  is  also  remarkable  in  the  Ganges,  Nile,  and  Ehine. 

48.  Accordingly,  the  mountains  and  hills  on  the  globe  are 
being  gradually  diminished  in  height,  and  the  land  surface  of 
the  earth  gradually  extended. 

49.  The  Streams  rusliing 
down  the  Mountain  Sides,  are 
constantly  carrying  new  soil  to 
increase  the  fertility  of  the 
plains  below.  On  their  way 
down  they  turn  the  wheels  of 
numerous  mills  and  manufacto- 
ries; and,  by  means  of  reser- 
voirs and  pipes,  cities  are  abun- 
dantly supplied  with  fresh  wa- 
ter. 

50.  The  Water  of  a  River  is 
high  or  low,  according  as  the 
season  is  rainy  or  dry. 

51.  Many    Rivers,    like    the 
Mississippi,  become  full,  some- 
times   to    overflowing,   by   the 
melting  of  the  snow  at  the  approach  of  spring ;  but,  during  the 
summer  months,  the  water  is  comparatively  low. 

52.  Other  Rivers,  liJce  the  Kile,  receive  the  tropical  rains 
and  rise  periodically. 

53.  The  Sources  of  some  Rivers,  like  the  Mackenzie  and 
those  of  Siberia,  are  affected  by  the  spring  thaw,  while  their 
mouths,  far  northward,  remain  covered  with  ice ;  causing 
extensive  overflows,  by  which  stones,  masses  of  earth,  trees, 
and  ice,  are  carried  far  across  the  land. 

54.  Rivers  opening  into  the  Ocean  receive  sea-water  which 
is  forced  into  them  by  the  tides  and  winds ;  thus  increasing 
their  importance  for  purposes  of  navigation. 

55.  This  is  remarkable  chiefly  with  rivers  which  open  toward 
the  east  and  south,  owing  to  the  westward  movement  of  the 
tide. 

56.  The  United  States  and  Europe  owe  much  of  their 
greatness  to  their  rivers,  canals,  and  railroads,  which  inter- 
sect aU  their  important  parts. 

57.  All  that  part  of  Europe  lying  West  of  the  Black  Sea, 
is  traversed  by  rivers  which  rise  in  the  same  region,  and  flow 
in  all  directions ;  while  Asia  and  Africa  contain  immense  tracts 
not  crossed  by  a  single  river. 

58.  The  Importance  of  Rivers  to  the  development  of  man- 
kind is  manifested  by  the  numerous  villages  and  cities  which 
line  their  banks ;  thus  resembling  the  vine,  whose  value 
is  indicated  by  the  clusters  of  grapes  hanging  upon  its 
branches. 

59.  Although  South  America  is  still  in  a  backward  state  of 
development,  its  vast  rivers  and  fertile  plains  promise  it,  in  the 
future,  a  high  rank  among  the  divisions  of  the  earth. 


LAKES;    THELR    ELElATIOJffS   AJfD    DEPTHS. 


31 


Lake  Superior.  Lake  Huron. 

St.  Mar/t  Rivec 


e  Ene.  Ntatrdra       Lake  Ontario.       1000  Itlandt.  Montreal- 

River  and  Falls. 
A  Sectional  View  of  the  Great  Lakes  and  the  St  Lawrence  River,  looking  North. 


Qucbao. 


Fall*  of 
Montmorency* 


Sedion  XIV. 


Q^ 


AKES;    THEIR 


1 LEVATIONS  AND 


(ij^ 


EPTHS. 


1.  iMhrn  are  collections  of  water  in  hollows  of  the  land,  of 
such  a  depth  that  their  outlets  cannot  completely  drain  them. 

2.  T/ii're  are  Four  CUtssea  of  Lakes: 

3.  The  FivHt  Class  has  no  streams  which  serve  either  as 
inlets  or  outlets. 

4.  Tlie  Sffoiid  OasM  diflfers  from  the  first  in  having  an  out- 
lot  ;  both  classes  are  suppUed  by  springs  which  burst  forth 
from  the  bed  of  the  lake. 

5.  The  Lakes  of  the  Serontl  flass  are  generally  situated  on 
great  elevations,  and,  in  many  instances,  form  the  sources  of 
rivers. 

6.  Tlie  TItiril  (^asM  both  receives  and  discharges  its  waters 
by  means  of  streams.     Most  lakes  belong  to  this  class. 

7.  The  Fourth  Class  includes  those  lakes  which  receive 
streams  of  water,  but  have  no  visible  outlet.  They  belong  to 
continental  or  inland  basins,  and  are  numerous  in  Asia.,  These 
lakes  are  kept  from  overflowing  their  banks  by  means  of 
evaporation. 

8.  Many  Depressions  of  the  Land  Surface  would  contain 
lakes,  but  for  the  eflfect  of  evaporation. 

9.  yearly  all  Lakes  are  supplied  by  streams  which  empty 
into  them,  and  by  springs  rising  from  the  bottom  and  sides. 

10.  S4>nie  Lukes  In  Mountuinoiis  Regions  are  suppUed  from 
the  melting  snow  of  the  surrounding  peaks. 

11.  Lakes  oerur  iu  highlands  and  lowlands.  Some  are  ele- 
vated several  thousand  feet  above  the  sea  level,  while  others 
are  depressed  below  it. 

12.  The  yfost  Elevated  Lake  in  tlie  World,  is  Lake  Sir-i-kol, 
which  is  situated  on  the  mountains  in  the  western  part  of  the 
Chinese  Empire.  It  is  about  15,000  feet  above  the  level  of 
the  sea.     {See  Illustration  on  page  17.) 

13.  I^ke  Ttftraea,  between  Peru  and  Bolivia,  is  over  12,000  j 
feet  above  the  level  of  the  ocean.  Its  area  is  more  than  2,000  j 
square  miles,  and  its  depth  is  equal  to  that  of  Lake  Ontario.      ! 


14.  The  Dead  Sea,  properly  a  lake,  is  more  than  1,300  feet 
below  the  sea  level.  It  is  the  greatest  depression  of  the  kind 
on  the  globe.  This  famous  lake,  whose  formation  resulted 
from  the  catastrophe  which  destroyed  the  cities  of  Sodom  and 
Gomorrah,  about  1,900  B.  C,  contains  a  for  greater  portion  of 
salt  than  do  other  salt  lakes ;  the  watar  being  so  impregnated 
with  it,  that  even  heavy  bodies  float  buoyantly.  Asphaltum, 
in  large  quantities,  and  sulphur,  are  fovmd  on  its  banks. 

15.  The  Waters  of  most  Lakes  are  Fresh  ;  but  those  having 
no  outlet  are  usually  salt.  This  is  because  all  streams  receive 
from  the  land  through  which  they  flow,  small  quantities  of 
salt,  which  the  waters  hold  in  solution  until  it  reaches  the 
ocean,  or  another  body  of  water  having  no  outlet ;  here  the 
salt  is  deposited. 

16.  The  Most  Celebrated  Salt  Lakes  are  the  Caspian  Sea, 
Aral  Sea,  and  Dead  Sea,  and  the  great  Salt  Lake  of  Utah. 

17.  The  Basin  of  a  Lake  comprises  all  the  land  drained  by 
the  streams  which  flow  into  the  lake.  It  may  be  seen  on  a 
map,  by  passing  a  line  around  the  sources  of  aU  its  tribu- 
taries. 

18.  Subterranean  Lakes  are  numerous.  They  are  collec- 
tions of  rain  water  in  caverns  which  are  below  the  surface  of 
ttie  ground. 

19.  Subterranean  Lakes  and  Streams  frequently  cause  de- 
structive inundations.  The  water  and  steam  thrown  up  by 
volcanoes  proceed  from  these  lakes. 

20.  The  Island  of  Trinidad,  situated  near  the  mouths  of 
the  Orinoco  Biver,  contains  a  lake  three  miles  in  circum- 
ference, that  is  famous  for  the  quantities  of  pitch  contained  in 
its  waters.  This  substance,  like  petroleum,  is  raised  by  the 
agency  of  subteiTanean  fire. 

21.  Lake  Superior  is  the  largest  body  of  fresh  water  on  the 
globe.  Its  area  is  32,000  square  miles,  and  is  equal  to  about 
three-fifths  that  of  England. 

22.  Are  the  waters  of  the  Great  Lakes  salt,  or  fresh  T  What  river  forms  their 
outlet  ?  In  what  direction  does  the  St.  Lawrence  Kiver  flow  1  Mention  the 
depth  of  each  lake.  Which  is  the  deepest, — the  shallowest  ?  Which  has  the 
most  elevated  surface  ?  Between  what  two  lakes  are  the  Falls  of  Niagara 
situated  ?    From  which  does  the  water  of  the  falls  proceed  1 

In  what  put  of  the  St.  Lawrence  are  the  Thousand  Islands  ?    The  Rapids  t 


S2 


MONTEITH'S  PHYSICAL  GEOGBAPMY. 


Sedion  XV. 
|TMOSPHERE;-THE  ^^^INDS. 

1.  The  Atmosphere  is  a  gaseous  fluid  which  surrounds  and 
rests  upon  the  earth. 

2.  It  is  (IS  necessary  to  TJfe,  as  are  water  and  food ;  neither 
plants  nor  animals  could  exist  without  it. 

3.  Air  cotisiSls  of  Two  Gases,  oxygen  and  nitrogen,  mixed 
together. 

4.  The  Ingredient  of  the  Air  ivhich  sustains  Animal  Life, 
is  oxygen;  but,  should  these  two  gases  be  separated,  the 
result  would  be  instant  death. 

5.  The  Air,  like  IFJiolesome  Food,  is  necessarily  composed 
of  both  nutritious  and  innutritions  substances. 

6.  Oxygen  forms  about  one-fourth  of  the  air ;  nitrogen, 
three-fourths. 

7.  The  Weight  of  the  Atmosphere  is  about  gj^  that  of 
water. 

8.  It  is  Heaviest  at  the  surface  of  the  earth,  and  diminishes 
in  density,  according  to  the  distance  above  the  surface. 

9.  On  the  Tops  of  the  Highest  Mountains,  the  air  is  so 
thin  that  man  cannot  breathe  there. 

10.  The  Atmosphere  extends  upward,  to  a  distance,  it  is 
supposed,  of  about  fifty  miles. 

11.  Winds  are  currents  or  movements  of  the  air,  caused  by 
the  different  degrees  of  temperature  to  which  the  air  is  sub- 
jected, and  by  the  revolution  of  the  earth  upon  its  axis. 

12.  The  Air  is  Warmed,  partly  by  the  passage  through  it 
of  the  sun's  rays,  but  mostly  by  the  radiation  of  the  sun's  heat 
from  the  earth's  surface;  consequently,  the  warmest  part  of 
the  atmosphere  is  that  which  is  in  contact  with  the  surface  of 
the  earth. 

13.  The  Heat  and  Density  of  the  Atmosphere  diminish  ac- 
cording as  the  elevation  is  increased  ;  this  has  been  observed 
by  travelers  who  have  ascended  high  mountains,  and  by  aero- 
nauts in  their  balloon  ascensions. 

14.  As  that  part  of  the  Atmosjtliere  is  Warmest  which  is 
nearest  the  Surface,  the  upper  and  surrounding  cold  air 
presses  down  and  replaces  the  warm  and  hght  air,  which  rises 
to  more  elevated  regions. 

15.  A  Balloon  ascends  because  it  is  fiUed  with  a  gas  that  is 
lighter  than  common  air.  When  the  gas  is  allowed  to  escape, 
the  surrounding  air  rushes  in  and  causes  the  balloon  to  descend. 

16.  The  Two  General  Movements  of  the  Air  are  from  the 
Equator  to  the  Poles,  and  from  the  Poles  to  the  Equator. 

17.  As  the  Cool  and  Heavy  Winds  press  toward  the  Equa- 
tor, they  are  unable  to  keep  up  mth  the  eastward  motion  of 
the  Equatorial  regions  of  the  earth ;  and,  by  falling  behind, 
they  appear  as  a  current  of  air  moving  westward. 

{For  further  explanation,  see  page  23,  paragraphs  6  and  7.) 

18.  A  Current  of  Water  receives  the  name  of  the  direction 
toward  which  it  flows ;  but  a  current  of  air,  that  from  which  it 
moves.  Therefore,  a  westerly  current  of  water  and  an  east 
wind  move  m  the  same  direction. 

19.  Changes  in  the  Courses  of  tlie  Winds  are  caused  by  va- 
rious bodies  of  land,  and  by  high  mountaia  ranges. 


A^. 


u. 


/// 


CALMS  OF  CANCER 


V  /  /  /  /^ 


^;CftLMS  OF  CAPRICORN 


X. 


20.  Wluire  Two  Winds 
from    Different   Directions 

meet,  they  counteract  each 
other's  force,  and  cause 
calms ;  hence,  there  are 
Equatorial  Calms,  Calms  of 
Cancer,  Calms  of  Capricorn, 
and  Polar  Calms. 

21.  The  Trade  Winds  of  i| 
the    Northern    Hemisphere  > 
blowing  from  the  north-east, 
and  those  of  the  Southern 
Hemisphere    blowing    from  I 
the    south-east,    meet   near   ' 
the  Equator,  and  neutralize 
each    other;    thus    causing 
calms  in  that  region  around 
the  earth. 

22.  The  Winds  then  rise 
to  a  greater  elevation  and 
tend  toward  the  North  and 

South     Poles,     moving     over        chart  showing  the  Directions  of  the  Wind«. 

the  tropical  regions  as  upper  currents. 

23.  When  they  reach  the  temperate  latitudes,  they  have 
become  so  cool  and  heavy  on  account  of  their  elevation,  that 
they  descend  to  the  surface,  and  blow  from  the  south-west  in 
the  Northern  Hemisphere,  and  from  the  north-west  in  the 
Southern  Hemisphere.  These  are  called  the  Return  Trades  or 
Passage  winds.     {See  page  24,  paragraphs  10  to  14  inclusive.) 

24.  The  General  Direction  of  the  Winds  in  the  Tropical 
Megions  is  toward  the  west.  These  winds  contribute  to  the 
westward  flow  of  the  Equatorial  Current. 

25.  In  the  Temperate  Regions  there  is  a  like  con'espond- 
ence  between  the  Eetum  Currents  of  the  ocean  and  the  Eetmn 
Trade"  Winds ;  their  motion  being  toward  the  east. 

26.  A  loyage  from  the  United  States  to  England,  in  a  sail- 
ing vessel,  is  made  several  days  shorter  by  the  aid  of  these 
winds  and  the  Gulf  Stream,  than  that  from  England  to  the 
United  States.  The  time  made  by  steamers  from  New  York 
to  Liverpool,  is  between  nine  and  twelve  days ;  but,  returning, 
they  require  from  two  to  four  days  longer. 

27.  The  Prevailing  SoutJi-west  Winds  of  the  North  Tem- 
perate Zone,  passing  over  the  warm  waters  of  the  Gulf 
Stream,  contribute  largely  to  the  advantages  of  Western  and 
Southern  Europe  in  climate,  productions,  and  general  develop- 
ment. 

28.  If  the  Earth  revolved  on  its  Axis  in  the  Opposite  Di- 
rection— ^from  east  to  west — ^in  what  direction  would  the  Trade 
Winds  and  the  Equatorial  Current  move  ?  If  the  earth  did 
not  revolve  on  its  axis,  what  would  become  of  the  ocean  cur- 
rents and  the  winds  ? 

29.  The  Plan  of  the  Winds,  like  that  of  the  ocean  currents, 
is  such  that  a  constant  circulation  of  air  is  maintained  between 
the  Eastern  and  Western  Hemispheres,  round  and  round  the 
globe,  and  between  the  Northern  and  Southern  Hemispheres, 
from  the  burning  zone  of  the  Tropics  to  the  frozen  regions  of 
the  Poles.  "  The  wind  goeth  toward  the  south,  and  turneth 
about  xmto  the  north ;  it  whirleth  about  continually." 


r 


MOISTURE  AND   EVATOBATIOIf. 


33 


l«a  Breezt;.  A  Vit.-w  un  t-ie  at-a  Coast.  From  Morning;  until  Evening  the  Air  which  it  over 
the  Sea  is  Heavter  than  that  over  the  Land  }  consequently,  the  Wind  blows  all  Day  from 
the  Sea. 

30.  The  Plan  of  Differencen  in  NfUttre,  producing  contact, 
opposition,  and  variety,  ib  beneficial  to  mankind. 

31.  It  in  retof/nized  in  the  light  of  day  and  the  darkness  of 
ght,  in  land  and  water,  sunshine  and  rain,  in  the  variety  of 

productions,  and  in  the  diverse  pursuits  of  people. 

32.  The  Winflom  of  thi»  Plan  appears  not  only  in  the  ex- 
istence of  such  differences,  but  in  their  coioperalion  and  unity. 

33.  Sett  Cofufts  and  Iidnmln  enjoy  a  more  even  temperature 
throughout  the  year  than  inland  districts,  because  the  ocean 
does  not  change  its  temperature,  either  in  summer  or  winter, 
so  readily  as  the  land. 

34.  Winds  which  blow  over  the  sea  are  generally  not  so  cold 
in  winter,  nor  so  warm  in  summer,  as  those  blowing  over  the 
land. 

35.  Land  n^ar  the  Sea  is  Warmer  rliirhiff  the  Itaf/  than 
the  neighboring  water.  Sea  air  is  then  cooler  and  heavier 
than  the  air  of  the  land ;  henoe,  the  wind  blows  all  day  from 
the  sea,  and  is  called  a  sea  breeze. 

36.  After  Sun<lown,  as  the  land  becomes  cooler  than  the 
water,  the  air  rushes  back  from  the  land,  and  is  called  a  land 
breeze. 


Land  Breeze. 


At  Night,  the  Air  whicli  it  over  the  Land  becomes  Heavier  than  that  over  the 
Water,  cauting  the  Wind  to  blow  ell  Night  from  the  Land. 


37.  TAtnd  and  Sea  Itreezes  are  winds  which  blow   alter- 
nately from  the  land  and  sea, 

38.  They  occur  on  coasts  and  in  islands,  especially  in  the 
opical  regions  ;  also  on  the  shores  of  large  lakes. 

39.  In  the  Xorthem  Heminpherr,  a  north  wind  is  cold,  and 
south  wind,  warm  ;  in  the  Southern  Hemisphere,  the  north 
ind  is  warm,  and  the  south,  cold. 


Sedion  XVI. 


M^OISTURE  IN  THE  MtMOSPHERE. 

1.  By  heat,  Water  w  Expantled  and  made  lighter  than  the 
air. 

2.  The  Water  then  rises  in  the  form  of  vapor,  and  is  carried 
away  by  the  winds.  ^ 

3.  Vapor  when  Influenced  by  a  Cool  Temperature  becomes 
condensed,  and  returns  to  the  surface  of  the  earth  in  the  form 
of  rain,  snow,  and  dew. 

4.  The  Motive  Power  of  the  Steam  Enffine  is  due  to  the 
property  which  water  possesses  of  being  easily  expanded  by 
heat  and  condensed  by  cold,  thus  forming  a  vacuum. 

5.  As  the  Air  becomes  Warm,  its  capacity  of  holding  mois- 
ture increases,  and  as  the  temperature  falls  that  capacity 
diminishes.  This  difference  between  the  temperature  of  the 
day  and  that  of  the  night,  causes  dew  to  appear  upon  the 
grass  and  flowers,  that  they  may  be  refreshed  in  the  absence 
of  rain. 

6.  Trees  and  Plants  obtain  much  of  their  nourishment  from 
the  moisture  in  the  air  which  is  condensed  by  means  of  their 
leaves. 

7.  Vtipor  is  not  always  Visible,  because  it  is  spread  out  in 
the  atmosphere,  like  the  moisture  that  is  exhaled  in  breathing. 
A  pitcher  of  cold  water  placed  in  a  warm  room  condenses 
vapor,  which  appears  on  the  surface  in  the  form  of  drops. 

8.  Evajwration  increases  with  the  warmth  and  dryness  of 
the  atmosphere  ;  hence,  the  amount  of  rain  is  greatest  in  the 
tropicid  regions,  and  diminishes  toward  the  poles. 

9.  Evaporation  modifies  Temperature.  Without  evapora- 
tion, the  surface  of  the  ocean  would  become  hotter  and  hotter 
by  the  influence  of  the  sun,  and  would  therefore  greatly  inten- 
sify the  heat  of  the  atmosphere  in  contact  with  it.  But  not 
thus  defective  are  nature's  laws. 

10.  As  Water  becomes  IleMted  at  the  Surface,  it  gives  place 
to  cooler  portions  beneath,  by  rising,  in  the  form  of  vapor,  into 
upper  and  cooler  regions  of  the  atmosphere. 

11.  By  the  Action  of  the  Wavcjt,  lower  and  cooler  portions 
of  the  water  are  brought  up  to  the  surface  to  reduce  its  tem- 
perature. 

12.  By  these  Movements  of  the  Water,  the  surface  of  the 
ocean  is  prevented  from  attaining  a  degree  of  heat  so  great  as 
to  prove  detrimental  to  the  comfort  and  interests  of  mankind. 

13.  On  the  Land,  these  two  movements  do  not  occur.  Its 
heated  surface  cannot  rise  ia  the  air  as  water  does  by  the  pro- 
cess of  evaporation ;  neither  are  cool  portions  of  the  ground 
brought  constantly  up  to  reduce  the  temperature  of  the  sur- 
face ;  hence,  the  land  becomes  more  heated  by  the  sun's  rays 
than  the  water  does. 

14.  In  Summer,  the  land  freely  imparts  its  heat  to  the  at- 
I  mosphere  near  it  and  makes  that  season  hot,  perhaps  oppres- 
I  sive ;  but  when  winter  comes,  the  land  has  not  saved  enough 
!  heat  to  keep  off  the  severity  of  the  cold.  It  is  owing  to  this 
'  process  of  radiation  that  in  some  inland  places,  hot  and  sul- 
j  try  days  are  followed  by  chilly  and  disagreeable  nights,  and 

that  the  deposition  of  dew  is  greatei  on  land  than  on  water. 


34 


MONTEITM'S  JPHYSICAL   GEOGRAPHY. 


View  from  the  Catskill  Mountain  House,  New  Yorl<,  lool(ing  East.     The  Hudson  River 

appears  in  the  Distance. 
Names  of  the  Classes  of  Clouds:— i,  Cirrus  j  2,  Stratus;  3,  Cumulus;  4,  Nimbus. 

15.  In  Winter,  the  continental  climate  is  colder  than  the 
oceanic,  because  the  land  parts  with  its  heat  by  radiation  more 
readily  than  does  the  water. 

16.  St.  Petersburg  and  tlie  Faroe  Islands  are  nearly  in  the 
same  latitude  :  the  climate  of  the  former  is  continental ;  of  the 
latter,  oceanic.  Which  is  the  warmer  in  summer?  Which  is 
the  colder  in  winter  ? 

17.  The  Summer  of  St.  Petersburg  averages  seven  degrees 
warmer  than  that  of  the  Faroe  Islands,  north-west  of  Scot- 
land ;  while  the  mnter  of  the  former  is  twenty-two  degrees 
colder  than  that  of  the  latter. 

18.  Clouds  are  collections  of  visible  vapor  suspended  in  the 
atmosphere,  at  altitudes  ranging  from  one  to  five  miles. 

19.  Fog  is  a  like  collection  nearer  the  earth's  surface. 

20.  Vapor  consists  of  particles  of  water  so  fine  and  light 
that  they  float  in  the  air  Kke  dust. 

21.  There  are  Four  Classes  of  Clouds: 

22.  The  Cirrus,  which  is  the  highest  cloud  we  see,  is  of  a 
light  feathery  form;  and,  on  account  of  its  elevation,  its 
vapors  probably  exist  in  light  particles  of  snow. 

23.  The  Stra'tus  exists  generally  in  the  night  and  in  winter ; 
it  is  formed  by  the  cooUng  and  consequent  settling  down  of 
the  higher  clouds,  which  appear  in  horizontal  bands. 

24.  The  Cu'mulus  is  the  summer-day  cloud  which  forms  at 
sunrise  by  the  gathering  together  of  the  night  mists. 

25.  The  Nimbus  is  the  heavy,  dark  cloud  from  which  rain 
falls. 


26.  When   Clouds  pass   into    the   Atmosphere    A 

rounds  the  cold  summits  of  the  mountains,  their  v,  oe- 

come  condensed,  and  fall  in  the  form  of  rain  and  sno       -vhich 
supply  springs,  streams,  and  lakes  of  elevated  regions. 

27.  Rain  falls  from  Clouds  at  different  elevations ;  in  moun- 
taiaous  districts  heavy  showers  sometimes  faU  upon  the  low 
gi'ound,  while  persons  on  a  mountain  behold  a  clear  sky  above 
them  and  black  clouds  below  them. 

28.  If  there  were  no  Mountains  on  the  globe,  the  clouds 
would  pass  over  the  land  without  depositing  an  amount  of 
rain  sufficient  for  the  preservation  of  vegetable  and  animal 
life. 

29.  T^e  Harmony  tvhich  exists  between  the  influence  of 
the  mountains  and  the  movements  of  the  clouds,  produces 
results  necessary  to  the  development  of  the  earth  and  to  the 
well-being  of  man.  Is  this  harmony  the  result  of  accident,  or 
is  it  in  accordance  with  the  wise  design  of  the  Creator  ? 

30.  Main  is  caused  by  vapor  entering  a  cool  atmospliere 
and  becoming  condensed ;  it  then  falls  to  the  earth  in  drops. 

31.  If  Main,  in  its  Descent,  jtasses  through  a  Current  of  Air 
sufficiently  cold  to  freeze  the  drops,  hail  is  produced. 

32.  If  Vapor  becomes  Frozen  while  its  particles  are  light, 
it  falls  to  the  earth  in  the  form  of  snow. 

33.  In  North  America,  snow  is  seldom  seen  to  fall  south 
of  the  parallel  of  latitude  30° — that  which  passes  over  New 
Orleans. 

34.  In  the  Hot  Zone  of  South  America,  however,  it  remains 
throughout  the  year  on  all  mountain  peaks  above  the  eleva- 
tion of  16,000  feet. 

35.  Snow  is  a  Non-conductor  of  Heat;  it  consequently 
prevents  radiation  of  heat  from  the  ground  covered  by  it,  and 
protects  roots,  vegetables,  and  seeds  from  the  intense  cold  of 
winter. 

36.  Main  is  distributed  over  the  land  by  the  agency  of 
winds. 

37.  The  Chief  Source  of  Supply  is  the  ocean;  although 
from  every  lake,  pond,  and  stream,  there  arises  moisture  which 
returns  to  refresh  vegetation. 

38.  The  Greatest  Atnount  of  Main  falls  within  a  belt  around 
the  earth,  near  the  Equator.  This  is  because  the  Trade  Winds 
here  come  in  contact  with  each  other  and  carry  the  vapors 
with  which  they  are  heavily  charged,  up  into  a  cool  atmos- 
phere which  condenses  them. 

39.  On  the  Continents,  the  greatest  amoimt  of  rain  falls 
near  the  sea  coasts  and  upon  the  mountainous  regions  in  the 
interior. 

40.  On  the  Western  Continent,  the  greatest  amount  of  rain 
falls  in  South  America — on  its  eastern  coast,  and  the  eastern 
slope  of  the  Andes  Mountains. 

41.  Manges  of  Mountains,  Hke  the  Andes,  whose  tops  are 
perpetually  covered  with  snow,  cause  vast  quantities  of  rain  to 
fall  on  the  windward  side  or  slope,  while  in  some  places  on 
the  opposite  slope,  rain  is  almost  or  whoUy  unknown. 

42.  The  Desert  of  Atacania  (ah-tah-kah'rnali)  is  situated 
west  of  the  Andes,  and  lies  partly  in  Peru  and  partly  in  BoUvia. 
The  east  winds  are  deprived  of  their  moisture  before  passing 
the  mountains,  and  continuing  westward,  prevent  the  vapors 
of  the  Pacific  from  reaching  that  arid  region.   {See  See.  ix.,  mr.  i*. 


TUE  niSTRlBUTION  OF  BALIf. 


35 


T  .:^ 


60  rVT  ^^S 


leo  isu 


?tfc. 


^ 


,-i_aj:-RA.^ 


^*''""^mi^'V^ii"iitfi'"'^^- 


)^^^ 


'■\    ■ 


ANTARCTIC      CI RCLC 


Rtin  Chdri :  -  i  ne  i^uan^'^y  o*  i<^i\n  which  faitt  at  any  Place  is  inaicatea  on  Inis  Cnan  uy  tne  Dcptn  or  me  Snadmg  j   the  Darker  the  Shading,  so  much  Greater  is  the  Amount  of  Rain. 


43.  The  Ralnles8  Region  of  South  America  lies  west  of  the 
Andes,  and  in  the  track  of  the  South-east  Trade  Winds. 

44.  South  of  t/ie  Desert  of  Atacavui  is  Chili,  which,  although 
lying  on  the  west  of  the  Andes,  receives  copious  rains ;  these 
are  brought  by  the  Return  Trade  Winds,  which  blow  over  the 
Pacific  from  the  north-west. 

46.  The  Nortli-westem  Conitt  of  South  America  is  within 
the  zone  of  almost  constant  rains. 

46.  The  Trtule  WindH  blow  from  the  east  and  deposit  their 
rain  mostly  on  the  eastern  coasts  of  continents  and  islands, 
and  on  the  eastern  slopes  of  high  mountain  ranges. 

47.  The  Return  Trade*  deposit  their  rain  chiefly  on  west- 
em  coasts  and  slopes. 

48.  In  North  America,  rain  is  most  abundant  on  its  west- 
em  side,  and  around  the  Gulf  of  Mexico. 

49.  The  West  Indies  are  Noted  for  the  heavy  rains  which 
fall  there  ;  these  rains  proceed  from  the  vapors  supplied  by 
the  warm  waters  of  the  Gulf  Stream. 

50.  The  British  Islands,  together  with  the  western  and 
southern  coasts  of  Europe,  are  supplied  with  rain  from  the  va- 
pors of  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  which  are  carried  there  by  the  pre- 
vailing west  winds — the  Return  Trades  ;  while  on  the  plains  of 
Russia  and  Siberia,  the  amount  of  rain  is  comparatively  slight. 

51.  The  Raius  of  Africa,  like  those  of  South  America,  are 
supplied  by  means  of  the  Trade  Winds;  but  while  South 
America  has  its  high  mountain  range  on  its  western  side, 
causing  copious  rains  to  fall  upon  vast  plains  eastward,  the 


high  mountains  on  the  eastern  side  of  Africa  return  much  of 
the  rain  immediately  into  the  Indian  Ocean. 

53.  J}o  thr  Tirade  MituU  deposit  more  Kahi  on  the  eastern,  or  the  western 
sides  of  islands  and  mountains  ?  On  wliich  coast  of  South  America  is  rain  most 
abundant  1  On  which  coast  of  Africa  ?  On  wliicli  side  of  the  Andes  Moun. 
tains  ?  On  which  side  of  continents,  islands,  and  mountain  ranges  do  the 
Return  TVades  deposit  most  rain  ? 

53.  J>o  Vnjtora  rise  itumtiy  from  Cold,  or  Wartu  <'tirrriit/i?  From  what  CUr. 
rent  do  vapois  come  which  supply  the  rivers  of  Western  and  Southern 
Europe?  From  what  current  are  the  rivers  of  tlio  Pacific  coast  of  North 
America  8u|)pned  1    (See  Chart  on  page  25.) 

54.  Oth  trhicJt  Coaat  of  arerntatul  i*  Jtain  moat  Ahundant  ?     On  which  side 

of  Norway?    France?    Spain?    Arabia?    Australia?    Hudson    Bay? 

65.  miat  Great  River  in  Africa  flows  through  the  rainless  district  ? 
Whence  does  the  Nile  receive  its  waters  ? 

56.  If  no  Ocean  intcrcetied  between  America  and  Europe, 

the  absence  of  rain  alone  would  make  Europe  desolate. 

57.  The  Great  Rainless  Region  of  the  Old  World  includes 
the  Great  Desert  of  Africa  and  the  deserts  of  Arabia,  Persia, 
and  Gobi. 

58.  Their  ContUtlon  is  caused,  mainly,  by  their  interior 
position,  the  comparative  dryness  of  the  winds,  and  the  ab- 
sence of  lofty  peaks  that  would  act  as  condensers  of  the  thin 
and  scattered  vapor  which  floats  over  them. 

59.  In  the  New  World,  the  principal  rainless  districts  are 
in  Mexico  and  Central  America,  and  in  South  America,  on  the 
western  side  of  the  Andes. 

60.  In  some  Places  where  Rain  seldom  or  never  falls, 
vegetation  is  sustained  by  frequent  and  heavy  dews. 


36 


MOWTEITH'S  PHYSICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


Chart  showing  Isothermal  Zones  and  the  Mean  Annual  Temperature  oF  the  Different  Parts  of  the  Earth's  Surfaoi 


Sedion  XVII. 
f UMATE-fsOTHERMAL  ^NES. 

1.  Climate  is  the  condition  of  a  place  in  relation,  chiefly,  to 
the  temperature  and  moisture  of  the  atmosphere. 

2.  Isotherms,  or  Isothermal  Lines,  are  lines  drawn  on  a 
a  chart  through  places  of  equal  mean  temperature. 

3.  Mean  Annual  Temperature  is  midway  between  the  heat 
of  summer  and  the  cold  of  winter.  In  Cincinnati  the  mean 
temperature  of  summer  is  73°,  and  of  winter,  33° ;  the  mean 
annual  temperature  is  53°,  which  is  obtained  thus : 

73° +33°     „, 
— 2 =^^  • 

4.  If  the  Temperature  diminished  uniformity  from  the 
Equator  to  the  poles,  isothermal  hues  would  correspond  with 
parallels  of  latitude. 

5.  Their  Directions  are  various,  and  indicate  the  influence 
upon  climate,  of  ocean  currents,  winds,  high  mountains,  frozen 
plains,  and  burning  deserts. 

6.  Therefore,  the  Hot,  Cold,  and  Temperate  Zones  of  the 
earth  are  situated  between  isothermal  lines,  and  not  between 
parallels  of  latitude.     These  zones  are  called  Isothermal  Zones. 

7  Isotliermal  Lines  have  their  Greatest  Inclination  in  the 
North  Atlantic  Ocean,  and  show  that  the  north-west  coasts  of 


the  Old  World  possess  warmer  climates  throughout  the  year 
than  other  parts  of  the  land,  at  the  same  latitude. 

8.  This  is  chiefly  owing  to  the  influence  of  the  GuK  Stream, 
which  warms  the  prevailing  south-west  winds  passing  over  it 
on  their  way  toward  the  west  coasts  of  Europe. 

9.  Eastward  from  these  Coasts,  the  temperature  gradually 
faUs,  as  shown  by  the  isotherms,  on  account  of  the  cooling 
influence  of  the  high  mountains  of  Europe  and  Asia,  and  the 
frozen  plains  of  Siberia. 

10.  If  the  Waters  of  the  Atlantic  imparted  no  Warmth 
to  the  atmosphere,  Newfoundland  and  Northern  France,  being 
between  the  same  parallels  of  latitude,  would  have  the  same 
climate. 

11.  Wltliout  the  Influence  of  the  Gvlf  Stream,  the  now 
genial  and  productive  cUmate  of  the  British  Isles  would  be 
similar  to  that  of  the  cold  and  desolate  regions  of  Labrador. 

12.  In  reality,  however,  the  Center  of  Great  Britain,  at  the 
latitude  of  55°,  has  the  same  mean  temperature  as  the  east- 
em  side  of  the  United  States,  at  the  latitude  of  40°. 

13.  The  Isotherm  tvhich  passes  through  Newfoundland  ex- 
tends north-eastward  to  the  coast  of  Iceland,  15°  nearer  the 
North  Pole. 

14.  The  Temperature  of  the  coast  of  Norway  is  the  same  as 
that  of  Central  Labrador,  although  20°  of  latitude  lie  between 
them.  The  influence  of  the  Gulf  Stream  is  felt  upon  the  coasts 
of  Spitzbergen  and  also  upon  the  north  coast  of  Nova  Zembla. 


CLIMATES   COJiLPAREJ). 


15.  The  Land  of  the  Northerti  llrmii*ph(-re  maybe  divided 
nto  six  climatic  zones :  The  Torrid  or  Hottest,  the  Hot, 
(V^arm,  Temperate,  Cold,  and  Frigid  or  Coldest. 

16.  THE    MEAN   ANNUAL  TEMPEKATUBE  OP  THE  ZONES. 

The  Frigid  Zone,  below 32°  Fahi 

The  Cold  Zone,  between 32o  and  40°      " 

The  Temperate  Zone,  between 40<>  and  GO"      " 

The  Warm  Zone,  between 60o  and  70°     " 

The  Hot  Zone,  between 70°  and  80°      " 

The  Torrid  Zone  18  over 80o     " 

17.  The  Isotherm  of  32°  Fahr.  is  the  line  of  constantly 
rozen  ground. 

18.  Tlirouuh  what  FarU  of  Jforth  Ameriai  doe*  thr  InolHerm  of  39°  jmsn  ? 
Through   what    parts  of  Europe?     Of  Asia?     What  large  bay   in    British 

mi^rica  receives  cold  water  from  the  Arctic  Ocean  t  ^^^lat  effect  has  the 
temperature  of  the  water  of  Hudson  Bay  upon  the  climate  of  the  sur- 
rounding regions?  What  is  the  direction  of  the  isotherms  which  pass 
over  those  regions  ? 

19.  nital  riarm  are  under  the  same  Isotherm  a*  Xew  York?  What  is  their 
mean  temperature? 

What  places  are  under  the  isotherm  which  passes  over  Panama  ?  What  is 
their  mean  temperature  ? 

What  places  are  under  the  isotherm  which  passes  over  Newfoundland  ? 

20.  H7ia(  l^rU  of  the  XoHhern  llemUphere  are  <n  Ihe  Hottest  ZoHef  The 
Hot  Zone  ?  The  Warm  Zone  ?  The  Temperate  Zone  ?  The  Cold  Zone  ?  Tlie 
Frigid  Zone  ? 

What  lands  of  the  Southern  Hemisphere  are  in  the  Hottest  Zone  ?  Tlie 
Hot  Zone  ?    The  Warm  Zone  ?    Tlie  Temperate  Zone  ? 

Does  any  part  of  the  two  continents  extend  south  of  the  line  of  constantly 
frozen  ground  ?    What  |>art  extends  furthest  south  t 

What  is  the  mean  annual  temperature  of  Cape  Horn  t 

21.  The  rrerailing  WuuIh  of  the  United  States  and  Europe 
blow  from  the  south-west ;  consequently,  they  are  Land  Winds, 
to  the  eastern  parts  of  the  United  States  and  Europe,  and 
cause  Excessive  Climates  («ee  page  33,  paragraph  34) ;  while  to 
the  western  coasts,  they  are  Sea  Whuh,  and  produce  that 
evenness  of  climate  for  wliich  Western  Europe  and  the  Pacific 
coast  of  the  United  States  are  remarkable. 

22.  //■  tve  Coinparc  the  Climate  of  y'ew  York  vrith  that  of 
San  Francisco,  the  diflference  between  oceanic  and  land  cU- 
mates  will  be  obvious. 

THE  MEAN  TEMPERATURE  OF  THE    HOTTEST  AND  COLDEST  MONTHS 
DUBINQ  THE  YEAR,   IN  NEW  YORK  AND  SAN  FRANCISCO. 

Hottest  month  in  New  York,  80°  Fahr. ;— San  Francisco,  68°. 

Coldest       26° 60°. 

Mean  difference  between  sum-  — 

mer  and  winter 66°     -           -           -  8°. 

23.  If'hile  Snmt>  uttually  lies  in  Neiv  York  a  great  part 
of  the  Winter,  it  rarely  falls  in  San  Francisco.  The  winter  of 
San  Frsmcisco  consists  of  a  Rainy  Season,  which  is  caused  by 
the  cooling  influence  of  the  mountains  upon  the  moisture  of 
the  sea  winds.     Its  summer  is  known  as  the  Dry  Season. 

24.  The  Temiteratureofthe  East  Cotist  of  the  United  States 
is  further  depressed  by  cold  waters  from  the  Arctic  Currents, 
which  here  flow  in  a  south-westerly  direction  between  the 
Gulf  Stream  and  the  coast.    It  is  therefore  a  counter  current. 

25.  The  Vallet/s  near  the  Coast  of  California  possess  a 
more  even  and  delightful  climate  than  any  other  part  of  the 
world. 


26.  In  some  parts  of  tlie  Faroe  Isltmds,  water  never  frti^ 
while  in  Yakoutsk,  a  city  of  Siberia,  which  lies  under  \ 
same  parallel,  the  summers  average  9°  warmer,  and  the  wit»- 
ters,  76°  colder.     The  mean  difference  in  temperature  between 
summer  and  Avinter  at  the  former  place,  is  only  15° ;  at  the 
latter,  it  is  100°. 

27.  In  tchieh  of  Ihe  two  Places  jost  mentioned  is  the  climate  excessive  ? 
E!ven  ?    Continental  ?    Oceanic  ? 

28.  In  the  Azores  and  Madeiras — islands  north-west  of 
Africa, — the  climate  is  that  of  eternal  spring ;  flowers  bloom 
there  throughout  the  year  in  the  open  air,  although  those 
islands  are  between  the  same  parallels  as  Philadelphia,  Cin- 
cinnati, and  St.  Louis. 

29.  Forests,  Fertile  I'lains,  and  Parched  Deserts  owe  their 
respective  conditions  not  only  to  their  position  on  the  globe, 
but  also  to  the  influence  of  ocean  currents,  the  agency  of 
winds,  and  the  presence  or  absence  of  rain. 

30.  The  Isotherms  of  North  America,  Europe,  and  Asia 
extend  in  the  same  general  direction — south-eastward  from 
their  western  sides ;  showing  the  mean  temperature  of  their 
western  coasts  to  be  warmer  than  that  of  their  eastern. 

31.  Tlie  Climttte  of  the  Atlantic  Coasts  of  Europe  corre- 
sponds with  that  of  the  Pacific  Coast  of  North  America. 

32.  Isothermal  lines  corresiiond  more  nearly  with  parallels 
of  latitude  in  the  Water  Hemisphere  than  in  the  Land  Hemi- 
sphere, showing  the  evenness  of  an  oceanic  climate. 

33.  Compare  the  Clinmte  of  Vaneourer's  Island  irith  that 
of  Maine.  In  tlie  former,  the  summers  are  mild,  and  the 
frosts  of  short  duration ;  wliUe  in  the  latter,  the  summers 
are  hot,  and  the  winters  very  severe,  the  snow  lying  on  the 
ground  from  three  to  five  months  in  the  year. 

84.  Traveling  Eastwardly  from  the  Pact/le  Coast  of  North  America  on  any 
parallel  north  of  San  Francisco,  what  change  of  temperature  is  observed  f 
(See  Isothermal  Line*.) 

?i5.  Sailtnv  I>tte  East  from  the  Atlantic  Coast,  what  change  ? 

What  part  of  the  Pacific  coast  of  North  America  lias  the  same  temperature 
OS  Newfoundland  ?  Give  the  latitude  of  each  of  these  two  places.  What  is 
tho  average  temperature  ? 

What  island  on  the  Pacific  coast  of  North  America  has  the  same  tempera- 
ture as  New  York  ?     What  is  the  latitude  of  each?    Their  mean  temiierature  t 

80.  WTuit  Euroi>ean  Country  has  a  climate  similar  to  that  of  California  ? 

Although  North  Cape  is  11°  further  north  than  Cape  Farewell,  its  climate 
is  no  colder.     Why  ? 

What  city  in  Russia  has  tho  same  latitude  as  Glasgow  ?  At  which  place  is 
the  winter  more  severe  t    Why  ? 

87.  Why  does  the  Climate  of  the  West  Indies  differ  from  that  of  Newfound 
land? 

Which  is  further  north — Canada,  or  Iceland  ?  In  which  are  the  winters 
more  severe  ?    Why  ? 

Which  coast  of  the  United  States  possesses  the  more  even  climate— the 
Atlantic,  or  Pacific  ?    "Wliy  t 

38.  Tlie  aimate  of  the  Western  Side  of  North  America 
and  of  Western  Europe  is  more  conducive  to  health  than  that 
of  their  eastern  parts,  on  account  of  its  greater  evenness. 

39.  If  the  Bed  of  the  Atlantic  should  be  elerated  and  become  dry  land,  what 
climates  would  be  affected,  and  how  ? 

If  a  range  of  liigh  mountains  extended  along  the  west  coast  of  Europe,  what 
would  be  the  effect  upon  the  climate  and  rains  of  that  division  ? 

40.  Why  Is  the  Climate  of  the  Atlantic  Coast  of  North  America  Warmer  in 
summer,  and  colder  in  winter,  than  that  of  the  Pacific  const  ? 

What  effect  liave  the  Rocky  Mountains  upon  the  temperature  of  the  west- 
erly winds  of  the  United  States? 


-38 


MONTEITS'S  PHYSICAL  GEOGBAPSY. 


A  Mountain  Stream 

41.  Activity,  Use,  and  Influence  are  everywhere,  frcm  the 
mighty  ocean  and  lofty  mountains  to  the  little  stream  that 
turns  the  miller's  wheel  and  furnishes  drink  to  cattle. 

42.  The  Common,  Garden  Worm  opens  channels  in  the 
ground  through  which  the  moisture  enters  to  nourish  the  roots 
of  plants,  and  otherwise  assists  man  in  preparing  the  soil. 

43.  The  Ocean,  although  covering  the  greater  part  of  the 
earth's  surface,  is  not  a  vast  waste,  for  it  supplies  the  land 
with  vegetation  and  an  abundance  of  fresh  water  for  the 
support  of  all  life ;  and,  as  the  modifier  of  climate,  it  exerts  its 
essential  influence  upon  the  physical,  intellectual,  and  moral 
conditions  of  mankind,  and  contributes  largely  to  the  pros- 
perity of  the  nations  of  the  earth. 


The  Earth  in  the  form  of 
a  Globe- 


The  Earth  in  the  form  of 
a  Cubei 


The  Earth  in  the  form  of 
a  Cylinder. 


44.  Kone  can  fall  f,o  recof/nize  the  Systemn  of  Winds  and 

ocean  currents  as  necessary  to  the  life  and  well-being  of  the 
earth's  inhabitants ;  and,  herein,  the  wisdom  of  the  plan  by 
which  the  world  was  made  in  the  form  of  a  globe. 

45.  If  tlie  World  had  been  made  in  the  Form  of  a  Ouhe, 
or  of  a  cylinder,  there  would  not  be  that  harmony  of  action 
between  diverse  conditions  of  the  earth's  surface  which  now 
exists. 

ifttie  Earth  were  a.  Great  Cube,  would  there  be  zones  of  different  degrees 
of  temperature  as  there  are  now  ?    The  same  winds  and  ocean  currents  ? 

46.  Diversity  in  Climate  and  Productions  of  the  earth,  and 
in  the  pursuits  of  individuals  and  nations,  constitutes  a  wise 
provision  of  the  Creator. 


47.  All  the  Great  Agents  by  which  the  various  conditions 
of  the  earth  are  so  wonderfully  sustained,  are  so  adapted  to 
each  other,  and  act  together  so  harmoniously,  that  if  but  one 
should  neglect  to  act  its  part,  mankind  would  suffer — ^perhaps 
perish. 

48.  If  the  Froceaa  of  Hvaporation  should  be  discontinued,  what  would  be 
the  effect  upon  vegetation,  animals,  and  man  1  Or,  if  aU  winds  should  cease, 
where  would  all  the  rain  fall "? 

49.  The  Southern  Part  of  tlie  United  States  is  admirably 
adapted  to  agriculture.  Its  peculiarities  of  soil  and  climate 
so  harmonize  with  each  other  that  the  amount  of  cotton  alone 
which  is  here  produced,  and  upon  which  milHons  of  the  earth's 
inhabitants — on  both  continents — depend  for  clothing,  com- 
prises nearly  seven-eighths  of  the  entire  yield  of  the  world. 

50.  The  Rugged  North-eastern  Part  of  this  Country  is  pro- 
vided with  coal,  iron,  and  mountain  streams,  which  make  it 
the  great  manufacturing  region  of  the  Union. 

51.  If  the  Gulf  and  Atlantic  States  of  the  South  were 
mountainous,  and  the  north-eastern  States  level,  the  cotton 
plant,  sugar-cane,  and  rice  would  not  grow  either  upon  moim- 
tains  of  the  south  or  cool  plains  of  the  north-east. 


Chart,  showing  that  Climates  between  the  Equator  and  the  North  Pole  correspond  with 
those  on  the  Sides  of  High  Mountains  at  the  Equator 

52.  Temperature  so  ditninishes  with  Increase  of  Elevation 

that  various  cHmates,  with  their  characteristic  productions,  are 
found  not  only  upon  the  earth's  surface  between  the  Equator 
and  the  Poles,  but  Kkewise  upon  the  sides  of  high  mountains 
between  their  base  and  summit. 

53.  If  we  consider  the  Northern  Hemisphere  and  the  fiide 
of  a  mountain  which  is  situate'^  under  the  Equator,  to  be  di- 
vided each  into  three  climatic  zones,  the  Torrid  Zone  on  the 
former  would  extend  northward  to  about  the  parallel  of  30°, 
and  on  the  latter,  upward  to  the  elevation  of  about  5,000  feet ; 
the  Temperate  Zone  of  the  former  would  extend  to  about  the 
Isotherm  averaging  60°  latitude,  and  on  the  latter,  to  the 
height  of  about  15,000  feet. 

What  part  of  the  earth's  surface  and  what  part  of  a  tropical  mountain 
have  a  mean  temperature  of  80°  Fahr.?    Of  70°?    Of  34°? 

54.  From  the  Equator  toward  the  North  Pole,  the  tem- 
perature diminishes  about  1°  for  every  100  miles. 

55.  From  the  Level  of  the  Ocean  to  the  summit  of  a  moun- 
tain, the  temperature  diminishes  about  1°  for  every  350  feet. 


f 


THE  CLIMATES   OF  ELEVATED    REGIONS. 


39 


FROZEN   REGIONS. 
76.   The     Upper   Part 

this  JHeture  repro- 
nt8  the  regiona  of  per- 
,jctu4l  snow  among  the 
tropical  Andee,  which 
correspond,  in  tempera- 
ture, to  the  Frigid 
Zones. 

THest  High  SnotB-etad 
Prahs  are  the  great  con- 
densers which  bring 
down  moisture  from  tlie 
atmosphere,  and  supply 
the  rains  which  fill  the 
lakes  and  rivers  of  South 
America. 

TEMPERATE    REGIONS. 

57.  The  MtdiilK  /v.r. 
tton  of  the  picture  ro- 
presents  a  region  wluwo 
climate  corresponds 
to  that  of  the  Tem- 
perate Zones. 

TItia  Jtrffion  nmtalnt 
plateaus  and  elevated 
cities,  whoso  inhabi- 
tants enjoy  a  cool  and 
salubrious  climate. 

lifpt^aaioiui  on  the 
surface  of  the  plateaus 
form  the  Ixxls  of  el©, 
vated  lakes  and  streams, 
which  receive  their  w* 
tt'rs  from  the  melting 
snows  above  them. 

Ilrrv  are  F^FrtUe  Firldt 
of  grain  and  grass  ;  here 
flourish  trees,  fruits,  and 
]ilant8  peculiar  to  the 
Temperate  Zone. 

TROPICAL  REGIONS. 

58.  Itrlow  the  JAn* 
which  marks  an  clcv» 
tion  of  5,000  feet  above 
the  level  of  the  sea,  U 
the  climate  wliicli  cop. 
responds  to  that  of 
the  hot  zone  of  the  earth, 
not  only  in  temperature, 
but  also  in  its  vegetable 
productions  and  species 
of  animals. 

■At  varioun  Jlriffhtu, 
are  deep  ravines  and 
fearful  precipices,  down 
which  rush  streams  and 
waterfalls. 


View  among  the  Andei  Mountaini,  ihowing  that 


62.  A  Traveler  afcendinf/  a  High  Mountain  of  the  tropical 
Andes,  passes  through  climates  similar  to  those  of  the  diflfor- 
ent  zones,  from  the  heat  of  the  Equatorial,  to  the  continual 
frost  of  the  Arctic  regions. 

63.  At  the  lias,-  of  the  Moiintnin,  OX  at  the  ocean  level,  he 
endures  the  oppressive  heat  of  the  tropical  sun,  and  observes 
the  luxuriant  vegetation,  lofty  trees,  and  luscious  fruits  of  the 
hot  zone. 

64.  Half-way  up  the  Mountain,  he  enjoys  the  delightful 


FROZEN  REGIONS. 

f,9.  The  Ilighnt  I'rnka 
of  the  Tropical  Andes 
are  elevated  above  the 
level  of  the  sea  about 
20,000  feet. 

The  Mont  Ifotrd  are 
Chimborazo,  Sorata,  lUi- 
mani,  Antisana,  Coto 
paxi,  and  Arequipa. 

An  immense  bird, 
called  the  condor,  builds 
its  nest  far  up  these 
heights,  and  has  been 
luiown  to  fly  above 
till-  summit  of  Chimbo- 
razo. 

TEMPERATE    REGIONS. 

60.  The  VUii  af  I'otoMt 
is  rt!prc8ented  on  the 
right  of  the  illustration. 
It  is  built  on  a  plateau, 
■  :in  elevation  of  more 
l.iin  12,000  feet  al><>vo 
t  lie  level  of  the  sea,  and 
lontains  about  30,000 
iiiliabitants. 

(Julio  is  represented 
II  the  left,  at  an  eleva- 
lion  of  alKjut  10,000  feet ; 
and,  although  almost 
immediately  imder  the 
Eiquator,  its  tempera- 
ture is  that  of  continual 
spring. 

Surrounded  by  plains 

and  fertile  valleys  which 

are    enclosed    by    lofty 

•  1 1  luntaiuB,  Quito  is  ct'le- 

!  :ite<l  for  the  grandeur 

I  its  scenery. 

TROPICAL   REGIONS. 

01.  At  the  Fttot  of  these 
mountains  the  heat  is 
oppressive  throughout 
the  year. 

The  Trrea  of  the  lower 
or  hot  section  comprise 
the  palm,  treefcm,  ba- 
nana, and  pine-apple. 

The  Animnlii  comprise 
the  tapir,  jaguar,  cou- 
gar, and  several  tribes  of 
monkeys ;  besides,  par- 
rots, macaws,  and  other 
birds  which  are  noted 
for  the  hrilliant  colors  of 
their  pi  umoge. 

air  of  the  Temperate  Zone,  with  its  characteristic  varieties  of 
trees,  plants,  and  grains. 

65.  Continuhtg  to  aureiul,  he  observes  that  the  mercury  in 
the  thermometer  is  gradually  falling,  and  pa.sses  through  re- 
gions whose  temperature  admits  only  of  the  growth  of  low 
evergreens,  stunted  shrubs,  and  mosses. 

66.  Ah  the  Travehr  (ijtproarht'M  the  Top,  he  enters  the  re- 
gion of  perpetual  snow,  and  experiences  a  climate  similar  to 
to  that  of  the  Esquimau   or  the  Laplander. 


s  uf  Temperature  pertain  to  different  Elevationa. 


40 


MONTEITH'S  PHYSICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


Seaion  XVIII. 


EGETATION;  ITS 


Irowth 


AND  MSES. 


1.  From  Vegetation,  aU  animal  life  derives  its  food,  eitiier 
directly  or  indirectly.  Some  animals  subsist  on  flesh,  which, 
however,  is  the  flesh  of  animals  that  have  fed  on  vegetation. 

2.  For  this  Reason,  the  Creator  has  covered  the  greater 
part  of  the  land  with  vegetation ;  for  this  reason,  He  made  the 
grass,  herbs,  and  trees,  before  living  creatures  were  brought 
into  existence. 

"  He  causeth  the  grass  to  grow  for  the  cattle,  and  herb  for 
the  service  of  man." 

3.  The  Inhabitants  of  One  Climate  require  food  different 
from  that  required  by  the  inhabitants  of  another  climate. 

4.  Differences  in    Temperature,  soU,  and  degree  of  mois- 
ture on  the  earth's  surface,  produce  differences  in  the  kinds  ! 
of  plants,  and  furnish  to  the  various  races  of  mankind  and 
species  of  animals,  the  food  which  is  best  suited  to  their 
wants. 

5.  The  InJuiUtants  of  the  Hot  Zone  require  food  of  a  light 
or  watery  nature ;  therefore,  that  region  is  provided  with 
abundant  and  luscious  fruits,  besides  rice,  millet,  and  sago. 

6.  When  you  leave  the  Tropical  Regions  and  enter  a  cooler 
climate,  food  of  a  more  substantial  nature  is  required. 

7.  In  the  Temperate  Zones,  food  is  obtained  mainly  from 
the  heavier  grains  and  the  flesh  of  animals. 

8.  In  the  Frigid  Zones,  the  inhabitants  subsist  almost  en- 
tirely on  animal  food. 

9.  It  is  therefore,  according  to  a  Wise  Design  that  the  tropi- 
cal regions  yield  the  most  abundant  vegetation. 

10.  The  Conditions  whlcJi  are  most  favorable  to  the  growth 
of  plants,  are  heat  and  moisture. 

11.  Trees  supply  Man  tvith  Ripe  Fruits  and  afford  shelter 
during  the  hot  season ;  some  are  cut  down  and  sawed  into 
lumber  for  building  purposes  and  for  fuel. 

12.  From  Plants,  man  obtains  food  for  himself  and  for  the 
animals  which  are  useful  to  him. 

13.  The  Most  Important  Food  Plants  are  wheat,  com,  rice, 
oats,  rye,  and  potatoes. 

14.  Plants  derive  their  Nourishment  from  the  water  which 
they  receive  from  the  soil  through  their  roots,  and  from  the 
atmosphere  through  their  leaves. 

15.  Plants  are  jn'ovided  with  cells  or  tubes  through  which 
the  water  circulates.  Those  plants  which  have  the  largest 
cells,  roots,  and  leaves,  require  most  water. 

16.  Water  holds  in  Solution  various  substances  that  are 
contained  in  the  soil  and  are  required  for  the  growth  of  plants  ; 
these  are,  chiefly,  carbonic  acid,  with  animal,  vegetable,  and 
earthy  substances. 

17.  Carbonic  Acid  Gas  is  exhaled  from  the  lungs  of  ani-. 
mals  ;  and,  although  poisonous  to  all  living  creatures,  it  fur- 
nishes the  material  which  enters  largely  into  the  formation  of 
trees,  vegetables,  and  flowers. 

18.  Herein  is  the  Economy  of  Nature  plainly  manifested : 
vegetation  sustains  animal  life  ;  animal  life  and  animal  sub- 
stances sustain  vegetation.     They  depend  upon  each  other. 


19.  Vegetation  not  only  furnishes  Food  for  living  creatures, 
but  it  also  extracts  from  the  air  that  which  would  be  destruc- 
tive to  animal  life.  It,  therefore,  is  the  means  of  preserving' 
the  atmosphere  in  a  pure  state  for  the  well-being  of  the  earth's 
inhabitants. 

20.  When  the  Water  which  is  within  a  Plant  becomes 
Frozen,  the  plant  withers,  because  the  water  ceases  to  circulate. 

21.  ^.s  Snow  usually  fulls  before  Severe  Frost  begins,  it 
keeps  the  heat  of  the  ground  from  passing  out  into  the 
air,  and  protects  the  roots  of  plants  and  grasses ;  hence  the 
farmer  always  welcomes  a  heavy  fall  of  snow ;  for  the  wheat 
sown  in  the  autumn  is  protected  and  nourished  by  the  snowy 
covering. 

"  He  sendeth  forth  His  commandment  upon  earth ;  His 
word  runneth  very  swiftly.     He  giveth  snow  Uke  wool." 

22.  The  SoU  contains  Ingredients  necessary  to  the  life  of 
every  plant,  whether  it  be  the  shade  or  fruit  tree,  the  cotton 
or  tobacco  plant,  com,  sugar-cane,  or  potato ;  and,  as  the 
animal  body  is  so  constituted  as  to  draw  from  its  food  all  the 
elements  necessary  to  the  growth  of  bone  and  flesh,  so  the 
plant  draws  fi-om  water,  air,  and  soil,  the  different  substances 
required  for  the  growth  of  wood,  leaves,  bark,  flowers,  and  fmit. 

23.  Besides  Soil,  Moisture,  and  Heat,  plants  require  the 
light  of  the  srm. 

24.  The  Light  of  the  Sun  assists  in  preparing  their  nour- 
ishment, gives  them  their  green  color,  and  causes  their  leaves 
and  blossoms  to  open,  and  their  fruit  to  ripen. 

25.  The  Grape  does  not  become  Fullg  Ripe  in  England 
and  Northern  France,  because  of  heavy  fogs,  which  hinder 
the  action  of  the  sun's  rays. 

26.  All  Animals  do  not  eat  the  same  kind  of  Food,  neither 
do  different  plants  and  trees  draw  from  the  soil  exactly  the 
same  substances. 

27.  Each  Variety  of  Plants  must  be  supplied  with  the  food 
or  elements,  adapted  to  its  wants,  or  it  wiU  not  flourish. 

28.  TJiis  is  tvhy  the  Farmer  does  not  sow  the  same  Seed 
in  the  same  field  every  year,  and  why  he  manures  the  soil ; 
for,  otherwise,  it  would  soon  become  exhausted  of  the  elements 
required  specially  by  the  plant  which  springs  from  that  seed. 

29.  Plants  thrive  only  where  the  soU  allows  the  roots  to 
spread,  and  the  air  and  water  to  penetrate  to  them ;  therefore 
they  do  not  flourish  on  rock,  or  In  hard,  com- 
pact clay. 

30.  IHien  the  Partner  fails  to  respond  to 
these  Laws,  he  is  soon  reminded  of  his  neglect 
by  the  appearance  of  weeds,  which  seem  to  call 
upon  him  to  uproot  them ;  this  done,  the  soil  is 
loosened,  and  the  labor  of  the  industrious  hus- 
bandman is  recompensed  by  an  abundant  har- 
vest. 

31.  Plants  are  greatly  dependent  upon  the 
moisture  and  gases  contained  in  the  atmos- 
phere. 

32.  Some  Plants  flourish  with  their  Roots 
either  in  the  Soil,  or  in  water  alone,  as  the 
hyacinth.  The  "  air  plant "  grows  without  either 
soil  or  water,  the  air  affording  sufficient  nutri- 
ment for  its  growth.  Hyacinth. 


VEGETATION;    ITS   DISTRIBUTION. 


4J. 


8«*d  ot 


8*ed  of  the  Thistle. 


33.  VegetntUm  te  extended  by  the  Wirids  and  Water,  which 
arry  seeds  to  great  distances. 

34.  For  thin  Purpose  some  seeds  are  provided  with  a  kind 
)f  wing,  some  with  a  downy  substance,  and  others  with  a 

aterproof  covering ;  but  the  distribution  of  the  useful  plants 
accomplished  chiefly  by  man. 

35.  The  Potato  wuh  first  found  in  Peru,  and  was  afterwards 
[taken  from  Virginia  to  England  by  Sir  "Walter  Ealeigh,  in 
1586.     It  is  now  cultivated  in  nearly  every  part  of  the  world. 

36.  niieat.  Rye,  and  Oata  came,  probably,  from  the  west- 
|em  part  of  Asia. 

37.  The  Seeds  of  Home  West  Indian  Plants  have  been  car- 
rioil  })y  the  Gulf  Stream  to  the  western  and  north-western 

>  of  Europe  ;  while,  on  the  other  hand,  the  vegetation  of 
one  region  may  be  kept  distinct  from  that  of  a  neighboring 
region  by  intervening  mountain  ranges,  or  deserts. 

38.  Veyetntion  prevents  the  soil  from  being  washed  away 
and  injured  by  the  rains. 

39.  The  Winds  not  only  mtpjtly  Moisture  tt>  the  Plants, 
but  they  also  remove  it  when  the  quantity  is  superfluous. 

40.  Plants  are  distributed  with  reference  to  climate.  In 
the  Hot  Zone  grow  rice,  sago,  bananas,  dates,  cocoanuts,  and 
yams ;  in  the  Temperate  Zone,  wheat,  rye,  Indian  com,  oats, 
and  potatoes ;  while  the  Fdar  Begiona  are  almost  destitute  of 
food  plants. 

41.  The  CZimate  of  the  Torrid  Zone  not  only  aflTords  the 
most  luxuriant  vegetation,  but  keeps  the  trees  and  plants  in 
leaf  throughout  the  year ;  while,  in  the  other  zones,  vegetation 
diminishes  with  the  distance  from  the  Equator,  and  the  leaves 
fall  every  year,  at  the  approach  of  winter. 

^ 1  NORTH  POLE 


EQUATOR. 

Chart  ihowing  that  the  Luxuriance  of  Vegetation  diminiehei  toward  the  Poles. 
Treei  and  Productions  of  the  Zones. 

42.  In  the  Torrid  Zone,  are  the  gigantic  banyan  tree,  which 
covers  more  than  seven  acres,  and  the  lofty  palm,  reaching  the 
height  of  two  hundred  feet ;  while  in  the  Frigid  Zone,  there 
are  found  only  dwarfed  trees,  low  plants,  and  mosses. 


43.  Vegetation  in  the  Northern  Hetnisphe^re  extends  fur- 
ther north  on  the  western  sides  of  the  continents  than  on  the 
eastern,  owing  to  the  agency  of  the  south-west  winds  which 
blow  over  the  warm  currents  of  the  ocean. 

44.  The  Forest  Trees  of  the  Temperate  Zones  are  mostly 
deciduous — that  is,  their  leaves  fall  in  the  autumn ;  some,  how- 
ever, are  evergreen,  or  indeciduous. 

45.  The  Productions  peculiar  to  the  Temperate  and  Frigid 
Zones  do  not  generally  thrive  in  the  hot  zone,  even  if  trans- 
planted there,  unless  they  are  placed  in  elevated  situations, 
where  the  climate  corresponds  with  that  of  higher  latitudes. 

46.  Apples,  Pears,  and  drapes  belong  to  the  Temj)erate 
Zone,  and  thrive  in  the  Hot  Zone  only  at  an  elevation  of  from 
600  to  1,000  feet. 

47.  The  Produetiotis  of  One  Zone  are  not  separated  from 
those  of  the  adjoining  zone  by  any  distinct  line,  the  change 
from  one  zone  to  another  being  gradual. 

48.  From  the  Base  to  the  Summit  of  a  LiOfty  Mountain, 
vegetation  varies  with  the  elevation  ;  on  its  sides  are  the  same 
gradations  of  climate,  with  their  characteristic  varieties  of 
plants  and  trees,  that  exist  on  the  earth's  surface  between  the 
latitude  of  the  mountain  and  the  Poles. 

49.  The  Mountuins  and  Valleys  in  the  State  of  Ctdifftrnia 
afford  every  variety  of  climate,  with  fruits  peculiar  to  every 
zone.  There  flourish  the  oUve,  the  fig,  the  date,  the  grape, 
the  pine-apple,  the  peach,  the  apple,  and  the  pear ;  besides 
all  varieties  of  grain.  In  the  forests  grow  mammoth  trees, 
many  being  from  300  to  400  feet  high,  and  from  25  to  35  feet 
in  diameter. 

50.  Of  what  use  Is  vegetation  1  What  kinds  of  food  are  adapted  to  the 
inhabitants  of  the  Temperate  Zones?  The  Frigid?  The  Torrid  Zone?  In 
what  zone  do  bananas,  cocoa  nuts,  and  dates  grow  t  Wliat  zone  is  most  fa. 
vorable  to  grain,  apples,  and  grapes  1 

Do  different  kinds  of  plants  receive  their  nourishment  from  the  same 
ingredients  of  the  soil  1 

In  what  zone  is  vegetation  the  most  abundant  ? 

Mention  some  of  the  uses  of  trees  and  plants.    Of  snow. 

What  two  elements  are  necessary  to  the  growth  of  all  plants  ? 

Name  the  principal  trees  and  plants  of  the  Torrid  Zones.  Of  the  Temper- 
ate Zones.    Of  the  Frigid  Zones.     (See  illustration  on  first  column.) 

What  effect  have  the  winds  upon  the  climate  and  productions  of  California? 

What  can  you  say  of  the  trees  of  California  ? 

On  which  side  of  North  America  does  vegetation  extend  further  north? 

In  what  part  of  the  Torrid  Zone  could  you  find  the  climate  and  productions 
of  the  Temperate  Zone  ? 

51.  The  land  which  forms  the  continents  was,  at  first,  but 
sUghtly  elevated  above  the  surface  of  the  water,  and  became 
covered  with  plants  and  heavy  trees,  such  as  are  shown  in  the 
illustration  on  the  following  page — second  colnmn. 

52.  Portions  of  the  Earth's  Surface  would  sink  below  the 
water,  and  their  masses  of  vegetation,  which  were  covered 
with  sand,  clay,  etc.,  now  appear  in  the  form  of  coal. 

63.  .S'#f<7<  was  the  Formation  of  the  Importunt  Coal  Fields 
of  the  world. 

64.  In  North  America,  one  extends  from  Pennsylvania  to 
Alabama,  the  workable  area  of  which  is  estimated  at  60,000 
square  miles ;  another  large  field  extends  from  Illinois  to  Texas. 
Coal  abounds  also  in  New  Brunswick,  Nova  Scotia,  Prince 
Edward's  Island,  and  Newfoundland. 

65.  In  the  Old  World,  vast  beds  exist  in  Great  Britain, 
France,  Belgium,  Spain,  Germany,  Hungary,  and  China. 


42 


MOJffTEITH'H  PHYSICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


Sand  Stone. 


Clay- 


Interior  or  Sectional  View  of  the  Coal  Regions  of  Pennsylvania,  showing  Strata,  which  re- 
sulted from  Successive  Submergences  of  the  Surface.  The  Trees  whose  Stumps  are 
nere  represented,  flourished  at  the  Earth's  Surface  in  Periods  long  past. 

56.  Bij  nigging  downward  in  the  coal  regions,  various 
strata  are  met  with,  as  shown  above  ;  they  do  not  consist  of  the 
same  materials,  nor  do  they  lie  ia  the  same  order,  in  all  places. 

57.  The  Distribution  of  Coal  in  various  parts  of  the  earth, 
plainly  indicates  that  its  importance  to  man  was  anticipated 
by  the  Creator.  Even  the  necessity  for  coal,  in  the  working 
of  iron  ore,  was  provided  for  by  Him  ;  this  is  observed  in.  the 
remarkable  association  of  the  two. 

58.  The  Dirt-beds  tvhich  contain  the  Roots  of  Trees  and 
Plants,  formed,  at  some  period,  the  surface  soil  which  supported 
vegetation;  and  the  greater  the  vegetable  mass  that  was 
submerged,  the  thicker  would  be  the  coal  bed  ;  and,  while  a 
coal  bed  extends  over  considerable  space,  it  is  generally  much 
thinner  than  the  strata  of  sand,  clay,  and  stone,  which  may  be 
above  or  below  it. 

69.  Many  Stumps  of  Large  Dimensions,  and  with  very 
extended  roots,  have  been  found  both  in  America  and  Eng- 
land, transformed  into  coal ;  the  stumps  retaining  their  shape 
and  the  natural  roughness  of  the  bark. 

60.  The  Vegetation  of  which  Coal  was  formed,  included  the 
trees  and  plants  of  the  forests  and  marshes. 

61.  Vegetation  ivhich  undergoes  Decay  on  the  surface  of 
the  earth  aserves  to  enrich  the  soil. 

62.  Vegetation  tvhieh  entered  into  the  Fortnation  of  Coal 
must  have  been  entirely  submerged  through  long  periods  of 
time. 

63.  Had  there  been  no  Submergence  of  vegetation,  we  would 
not  now  be  provided  with  coal. 

64.  The  Different  Coal  Beds,  lying  one  below  the  other, 
show  how  often  that  part  of  the  surface  was  above  the  water 
level,  and  covered  with  vegetation. 

65.  In  Nova  Scotia,  there  have  been  discovered  nineteen 
parallel  seams  of  coal,  varying  in  thickness  from  two  inches 
to  four  feet. 

66.  At  tlie  present  Bate  of  Consum^ption  of  Coal,  it  is  esti- 
mated that  the  coal  fields  of  Pennsylvania  alone,  could  meet 
the  demand  of  the  whole  world  for  more  than  1,000  years. 


Appearance  of  Parts  of  the  Earth's  Surface  at  the  Commencement  of  the  Age  of  Reptiles. 
The  Fern  with  other  Trees  and  Plants  here  represented  entered  largely  into  the  Forma- 
tion of  Cpal> 


oe6l:ion   XIX. 


MnIMALS;   their  IrEATION  AND  fes. 

1.  Vegetable  and  Animal  IJfe  existed  long  before  the  crea- 
tion of  man,  and  mutually  contributed  to  each  other's  support 
and  nourishment ;  vegetation  sustaining  animal  life,  and  the 
decay  of  animal  bodies  and  substances,  through  long  ages, 
adding  to  the  fertility  of  the  soil. 

2.  Soil  that  is  destitute  of  Decomposed  Animal  or  Vegeta- 
ble Substances  is  very  poor,  and  will  yield  little  or  no  vegeta- 
tion ;  such  was  the  condition  of  vegetable  Hfe  at  its  commence- 
ment ;  such,  also,  was  the  beginning  of  animal  hfe — very  infe- 
rior in  character  and  form. 

3.  An  Imjirovement  in  the  Quality  of  tJie  Soil,  caused  an 
improvement  also  in  the  varieties  of  plants  ;  following  which 
came  different  and  improved  species  of  animals. 

4.  Geologists  show  that  the  Animals  which  were  first  created 
were  very  different  from  those  we  now  see  upon  the  land. 

5.  Those  first  formed  were  of  the  simplest  construction, 
hardly  distinguishable  from  plants. 

6.  Different  Kinds  or  Cltisses  of  Animals  followed  each 
other ;  each  class  being  superior  in  construction,  powers,  and 
usefulness,  to  those  which  preceded  it. 

7.  Throughout  the  Works  of  Nature,  we  see  the  leading 
law  of  development — improvement  by  successive  steps. 

8.  According  to  this  Law,  from  a  small  seed  springs  a  ten- 
der plant,  which  enlarges  gradually  imtil  it  becomes  a  great 
tree. 

9.  The  Mighty  River  started  upon  its  course  as  a  mere 
rivulet,  which  was  formed  from  a  trickling  spring. 


ANIMALS;    THEIB.    CREATION  AND   BISTItlBUTION. 


43 


RADIATES. 


17.  Mammals  are  those  animals  which  breathe  with  lungs, 
suckle  their  young,  and  have  warm  blood.  They  include 
Mankind  {bimana — having  ttvo  hands),  the  Monkey  (qitadru- 
mana — having  four  hands),  and  the  following  named  animals  : 


Jelly-fith 


Star^fith.    Actinia.        Corml. 


Medusa.    Polyps.    Actinia. 


Lion, 
Tiger, 
Leopard, 


CABinVOBA,  OB 
FLE8H-EATBR8. 

Panther, 

Dog, 

Cat, 


Bear, 

Walrus, 

Seal. 


RUIOMANTS,    OR 
CTJD-CHEWBaiS. 


Ox. 

Sheep, 
Goat, 


Deer, 

Camel, 

airaffe. 


BODEirrs,  OR 

OKAWERB. 

Hare,  Beaver, 

Rabbit,       Rat, 
Squirrel,     Mouse. 


10.  Anlmat  Life  first  appeared  in  the  form  of  Radiates. 
After  them  came  Moduslcs,  then  Articulates ;  after  these  there 
followed  in  order.  Fishes,  Reptiles,  and  Mammals.  Last  of  all 
came  Man. 

11.  A  Kiioii'letlffe  of  the  Aniumls  tvhirh  preceded  .Han  18 
obtained  by  digging  into  stratified  rock,  where  their  forms, 
sizes,  and  construction  are  distinctly  observed.  (iSee  paye  8, 
paragrujih  10.) 

12.  liadiates,  in  constniction,  resemble  a  flower  or  plant, 
but  differ  from  them  in  having  a  mouth  and  stomach.  Their 
bodies  are  nearly  transparent,  and  seem  only  to  float  or  rest 
in  water. 

MOLLUSKS 


PACHYDERMS,   OR 
THICK.8K1NNBO  AKrMALS. 

Elephant,  Horse, 

Hippopotamus,  Zebra, 

Rhlnoceioe,  Hog. 


bden'tatss,  OR 

TOOTHLESS. 

Sloth, 

Ant-eater, 

Armadillo. 


CETACEA,   OR 
BEA  MAHMALS. 

Whale, 

Porpoise, 

Dolphin. 


IN8ECTIV0RA,  OR 
IKSiCCT  EATERS. 

Mole, 

Bat, 

Hedgehog. 


18.  Animats  of  the  Different  Zones. 

IN  THB  ARCTIC  REGIONS  Of  BOTH   HEMISPHERES. 

The  Reindeer,  Polar  Bear,  Whale,  Seal. 

nC  THE  TEKFBRATB  ZONES  OF  BOTH  HEMISPHERES. 

Hoiae.  Ox,  Sheep,  Deer,  Wolt 

IN  THB  TEMPERATB  ZONE. 

Xorth  .ttneriea.    Grizzly  Bear,        Bison,  Puma, 

JSuropa,  Brown  Bear,         Clutmois,      Wild  Boar,      Stag. 

AMa,  Tiger,  Camel,  Musk,  Deer 


Sable. 


South  AtH^riea, 


Aaia, 


IN  THE  TORRID  ZONB. 

Jaguar  or  American  Panther,    Puma, 
Llama,  Alpaca,  Sloth, 


Camel, 
Asiatic  Lion, 


Tiger, 
Panther 


Elephant, 
Crocodile, 


Tapir, 

Monkey. 

Rhinoceros, 
Monkey. 


Afrtm, 


Nautjius. 


Squid. 


Scallop.      Clam.    Oyster 


Snails. 


13.  MolliislcH  are  those  which  have  soft  bodies  without 
bones  or  skeletons ;  some  are  naked,  while  others  are  enclosed 
in  shells  for  their  protection.  Of  the  latter,  oysters,  clams,  and 
snails  furnish  examples. 

14.  .irticiUatiH  are  characterized  by  jointed  or  articulated 
coverings  consisting  of  a  series  of  rings :  they  comprise  such 
animals  as  worms,  crabs,  lobsters,  spiders,  and  winged  insects. 

ARTICULATES 


African  Lion,    Camel,  Hippopot'amus,  Antelope, 

Camel'opard  or  Giraffe,  Zebra,  Hyena, 

Leopard,  Orang  Outang,   Ape,  Monkey. 


Common  House-fly. 
Beetle. 


Mosquito. 
Caterpillar. 


Butterfly. 
Grasshopper. 


Lobster. 


15.  Following  the  Creation  of  Articulates  was  that  of  Ver- 
tebrates, which  embrace  all  animals  having  a  backbone. 

16.  The  First  Vertebrates  were  fishes,  then  reptiles,  birds, 
and  mammals. 


19.  It  is  believed  that  the  Submergence,  at  Different  Pe- 
riods, of  vegetation  which  entered  into  the  coal  formations, 

;  occurred  before  the  creation  of  birds ;  and  with  vegetation, 
sank  also  vast  collections  of  animal  bodies,  such  as  mollusks, 
insects,  fishes,  and  reptiles,  which  contributed  largely  to  the 
formation  of  the  strata  beneath  the  present  surface  of  the 
earth. 

20.  The  Earth  yields  Productions  and  Species  of  Animals 
pecvdiar  to  each  region  or  climate. 

21.  The  I^irgest  Animals  are  in  the  hot  regions;  they  are 
the  elephant  and  hippopotamus,  whose  covering  is  a  tough 
skin,  almost  entirely  destitute  of  hair ;  while,  in  the  Arctic 
regions,  where  it  is  too  cold  for  the  horse  and  the  ox,  Uve  the 
reindeer  and  Polar  bear,  thickly  covered  with  hair,  to  protect 
them  from  the  severe  cold. 

22.  The  Near  Appro<irh  of  America  to  Asia,  at  Behring 
Strait,  has  given  to  the  Arctic  regions  of  both  continents  the 
same  species  of  animals. 

23.  The  Reindeer  and  Polar  Bear  abound  in  the  Arctic 
regions  of  North  America,  Europe,  and  Asia. 

24.  Animals  are  adapted  to  the  zones  and  districts  which 
they  inhabit ;  their  wants  and  uses  are  wonderfully  fitted  to 
the  circumstances  in  which  they  are  placed. 

25.  Tit  the  Temperate  and  Warm  Zones  is  found  the  h«rse, 
which  is  the  most  useful  of  all  animals. 


44 


MONTEITH'S  PHYSICAL  GEOGRAPHY, 


Laplander*  on  their  Sleds  drawn  by  Reindeers. 

26.  In  the  Frozen  Regions  of  the  North,  are  foimd  the 
reindeer  and  the  seal. 

27.  The  Reindeer  constitutes  almost  the  entire  wealth  of 
the  Laplander,  furnishing  him  with  flesh  and  milk  for  food, 
and  drawing  his  sledge  over  vast  fields  of  snow. 

28.  These  Animals  obtain  their  Food  from  mosses  and  low 
plants,  for  which  they  root  through  the  sliow,  hke  swine  in  a 
pasture. 

29.  The  Esquimaux  derive  their  Support  from  the  seal,  and 
exert  their  greatest  energies  in  the  capture  of  this  aquatic 
mammal. 

30.  The  Flesh  and  Fat  of  the  Seal  are  used  for  food ;  its 
oil,  for  light  and  fuel ;  the  skins  are  made  into  clothing,  leather, 
boats,  and  tents,  and  form  an  important  article  in  the  fur  trade. 

31.  Seals  are  found  in  large  numbers  on  fields  of  floating 
ice  near  the  coast  of  Greenland. 

32.  The  -Camel  was  made  for  the  desert,  where  the  burning 
climate  and  the  absence  of  water  render  all  other  animals 
useless  to  man. 

33.  Providence  has  given  to  the  Catnel  a  kind  of  reservoir 
or  system  of  cells  in  which  to  carry  a  supply  of  water  sufficient 
for  a  long  journey ;  it  is  also  furnished  with  shai-p  teeth  to  cut 
the  few  tough  shrubs  of  those  barren  tracts ;  and,  that  it  may  not 
be  suffocated  by  the  driving  sand  and  dust,  its  nostrils  are  so 
formed  as  to  allow  respiration  without  admitting  sand.  Its 
feet  are  provided  with  a  kind  of  pad  or  cushion  which  prevents 
their  sinking  into  the  soft  and  yielding  sand. 

34r.  Some  Animals  inhabit  the  dry  land,  some  the  water, 
some  fly  in  the  air,  and  others  have  the  power  of  living  either 
on  land  or  in  water.     These  last  are  called  amphibious. 

35.  A  Bird  was  not  formed  to  live  in  Water,  like  a  fish, 
hence  it  is  not  covered  with  scales ;  a  fish  cannot  live  in  the 
air  and  find  its  food  among  the  trees  ;  therefore,  it  is  not  pro- 
vided with  feathers  and  wings ;  the  elephant,  the  horse,  and 
the  ox  are  unlike  both  the  bird  and  the  fish  ;  but  according 
to  their  several  requirements  and  uses,  they  have  received 
their  forms,  powers,  and  places. 

3G.  Animals,  like  Plants,  ahouttd  most  in  the  hot  zone,  and 
least  in  the  frigid. 

37.  The  Surpassing  Abundance,  in  South  America,  of  vege- 
tation and  of  the  lower  species  of  animals,  such  as  insects  and 
reptiles,  is  attributable  to  the  excessive  heat  and  moisture  of 
its  tropical  regions. 


Sedion   XX. 

Ranking ;  the  §aces. 

1.  "  Thus  the  heavens  and  the  earth  were  finished,  and  all 
the  host  of  them.  And  the  Lord  God  formed  man  of  the  dust 
of  the  ground,  and  breathed  into  his  nostrils  the  breath  of 
Hfe ;  and  man  became  a  living  soul." 

2.  li'or  what  I'urpose  was  man  created  \  (See  pnge  5.)  Was  man  created 
before,  or  after,  animals  ?  Why  ?  Were  gfass,  plants,  and  trees  made  before, 
or  after,  the  creation  of  animals?    Why  ? 

3.  Man  is  distinguished  from  all  other  Animals,  not  by 

his  form  only,  but  by  his  powers  of  reason  and  speech.  He 
'  acknowledges  the  infinite  goodness,  wisdom,  and  power  of  the 

Creator,  and  seeks  to  advance  continually  in  wisdom  and  hap- 
!  piness. 

4.  Man's  Constitution  is  such  that  he  is  capable  of  living 
;  in  any  latitude,  from  the  hot  to  the  frozen  zone ;  or  at  any 
I  elevation  between  the  level  of  the  sea  and  the  region  of  per- 
\  petual  snow  on  the  sides  of  mountains. 

I  5.  Hoivever  Extreme  may  be  the  Coldness  of  the  climate 
which  man  enters,  his  dominion  over  the  animal,  vegetable, 
and  mineral  kingdoms  enables  him  to  procure  from  them 
clothing  and  fuel,  which  compensate  for  the  lack  of  solar 
heat. 

6.  While  mere  Animals  are  restricted  to  a  Few  Varieties 
of  Food,  man  partakes  of  the  fruit  and  vegetables  of  the  soil, 
and  of  the  flesh  of  creatures  which  inhabit  the  land,  the  water, 
and  the  air. 

7.  Mankind  is  divided  into  Five  General  Classes,  or  races  : 
the  Caucasian,  or  white  race  ;  the  MongoHan,  or  yellow  race  ; 
the  Ethiopian,  or  black  race  ;  the  Malay,  or  brown  race  ;  and 
the  American  Indian,  or  red  race. 

8.  TTie  Races  are  distinguished  from  each  other  by  the 
color  of  the  skin,  kind  of  hair,  and  structure  of  the  body 
and  the  skuU. 

9.  These  Differences  are  produced  chiefly  by  differences  in 
climate,  food,  and  pursuits. 

10.  The  Influences  of  these  Conditions  upon  the  physical 
and  mental  characteristics  of  man  are  vast  and  unavoidable. 

11.  Cluinge  tlie  Climate  of  a  Country  either  in  degree  ol 
temperature  or  of  moisture,  and  a  change  -will  be  effected  also 
in  the  character  of  its  vegetation,  in  the  number  and  kinds  oi 
its  animals,  and  in  the  temperament  and  pursuits  of  the  inhab- 
itants. 

12.  The  Condition  o  a  Nation  would  be  affected  by  a  ma- 
terial change  in  its  systems  of  rivers,  canals,  and  railroads. 

13.  Improved  Means  of  Intercommunication  serve  to  ad- 
vance the  civilization,  education,  and  prosperity  of  the  people, 
and  to  promote  a  spirit  of  national  imity. 

14.  Tliis  is  obvious  in  the  United  States,  where  constantly 
increasing  lines  of  travel  by  railroads,  steamboats,  and  canals, 
together  with  elaborate  postal  and  telegraph  systems,  contrib- 
ute largely  to  the  growing  power  of  this  republic. 

15.  The  Depressing  Effects  of  the  Absence  of  tliese  Means 
of  development  are  observed  in  the  condition  of  Africa  and 
the  greater  part  of  Asia. 


II 


MANKIND;    THE  INFLUENCE   OF   CLIMATE. 


45 


16.  Itfiee.1  and  Natlotut  are  adapted  to  the  Climate  of  what- 
ever portion  of  the  earth  they  inhabit. 

17.  The  Hindoo  and  the  Ethiopian  prefer  their  hot  zone, 
with  its  hght,  vegetable  food. 

18.  The  Ksiininiaiijc  and  the  Laplamh-rs  cling  with  strong 
attachment  to  their  boundless  fields  of  snow,  obtaining  their 
subsistence  from  the  animals  and  fish  of  the  Arctic  regions. 

19.  The  Oreenlanders  have  their  habitation  between  70' 
and  80'  north  latitude,  while  the  Red  Men  of  South  America, 
and  the  Blacks  of  Africa,  hve  imder  the  burning  sun  of  the 
Equatorial  regions. 

20.  The  White  Inhahitantit  of  N<trth  America  and  Europe, 
accustomed  to  a  tempenvte  cHmato,  can  live  in  either  of  these 
extremes,  and  on  almost  every  variety  of  food. 

21.  Europe  Colotiized  the  Temperate  Zone  of  North  Amer- 
ica with  wonderful  success,  but  the  results  of  her  eflforts  in 
other  zones  have  been,  comparatively,  failures. 

22.  In  the  Tropical  Part  of  Aula,  is  British  India,  which 
is  celebrated  for  the  richness  of  its  productions, — the  cotton- 
plant,  sugar-cane,  silk,  and  all  varieties  of  fruits,  besides  gold, 
diamonds,  precious  stones,  and  nearly  all  the  metallic  ores ; 
but,  notwithstanding  England's  influence  and  authority  in  that 
section  for  more  than  a  century,  there  is  yet  only  one  white 
inhabitant  for  every  3,000  natives. 

23.  In  the  Tropical  Rcf/lon.i,  the  inhabitants  subsist,  to  a 
great  extent,  upon  the  spontaneous  yield  of  the  soil ;  tliis,  to- 
gether with  the  enervating  influence  of  the  oppressive  heat, 
causes  them  to  lack  energy,  industry,  and  patriotism. 

24.  //*  the  Frozen  Itcf/ions,  the  inhabitants  are  dwarfed 
both  in  physical  stature  and  mental  powers  ;  this  is  owing  to 
the  severity  of  the  climate,  with  the  absence  of  natural  pro- 
ductions and  of  inducements  to  labor. 

25.  Hards/lips,  Want,  and  Continual  Cold  in  the  Frigid 
Zone,  and  luxury,  indulgence,  and  continual  heat  in  the  Torrid, 
retard  the  development  of  their  inhabitants. 

26.  Hoth  of  these  Uct/lonn  lack  that  diversity  of  climate  and 
of  other  conditions,  which  is  necessary  to  the  promotion  of 
individual  and  national  prosperity. 

27.  In  the  Tempi-rate  Zinn-x  are  enjoyed  the  greatest 
blessings  which  the  earth  affords.  Their  lands  are  neither 
parched  nor  icebound ;  neither  teeming  with  enervating  lux- 
ury nor  stinted  to  slirubs  and  mosses ;  their  position  on  the 
globe,  their  systems  of  motrntaru  ranges,  ocean  currents,  and 
their  change  of  seasons,  combine  to  promote  among  the  peo- 
ple, that  spirit  of  energy  and  enterprise  essential  to  their  de- 
velopment and  happiness. 

28.  It  is  in  the  Temperate  Zone  that  the  climate  and  soil 
both  demand  and  reward  the  exercise  of  man's  energies, 
making  vast  plains  to  become  fields  of  smiling  plenty  and 
drawing  from  rugged  mountains  incalculable  riches. 

29.  Vef/etahle  and  Animal  yatiire  increases  in  luxuriance 
and  strength  with  distance  from  the  Poles,  but  the  distribution 
of  the  human  races  is  different,  in  this  respect. 

30.  Man  has  attained  the  Iliffhest  State  of  Derelopment, 
physically,  mentally,  and  morally,  in  the  North  Temperate 
Zone,  or  between  the  parallels  of  30^  and  60°  north  latitude. 

31. 


Charaoterittie*  of  the  Torrid,  North  Temperate,  and  North  Frigid  Zonei. 


32.  In  the  Temperate  Zone  of  Asia,  the   human   race   had 
its  birth,  and  here  also  Christianity  was  first  given  to  man. 

33.  The  Temperate  Zone  does  not  Encouraf/e  ItUeness,  &nd^ 
therein,  is  unlike  the  Tropical;   but  it  fully  rewards  labor. 

Within  these  lines,  are  the  United  States  of  America  j  industry,  and  skill,  and  in  that  respect  it  differs  from  the 


and  aU  the  leading  nations  of  Europe  and  Asia. 


Frigid. 


46 


MOWTEITH'S  PHYSICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


34  The  Caucasian,  or  white  race,  comprise  the  most 
powerful  and  enhghtened  nations  of  the  world. 

35.  Thei/  inhabit  nearly  aU  that  part  of  North  America 
which  lies  south  of  the  parallel  of  50°  north  latitude,  or  that 
part  south  of  the  northern  boundary  of  Canada ;  along  the 
coasts  of  South  America  ;  the  greater  part  of  Europe  ;  west- 
em  and  south-western  Asia ;  northern  and  north-eastern 
Africa. 

36.  The  Monffolians,  or  yellow  race,  have  thin,  coarse,  and 
straight  hair,  low  foreheads,  wide  and  small  noses,  and  thick 
lips. 

37.  Thei/  are  more  numerous  than  any  other  race. 

38.  The  Mongolians  inhabit  the  Arctic  regions  of  both  con- 
tinents, and  all  Asia,  except  its  western  and  south-western 
parts. 

39.  The  Chinese,  Japanese,  and  Esquitnauae  belong  to  the 
yeUow  race. 

40.  The  Ethiopians,  or  black  race,  thrive  in  the  heat  and 
dampness  of  the  tropics,  where  the  white  man  soon  dies. 

41.  T.'u'if  Inhabit  nearly  all  that  part  of  Africa  which  lies 
south  of  the  Great  Desert. 

42.  The  Egyptians,  Abyssinians,  and  Berbers — the  inhab- 
itants of  Barbary — are  Africans,  but  not  Negroes.  They 
belong  to  the  Caucasian  race. 

43.  The  Malays  are  of  a  reddish  brown  color  ;  their  hair  is 
black,  straight,  coarse,  and  abundant. 

44.  The  Malays  are  treacherous,  ferocious,  and  less  sensible 
to  pain  than  the  other  races. 

43.  They  inhabit  the  Malay  Peninsula,  Sumatra,  Java, 
New  Zealand,  and  many  other  islands  of  the  Indian  and  Pa- 
cific Oceans. 

46.  The  American  Indians,  so  called  by  Columbus,  are 
copper-colored,  taU  in  stature,  and  have  straight,  black  hair. 

47.  Before  the  arrival  in  America  of  the  whites,  the  West- 
em  Continent  was  inhabited  by  the  red  men,  excepting,  how- 
ever, in  the  Arctic  regions  and  Greenland,  which  are  inhabited 
by  the  Esquimaux. 

48.  The  Esquimaux  are  classed  among  the  MongoHans,  in 
which  race  many  authorities  include  also  the  Indians  of 
America. 

49.  The  American  Indians,  in  disposition,  are  melancholy, 
revengeful,  and  jealous,  and  feel  bodily  pain  less  acutely  than 
the  whites. 

50.  The  Red  Men  and  the  Esquimaux  of  America  entered 


that  division  from  Asia,  probably  in  the  direction  of  Behring 
Strait. 

51.  The  Iluman  Family  had  its  Origin  in  Western  Asia, 
whence  it  extended  into  all  lands.  From  the  race  that  moved 
westward  and  peopled  the  lands  bordering  on  the  Mediterra- 
nean Sea,  sprung  nations  celebrated  in  ancient  history  for 
their  progress  in  civihzation  and  learning. 

52.  In  Africa,  were  ancient  Egypt  and  Carthage ;  and  in 
Europe,  were  Greece  and  the  Eoman  Empire. 

53.  The  Wave  of  Progress  and  Power  continued  to  roll 
westward  to  the  Temperate  regions  of  the  New  World,  now 
the  United  States  of  America. 

"Westward  the  Course  of  Empike  takes  its  way." 

54.  Columbus  sailed  Westward;  and,  by  his  discovery  of 
the  Western  Continent,  two  worlds  became  acquainted  with 
each  other,  for  their  mutual  development  and  advantage.  One 
contributed  its  vast  natural  resources ;  the  other,  its  bless- 
ings of  civilization  and  vigor  of  intellect. 

55.  The  Netv  World  was  near  enough  to  the  Old  to  receive 
aid  whUe  in  its  infancy,  and  far  enough  from  it  to  demand  of 
its  new  inhabitants  the  most  active  employment  of  their  energy 
and  skill  toward  the  development  of  its  resources. 

56.  The  New  World  has  grotvn  in  usefulness,  greatness, 
and  influence  with  wonderful  rapidity. 

57.  The  North,  Temperate  Zone  of  America  is  vast  in  veget;;- 
ble,  mineral,  and  commercial  wealth,  and  contains  a  people 
renowned  for  their  energy,  enterprise,  and  achievements,  both 
in  peace  and  in  war. 

58.  ^l.s  each  Successive  Period  in  the  Creation  of  the  Earth 
was  marked  by  improvement,  so  the  American  Nation  is  recog- 
nized as  rising  above  all  others  in  the  sphere  of  usefulness, 
development,  and  influence, 

59.  The  Productive  Plains  of  the  Center  and  South,  the 
manufacturing  region  of  the  north-east,  the  broad  plains  and 
rich  mines  of  the  west,  united  by  easy  lines  of  communication 
and  occupying  positions  perfectly  adapted  to  each  other — 
plainly  show  that  Providence  designed  this  nation  to  be 
One  and  Indivisible. 

Note.— The   teacher  will  here  turn    to   the   "Index   to  Contents  ab- 

RANSED   AS    A    GENERAL   REVIEW   OF    PHTSICAL    GEOGRAPHY,"    which    may 

be  found  near  the  end  of  the  book,  and  divide  it  into  lessons  of  convenient 
length  fjr  the  class. 


48 


MONTEITH'S  PHYSICAL  AND  POLITICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


DEFINITIONS. 

1.  GEOGRAPHY  ia  a  description  of  the  earth's  Burface. 
Physical  Geography  describes  the  natural  features — the  land, 
water,  currents,  soil,  climates,  and  their  effects  upon  the  inhabit- 
ants. Civil,  Political,  or  Descriptive  Geography  treats  of  the  arti- 
ficial divisions — republics,  empires,  kingdoms,  states,  etc. 

JVAT[l^AL    DiriSIOJVS. 

2.  Water  Covers  three-fourths  of  the  earth's  surface  ;  land, 
one-fourth. 

3.  A  Continent  is  the  largest  natural  division  of  the  land. 
There  are  two  continents — the  eastern,  composed  of  Europe,  Asia, 
and  Africa;  and  the  western,  composed  of  North  and  South 
America.  The  term  continent  is  frequently  apj)Hed  to  Australia 
and  to  each  of  the  divisions  just  mentioned. 

4.  An  Island  or  Isle  is  a  portion  of  land  entirely  surrounded 
by  water.  Several  islands  together  are  called  a  group  ;  in  a 
line,  a  chain.  An  islet  is  a  small  island.  A  ledge  of  rocks  at  or 
near  the  surface  of  the  water  is  called  a  reef  or  keys. 

5.  A  Peninsula  is  a  portion  of  land  almost  surroiinded  by 
water. 

6.  An  Isthmus  is  a  narrow  neck  of  land  joining  two  larger 
portions  of  land. 

7.  A  Cape  or  Headland  is  a  point  of  land  extending  into  the 
water.     A  high  and  rocky  cape  is  called  a  promontory. 

8.  A  Mountain  is  a  vast  elevation  of  land  ;  a  hiU  is  a  small 
elevation.  A  chain  or  range  is  a  long  elevated  ridge,  or  several 
mountains  extending  in  a  line. 

9.  A  Mountain  System  is  a  number  of  chains  grouped  to- 
gether. 

10.  A  Peak  is  a  single  mountain,  whose  top  appears  pointed. 

11.  A  Volcano  is  a  mountain  or  opening  in  the  earth's  crust 
through  which  issue  fire,  smoke,  ashes,  lava,  steam,  &c.  ;  the 
opening  is  called  a  crater. 

12.  Mountain  Passes  are  the  lowest  parts  of  a  chain,  where 
travelers  can  cross. 

13.  A  Valley  is  the  land  between  hills  or  mountains,  or  at  their 
base.     A  vale  is  a  small  valley. 

14.  A  Plain  or  Lowland  is  a  level  tract  of  land.  The  grassy, 
treeless  plains  of  North  America  are  called  prairies  or  savannas  ; 
of  South  America,  llanos  {lyah'noce)  and  pampas  ;  of  Eussia, 
steppes  {steps).  The  forest  plains  of  the  Amazon  are  called  silvas. 
A  swamp,  marsh,  moor  or  fen  is  a  tract  of  land  usually  or  occa- 
sionally covered  with  water. 

15.  A  Plateau  or  Table  Land  is  a  plain  at  a  considerable 
elevation  above  the  level  of  the  sea. 

16.  A  Desert  is  a  barren  region  of  country ;  the  fertile  spots 
are  called  oases. 

17.  An  Avalanche  is  a  large  mass  of  snow,  ice,  and  earth, 
sUding  or  rolling  down  a  mountain.  When  the  mass  consists  of 
earth  alone,  it  is  called  a  landslide. 

18.  A  Glacier  (gla'seer)  is  an  immense  mass  of  ice  and  snow 
formed  in  the  region  of  perpetvial  snow,  and  moving  slowly  down 
the  mountain  slope  or  valley,  bearing  with  them  gravel,  sand,  and 
masses  of  rock. 

19.  A  River  Basin  is  the  portion  of  land  which  is  drained  by 
a  river  and  its  tributaries. 

20.  A  Water  Shed  is  the  mountain  chain  or  ridge  of  land  which 
separates  one  basin  from  another,  and  from  which  the  rivers  flow. 


21.  A  Delta  is  the  lowland  between  the  several  mouths  of  a 
river.     It  is  composed  of  the  soil  which  has  been  carried  down  by 
the  stream,  and  deposited  at   its   mouth    (see    page    30,    para-" 
graph  44). 

22.  A  Coast  or  Shore  is  the  edge  of  land  adjacent  to  the 
water. 

23.  An  Ocean  is  the  largest  natural  division  of  the  water. 

24.  A  Sea  is  the  division  next  in  size  to  an  ocean.  A  sea  con- 
taining many  islands  is  called  an  archipelago  {ark).  The  Sargasso 
Sea  is  that  part  of  the  Atlantic  Ocean  between  Africa  and  the 
West  Indies,  wliich  contains  great  quantities  of  seaweed. 

25.  A  Gulf  or  Bay  is  a  body  of  water  extending  into  the 
land.  Harbors,  havens,  ports,  roads,  and  roadsteads  are  places 
where  ships  may  anchor  safely. 

26.  A  Strait  is  a  passage  coimecting  two  larger  bodies  of  water. 
A  channel  is  a  broad  strait. 

27.  A  Sound  is  a  shallow  channel  or  bay. 

28.  A  Lake  is  a  body  of  water  almost  surrounded  by  land. 

29.  A  River  is  a  stream  of  water  flowing  through  the  land  ;  its 
head  or  source  is  its  beginning,  and  its  mouth  is  its  end,  or  where 
it  flows  into  another  body  of  water.  The  right  bank  of  a  river  is 
on  your  right  side  as  you  descend  the  river  ;  its  left  bank  is  on 
the  left  side.  Up  a  river  is  toward  its  source  ;  down  a  river  to- 
ward its  mouth. 

30.  An  Estuary,  Firth  or  Frith  is  a  narrow  and  deep  inlet 
of  the  sea,  at  the  mouth  of  a  river. 

31.  A  Canon  {pronounced  and  also  spelled  Canyon)  is  a  gorge 
or  ravine  between  high  and  steep  banks,  worn  by  a  stream. 

32.  A  Confluence  is  the  junction  of  two  or  more  rivers. 

33.  A  Cataract  is  a  large  body  of  water  falling  over  a  preci- 
pice ;  a  cascade  or  waterfall  is  smaller  than  a  cataract. 

34.  A  Rapid  is  the  descent  of  a  stream  over  an  inclined  part  of 
its  bed. 

35.  A  Loch  in  Scotland,  or  a  lough  in  Ireland,  is  a  lake  or 
bay. 

ciriz  03S  'PoziTicAz  s)irisiojvs. 

36.  A  Republic  is  a  country  whose  laws  are  made  and  executed 
by  men  elected,  from  time  to  time,  by  the  people.  We  live  in  a 
Eepublic — the  United  States.  The  legislative  or  law-making  body 
is  Congress,  which  is  composed  of  the  Senate  and  House  of  Repre- 
sentatives ;  the  executive  power  is  vested  in  the  President. 

37.  An  Empire  is  a  country  governed  by  an  emperor,  or  an 
extensive  region  comprising  several  countries,  under  one  ruler. 

38.  A  Kingdom  is  a  country  governed  by  a  king. 

39.  A  Monarchy  is  a  government  in  which  the  supreme  power 
belongs  to  one  person,  called  a  monarch.  Emperors  and  kings 
are  monarchs,  and  their  governments  monarchies. 

40.  A  Limited  or  Constitutional  Monarcliy  is  a  government 
in  which  the  power  of  the  ruler  is  limited  by  laws. 

41^  ^1«  Absolute  Monarchy  or  Despotism  is  a  government 
in  which  the  power  of  the  ruler  is  unUmited. 

42.  Tlie  Divisions  of  a  Republic  are  usually  called  States. 

43.  Tlie  Government  of  a  State  resembles  that  of  a  Republic  ; 
its  laws  being  made  by  the  legislature,  and  executed  by  the 
Governor. 

44.  A  Territory  of  the  United  States  is  a  portion  of  the 
country  not  organized  as  a  State  ;  its  governor  and  legislature  are 
appointed  by  the  President  and  Senate  of  the  United  States. 

45.  Tfie  Divisions  of  Countries  are  called  States,  Provinces, 
Departments,  Comities  or  Shires. 


CIRCLES,  ZOlfES,  LATITUDE,   ETC. 


49 


CIUCZBS,    XOJV^S,    ZATirUD^E,   UTC. 

1.  Att,  Anyle  is  the  opening  between  two  lines  that  meet  There 
ire  three  kinds :  right,  acute,  and  obtuse. 

2.  A  Right  Anyle  is  formed  by  one  line  meeting  another  per- 
)endicularly. 

3.  An  Acute  Angle  is  less  than  a  right  angle. 

4.  An  Obtuse  Angle  is  greater  than  a  right  angle. 

5.  Pttrallel  Lines  aro  those  which  extend  in  the  same  direction 
irithout  approaching  each  other. 

6.  A  ITorizontal  Line  is  one  that  is  parallel  with  the  horizon, 
ir  with  the  surface  of  water  at  rest. 

7.  A  Triangle  is  a  figure  which  has  three  sides  and  three 
.nglea. 

8.  A  Circle  is  a  figure  enclosed  by  a  curve  line,  every  part  of 
?hicli  is  equally  distant  from  the  centre  ;  the  curve  line  is  called 
he  circumference,  or  ring,  and  also  circle. 

9.  The  liianieter  of  a  circle  is  a  lino  drawn  through  the  centre 
rom  one  side  to  the  other. 

10.  The  Itadiuit  is  a  line  drawn  from  the  centre  to  the  circum- 
erence  ;  two  radii  equal  the  diameter. 

11.  An  Arc  is  any  portion  of  the  circumference  of  a  circle. 

12.  A  Chord  is  a  straight  lin«  drawn  from  one  end  of  an  arc  to 
he  other. 

13.  A  Quadrant  is  a  quarter  of  a  circle  ;  a  semi-circle  is  half  a 
irelo. 

14.  A  Circle  is,  or  is  supposed  to  be,  divided  into  360  equal 
>art8  ;  these  parts  are  called  degrees. 

15.  A  Degree  is  a  three  hundred  and  sistieth  part  of  a  circle. 
The  length  of  a  degree  varies  according  to  the  size  of  the  circle. 

16.  A  Degree  of  the  Largent  Circle  w^hich  can  be  drawn 
iround  the  earth,  is  about  69  j  miles  in  length. 

17.  A  Degree,  marked  (°),  is  Divided  into  60  equal  parts, 
jailed  minutes  ('),  and  each  minute  into  60  equal  parts,  called 
lecunds  ("). 

18.  A  Semi-drcle  Contains  180°,  and  a  quadrant  90°. 

19.  A  Great  Circle  divides  the  earth  into  two  equal  parts, 
rhat  which  divides  the  earth  into  northern  and  southern  hemi- 
iphorea  is  called  the  equator. 

20.  A  Small  Circle  divides  the  earth  into  two  unequal  parts, 
yi  circles  dra'^'n  parallel  with  the  equator  are  small  circles,  called 
parallels  of  latitude. 


21.  The  most  Important  Small  Circles  are  the  Arctic  and 
Antarctic  circles,  the  Tropic  of  Cancer,  and  the  Tropic  of  Capri- 
corn.    The  Arctic  and  Antarctic  Circles  are  called  Polar  Circles. 

22.  A  Globe  or  Sphere  is  a  round  body,  whose  surface,  in  every 
part,  is  equally  distant  from  the  centre. 

23.  The  Axis  of  the  earth  is  the  line  or  diameter  on  which  it 
revolves.  The  two  points  where  the  axis  meets  the  surface  are 
called  the  poles  ;  that  in  the  centre  of  the  northern  hemisphere  is 
called  the  North  Pole  ;  that  in  the  centre  of  the  southern  hemi- 
sphere, the  South  Pole. 

24.  Semi-Circles  drawn  on  the  surface  from  the  North  to  the 
South  Pole  are  called  Meridians. 

25.  Tlie  Distance  of  any  place  from  the  equator  is  its  Latitude. 

26.  The  Latitude  of  all  places  on  the  equator  is  0°,  and  of 
each  pole  90°. 

27.  Distance  East  or  West  of  an  established  meridian  is  called 
Longitude  ;  the  degrees  of  which  are  marked  on  the  equator  or  on 
the  upper  and  lower  sides  of  a  map.  Longitude  is  usually  reck- 
oned from  the  Meridian  of  Greenwich,  near  London,  and  from  the 
Meridian  of  Washington. 

28.  The  Greatest  Longitude  a  place  can  have  is  180°. 

29.  Zones  are  five  regions  or  belts  into  which  the  earth's  sur- 
face is  divided  by  the  two  Tropics  and  the  two  Polar  Circles. 
Name  them. 

30.  The  Hottest  is  the  Torrid  Zone,  and  the  coldest  are  the 
Frigid  Zones. 

31.  To  every  place  Within  the  Torrid  Zone  the  sun  is  vertical 
at  certain  times  during  the  year. 

32.  Tlie  Tropics  Mark  the  Umit  beyond  which  no  place  can 
have  a  vertical  sun.     They  are  23^°  from  the  equator. 

33.  T7te  Polar  Circles  mark  the  limit  beyond  which  the  day 
or  the  night  may  be  more  than  24  hours  long.  They  are  23^°  from 
the  Poles. 

34.  The  Sun  is  Visible  at  one  pole,  and  invisible  at  the  other 
polo,  during  six  months  of  the  year. 

35.  Days  and  lights  are  equal — 12  hours  each — throughout 
the  earth  on  the  23d  days  of  March  and  September;  they  are 
always  equal  to  places  on  the  equator. 

36.  In  what  Zones  is  North  America  ?  South  America  ?  Eu- 
rope?   Asia?    Africa?    Australia? 

(For  Atironomical  Oeography,  tee  page  108.) 


MONTEITH'S  I'HYSICAI.  AND  I*OLITICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


51 


o 

i 

o 


!  {s  c2  il  ^  ►^  m  ^  i 


m 
P 

Hi 

03 


I 


i5  J3  J^  ^    -"i   -< 
S^;  S  H  pq  cc  H 


►  ^ 


H 


H       M 


^ 


0^ 


Kuutll  4  SniiAo-i.JV.  KN 


MONTEITH'S  PHYSICAL  AIH)  POLITICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


S3 


^CJ*"* 


,R0CtfYMT9 


*/J 


% 


% 


P^CIEIC,      CREA  BASIN. 

sionoH  or  itorrn  amibica  fbom  kut  to  west. 

EXERCISES  ON  THE  MAP. 

In  what  zones  is  NORTH    AMERICA?     In  which  is  the  greater  part  ? 

"What  country  wholly  within  the  Temperate  Zone  t  Within  the  Torrid 
Zone? 

Name  all  the  countries  of  North  America,  commencing  at  the  most 
ijorthem. 

What  three  oceans  wash  the  coasts  of  North  America  ?  Which  is  the 
coldest  ? 

On  which  side  are  the  greatest  inlets  from  the  ocean  ?    Nisme  them. 

From  what  ocean  does  Hudson  Bay  receive  water ;  Is  the  water 
warm,  or  cold  f     (See  page  37,  paragraph  18.) 

Whence  does  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  receive  its  water  ?    Is  it  warm,  or  cold  ? 

How  does  each  affect  the  temperature  of  the  winds  blowing  over  them  ? 

What  and  where  are  the  mountain  systems  of  North  America  ? 

Between  what  cliains  is  the  Great  Basin  or  Plateau  of  the  United  States? 

Into  what  do  the  rivers  flow  which  rise  west  of  the  Ptocky  Mountains  ? 

Into  what  do  those  flow  which  rise  on  the  east  side  f 

Into  what  do  the  rivers  flow  which  rise  on  the  east  side  of  the  Alleghanies  ? 

How  far  north  does  the  basin  of  the  Mississippi  extend  ? 

What  two  general  slopes  are  between  the  Rocky  and  the  Alleghany 
Mountains  ? 

Mention  the  rivers  of  the  Mississippi  Basin, — of  Hudson  Bay  Basin. 

^Vhat  two  large  rivers  in  the  north-west  ?     In  the  west  ? 

What  waters  around  Newfoundland  ?  Greenland  ?  Cuba  ?  Lower  Cali- 
fornia ? 

What  land  around  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence  ?  Gulf  of  Mexico  ?  Carib- 
be'an  Sea? 

In  what  cape  does  Greenland  terminate  t  Nova  Scotia  ?  Florida  ? 
Lower  California  ? 

In  what  direction  do  these  capes  project  ? 

Name  all  the  capes  on  the  Atlantic  Coast  %    On  the  Pacific  Coast  t 

What  islands  are  washed  by  the  Atlantic !     Pacific  ?     Caribbean  Sea  t ' 

In  the  northern  part  of  North  America,  what  islands  ?    Straits  ?    Sounds  J 

What  provinces  in  the  south-eastern  part  of  British  America  ? 

What  lakes  between  the  United  States  and  Canada  ?   Wliat  is  their  outlet  f 

Into  what  does  the  St.  Lawrence  flow  ? 

Wliat  lakes  are  connected  with  the  Arctic  Ocean  ?    With  Hudson  Bay  ? 

What  two  high  mountains  north-west  of  British  America  f 

What  two  in  the  south-western  part  t 

•  Canada  But  Is  now  the  ProTince  of  Qnebec;  Ouiada  Went,  Ontarto. 

ROUTES  OF  TRAVEL. 

In  what  directions  and  on  what  waters  would  you  sail  from  Quebec  to 
New  York  ?  From  Boston  to  Iceland  ?  From  Washington  to  Dr.  Kane's 
Open  Polar  Sea  ?  What  capes  and  islands  would  you  pass  in  sailing  from 
New  York  to  New  Orleans  ?     New  York  to  the  Isthmus  of  Panama  ? 

Sailing  from  the  Isthmus  to  San  Francisco,  what  direction  would  you 
take  i    On  what  water  would  you  sail  ?    What  capes  would  you  pass ! 

Refer  to  the  scale  of  miles,  and  state  the  distance,  in  a  straight  line,  fnmi 
New  York  to  Cuba.  From  Florida  to  Cuba./  New  Orleans  to  New  York. 
New  Orleans  to  the  Isthmus  of  Panama/  ^^ashington  to  Son  Francisco.'  ■ 

What  countries  and  parts  of  countries  lie  between  the  parallels  of  40° 
•nd  50°  north  latitude  ?  What  parts  of  £urope  and  Asia  lie  Ix-tween 
those  parallels!  {See  margin  of  map.)  What  parts  of  America,  Kurope, 
and  Asia  lie  between  the  parallels  of  50'  and  60'  ?  What  parts  of  the 
Eastern  Hemisphere  are  directly  east  of  the  United  States  ?  West?  Wliat 
European  Countrj-  is  directly  east  of  Washington  ?  Of  Nova  Scotia  and 
Newfoundland?  Of  the  southern  part  of  Labrador?  Of  the  northern 
part  of  La'Drndor  ?  What  parts  of  North  America  lie  between  the  same 
parallels  as  Sahara  ?    China  ?     Japan  ?     Siberia  ? 


REVIE^W. 

MOUNTAINS. 

Whnv  are  Ihey  f     In  trhat  dirrctUitu  do  the  range*  ttct«nd  t 

Mt.  St.  Elias?  it*  Alleghany?  Fremont's  Peak? 

Mt.  Brown?  i«  Mt.  Hooker?  is  Rocky? 

Mt.  Fairweather  ?  ib  Mt.  Whitney  ?  ELecla  ? 

Sierra  Madre?  Sierra  Nevada?  Cascade? 

{u-ei-'rah  maVdrat.)  (m-wTo  ««y-eaA'da*)  ClOAST   BaKGE? 


RIVERS. 

Where  do  the)/  rUei 

What  eoureee  do  th^ 

1  take?     Into  tehai  umtere  do 

they  flotef 

Missouri?  sit 

Mackenzie? 

Columbu? 

Platte? 

Mississippi  ?  so 

Colorado? 

Brazos? 

Lewis? 

Rio  Grande?  is 

St.  Lawrence? 

Nelson? 

Omo? 

Athabasca  ?  is 

Chijrchill? 

Severn? 

Red? 

GULFS,  BAYS,  SOUNDS,  AND  CHANNELS. 

Where  are  they  f     Into  what  teatere  do  they  open  T 


G.  OP  St.  Lawrence?  Hudson  B.  ? 

G.  of  Caltfornia  ?  Baffin  B.  ? 

B.  OF  Honduras  ?  James  B.  ? 

Mosquito  Gulf?  Ungava  B.  ? 


Chan,  op  Tuoatan? 
Fox  Chan.? 
Lancaster  Sd.  ? 
Norton  Sd.  ? 


B.  OF  Campeachy? 


Fbobisheb's  B.?   G.  of  Mexico? 


STRAITS. 

Whmt  land*  are  eeparated,  and  what  water*  are  connected  by  thent? 

Hudson?  "Windward?         Bellisle?  Davis  ? 

Behmng?  Wellington?       Florida?  Mona? 

(.bf'Hn^.)  Melville?  Barrow?  Banks? 

LAKES. 

Where  are  they?      What  are  their  ottUettt 

SuPEMOB?  Ontario?         Great  Slate?     Huron? 

Great  Salt?  Winnipeg?       Great  Bear?      Erie? 

Athabasca?  Michigan?       Little  Slave?    Itasca? 

ISLANDS. 

Where  are  they  f     By  what  wetter*  are  they  *urround«d  f 


Newfoundland? 
Vancouver's? 


West  Indies  ?  Cuba  ? 
Bahamas  ?       Iceland  ? 


Bermudas  ? 
Melville? 
Anticosti? 

(an-le-kot'Ue.) 


Disco? 
Sitka? 
Hayti? 

(Aoy'tM.) 


Greenland  ? 

Parry? 
Southampton?  Jamaica? 

Queen  Charlotte's?  Bank's  Land. 
Cape  Breton?  Porto  Rico? 

(brWm.)  (por'to  ree'to.) 

CAPES. 

Where  are  thryf     Into  tvhat  water*  do  they  pntfectf 

Hatteras?    .       Fabewell?  Flattery?  May? 

Mendocino?         St.  Lucas?  Sable?  Cod? 

imin-dv-uffu.)  Blanco?  Race?  Icy? 

•  Nnmben  In  Huts  of  Mountain*  show  height  In  llu>u*a»d*  nf  /e*t.    Mt  St  EIIm,  UOM  feet 
hlKli. 
t  ThoM  in  lists  of  Rivera  show  length  in  hundred*  o/miU*.    MiMonri,  8100  miles  long. 


54 


MONTEITH'S  PHYSICAL  AKD  POLITICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


ESCRIPTIVE 


EOGRAPHY. 


1.  JVOiJTlf^AX^-B-rC-4  is  somewhat  triangular  in  shape.  Its 
widest  part  is  from  Newfoundland  to  Behring  Strait ;  its  nar- 
rowest, where  Central  America  joins  the  Isthmus  ot  Panama. 

2.  Tlie  Meridian  of  97°  west  from  Greenwich  (or  20°  from 
Washington)  passes  through  the  middle  of  North  America,  and 
near  the  western  coasts  of  Hudson    B.ay  and  the  Gulf  of  Mexico. 

3.  East  of  that  Meridian  are  the  great  gulfs,  bays,  lakes,  and 
lowlands  ;  while  west  of  it,  are  the  great  plateaus  and  mountain 
chains. 

4.  The  Plateau  or  High  Uegion  extends  over  the  western 
parts  of  British  America  and  the  United  States  and  nearly  the 
whole  of  Mexico  and  Central  America.  It  is  widest  in  the  United 
States,  under  the  40th  parallel  of  latitude. 

5.  From  that  Meridian  the  surface  of  the  United  States  rises 
gradually  to  the  Rocky  Mountains,  which  are  from  10,000  to  18,000 
feet  high. 

6.  Between  the  Rocky  Mountains  and  the  Sierra  Nevada 
the  surface  is  from  4,000  to  6,000  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea, 
and  is  mostly  dry  and  barren. 

7.  Tlie  Apjiolachian  Chain  near  the  Atlantic,  and  the  Coast 
Range  near  the  Pacific,  are  about  one-fourth  the  height  of  tlio 
Rocky  Mountains  or  the  Sierra  Nevada. 

8.  The  Highest  Peaks  in  North  America  are:  over  18,000 
feet  high,  Mt.  Popocatepetl,  in  Mexico,  and  Mt.  St.  Elias,  in 
Alaska ;  over  15,000  feet.  Mounts  Brown,  Whitney,  and  Fair- 
weather  ;  over  14,000  feet.  Pike's  Peak,  Mt.  Shasta,  and  Mt.  Tyndall. 

9.  The  Gulfs,  Bays,  and  Inlets  from  the  Atlantic  and  Arctic 
Oceans  help  to  form  numerous  peninsulas  and  islands.  ( Which 
are  partly  formed  by  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  ?  By  Hudson  Bay  ?  By 
Baffin  Bay  f     By  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence  ?) 

10.  The  Great  Watershed  of  North  America  is  the  Rocky 
Mountain  chain,  on  the  eastern  side  of  which  are  the  sources  of 
nearly  all  the  large  rivers  flowing  into  the  Atlantic.  {Name  them.) 
On  its  western  side  are  the  sources  of  those  flowing  into  the 
Pacific.  {Name  them.)  The  Mackenzie  River  receives  its  waters 
from  both  sides  of  the  Rocky  Mountains. 

11.  North  America  Lies  in  three  zones  and  possesses  every 
variety  of  climate,  from  the  extreme  cold  of  the  Frigid  to  the  ex- 
cessive heat  of  the  Torrid.  The  portion  best  adapted  to  the  hap- 
piness and  progress  of  the  inhabitants  is  the  intermediate  or  tem- 
perate zone,  which  includes  the  United  States. 

12.  The  Coldest  Parts  of  North  America  are  Greenland  and 
the  north-eastern  part  of  British  America.  {For  the  climates  on  the 
sides  of  high  mountains  in  hot  countries,  see  p.  38,  paragraph  52.) 

13.  The  Climate  of  the  Pacific  Coast  of  the  United  States, 
British  America,  and  Alaska  is  much  milder  than  that  of  the  At- 
lantic coast,  in  the  same  latitudes  ;  because  one  is  washed  by 
the  warm  waters  of  the  Japan  current,  the  other  by  the  cold  cur- 
rents from  the  Arctic  Ocean  (see  p.  24,  paragraphs  20  and  23). 

14.  Eastward  from  the  Mackenzie  Biver  Valley  to  Bafiin 
Bay  is  a  vast,  frozen,  treeless  region,  while  westward  is  a  region  of 
forests  extending  to  the  coast,  where  the  climate  is  no  more  ex- 
cessive than  that  of  Maine  or  New  Brunswick,  hundreds  of  mUes 
further  south  on  the  Atlantic  coast. 

15.  BRITISH  AMERICA  is  seiajated  from  the  United 
States  by  the  49th  parallel  of  latitude,  the  Great  Lakes,  the  St. 
Lawrence  River,  and  the  north-eastern  portion  of  the  Appalachian 
Chain. 


16.  Its  General  Slope  is  toward  the  north,  the  watershed  on 
its  southerly  side  extending  generally  along  the  northern  boundary 
of  Canada,  and  the  north-western  boundary  of  the  United 
States. 

17.  All  that  portion  which  extends  from  the  Mackenzie 
River  Valley  eastward  to  Bafiin  Bay  and  the  Atlantic  is  a  cold, 
barren  region,  covered  nearly  all  the  year  with  ice  and  snow,  and 
is  useful  only  as  a  hunting-ground.  For  a  few  weeks  in  summer, 
the  snow  and  the  top  of  the  ground  thaw,  when  mosses  and  other 
low  plants  appear  ;  upon  these  the  reindeer  and  some  other  ani- 
mals feed. 

18.  The  Fur-Bearing  Animals  are  the  beaver,  marten,  mink, 
bear,  fox,  wolf,  and  muskrat. 

19.  Tlie  Southern  and  Western  Portions  of  British  America 
contain  extensive  forests  and  vast  tracts  of  jirairie  land  well 
adapted  to  grazing  and  agriculture.  On  the  pastures  are  herds  of 
buffaloes,  elks,  and  deer. 

20.  Hudson  Bay  Territory  is  north  of  the  United  States  and 
Canada,  and  reaches  from  Alaska  to  Baffin  Bay  and  Labrador ; 
Rupert's  Land,  or  New  Britain,  is  all  that  portion  which  lies  east 
of  the  Rocky  Mountains.  It  is  now  all  under  the  control  of  the 
Dominion  of  Canada. 

21.  BRITISH  COLUMBIA,  lying  north  of  Washington 
Territory,  is  a  mountainous  region,  cold  in  winter  and  moist  in 
summer.     Its  forests  of  pine,  fix,  and  spruce  are  extensive. 

22.  Its  Importance  arose  from  the  discovery  of  gold  along 
Frazer  River, 

23.  Its  Chief  Exports  are  lumber,  gold,  coal,  furs  and  fish, 

24.  VANCOUVER  ISLAND,  which  is  comprised  in  the 
Province  of  British  Columbia,  contains  fertile  valleys,  fine  timber, 
and  rich  mines  of  coal,  besides  copper  and  other  ores. 

25.  The  Climate  is  much  milder  than  in  the  same  latitudes  on 
the  Atlantic  coast.  Vancouver  Island  and  British  Columbia  are 
under  one  governor  (see  page  37,  paragi-aph  33). 

26.  The  Capital  and  chief  city  of  the  Province  of  British 
Columbia  is  Victoria,  in  Vancouver  Island. 

27.  THE  PROVINCE  OF  MANITOBA  is  south  of  Lake 
Winnipeg,  which  receives  the  waters  of  the  Red  River  of  the  North. 

28.  The  Settlers  are  French,  English,  Scotch,  and  Americans. 
The  French  have  Indian  blood  in  their  veins,  and  live  mostly  by 
hunting ;  the  others,  on  the  produce  of  their  farms  and  pas- 
tures. 

29.  LABRADOR  is  cold,  barren,  and  desolate  along  the  coast, 
but  well  wooded  in  the  interior. 

30.  The  Inhabitants  are  almost  exclusively  Esquimaux ;  but, 
on  the  eastern  shore,  are  settlements  of  seal-catchers,  fur-traders, 
and  Moravian  missionaries.  The  eastern  half  of  the  peninsula  is 
under  the  control  of  Newfoundland  ;  the  western,  with  Hudson 
Bay  Territory  and  the  Province  of  Manitoba,  has  been  trausfeiTed 
to  the  government  of  Canada. 

31.  ALASKA,  now  a  Territory  of  the  United  States,  is  more 
than  twice  the  size  of  France,  but  not  more  than  one-tenth  is  hab- 
itable, on  account  of  the  extreme  coldness  of  its  chmate. 

32.  Along  the  Southern  Coasts  the  chmate  is  tempered  by 
the  winds  which  blow  over  the  warm  waters  of  the  Pacific. 
These  winds  are  laden  with  moisture  that  supplies  the  rains  and 
fogs  for  which  that  part  of  the  Territory  is  celebrated. 


ALASKA,  GREENLAND,  ANJD  ICELAND. 


65 


Arotio  R*2ioni.-A  Ship  Caught  in  tha  lofc 


33.  Excepting  along  its  Western  and  Northern  Coasts,  the 
Territory  is  Covered,  in  some  places  heavily,  with  forests  valu- 
ible  for  timber.  The  trees  are  chiefly  evergreens — spruce,  fir, 
ediU",  and  hemlock.  Its  importance  lies  in  its  furs,  fisheries,  and 
'orests. 

34.  Seals,  Whales,  and  Walruses  are  plentiful  in  the  waters 
est  of  Alaska.     The  fur  seals  on  the  islands  of  St.  Paul  and  St. 

ieorge  are  very  numerous. 

35.  Its  Principal  Itiver  is  the  Yukon,  which  is  said  to  rank 
icxt  to  the  Mississippi  in  size. 

36.  Tlie  Inhabitants  are  chiefly  Esquimaux  and  TTidift-rm,  who 
ire  engaged  in  fishing  and  hunting. 

37.  Its  Capital  is  Sitka,  situated  on  one  of  the  isl  ads  which 
iue  its  coast. 

38.  GREENLAND,  a  vast  island,  or  group  of  islands  united 
y  fields  of  ice,  is  rugged,  mountainous,  barren,  and  almost  wholly 
overed  with  ice  and  snow. 

39.  On  the  North-west  Coast 
laciers  extend  down  into  the  sea, 
ud  from  them  fragments  break 

IS  and  float  out  as  icebergs. 
40.     Vegetation,      in       some 
arts,      appears     in     summer ; 
lies     of    birch,    willow,    and 
r  ..luntain   ash  are  found,  and  a 
w  vegetables  are  raised  in  the 
)uth. 

41.  TIte  Inhabitants,  about 
,000  in  number,  are  mostly  Es- 
oimaux,  to  whom  the  seal  fur- 

shes  food,  fuel,  and  clothing. 

42.  The  Settlements  of  tlie 
fanes,  who  compose  about  one- 
ghth  of  the  population,  are  oa 
.e  west  coast. 

43.  Tlie  PrincijHil Settlements 
•e  Juhanshaab  and  New  Hem- 
it,  which  are  south  of  the  Arctic 
rcle,  and    Christianshaab    and  x„  Eiquimau. 


Uper'navik,  north  of  it ;    the  latter  being  the  most  northerly 
settlement  of  civilized  man. 

44.  Uie  Distinguished  American  Explorers  of  the  Arctic 
regions  are  Kane,  Hall,  and  Hayes.  The  most  northern  point 
reached  is  a  little  beyond  the  latitude  of  82  degrees. 

45.  Greenland  and  Iceland  belong  to  Denmark,  and  are  called 
Danish  America. 

46.  The  Esquimaux,  except  those  of  Alaska,  are  short — not 
over  five  feet  in  height — owing,  probablj',  to  the  rigor  of  the  cli- 
mate and  the  nature  of  their  food. 

47.  T7i.e  Color  of  their  Faces  is  brown  ;  the  result,  chiefly,  of 
their  uncleanliness  and  their  smoky  huts  (see  page  46).  Their 
bodies  are  of  a  much  lighter  color  than  their  faces. 

48.  Tlie  nuts  of  the  ^«Q'»<twtrtfw;  are  partly  underground,  and 
are  constructed  either  of  stone  or  of  ice  and  snow. 

49.  ICELAND  is  larger  than  the  State  of  Virgmia. 

50.  Its  Surface  is  very  rough,  containing  volcanoes,  fissures, 
lava  fields,  and  innumerable  boiUng  springs.  Among  the  latter  is 
the  Great  Geyser,  which  is  among  the  wonders  of  the  world  (see 
page  27). 

51.  Its  Highest  Mountains  are  about  6,000  feet  high  ;  Mt. 
Hecla,  its  celebrated  volcano,  is  about  5,000  feet  above  the  sea 
leveL 

52.  It  is  Coldest  on  the  northern  and  north-eastern  coasts, 
where  snow  falls  even  in  summer ;  but  on  the  southern  and  west- 
ern coasts  the  air  is  tempered  by  the  Gulf  Stream.  Here  grasses 
grow  abundantly  and  furnish  food  for  large  numbers  of  horses, 
cattle,  and  sheep. 

53.  The  Icelanders  are  of  Norwegian  descent,  and  number 
about  64,000.  For  food,  occupation,  and  exports,  they  depend 
mainly  upon  their  fisheries  and  live  stock. 

54.  Herds  of  Reindeer,  imported  originally  from  Norway,  run 
wild  over  the  uninhabited  parts  of  the  island. 

55.  The  Capital  and  principal  settlement  is  Reikiavik  (n'ke-a- 
vik),  which  is  on  its  south-western  coast 

56.  f)raM'  an  outline  of  ^orth  America  ;  then  mark,  in  the 
folloH'iiig  ordei^—the  Mountains — hirers  atid  Lakes — Says 
and  Capes — Countries, 


MOXTEITH'S  l*a¥SICAL  AND  POLITICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


57 


Descriptive  §eography. 

1.  Hie  British  Provinces  of  Qtiebec  or  Lower  Canada,  and 
Ontario  or  Upper  Canada,  form  part  of  the  St  Lawrence  basin, 
which  is  drained  by  the  Great  Lakes  and  the  St.  Lawrence 
River. 

2.  The  Northern  Watershed  is  along  the  northern  boundary, 
and  the  principal  slope  is  southeastward- 

3.  The  Climate  is  excessive — colder  in  winter  and  hotter  in 
summer  than  in  the  same  latitudes  in  Europe.  This  is  particu- 
larly so  in  the  eastern  province,  where  the  winter  lasts  six  or 
seven  months  of  the  year. 

4.  The  Soil  is  generally  good ;  grain,  vegetables,  fruits,  and 
melons  are  raised. 

5.  Forests  cover  the  greater  part  of  the  surface,  and  contain 
trees  of  every  variety  ;  lumbering  and  shipbuilding  are  extensively 
carried  on. 

6.  T/ie  Principal  Exports  are  wheat  and  timber,  pot  and  pearl 
ashes. 

7.  Iron  is  abundant,  and  the  region  around  Lake  Superior  and 
Lake  Huron  is  famous  for  copper. 

8.  The  Wild  Animals  include  the  elk,  wolf,  bear,  wild  cat,  etc. 

9.  The  First  Inhabitants  of  Canada  were  Lidians.  Its  dis- 
covery by  Europeans  was  in  1535,  by  the  French,  under  Jacques 
Cartier,  who  found  Hochelaga,  an  Indian  town,  among  rich  corn- 
fields (where  Montreal  now  stands).  The  Indians  were  friendly, 
until  the  French  carried  off  one  of  their  kings.  For  many  years 
the  settlers  suffered  much  from  the  climate  and  the  natives. 

10.  Utese  Provinces  remained  in  possession  of  the  French 
more  than  two  centuries,  or  until  their  cession  to  Great  Britain  in 
1763,  which  followed  the  capture  of  Quebec  by  General  Wolfe. 

11.  The  Inhabitants  of  Quebec  are  mostly  of  French  origin  ; 
of  Ontario,  British.  The  French  language  is  spoken  in  the  former, 
and  English  in  the  latter. 

12.  Tlie  Dominion  of  Canada  Comprises  all  the  British  Prov- 
inces of  North  America,  except  Newfoundland.  They  have  a  par- 
liament and  a  governor-general 

13.  Each  of  those  Provinces  has  its  lientenaniHf^ovemor  and 
legislative  body,  Ijut  all  are  subject  to  Great  Britain. 

14.  The  Capital  is  Ottawa,  on  the  Ottawa  River  ;  the  metropo- 
lis is  Montreal,  on  Montreal  Island  ;  and  the  most  strongly  fortified 
city  in  America  is  QucIkjc  ;  both  are  situated  on  the  St.  Lawrence 
River,  and  are  in  more  southern  latitudes  than  the  European  cities 
of  London,  Paris,  or  Vienna. 

15.  The  other  Important  Cities  are  Toronto,  Hamilton,  and 
Kingston,  wliich  are  situated  on  Lake  Ontario.  Toronto  is  in 
nearly  the  same  latitude  as  Portland,  Idaho,  and  Eugene  City 
(United  States),  Nice  and  Florence  (Europe). 

16.  the  Xatural  Oftjrcts  nf  Interest  are  the  Falls  of  Niagara 
and  of  Montmorency,  the  Thousand  Isles,  the  Rapids  in  the  St. 
Lawrence,  and  the  high,  perpendicular  cliffa  of  the  Saguenay 
{^Sa/g-ehr<naxf)  River. 

17.  yEW  BRUy.SWICK:    Its  highlands  are  in  the  north 

and  north-west ;  its  principiJ  river  is  the  St.  John's,  on  which,  at 
the  head  of  steam  navigation,  is  Frederickton,  the  capital  of  the 
province. 

18.  Its  dense  Forests,  which  cover  the  greater  part  of  its  sur- 
face, and  its  numerous  inlets  from  the  Bay  of  Fundy  and  the  Gulf 
of  St.  Lawrence,  furnish  the  principal  exports — lumber,  fish,  and 
fish-oiL 


19.  Tlie  Metropolis  is  St  John,  noted  for  its  fine  harbor,  ship- 
building, lumber  trade  and  fisheries.  The  other  important  toAvns 
are  St.  Andrew's  and  Liverpool. 

20.  27ie  Bai/  of  Fundi/  is  remarkitble  for  its  extraordinary 
tides,  which  rise  suddenly, — in  some  places,  to  the  height  of  over 
60  feet 

21.  Neto  Brunstoick  and  Nova  Scotia,  originally  a  French 
colony,  under  the  name  of  Acadia,  or  New  France,  was  ceded  to 
Great  Britain  in  1713. 

22.  NOVA  SCOTIA  is  a  peninsula,  which,  with  Cape  Breton 
Island,  east  of  it,  fonus  one  of  the  British  Provinces. 

23.  Its  Forests  are  extensive,  rivers  short,  and  climate  excessive, 
with  heavy  fogs  along  the  Atlantic  coast  (see  p.  25,  par.  23 — 26). 

24.  Tlie  Valleys  in  Nova  Scotia  and  New  Brunswick  are  fertile, 
and  jdeld  good  crops  of  grain,  potatoes,  turnips,  &c. 

25.  Its  Exports  are  the  same  as  those  of  New  Brunswick,  with 
coal  and  grindstones,  fish  and  fish  oil. 

26.  Considerable  Attention  is  2*o,id  to  commerce  and  ship- 
building. 

27.  Ualifax,  the  capital  and  metropoUs,  has  one  of  the  finest 
harbors  in  the  world. 

28.  Among  the  other  Important  Totvns  are  Yarmouth,  Wind- 
sor, Pictou',  and  Sydney. 

29.  PBIXCE  EDWARD'S  ISLAND,  situated  in  the  south- 
em  part  of  the  Gulf  of  St  Lawrence,  is  noted  for  its  indented 
coast,  fine  farms  and  pastures,  and  its  healthful  climate. 

30.  Its  Capital  is  Charlottetown. 

31.  NEWFOUNDLAND,  an  island  larger  than  either  Scot- 
land or  Leland,  is  a  dreary  region,  composed  of  barrens,  marshes, 
and  lakes.  It  is  in  the  same  latitude  as  France  (see  page  36, 
paragraph  10). 

32.  It  is  Noted  for  long  winters  and  dense  sea  fogs. 

33.  Its  Waters  swarm  with  fish  ;  chiefly  cod,  salmon,  herrings, 
and  miMjkerel.  Seals  are  numerous.  Its  cod-fisheries  on  the  banks, 
souUi  and  south-east  of  the  island,  are  world  renowned.  Nearly 
all  the  inhabitants  are  engaged  either  in  catching  or  curing  fisL 

34.  Its  Exports  are  dried  fish,  fish-oil,  seal-skins,  and  seal-oiL 

35.  Its  only  Town  is  St  John,  the  capital,  which,  with  most  of 
the  villages,  is  situated  on  the  south-east  coast. 

36.  Ttie  Pojmlation  of  New  Brunsvrick,  Nova  Scotia,  New- 
foundland, and  Prince  Edward's  Island  consists  chiefly  of  emi- 
grants from  the  British  Isles,  or  their  descendants. 

37.  Newfonndland  Forms  a  distinct  colony,  under  a  governor 
appointed  by  the  British  Crown,  with  a  local  legislature. 

38.  It  was  Discovered  in  1497  by  John  Cabot  and  his  son  Se- 
bastian, who  sailed  from  England.  The  natives  were  wild  and 
unfriendly,  clothed  with  the  skins  of  animals,  and  painted  vyith 
reddish  clay. 

Newfoundland  is  said  to  have  Ix^n  firet  discovered  in  the  11th  century,  by 
the  early  colonists  of  Iceland  and  Qreenland.  Iceland  was  settled  in  the  9th 
century,  by  Norwegians. 

BBITISB    PBOrXKCEH. 


WAxas. 

rapui.ATio>. 

>AXBS. 

rpPDLATlOll. 

Ontario 

2,188,808 
1,422,546 
387,800 
396,449    1 

Newfoundla^ 

Prince  Ed  ware's  Island. 

British  Columbia 

Manitoba 

150,000 

Quebec 

95,000 
50,000 
12397 

New  Brunswick 

COMPARATIVE  TIME  OF  DAY. 


I     ■     I        !£ 


EXERCISES  ON  THE   MAP. 

Bound  the  UNITED  STATES.    What  is  the  capital  of  the  Republic  ? 

What  is  the  general  direction  of  the  Atlantic  Coast  ? 

What  is  the  direction  of  the  coast  of  Maine  ?  Massachusetts  ?  Of  that  from 
Long  Island  to  Cape  Charles  ?  Cape  Charles  to  Cape  Habteras  ?  Cape  Hat- 
teras  to  the  northern  boundary  of  Florida  ?     Of  the  eastern  coast  of  Florida  ? 

^Vhat  is  the  direction  of  the  Pacific  coast  from  Cape  Flattery  t6  Cape  Men- 
docino ?     Cape  Mendocino  to  Lower  California  ? 

What  p  irt  of  the  northern  boundary  is  furthest  north  !  On  what  parallel  of 
latitude  is  t^at  part  ?  What  European  city  near  that  paralle  ,'<    (See  Margin  of  Map.) 

Name  the  lakes  and  rivers  on  the  northern  boundary  ? 


Where  is  the  most  southern  part  of  the  northern  boundary  ? 

From  what  States  and  Territories  can  you  enter  British  America  witho 
crossing  a  lake  or  a  river  ? 

Wliat  State  is  in  the  central  part  of  the  Union  ? 

Which  is  the  most  north-eastern  State  ?  What  States  and  Territories  exte: 
further  north  than  Maine  ?    Than  the  most  southern  point  of  Canada  ? 

What  States  are  entirely  separated  from  British  America  by  lakes  and  rivei 

What  State  partly  separated  from  it  by  lakes  and  rivers  ? 

Mention  the  lakes  and  rivers  between  New  York  and  British  America. 

What  States  and  parts  of  States  form  peninsulas  ? 

What  fourteen  States  are  washed  by  the  waters  of  the  Atlantic  ? 

What  five  by  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  ?  What  States  and  Territories  by  the  Pacifi 


What  States  on  the  east  bank  of  the  Mississippi  ?    On  the  west  bank  ? 
What  States  on  the  north  bank  of  the  Oliio  ?    On  the  south  Bank  ? 
What  States  border  on  the  Missoun  River  ?    What  States  and  Territories  bor- 
on Mexico  ? 

What  States  are  greatest  in  j xtent  from  north  to  south  ?  From  east  to  west  ? 
What  is  the  greatest  latitude  of  the  northern  boundary  ?  Of  the  southern 
'tindary  ? 

Through  how  many  degrees  of  latitude  does  this  country  extend  ? 
Wliat  is  the  longitude  of  its  most  eastern  boundary,  reckoning  from  Washing- 
m  ?     Of  its  most  western  ?     Of  i»s  most  eastern  boundary,  reckoning  from 
reenwich  ?     Of  its  most  western  ? 
Through  how  many  degrees  of  longitude  does  this  country  extpnd  ? 


WTiat  cities  in  Europe  are  in  more  northern  latitude  than  Quebec  f  Than 
Montreal  ?     Than  Massachusetts  ? 

What  parallel  of  latitude  passes  over  Philadelphia  ?  What  Oapitajg  in  the 
United  States  on  or  near  that  parallel  ?  What  Capitals  in  the  Eastern  Hemi- 
sphere on  or  near  it  ? 

What  cities,  of  both  hemispheres,  are  situated  in  the  same  or  nearly  the  same 
latitude  as  New  York  ?   San  Francisco  ?   Nashville  ?    Savannah  ?   New  Orleans 't 

Name  the  places  in  the  United  States  which  have  the  same  latitude  as  Paris  ? 
Florence  ?     Madrid  1     Pckin  ?     Lisbon  ?     Gibraltar  ?     Morocco  ? 

Name  the  cities,  of  both  hemispheres,  which  are  situated  between  the  paral- 
lels of  28°  and  32°  north  latitude  ?  Between  32°  and  36°  t  Between  86°  and 
40°  ?     Between  40°  and  44°  ?     Between  44°  and  48°  ? 


Hiifsell  &  StrutherBjN.Y. 


F>w  tiut  names  of  thoee  cities  and  towns  represented  on  the  maps  by  numbers,  see  Appendix. 


Jlontcitli's  P. 


JLOy^TEITH'S  PHYSICAL  AXD  POLITICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


61 


EXERCISES  ON  THE   MAP. 

N"iinu<  tlic  Eastern  States,  commencing  with  the  largest. 

Which  have  sea  coast  ?     Which  border  on  tlio  British  Provinces  I 

Mention  the  bays  on  the  coast,  commencing  with  tlie  eastern  part. 

Whut  capes  on  the  coast  of  Maine  ?    Of  Miissachusetta  ? 

What  four  boundary  rivers  Lave  the  Eastern  States  ?  A^hat  boandary 
lake? 

Wliich  is  the  most  mountainous  of  the  eastern  States  ?  Name  the  moun- 
Sains. 

Bound  MAINE.    What  is  its  capital?    What  single  mountains  in  Maine  ? 

Into  what  do  the  rivers  in  the  northern  part  of  Maine  flow  ? 

Into  what  do  most  of  the  rivers  in  the  State  flow  1 

What  two  general  slopes  has  Maine  ? 

What  lakes  in  the  region  of  the  watershed  I 

In  what  part  of  Maine  are  its  largest  cities  and  towns  ?♦ 

Which  are  situated  on  the  sea  coast  ?     On  rivers  ? 

Bound  NEW  HAMPSHIRE.  Wliat  is  its  capiUU  What  moontains  in 
the  State  ? 

Which  is  the  highest  peak  of  the  Wliite  Mountains? 

Wliut  is  the  largest  river  in  New  Hampshire  ?     Largest  lake  t 

What  lake  in  the  north  t    On  the  north-eastern  boundary  ? 

In  what  part  of  the  State  are  its  largest  cities  and  towns  Y 

Wliat  three  on  the  Mcrrimac  ?     In  the  south-eastern  part  of  the  State  ? 

What  two  towns  in  the  south-west  ?  What  town  on  the  Connecticut 
west  of  the  Wliite  Mountains  ? 

Bound  VERMONT.    What  is  its  capital  t 

WTiat  mountains  constitute  the  watershed  of  Vermont  ? 

In  what  directions  does  the  land  slope  ? 

Where  is  the  land  more  elevated,  at  the  center  or  sides  f 

Into  what  do  the  rivers  of  Vermont  flow  ? 

Name  the  princi])al  cities  and  towns  in  the  State. 

Bound  MASSACHUSETTS.     What  is  its  capital  ? 

What  mountains  extend  through  the  State?  What  large  river  flows 
through  the  western  part  ?     The  north-eastern  part  ? 

Wliat  river  from  Massachusetts  flows  into  Rhode  Island  ?  What  two 
into  Connecticut  ? 

What  two  islands  south-east  of  the  State  ? 

What  cities  in  Massachusetts  on  the  Merrimac  ? 

What  cities  in  the  south-east !    In  the  west  ? 
cut  ?    On  the  Blackstone  River  ? 

Wliat  single  mountains  in  Massachusetts? 

Bound  CONNECTICUT.     What  is  its  capital? 

Wliat  rivers  flow  through  the  State  ?     Into  what  do  they  flow  ? 

In  what  state  is  the  source  of  the  Connecticut  River  ?    Of  the  Ilousatonic  ? 

In  what  direction  does  the  surface  of  Connecticut  slope  ? 

What  city  in  the  north  ?     East  ?     What  two  in  the  southern  part  ? 

Bound  RHODE  ISLAND.    What  are  its  capitals  ? 

What  large  bay  in  the  State  ?    What  river  flows  into  it  f 

In  what  State  is  the  source  of  the  Blackstone  River  ? 

Mention  the  principal  cities  in  Rhode  Island. 

On  what  island  is  Newport  situated  ?     Ana.  Rhode  L 

Draw  a  map  of  the  Eastern  States.    (See  Appendix.) 

ROUTES  OP  TRAVEL. 

On  what  waters  and  near  what  islands  would  you  sail  from  Portland  to 
New  Ilavou  ?  In  what  directions,  and  on  what  waters,  from  Hartford  to 
New  York  ?    New  York  to  Fall  River  I 

At  what  cities  do  several  railroads  meet  ? 

What  directions  would  you  take  and  what  cities  would  you  pass  in 
traveling  by  railroad  from  Boston  to  Hartford  ?  Boston  to  Albany  ?  Bos- 
ton to  Portland  ?  Portland  to  Montreal  ?  Montreal  to  Rutland  ?  Rutland 
to  Boston  » 

Refer  to  the  Scale  of  Miles  and  state  the  distance  in  a  straight  line 
from  Boston  to  New  York, — Boston  to  Albany, — Boston  to  Portland, — 
Portland  to  Mt.  Washington, — Jit.  Washington  to  Montreal.  (For  exer- 
ciaes  on  the  margins  of  the  map,  see  p.  102.) 


What  cities  in  the  east  ? 
What  on  the  Connecti- 


If  the  State  In  which   you   reside  be  represented  on  this  map,   the 

following  will  be  additional  exercises  : 

Give  the  direction  from  you  to  Boston, — Albany, — New  York, — Newport, — 
New  llaven, — Burlington, — Augusta, — Mt.  Washington.     Point  toward  each. 

Mention  all  the  cities  and  towns  in  the  northern  part  of  your  State, — in 
the  eastern, — southern, — western,— central  part. 

How  many  miles  from  you  to  the  capital  of  your  State  T  To  its  largest 
city  ?    (See  population  of  Cities  in  Reviete.) 

What  is  the  population  of  each  of  the  largest  cities  in  your  State  ? 

Name  all  the  cities  and  towns  on  the  map  within  fifty  miles  of  your  red- 
dence.  Name  those  in  Ixjtli  hemispheres  tliat  are  in  tho  sumo  latitude  as  the 
city  in  or  near  which  you  reside.    (See  Map  of  U.  &) 

Draw  a  map  of  your  State. 


CITIES  AND   TOWNS. 


WMere  ore  they  f      On  or  near  what  icoter*  T 


BOSTON,   tuf 
PROVIDENCE,    « 
NEW  HAVEN,    il 
LOWELL,    « 
HARTFORD,    n 
PORTLAND.    31 
CAMBRIDGE,    w 
LVNN,    w 
TAUNTON,    IS 
NEW  BEDFORD,    '■ 
WORCESTER.    ■•I 
(woMtar) 


SALEM,    ■>* 
MANCHESTER,    M 
LAWRENCE,    !• 
BANGOR,    18 
SPRINGFIELD,  n 
NORWICH,    II 
FALL  RIVER,    " 
NEWBURVPORT,    14 
BRIDGEPORT,    19 
GLOUCESTER,    « 
CALAIS, 


CONCORD,  12 
NEWPORT,   13 
NEW  LONDON, 
NASHUA,  10 
PORTSMOUTH, 
DOVER,  > 
RUTLAND, 
BATH,  8 
BURLINGTON, 
WATERBURV, 
HAVERHILL, 
Ikay'vtr-U.) 


MONTPELtER, 

PITTSFIELD, 

AUGUSTA, 

BELFAST. 

LUBEC, 

MIDDLEBURY, 

GARDINER, 

ST.  ALBANS, 

EASTPORT, 
BENNINGTON, 
MIDDLETOWN, 
WINCHESTER. 


MOUNTAINS. 

Where  are  they  f     In  what  dtrertione  do  the  ranges  extend  T 

Mt.  ■Washington?  ej*     Mt.  Saddleback  ?  4    Mt.  Katahdin  ?  sj 
White  Mts.  ?  «  Mt.  Everett?  n         Saddle  Mt.  ? 

Gkeen  Mts.?  *  Mt.  Wachu'sett?  2    Camel's  Hump?  4 


RIVERS. 


Wlierr  do  they  rite? 

Penobscot?  4 
Kennebec  ?  3 

AKDROSCOGeiN?  2 

Mebbimac? 

Connecticut?  b 

{kon-ntt'e-tuL) 


Bettreeti  trhni  and  through  tvhai  States  do  they  flow  i 
Into  what  wati'rti  do  thvy  flow  Y 


Aroostook  ? 
woolastook  ? 
La  Moille? 
St  John? 
housatonic  ? 

{hoo'ia-ton'ik^) 


St.  Francis? 
Otter  Creek? 
Salmon  Falls? 
Blackstone  ? 
St.  Ckoix? 

(•«n(  kroy') 


Sorel'? 

Onion? 

Saco? 

Thames? 

(UmM) 


LAKES. 

Where  are  they  titiiated  ?       What  are  their  outlets  f 

Moosehead?  Memphrema'goq  ?  Umba'oog? 

Winnxpiseoqee?  Champlain?  Chesun'cook? 

{uin-e-pesaWU.)  CONNECTICUT?  SCHOODIO? 

BAYS. 

Where  are  they  ?     Into  what  waters  do  they  open  Y 

Nabragansett?    Frenchman's?  Buzzard's?   Cape  Cod? 

Penobscot?  Long  Island  Sd.  ?    Casco?  Fundy? 

•  Railroads  ar«  ihown  bj  dotted  line*.  The  pnplla  may  Include  In  their  answers  to  all  snoh 
quesUona  the  names  only  of  those  Cttlea  and  Towns  which  appear  on  the  maps  In  black 
letters. 

The  nnmbers  In  Cities  and  Towns,  show  the  population,  in  Uumtands,  according  to  the  census 
on  370:  Boston,  aiW,BS6. 

Mamtwrs  In  lists  ofMooDtalns  show  holijht",  in  t/iomandt  o/ /at;  White  Mts.,  &S00  feet ;  thus* 
in  list  of  KlTere,  lengths  In  Kuitdrtdt  o/mUtt :  Connecticut  B.,  600  miles. 


C 


Eongltude  West    2    froni.'VVashiiiijton 


Monteith's  P. 


MONTEITH'S  PHYSICAL  AND  POLITICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


63 


EXERCISES   ON   THE   MAP. 

Bound  NEW  YORK.    What  part  borders  on  the  Atlantic  ocean  ? 

What  three  mountain  ranges  in  New  Yorlc  ? 

In  what  direction  does  the  land  west  of  the  Adirondacks  slope  ? 

Name  the  rivers  on  tliat  slope.     Into  wliat  do  they  empty  t 

What  large  river  has  its  source  on  the  east  side  of  the  Adirondacks  ? 

■\Vhat  river  flows  through  the  western  part  of  the  State  ?     The  eastern } 

What  large  tributary  has  the  Hudson  J 

What  tributary  of  the  Susquehanna  is  in  New  York  ? 

What  lakes  in  the  center  of  the  State  ?     By  what  are  they  drained  ? 

Is  the  level  of  Lake  Ontario  higher  or  lower  than  that  of  these  lakes  ? 

■\Vhat  two  islands  in  the  south-eastern  part  of  the  State  ? 

'What  water  north  of  Long  Island  ?     South  ? 

What  large  city  in  Long  Island  ? 

Name  the  cities  and  towns  on  the  Hudson,  commencing  at  its  mouth. 

What  towns  in  the  northern  part  of  the  State  ? 

What  cities  on  the  Central  l^lroad,  between  Albany  and  the  Niagara 
River  ?     What  city  at  the  eastern  extremity  of  Lake  Erie  ? 

What  river  and  canal  cross  each  other  at  Rochester  ? 

What  Canadian  town  opposite  Ogdensburg  ?  What  city  at  the  mouth 
of  the  Oswego  River  ?     [Canada  East  is  now  called  Qaeboc:  Canada  Woat,  Ontario,] 

Bound  PENNSYLVANIA.     Name  its  mountains  and  large  riTcra. 

In  what  direction  do  its  mountain  chains  extend  ? 

What  two  large  tributaries  of  the  Susquehanna  in  Pennsylvania  ? 

On  which  side  are  its  large  tributaries  ? 

By  what  rivers  is  the  land  east  of  the  Susquehanna  drained  ? 

What  cities  and  towns  between  the  Susquehanna  and  Delaware  Rivera. 

What  city  on  the  Delaware  opposite  Philadelphia  ? 

What  city  in  the  south-west  ?  What  three  rivers  form  a  junction  at 
Pittsburg?     What  city  in  Pennsylvania  on  Lake  Erie ? 

Has  Pennsylvania  any  sea  coast  f  What  rivers  and  bays  form  outlets  to 
the  ocean  ?     Where  are  the  great  coal  regions  ?     Where  is  the  oil  region  ? 

Bound  NEW  JERSEY.     What  part  is  mountainous  ? 

What  large  cities  in  the  north-east  ?    In  the  west  ?     Island  east  t 

What  cape  in  the  south  ?     What  on  the  eastern  coast  \ 

Bound  DELAWARE.     What  city  in  its  northern  part  ? 

With  what  city  in  Pennsylvania  is  it  intimately  connected  t 

What  two  lines  of  communication  between  them? 

What  city  near  the  center  of  the  state  ! 

What  cape  on  its  coast }     What  cape  opposite  Cape  Henlopen  ? 

Bound  MARYLAND.  What  bay  almost  divides  the  State  into  two 
separate  parts  ?     On  wliich  side  of  the  bay  is  the  greater  portion  t 

Where  are  the  mountainous  districts  of  Maryland  J 

What  two  cities  on  the  western  shore  of  Chesapeake  Bay  ? 

What  tract  of  land  on  the  Potomac  lielongs  exclusively  to  the  General 
Government  ? 

Bound  the  DISTRICT  OF  COLUMBIA.  What  important  city  does  it 
contain  7 

Bound  VIRGINIA.    Wliat  mountains  extend  through  the  State  f 

What  mountains  on  the  south-western  boundary  ? 

What  rivers  east  of  the  Alleghany  Mountains  ? 

Bound  WEST  VIRGINIA.     What  is  its  capital  ? 

By  what  rivers  is  the  land  west  of  the  Alleghany  Mountuns  drained  ? 

Name  the  principal  cities  in  Virginia.     In  West  Virginia. 

Where  is  the  oil  region  t  Wkere  are  the  salt  works  ?  The  warm  and  th« 
Sulphur  Springs  ? 


What  cities  and  capes  would  you  pass  in  sailing  from  Albany  to  Phil- 
adelphia ?     From  Philadelphia  to  Baltimore  ? 

What  two  railroad  routes  from  Jersey  City  to  Elmira  ?  Richmond  to 
Lynchburg  ?     Ogdensburg  to  New  York  ? 

What  is  the  shortest  route  from  New  York  to  Richmond  ?  From 
New  York  to  Montreal  ?    From  Ilarrisburg  to  Norfolk  ? 

AVhat  canal  affords  means  of  navigation  lietwesn  Lakes  Erie  «nd 
Ontario  f    Ana.  Welland  Canal. 

Refer  to  the  Scale  of  Miles,  and  give  the  distance,  in  a  straight  line, 
from  Philadelphia  to  Ilarrisburg.  From  New  York  to  Washington. 
Washington  to  RichmoncL  Baltimore  to  Wheeling.  New  York  to  Mont- 
real.   (For  exercises  on  the  margins  of  the  map,  see  page  102.) 

If  the  State  in  which  you  reside  be  represented  on  this  map,  the 
following  will  be  additional  exercises  : 

Give  the  direction  from  you  of  Washington, — Philadelphia, — Now  York, — 
Albany, — Montreal, — ?Jiagara  Falls, — Richmond.     Point  toward  each. 

Mention  all  the  cities  and  towns  in  the  northern  imrt  of  your  Stato.  In  the 
eastern, — southern, — western, — central  part. 

How  many  miles  from  you  to  the  capital  of  your  Stato  t 

Name  all  the  places  on  the  map  within  fifty  miles  of  the  city  or  town  in  or 
near  which  you  reside.  Name  the  cities  of  both  hemispheres  that  are  in  the 
same  latitude  as  that  in  or  near  which  you  reside,    {ike  Map  of  U.  S.) 

Draw  a  map  of  your  State. 

What  is  the  population  of  the  largest  cities  in  your  Stat*  ? 


R  E  V  I  E  AV. 

CITIES    AND    TOWNS. 


Whrre  attuatmd  f    On  or  n«ar  irfuU  waters  i 


NEW  VORK,   MI- 
PHILADELPHIA,    «'« 
BROOKLYN.    :»« 
BALTIMORE,    MI 
BUFFALO,    in 
NEWARK,    IM 
ALBANY,    '0 
WASHINGTON,    IW 
PITTSBURG,    «• 
ROCHESTER,    •> 
TROV.   46 


RICHMOND,    »1 
JERSEY  CITY,    t$ 
ALLEGHENY,    H 
SYRACUSE,    4> 
READING.    34 
UTICA,    '.» 
WILMINGTON,    »1 
PATERSON.    « 
PETERSBURG,    19 
LANCASTER,    so 
TRENTON,    83 


OSWEGO,   » 

KINGSTON, 

NEWBURG, 

NORFOLK, 

POUQHKEEPSIE. 

CAMDEN. 

WHEELING, 

HARRISBURQ, 

POTTSVILLE, 

ERIE, 

SCRANTON, 


ELMIRA, 
WATERTOWN, 
OGDENSBURG. 
LYNCHBURG, 

PLATTSBURG, 

ROME, 

DOVER, 

PARKERSBURG, 

DUNKIRK, 

CHARLESTON. 


MOUNTAINS. 

Wher*i  are  Ihry?     In  trhat  liirfdtonjt  rfo  th*ry  nttendf 

Alleghany?     CuMBERLA>rD?    Lackel  Ridge?      Catskiix? 
Adirondack?   Blue  Eidge?    Chestnut  Ridge?   Highlands? 

RIVERS. 

Whert  do  they  rite  ?     Ketuteen  lehal,  or  through  trtuU  Htatem  do  they  flow  f 
Into  what  icatera  do  they  flow  f 


Susquehanna?  m 
St.  Lawrence?  tj 
mononqahela  ?  3 
Rappahannock    u 


Shenandoah  ? 
Delaware?  a 
Alleghany  ?  3 
Genesee?  u 


Great  Kanawha?  »  Juniata ? 


Pamunky  ?  Oswego  ? 

Big  Sandy?  Ohio?  9 

Hudson?  s  York? 

Potomac  ?  5  Mohawk?  ij 

NuGABA  ?  Racket  ? 


ROUTES    OF    TRAVEL. 

What  directions  would  you  take,  and  what  cities  would  yon  pass,  in 
traveling  by  railroad  from  New  York  to  Rome  ?  From  Rome  to  Niagara 
Falls  ?    From  Rochester  to  Cleveland  ?    From  New  York  to  Dunkirk  ? 

Wliat  cities  do  you  pass,  and  what  rivers  do  you  cross,  in  traveling  by 
railroad  from  New  York  to  Washington  ? 

From  Philadelphia  to  Pittsburg  ?     From  Pittsburg  to  Niagara  Falls  ?      | 

From  Wheeling  to  Baltimore  ?    From  Dover  to  Trenton  ?  I 


LAKES. 

Where  are  they  ?     What  are  their  outlets  T 

Champlain?  130J        George?  M       Cayuga?  ss        Erie?2«o 
Ontario?  190  Oneida?  20        Owasco?  12        Huron ?2«o 

SkENEATELES?   16  SlMC0E?2T 


*  The  popalation  in  tAoutandt,  according  to  C«n<ns  of  19T0. 

t  Numbers  In  list  of  rivers  show  length  In  hurulreds  ofmiUt.    Ohio  Klver— 900  miles  long. 

X  Thoaa  in  list  of  lakes  show  whole  length.     Lake  Champlain— ISO  miles  long. 


vol 

.   I, 


HI 


zi3 


<z-.  ■■ 


2     :■ 


0  /    ; 


MO:STEITH'S  PHYSICAL  AlfD  POLITICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


65 


m 
o 

Eh 
< 

l-H 

n 
O 


.  K 

uj  o     . 

O  0.  z 

H  HI  o 

i"  >  to  Ui 

OC  UJ  -  - 


CO 

2  (3   z 
"05 

goo 

£  <  UJ 
S  I-  o 

3  H   a 


[I 
h 
k 


O  0:  o  5  -■  <  o 
I  <  O  o  I  Oj 
CO  ->  «  o  u  o 


3   2 


I 
I- 


00 


s^  i  I? 

O    H    O    O  •11 

O  eg  wo  i 


■fe 


oji 


z  .. 

O   " 


<-^" 


-J  -J  -J  ^  s  z   s 


.  .  J  o  S  S  5 

C  I-  o  < 
S  <  o 


_  ^ 

UJ    u    ^ 


:  o  S  z  a  >  Ij 


_]   o 
<  z 

I-  J.: 


(- 

O  o 

=  1 

UI  3 

CD  S 


M 


z 
o 

I- 


s  s 


o 


u  I 

->  Q. 

m  S 

O  UJ 


-   UJ  -' 
.     .  5=   *> 


rf  — J 

i  >  X  m  "  2  O 

<  I  O  =  5  3  UJ 

>  m  H  O  S  -J  -J 

<  <  <  3  2  O  < 
CO  z  z  <  2  u  q: 


00  S- 


1  i3  j^ 


\    \     t 


^0^a.A'%?'m^fMuL    -ifZZ^'^i^ppe^^  rink. 

-^^^ ^ ->vi    i.Mi,  --^^-^au  Claire  ja;' ' 


-JO  SiduSs  Ageife,         y        b  ^ 


-^^''S  I 


II, 


n 


■'^Sew 


K^ .'p_.«_EllueEartR|fcity     " 


;  gFariBaurt  ^^5*  /    > 

ipwa^onna  ^C'"'      ^"'' 

-°^!.^ ^yvinoi^ 

Rochester" 


La  Crasse^V'" 


Dako..^,      M°^;^, 


.  /  J^Jl^-^fla  }'- ^careen  aay 

'         20o«///     ^^%S?    t     \i21  /f  ^ 


^^4aver-^',2.i>r--^^V, 


,     ?        V^S^aV  FMinera/~    .■'       I     ^  VX-^.'Sr''^  ul 

^WavW^-i^jiA   o„'V    ,>*      ieme^:fV^ 


.^-^ 


i2e  >  30     ^2Sy,-.3'o 


or" 


fearney ' 


'^ll*^^y''''^i'GMAj^.  ".o-/ ( o_  °">-^02., 

\6Saline\  ^1\ — "   J — ^"T'T — " 


^.v^^"''^ 


'"o  °"(|Salina' 


DixonVj 
P  inceton 


B'ltpwnivill^ 


■^t- 


lo 
Solomon^. 


/fe^ 


A'd, 


.■.ec^< 


^ — ■— ^   1855£?\ ;?3 L_,ofc5^^s:*v'    ...'>i^>f-«"''spendeace         o 


^?A^Mt.PlWAt   Gat^sburg 


4— ^y-£J;M^a}^on 


_.^ ^ ,     ,  -.:tchi( 

^^-^""^    '  LI 


>l^vtfe  30/  _  !' °>..8t,cfej^>^    /  ^    /^"      AU.0      „,^ 


■4 ^^^^^^^e^^F^S^     ?toV'^ 


SK.l»' 

-*>Cpiis 


^^Kl; 


/Pan> 


Mx* 


'Centralia     \     ]^      jqvj 
04\  '""  "^ 


«>%2     /MV\t#dersonj   . 


EXERCISES    ON    THE    MAP. 

What  State  has  the  greatest  extent  of  lake  coast  ? 

What  States  border  on  Lake  Superior?   Lake  Michigan?    Lake  Erie? 

What  bay  opens  into  Lake  Michigan?    \Vhat  two  into  Lake  Huron? 

Which  of  these  lakes  is  the  most  elevated?  What  river  receives  their 
■nrplus  water?    (See  illustration,  i>age  31.) 

Through  what  strait  does  water  flow  from  Lake  Michigan  ?  Through  what 
river  from  Lake  Huron  ?    From  Lake  St.  Clair? 

By  wliat  three  rivers  are  these  States  mostly  drained  T 

Wliat  land  is  drained  by  the  great  lakes  ? 

In  what  Western  States  are  railroads  most  numerous  ? 

What  three  States  on  this  map  are  on  the  west  side  of  the  Mississippi  T 
What  three  on  the  e^t  aide,  or  left  bank  ?  What  three  on  the  right  bank  at 
the  Ohio  ? 

Name  the  boundary  rivers  of  theee  StatM. 

Bound  OHIO.    What  is  its  capital  ? 

In  what  two  general  directions  does  the  land  of  Ohio  slope  T 

What  rivers  on  its  northern  slope  ?    Southern  t 

What  two  cities  in  Ohio,  on  Lake  Erie  ? 

If  you  cross  Lake  E>ie  from  these  cities,  what  land  would  you  reaeh  1 

What  city  near  the  western  extremity  of  the  lake  ? 

Mention  the  largest  river  shown  on  this  map. 

What  cities  in  Kentucky  opposite  Cincinnati  ? 

What  cities  south-west  of  the  capital  of  Ohio  ? 

What  city  on  the  Maumee  ?    On  the  Muskingum  ? 

Bound  INDIANA.    What  is  its  capiul  ?    What  rivers  in  Indiana  t 

What  comer  of  the  State  is  vrashed  by  Lake  Michigan  7 

What  large  city  In  the  south-west  ? 

What  large  cities  on  the  Wabash  River?    Ohio  River? 

Wliat  city  in  the  north-eastern  part  of  Indiana  ? 

Wliat  two  cities  in  Ohio  are  nearest  Indiana])olis  7 

What  two  in  Kentucky  nearest  Indianapolis  ? 

What  large  city  in  Indiana  nearest  Louisville  ? 

Bound  ILLINOIS.  What  is  its  capital?  What  rivers  flow  into  the  Mi«- 
sissippi  ?    Into  the  Wabash  ? 

What  city  in  Illinois  on  Lake  Michigan?  What  other  large  cities  in  the 
northern  part  of  the  State  ? 

What  cities  on  the  Wabash  River?    What  city  louth-eaat  of  Peoria ? 

What  city  at  the  mouth  of  Rock  River  ? 

What  city  in  Iowa  opposite  Rock  Island  ? 

What  city  on  the  Mississippi  west  of  Springfield  ?    Southwest  ? 

What  large  city  in  Missouri  near  Alton  ? 

In  what  parts  of  Illinoia,  Wisoonain,  and  Iowa  are  celebrated  lead  mines ! 

Bound  MICHIGAN.     Wliat  is  its  capital  ? 

What  mines  near  Lake  Superior  1    Name  the  rivers  of  Michigan. 

Into  how  many  parts  is  Michigan  divided  ?    Which  is  the  larger  part  ? 

What  large  city  in  the  south-east  ?    What  dty  in  Ohio  nearest  Detroit  ? 

What  city  on  the  Kalamazoo  River?  What  two  on  the  Qrand?  On  the 
Saginaw  River? 

Bound  WISCONSIN.    What  is  its  capital  ?    Name  its  principal  cities. 

What  cities  on  Lake  Michigan  ?    On  Lake  Winnebago  ? 

Wliat  are  its  rivers  ?     What  lake  in  the  eastern  part  of  the  State  ? 

Bound  MINNESOTA.     What  is  its  capital  ?     Name  its  principal  cities. 

On  what  river  are  they  ?     What  river  has  its  source  in  Itasca  Lake  ? 

Name  the  lakes  in  Minnesota. 

What  rivers  in  Minnesota  flow  into  the  Mississippi  ?  What  boundary  river 
north  ?    North-west  ? 

Bound  IOWA.  What  is  its  capital?  Name  its  principal  cities  and 
towns. 

In  what  direction  does  the  land  slope  ?  Name  the  rivers  of  Iowa.  Into 
what  do  they  flow  ?     What  city  in  the  lead  district  ? 

Bound  MISSOURI.    What  is  its  capital  ?    Name  its  principal  dties. 

What  rivers  in  Missouri  ?     Mountains  ?    Mines  ? 

Bound  KENTUCKY.     What  is  its  capital  ?    Name  its  principal  cities. 

By  what  rivers  is  Kentucky  drained  ?    Into  what  do  they  flow  ? 

In  v^at  mountains  do  many  of  its  rivers  rise  ? 

For  "  Review  "  and  "  Routes  of  Travel  "  see  Appendix. 


70 


MOXTElTtl  H   PHYSICAL  AND  POLITICAL   OEOGRAPHY. 


Descriptive  §eography. 

1.  THE  UNITED  STATES:  This  Republic  comprises  38 
States  and  10  Territories,  besides  the  District  of  Columbia,  in 
which  Washington,  the  capital,  is  situated. 

2.  Its  Extent  from  east  to  west  is  about  2,800  miles,  and  from 
north  to  south,  about  1,600  miles.  Its  area  is  over  3,000,000 
square  miles,  not  including  Alaska,  which  covers  over  400,000 
square  miles. 

3.  The  Largest  State  is  Texas,  which  is  about  half  the  size  of 
Alaska,  the  largest  Territory. 

4.  T/ie  Greater  rortion  of  the  United  States  is  generally  level 
or  undulating.  The  high  region  comprises  the  western  third  of 
its  area. 

5.  The  Great  Mountain  Chains  are  the  Eocky  Mountains, 
the  Sierra  Nevada,  and  the  Cascade  Range. 

6.  The  Hii,  '-est  Peaks  are  over  15,000  feet  above  the  level  of 
the  sea. 

7.  The  Mountains  in  the  Eastern  part  are  the  Alleghany  or 
Appalachian  System,  which  extends  from  Northern  Alabama  and 
Georgia  to  Northern  Maine.  Thej'  comprise  the  Cumberland, 
Blue  Ridge,  Catskill,  and  Green  Mountains.  Their  height  is  about 
one-fourth  that  of  the  Eocky  Mountains. 

8.  The  Rocky  and  Alleghany  Mountains  Divide  the  United 
States  into  three  great  physical  regions — the  Pacific  Slope,  be- 
tween the  Rocky  Mountains  and  the  Pacific  Ocean  ;  the  Atlantic 
Slope,  between  the  Alleghany  Mountains  and  the  Atlantic  Ocean  ; 
and  the  Basin  of  the  Mississippi  Eiver. 

9.  Besides  these  are  the  Gulf  Slope,  the  St.  Lavsrence  Basin 
(including  the  Great  Lakes),  and  that  part  of  the  Eed  Eiver  Basin 
which  is  ia  Minnesota  and  Dakota. 

10.  West  of  the  Sierra  Kevada  and  the  Cascade  Eange  are 
fertile  valleys  in  California,  Oregon,  and  Washington  Territory. 

11.  A  large  portion  of  the  High  Iteyion  is  dry  and  barren, 
particularly  the  Great  Basin  in  Nevada  and  Utah  ;  but  its  river 
valleys  are  fertile  and  productive. 

12.  The  Pacific  Slope  is  rich,  principally  in  its  mineral  pro- 
ducts ;  the  Mi;:,-'issippi  Basin  and  Gulf  Slope,  in  their  agricultural 
products  ;  and  the  Atlantic  Slope,  in  its  manufactures,  commerce, 
agi-icultural  and  pastoral  products. 

13.  The  Mountains,  generally,  are  covered  with  valuable  tim- 
ber, and  nearly  every  State  and  Territory  has  its  productive  farms, 
pastures,  and  manufactories. 

14.  This  Country  Possesses  nearly  every  variety  of  cHmate, 
soil,  and  productions.  This  is  due  to  its  great  extent,  its  position 
on  the  globe,  and  the  difference  in  elevation  of  the  various  parts 
of  its  surface. 

15.  The  Climate  varies  according  to  the  latitude,  elevation, 
and  the  influences  of  the  ocean  and  the  mountain  ranges. 

16.  Iti  the  North-east  the  •winters  are  long  and  severe  ;  the 
summers,  hot  and  short. 

17.  In  the  South  the  summers  are  hot  and  the  winters  mild. 

18.  Along  the  Pacific  Coast  it  is  not  so  cold  in  winter,  nor  so 
hot  in  summer,  as  on  the  Atlantic  coast,  in  corresponding  latitudes 
(see  page  37,  paragraphs  21,  22,  23,  24,  25,  and  38). 

19.  In  Minnesota  and  Westward  to  the  Eocky  Mountains 
the  winters  are  extremely  cold,  but  remarkably  dry  and  healthful. 

20.  Rain  is  abundantly  supplied  to  the  States  between  the 
Mississippi  River  and  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  by  vapors  from  the  Gulf 
and  the  Gulf  Stream  ;  and  to  those  between  the  Sierra  Nevada 
and  the  Pacific  Coast,  by  vapors  from  the  warm  current  of  the  | 


Pacific  Ocean  ;  hence  the  fertility  of  these  sections.  Between  them 
is  the  high  region,  where,  in  some  places,  rain  but  seldom  falls, 
and  the  soil,  consequently,  yields  little  or  no  vegetation. 

21.  The  Desert  Regions  of  the  United  States  r.re  east  of  the 
Sierra  Nevada,  Cascade,  and  the  Eocky  Mountains,  the  west  winds 
being  deprived  of  their  moisture  before  passing  over  the  moun- 
tains (see  page  34,  paragraphs  41,  47,  48). 

22.  The  Agricultural  Products  of  the  noi-them  half  of  the 
United  States  are  grain,  fruits,  and  garden  vegetables ;  of  the 
southern  half,  cotton,  tobacco,  rice,  and  sugar. 

23.  Celebrated  for— 

Wheat,  are  Illinois,  Iowa,  Ohio,  Indiana,  &  Wisconsin  ; 
Indian  Corn,  Illinois,  Iowa,  Ohio,  and  Missouri  ; 
Manufactures,  the  States  N.  of  the  Potomac  ; 
Gold  and  Quicksilver,  California  r 
Coal  and  Iron,  Pennsylvania  ; 
Silver,  Nevada  ; 

Copjier,  Michigan  ; 

24.  Cotton,  the  Gulf  States,  with  N.  and  S.  Car.,  Tenn.  ajid  Ark. ; 

Wool,  California,  Ohio,  New  York,  Mich.,  and  Penn. ; 
Tobacco,  Kentucky,  Virginia,  and  Tennessee  ; 
Commerce,  New  York  and  Massachusetts  ; 
Cane  Sugar,  Louisiana  ; 
Rice,  South  Carolina  ; 

Shipbuilding,  Maine. 

25.  This  Republic  Covers  an  area  more  than  nine  times  as 
large  as  that  of  the  oxigiual  thirteen  States,  which,  previous  to  the 
4th  of  July,  1776,  were  British  colonies.  Texas,  with  all  that  por- 
tion of  the  United  States  northwest  to  Oregon  and  the  Pacific,  was 
ceded  to  the  United  States  by  Mexico,  in  1848.  The  remaining 
portion  which  lies  between  the  Mississippi  River  and  the  Pacific 
Ocean,  was  ceded  by  France,  in  1803  ;  Florida  was  ceded  by 
Spain,  in  1819,  and  Alaska  by  Russia,  in  1867. 

26.  The  Original  Inhabitants  were  Indians ;  the  white 
people,  who  form  the  bulk  of  the  pojjulation,  are  Europeans  by 
birth  or  descent,  and  these  are  mainly  of  British  or  Irish  extrac- 
tion ;  next,  are  the  Germans,  French,  end  Swedes.  The  colored 
inhabitants  are  of  African  descent.  The  Chinese  are  numerous  on 
the  Pacific  Slope. 

27.  The  First  Settlements  were  in  Florida,  in  1565  ;  Virginia, 
in  1607  ;  New  York,  in  1614  ;  and  Massachusetts,  in  1620. 

28.  The  General  Government  comprises  the  President  and 
Congress.  Congress  is  composed  of  a  Senate  and  a  House  of 
Representatives. 

29.  The  President  is  elected  for  four  years. 

30.  Each  State  is  Entitled  to  two  Senators,  who  hold  office 
six  years.  The  number  of  its  Representatives,  whose  term  of 
office  is  two  years,  is  according  to  its  population. 

31.  The  whole  number  of  Representatives  from  the  37  States, 
in  1870,  is  291  ;  which,  for  a  total  population  of  38,925,528,  is  one 
Representative  for  every  133,000  inhabitants.  Each  State  is  en- 
titled to,  at  least,  one  Representative.  Each  Territory  is  allowed 
one,  but  he  has  no  vote. 

32.  The  States  having  the  largest  number  of  Representatives 
are  :  New  York,  33 ;  Pennsylvania,  27  ;  Ohio,  20  ;  Illinois,  19. 

33.  Eacli,  State  is  independent  in  the  management  of  its  inter- 
nal affairs  (see  page  48). 

34.  The  ITn/ited  States  surpasses  every  other  counti-y  in  the 
world  in  its  mineral  and  agricultural  resources,  in  the  extent 
of  its  rivers,  canals,  and  railroads,  in  the  entei-prise  of  its  peoj)le, 
in  religious  and  political  freedom  and  jirivileges,  in  its  support  of 
public  instruction,  and  in  the  influence  of  the  press. 


THE  NORTH-EASTEBN  AJfD   THE  MIDDLE  ATLANTIC   STATES. 


71 


1.  THE  XEW  ENOLAND  or  North-eastern  States  occupy 
the  north-eastern  part  of  the  Union.     (See  map  on  page  60.) 

2.  Tliey  arc  in  the  same  Latitudes  as  Oregon  and  Southern 
1  I  ance.  (For  their  comparative  climates,  see  page  37,  paragraphs 
■21.  24,31,  33,  and  38.) 

3.  Their  Charaeteristies  are  their  rugged  surface,  their  vast 
forests  of  pine,  hemlock,  spruce,  etc.  ;  their  numerous  streams  and 
waterfalls,  which  furnish  abundant  water-power  ;  and  their  long, 
severe  winters. 

4.  Consequently,  they  are  not  well  adapted  to  agriculture,  but 
are  celebrated  for  their  manufactures,  their  lumber  trade  and 
•shipbuilding,  live  stock,  and  dairy  products.  Their  fisheries  and 
coasting  trade  are  also  important.     (See  p.  37,  par.  33.) 

5.  The  Principal  Mountains  are  the  Green  Mountains,  so 
called  from  the  evergreen  forests  which  cover  them,  and  the  White 
Mountains,  which  are  white  with  snow  during  most  of  the  year. 

6.  The  miite  Mountains  are  celebrated  for  their  wild  and  pic- 
turesque scenery. 

7.  The  Highest  of  the  White  Mountains  are, — Mount  Wash- 
ington, over  6,000  feet.  Mounts  Jefferson,  Adams,  Madison,  and 
Monroe,  each  over  5,000  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea.  Mount 
Katahdin,  in  Maine,  is  also  over  5,000  feet  high. 

8.  The  Largest  River  is  the  Connecticut,  whoso  valley  is  cele- 
brated for  its  fertile  soil  and  beautiful  landscapes. 

9.  Maine  Covers  about  one-half  the  area  of  New  England,  and 
excels  every  other  State  in  tho  Union  in  the  iiuijortance  of  its 
shipbuilding. 

10.  Its  itumcrous  Streams  afford  tho  means  for  floating  its 
timber,  and  abundant  water-power  for  sawing  it  into  lumber  (see 
page  30,  pai-agraph  49). 

11.  Its  CapitAil  is  Augusta,  at  the  head  of  sloop  navigation  on 
the  Kennebec  River,  and  its  metropolis  is  Portland,  which  is  cele- 
brated for  its  fine  harbor  and  important  railroad  connections  with 
Canada  and  the  Statea 

12.  A  ViUage  or  a  City  is  located,  usually  with  rtference 
to  some  Tiatural  features  ;—on  a  bay  or  harbor,  where 
ships  may  enter  and  anchor  safely ;  on  a  river,  for  the 
purpose  (^  navigation  and  trade;  on  a  certain  part  of  a 
river,  as  the  head  of  navigation.,  or  just  below  a  waterfall 
or  rapids  where  water-power  for  manuf oritur  ing  purposes 
may  be  obtained;  at  or  near  tJie  junction  of  two  or  more 
rivers ;  near  mines  or  quarries  ;  at  the  end  of  a  lake,  or 
at  a  mountain  pass.  In  the  old  world  many  villages  and 
towns  were  built  in  places  almost  inaccessible,  tJuit  they 
might  be  easily  defended  against  the  attacks  of  enemies. 

13.  Tlui  Surface  of  Maine,  Vermont,  and  New  Hampshire  is 
more  rugged  and  mountainous  than  that  of  Massachusetts,  Con- 
necticut, and  Rhode  Island. 

14.  The  Manufacturing  States  are  Massachusetts,  Connecti- 
cut, New  Hampshire,  and  Rhode  Island. 

15.  Vermont  is  mainly  a  grazing  and  agricultural  State. 

16.  Tlie  Capitals  of  New  Hampshire  and  Vermont  are  Concord 
and  MontpoUer,  and  their  chief  cities,  Manchester  «ud  Burlington. 

17.  Massachusetts  Excels  every  other  State  in  the  Union  in  its 
manufactures  of  cotton  and  woolen  goods,  and  in  its  whale  and 
cod  fisheries. 

18.  It  is  Second  to  Maine  in  shipbuilding,  and  to  New  York  in 
commerce. 

19.  Its  Capital  and  Metropolis  is  Boston,  the  largest  city  in 
New  England  ;  next  in  size  in  the  State  are  Worcester,  Lowell, 
Cambridge,  Lawrence,  and  Charlestown.     Boston  is  in  nearly  the 


same  latitude  as  Detroit  and  Dubuque,  in  the  United  States,  and 
as  Rome,  in  Italy. 

20.  In  Connecticut  and  Rhotle  Island  the  winters  are  shorter 
and  less  severe  than  in  the  other  New  England  States. 

21.  TIis  Principal  Cities  in  Connectictit  are  New  Haven, 
Hartford,  Bridgeport^  Norwich,  Norwalk,  and  Waterbury.  The 
principal  cities  in  Rhode  Island  are  its  capitals.  Providence  and 
Newport 

22.  Providence  is  the  second  city  in  size  in  New  England.  It 
is  situated  at  the  head  of  navigation  on  Narragansett  Bay. 

23.  Xeufport  has  an  excellent  harbor,  and  is  one  of  the  most 
celebrated  watering  plivces  in  the  United  States. 

24.  Tlie  Legislature  of  Connecticut  meets  in  Hartford  and 
New  Haven  each  year,  alternately  ;  of  Rhode  Island,  in  Provi- 
dence, in  winter,  and  in  Newport,  in  summer. 

25.  The  People  of  New  England  are  chiefly  of  English  descent. 
The  first  settlement  was  made  at  Plymouth,  by  the  Pilgrim 
Fathers,  December  22,  1620. 

MAT    DtRAWIJVG. 

26.  To  draw  a  map  of  a  State,  begin  at  its  north-west  cor- 
ner, and  proceed  easterly,  then  sontJierly,  then  westerly, 
and  northerly  to  the  point  of  beginning. 

Then  draw  the  mountains,  the  rivers,  lakes,  bays,  capes, 
cities,  and  taiims. 

Draw  only  those  rivers  which  are  rmmed  on  the  map, 
and,  those  cities  and  tovons  which  appear  in  capital  letters. 

Where  there  is  not  space  sufficient  for  the  whole  name, 
mark  its  first  syllable  or  first  letter.  The  New  England 
States  may  be  divided,  and  drawn  on  three  different  maps, 
being  three  separate  lessons,  viz. :  1st.  Maine ;  M.  New 
Hampshire  and  Vermont;  3d.  Massachusetts ;  Uh.  Con- 
necticut and  Rhode  Island.      (See  map  Drawho  in  the  Appendix.) 

27.  THE  MIDDLE  ATLANTIC  STATES  are  New  York, 

Virginia,  and  the  intervening  States.     (See  map  on  page  62.) 

28.  Tliey  Extend  between  300  and  400  miles  from  the  Atlantic 
coast 

29.  The^f  are  all  Mountainous  except  Delaware,  and  have  two 
principal  slopes  ;  one  eastward  to  the  Atlantic,  the  other  west- 
ward to  the  Ohio. 

30.  Tlic  Mountains  are  disposed  in  separate  ranges,  between 
which  are  fertile  valleys.  Their  distance  from  the  coast  is  greatest 
in  Northern  Georgia,  about  250  miles  ;  and  least  in  New  York  and 
New  Jersey,  about  50  miles. 

31.  Eastward  from  the  Mountains,  and  midway  to  the  coast, 
is  a  hilly,  fertile,  and  delightful  country ;  while  between  the  hiU 
country  and  the  coast  it  is  generally  low,  with  marshes  and  sandy 
islands  along  the  coast. 

32.  Between  the  Hudson  and  the  Potomac  are  States  rich  in 
agriculture,  manufactures,  and  commerce  ;  whUo  south  of  tho  Po- 
tomac are  those  celebrated  for  the  wealth  of  their  agricultural 
products. 

33.  NEW  YORK  is  in  the  same  latitude  as  Oregon,  Northern 
California,  Northern  Spain,  and  Southern  France. 

34.  About  one-half  of  its  Surface  is  in  the  St.  Lawrence 
Basin  ;  the  other  half  is  drained  by  the  Hudson,  Delaware,  Sus- 
quehanna and  Alleghany  Rivers,  and  the  streams  which  flow  into 
Lake  Champlain. 

35.  Its  Mountains  and  rich  pastures  are  in  the  east ;  its  level 
and  agricultural  lands,  in  the  west 


72 


MONTEITH'S  PHYSICAL  AND  POLITICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


36.  Near  the  Centre  are  several  lakes,  celebrated  for  their  beau- 
tiful scenery. 

37.  In  the  North-east  is  a  wild,  mountainous  region,  abound- 
ing in  forests  and  lakes. 

38.  In  tlie  Soutti-east  are  its  two  important  islands.  Long 
Island  and  Stateu  Island. 

39.  The  Highest  Motintaitis  are  the  Adirondacks — their  high- 
est peak,  Mt.  Marcy,  being  over  5,000  feet  high — and  the  Catskills, 
between  3,000  and  4,000  feet  high. 

40.  Between  New  York  and  Canada  are  the  Falls  of  Niagara, 
and  the  Thousand  Islands  of  the  St.  Lawrence  Kiver. 

41.  New  York  Excels  every  other  State  in  the  Union  in  popula- 
tion, wealth,  commerce,  and  importance  of  its  canals  and  railroads. 

42.  Its  Capital  is  Albany,  and  metropolis  New  York,  the  largest 
city  on  the  western  continent. 

43.  New  York  City  is  finely  situated  for  commerce,  having  New 
York  Bay  on  the  south,  the  Hudson  River  on  the  west,  and  the 
East  River  on  the  east,  all  of  which  furnish  wonderful  facilities  for 
shipping. 

44.  Its  Latitude  is  the  same  as  that  of  Naples  and  Constanti- 
nople (41°  north  latitude). 

45.  Here  took  place  the  first  meeting  of  Congress,  and  the  in- 
auguration of  Washington,  the  first  President  of  the  United 
States  (1789). 

46.  Brooklyn,  the  second  city  in  size  in  the  State,  is  situated 
on  the  western  extremity  of  Long  Island. 

47.  Buffalo  is  situated  at  the  eastern  extremity  of  Lake  Erie, 
the  most  southern  of  the  Great  Lakes.  Its  trade  between  the  east 
and  the  north-west  is  extensive  ;  owing  chiefly  to  its  position,  fine 
harbor,  important  canal  and  railroad  connections.  Its  manufac- 
tures are  important. 

48.  Bocllestcr,  built  on  the  Genesee  River,  at  its  falls,  has  long 
been  noted  for  its  immense  flour  miUs.  The  city  is  crossed  by  the 
Genesee  River  and  the  Erie  Canal,  and  a  considerable  trade  is  car- 
ried on  with  the  east,  west,  and  Canada. 

49.  Troy  is  situated  on  the  Hudson  River,  at  the  head  of  steam- 
boat navigation. 

50.  Syracuse,  the  most  central  of  the  large  towns  in  New  York, 
is  noted  for  its  manufacture  of  salt  from  the  water  of  its  salt 
springs  or  wells.  The  salt  is  obtained  from  the  water  by  boiling 
or  evaporation. 

51.  Oswego  is  the  most  populous  and  flourishing  city  on  Lake 
Ontario  (in  New  York).  Its  extensive  commerce  and  manufactures 
are  chiefly  due  to  its  fine  harbor  and  its  situation  at  the  mouth  and 
falls  of  the  Oswego  River. 

52.  Niagara  Falls,  Syracuse,  Utica  and  Saratoga  Springs 
are  in  nearly  the  same  latitude  as  Milwaukee  and  Madison,  in 
Wisconsin  ;  and  as  Nice  and  Marseilles,  in  France. 

53.  The  First  Settlements  were  made  where  Albany  and  New 
York  now  stand,  by  the  Dutch,  in  1614.  The  latter  place,  then 
called  New  Amsterdam,  received  its  present  name  in  honor  of  the 
Duke  of  York,  when  it  was  taken  by  the  EngUsh,  in  1664. 

Draw  a  map  of  New  York,  as  directed  on  page  71. 

54.  PENNSYL  VANIA  is  remarkable  for  its  mountain  ranges  ; 
the  abundance  of  its  coal  and  iron  ;  its  iron,  cotton,  and  woolen 
manufactures  ;  and  its  rich  soil,  which  is  well  adapted  to  grain  and 
grazing. 

55.  Its  Principal  Bange  extends  through  the  center  of  the 
State  ;  the  highest  peaks  of  this  range^ — ^the  AUeghanies — are  be- 
tween 2,000  and  3,000  fee  high  ;  of  the  Blue  Ridge,  in  the  south- 
eastern part,  about  1,500  feet  high. 


56.  Its  Capital  is  Harrisburg ;  its  metropohs  is  Philadelishia, 
which  is  the  second  city  in  p^|)Md,tiGn  in  the  United  States. 

57.  Philadelphia  is  a  wealthy  and  important  manufacturing 
city,  situated  on  the  west  side  of  the  Delaware  River,  and  on  both 
sides  of  the  Schuylkill  River,  fi-om  which  the  city  is  suppUed  with 
fresh  water.  In  its  state-house  the  Declaration  of  Independence 
was  signed  by  Congress,  in  1776. 

58.  Pittsburg  is  situated  at  the  confluence  of  the  Monongahela 
and  the  Alleghany  River,  which  here  form  the  Ohio.  It  is  sur- 
rounded by  hiUs  famous  for  coal  and  iron. 

59.  Its  Iron  Works  and  Manufactures  are  immense,  and  its 
coal  trade,  extensive, 

60.  Among  the  other  IiiiportaiU  Cities  of  Pennsylvania  are 
Allegheny,  Scranton,  Reading,  and  Lancaster. 

61.  Pittsburg  is  in  the  same  Latitude  as  Madrid,  in  Spain ; 
Philadelphia,  the  same  as  Mount  Ararat  and  Pekin,  and  in  nearly 
the  same  latitude  as  Columbus,  Indianapohs,  Springfield,  and 
Denver — four  capitals  in  the  United  States. 

62.  Pennsylvania  ivas  Settled  by  the  Swedes,  in  1643.  Wil- 
liam Penn,  after  whom  the  State  was  named,  established  a  colony 
here,  in  1682. 

Draw  a  map  of  Pennsylvania. 

63.  NEW  JERSEY:  Its  northern  half  is  hilly,  with  moun- 
tains in  the  north-west ;  its  southern  half,  generally  low  and  level. 

64.  In  the  Central  and  Northern  portions  are  excellent 
farining  and  grazing  lands  and  its  flourishing  manufacturing 
towns. 

65.  Tlie  State  is  finely  situated  for  inland  trade,  owing  chiefly 
to  its  position  between  the  North-eastern  and  the  Southern  States. 
Its  canals  and  railroads  are  of  great  importance. 

66.  Its  Capital  is  Trenton,  and  metropolis,  Newark  :  the  other 
leading  cities  are  Jersey  City,  Paterson,  Elizabeth,  Hoboken,  Cam- 
den, and  New  Brunswick. 

67.  Cape  May,  Long  Branch,  and  Atlantic  City  are  famous 
summer  and  sea-bathing  resorts. 

68.  New  Jersey  was  settled  by  the  Dutch,  in  1620, 
Draw  a  map  of  New  Jersey,  as  directed  on  page  71. 

69.  DEL  A  WARE  is  generally  level — having  hills  only  in  the 
north. 

70.  Its  best  Soil  is  in  the  northern  part. 

71.  Tlie  Leading  Agricultural  Productions  are  grain,  gar- 
den vegetables  and  peaches. 

72.  Its  Capital  is  Dover,  and  chief  city,  Wilmington,  which 
has  become  celebrated  for  its  various  and  important  manufac- 
tures— particularly  for  its  steamboat,  car  and  iron  works,  its  flour 
and  powder  mills. 

7'3.  Wilmitn/ton  is  Situated  on  the  Christiana  Creek,  near  its 
junction  with  the  Brandywine. 

74.  Delaware  tvas  Settled  by  the  Swedes  and  Finns,  in  1638. 

75.  MARYLAND  is  level  in  the  eastern,  or  widest  part,  and 
mountainous  in  the  west,  where  it  is  narrow. 

76.  It  is  rich  in  coal,  iron,  tobacco,  grain,  cotton  and  com- 
merce ;  its  flour  and  cotton  mills  axe  extensive. 

77.  The  Capital  of  Maryland  is  Annapolis. 

78.  Its  Principal  Cities  are  Baltimore,  Frederick,  and  Cum- 
berland. 

79.  Tlie  First  Settlements  were  made  by  people  from  Virginia, 
in  1631,  and  from  England,  in  1634. 

Draw  a  map  of  Maryland  and  Delaware,  as  directed  onpage  71, 


VIRGINIA,    WEST  VIRGINIA,   THE  GULF  STATES,  &c. 


73 


80.  1'IllGiyiA  slopes  eastwardly  from  the  Blue  Ridge,  be- 
tween which  and  the  Alleghany  Range  is  the  fertile  Valley  of 
Virginia, 

81.  It  is  chiefly  an  agricultural  State,  and  ranks  next  to  Ken- 
tucky in  the  production  of  tobacco  ;  its  coal  and  iron  mines  and 

I  its  abundant  water-power  furnish  great  facilities  for  manufactures. 

82.  Itg  Capital  anil  Cltief  City  is  Richmond,  situated  at  the 
lower  falls  of  the  James  River  and  the  head  of  navigation.  It  is 
remarkable  for  the  beauty  of  its  situation,  and  for  its  natural 

I  advantages  as  a  manufacturing  and  business  center. 

83.  Bichmond  is  in  the  same  Latitude  as  San  Francisco  and 
Mt.  Etna. 

84.  Next  in  importance  are  Petersburg,  Norfolk  and  Alex- 
andria. 

85.  Among  its  Objects  of  Interest  are  numerous  medicinal 
springs  and  the  celebrated  Natural  Bridge,  all  in  the  western  part 
of  the  State. 

86.  Virginia  is  noted  as  the  birth-place  of  six  Presidents  of 
the  United  States, — "Washington,  Jefferson,  Madison,  Monroe, 
Tyler  and  Taylor,  besides  many  other  statesmen  and  oflScers 
closely  identified  with  the  independence  and  progress  of  the 
United  Statea 

87.  The  First  English  Settlement  in  America  was  made  on 
the  James  River,  in  1607. 

88.  WEST  VIBGiyiA  is  a  mountainous  State,  sloping  north- 
westwardly from  the  Alleghanies  to  the  Ohio  River. 

89.  This  State,  like  Virginia,  contains  rich  mines  of  coal 
and  iron,  besides  copper,  lead  and  other  metals. 

90.  It  2'roduces,  also,  grain,  timber,  tobacco,  salt  wooL 

91.  Its  Capital  and  chief  city  is  Wheeling,  whose  trade  and 
manufactures  are  very  important,  owing  mainly  to  its  situation  on 
the  Ohio  River,  near  extensive  coal  mines. 

92.  This  State  formed  a  part  of  Virginia  until  1863. 

Draw  a  map  of  Virginia  and  West  Virginvt,  as  directed  on  page  71. 

1.  THE  SOUTHERN  and  SOUTH-WESTERN  STATES 

are  south  of  the  parallel  of  36°  30'  north  latitude,  with  which  (he 
northern  boundaries  of  three  States — North  Carohna,  Tennessee 
and  Arkansas — nearly  coincide. 

2.  Bordering  on  the  Atlantic   are    North    Carolina,  South 
I  Carolina,  Georgia  and  Florida. 

3.  Bordering  on  the  Gulf,  are  Florida,  Alabama,  Mississippi, 
Louisiana  and  Texas.    These  are  called  the  Gulf  States. 

4  The  Mountains  are  the  southern  poi-tious  of  three  ranges, 
here  about  midway  between  the  Mississippi  and  the  Atlantic.  They 
are  the  Cumberland,  Alleghany  and  Blue  Ridge. 

.').  The  Surface  slopes  from  those  mountains  to  the  Atlantic, 
the  Gulf,  and  the  3Iississippi  River. 

6.  Along  the  Atlantic  Coast  is  low,  flat  and  marshy  land, 
lined  with  isLinds  which  are  celebrated  for  the  production  of  Sea- 
island  cotton. 

7.  The  Interior  is  higher  ground,  with  mountains  in  the  west 
and  north-west ;  except  in  Florida,  Mississippi  and  Louisiana, 
wliich  have  no  mountains. 

8.  Along  the  Loner  Course  of  the  Mississippi,  the  land  is  so 
low,  that  embankments  have  been  raised  from  5  to  10  feet  higli, 
to  prevent  inundation  during  the  spring  freshets ;  sometimes, 
however,  the  waters  break  over  them  and  cause  great  destruction 
of  property. 

9.  The  Climate  of  tlie  Lotv  Lands  along  the  coast  and  the 
Mississippi  is  unhealthy. 


10.  The  Southern  States  possess  a  rich  soil  and  a  warm  cli- 
mate, which  are  peculiarly  adapted  to  the  production  of  cotton, 
rice,  sugar  and  tobacco. 

11.  NOBTU  CABOLINA:  Tlie  Eastern  part  ia  low,  sandy 
and  marshy,  and  is  noted  for  tixrpentiue  forests,  pahnetto  groves, 
and  the  production  of  rice,  cotton  and  tobacco. 

12.  Tlie  Western  part  is  mountainous  and  a  good  grazing 
country  ;  portions  ai-o  moderately  high,  and  well  adapted  to  the 
raising  of  grain. 

13.  Its  Capital  is  Raleigh,  and  its  chief  city  and  seaport  is 
Wilmington. 

14.  The  First  I'ermanent  Settlement  was  made  by  colonists 
from  Virginia,  in  1653.  Sii'  Walter  Raleigh  made  an  unsuccessful 
attempt  to  settle  the  State,  in  1586. 

Draw  a  map  of  North  Carolina,  as  directed  on  page  71. 

15.  SOUTH  CABOLINA  and  GEOBGIA  have  the  same 
general  characteristics  as  North  Carohna,  only  warmer  and  less 
mountainous ;  the  northern  half  of  each  being  high  and  adapted 
to  the  growth  of  grain  ;  the  southern  half  is  low,  producing  rico 
and  cotton. 

16.  Their  Capitals  are  Columbia  and  Atlanta,  and  their  chief 
cities  Charleston  and  Savannah,  both  of  wliich  have  excellent 
harbors. 

Draw  a  map  of  South  Carolina. 

17.  FLOBIIiA:  its  characteristics  are  its  low,  marshy  sur- 
face, its  warm,  moist  and  even  climate,  its  forests  and  luxuriant 
vegetation.    Oranges  and  other  tropical  fruits  arc  cultivated. 

18.  Its  Capital  is  Tallahassee. 

19.  The  First  Settlement  was  made  by  the  Spaniards,  in  1565, 
at  St.  Augustine,  which  is  the  oldest  town  in  the  United  States. 

Draw  a  map  of  Florida. 

20.  ALABAMA  has  a  general  slope  to  the  Gulf,  with  moun- 
tains in  the  north,  hills  in  the  center,  and  low  lands  in  the  south. 

21.  Its  Northern  part  is  drained  by  the  Tennessee  River, 
which  enters  the  State  at  its  north-eastern  corner,  and  leaves  it 
at  its  north-western. 

22.  The  State  contains  forests  of  pine  and  cypress,  and  yields 
extensively,  cotton,  grain,  sugar  and  sweet  potatoes. 

23.  Its  Capital  is  Montgomery,  and  its  chief  city.  Mobile  ; 
the  latter  is  celebrated  as  a  shipping  port  for  cotton. 

24.  Alabama  was  Settled  by  the  French,  in  1702,  and  admit- 
ted into  the  Union,  in  1819. 

Draw  a  map  of  Alabama. 

25.  MISSISSIPPI  and  Alabama  have  less  sea-cojist  than  the 
other  Gulf  States. 

26.  Mississi ppi  is  low  and  level  in  the  west  and  south.  It  is 
noted  for  its  production  of  cotton,  rice  and  tobacco. 

27.  Its  Capital  is  Jackson ;  its  lai^est  towns  are  Vicksburg 
and  Natchez. 

28.  It  was  Settled  by  the  French,  in  1716,  and  admitted  into 
the  Union,  in  1817. 

Draw  a  map  of  Mississippi, 

29.  LOUIST.tNA  has  a  low  surface,  which  in  some  places  is 
below  high  water  level. 

30.  Along  the  Missinsippi,  on  both  sides,  are  extensive  marshes. 

31.  Louisiana  exctls  in  the  production  of  cane  sugar;  be- 
sides this,  are  cotton,  corn,  rice  and  tropical  fruits. 


74 


MONTEITH'S   rHYSICAL  AND  POLITICAL   GEOGRAPHY. 


32.  New  Orleans  is  the  capital  and  metropolis  of  the  State. 

33.  It  is  celebratctl  for  its  immense  trade,  especially  in  cotton. 

34.  It  is  buUt  around  a  bend  in  the  river,  and  is  therefore 
sometimes  called  the  "  Crescent  City." 

35.  Its  Surface  is  below  the  level  of  the  Mississippi  during  the 
usual  freshets,  but  the  city  is  well  protected  from  inundation  by 
its  levee,  which  is  about  six  feet  in  height  and  of  a  considerable 
width. 

36.  The  Latitude  of  New  Orleans  is  the  same  as  that  of  Cairo, 
the  capital  of  Egypt  (30°). 

37.  Among  its  other  Important  Cities  are  Shreveport  and 
Baton  Rouge.  The  latter,  until  lately,  was  the  capital  of  the 
State. 

Draw  a  map  of  Louisiana. 

38.  TENNESSEE,  a  south-western  State,  is  divided  by  the 
Cumberland  Mountains  and  the  Tennessee  River  into  East  Ten- 
nessee, which  is  mountainous  ;  Middle  Tennessee,  hiUy  ;  and  West 
Tennessee,  generally  level. 

39.  Ttie  Soil  is  fertile,  and  the  climate  delightful. 

40.  Its  Productions  consist  chiefly  of  live  stock,  com,  cotton, 
and  tobacco. 

41.  Its  Trade  with  other  States  is  extensive. 

42.  The  Abundance  of  Iron,  Coal,  and  Water-power  in  East 
Tennessee  furnishes  great  facilities  for  manufacturing  purposes. 

43.  Its  Capital  is  Nashville,  situated  at  the  head  of  steam- 
boat navigation  on  the  Cumberland  River.  It  is  a  beautiful  and 
flourishing  city,  and  is  next  in  size  to  Memphis,  the  metropolis  of 
the  State. 

44.  Nashville  is  in  the  same  Latitude  as  Gibraltar,  Algiers 
and  the  southern  part  of  Greece. 

45.  Tennessee  originally  formed  part  of  the  possessions  of 
North  Carolina,  and  became  a  State  in  the  Union,  in  1796. 

Draw  a  map  of  Tennessee. 

46.  ARKANSAS  has  a  south-easterly  slope  from  its  moun- 
tains in  the  north-west,  to  its  extensive  marshes  along  the  Mis- 
sissippi. 

47.  Its  Leading  Productions  are  corn,  cotton  and  live  stock. 

48.  Its  Forests  of  valuable  timber  and  its  prairies  are  extensive. 

49.  Little  Mock  is  its  capital  and  chief  city. 

50.  Its  Minerals — coal,  iron,  lead  and  zinc — are  abundant. 
Draw  a  map  of  Arkansas. 

1.  All  the  States  North  and  North-west  of  the  Ohio  River 

are  remarkable  for   their   rapid   increase   in  wealth,  population 
and  internal  improvements.     (<S!ee  Map  on  page  66.) 

2.  Their  Surface,  excej)t  that  of  Minnesota,  is  chiefly  prairie 
land,  level  or  rolling,  which  possesses  wonderful  fertility,  espe- 
cially along  the  rivers. 

3.  The  Prairie  States  are  Ohio,  Indiana,  Hhnois,  Wisconsin, 
the  southern  peninsula  of  Michigan,  Iowa,  Missouri,  Arkansas, 
Kansas  and  Nebraska. 

4.  Tliere  are  no  Mountains  except  in  Southern  Missouri  and 
North-western  Arkansas. 

5.  They  are  Drained  by  the  Mississippi  or  its  tributaries, 
except  Michigan,  which  is  in  the  Basin  of  the  St.  Lawrence  or  the 
Great  Lakes. 

6.  The  rapid  Progress  of  these  States  is  due  chiefly  to  their 
fertile  soil,  the  facilities  for  manufactures  and  commerce  furnished 
by  their  mines,  rivers,  lakes,  canals  and  railroads,  and  to  the 
energy  of  their  inhabitants. 


7.  Their  Agricultural  and  Grazing  Products  are  immense — 
grain,  hve  stock  and  wooL 

8.  Their  Mines  are  of  coal,  iron,  lead,  copper  and  zinc. 

9.  Coal  and  Iron  abound  in  nearly  all,  especially  in  Ohio  and 
Missouri ;  lead,  in  Wisconsin,  Iowa,  Illinois,  and  Missouri. 

10.  OHIO  has  two  general  slopes  ;  the  larger  is  southerly  to 
the  Ohio  River,  and  the  smaller,  northerly  to  Lake  Erie. 

11.  It  is  between  the  same  Parallels  of  latitude  as  northern 
California  and  southern  Italy. 

12.  Its  Commerce  is  extensive,  having  outlets,  northerly,  by 
way  of  Lake  Erie,  Welland  Canal,  Lake  Ontario  and  the  St.  Law- 
rence River,  and  southerly,  by  way  of  the  Ohio  and  Mississippi 
Rivers  ;  its  railways  are  numerous  and  important. 

13.  The  Coal,  Irott,  and  Petroleum  Region  is  in  the  south- 
oast. 

14.  Its  Capital  is  Columbus  ;  its  chief  city,  Cincinnati,  on  the 
Ohio,  opposite  the  mouth  of  the  Licking,  a  i-iver  of  Kentucky. 

15.  T7te  Second  City  in  size  is  Cleveland,  on  Lake  Erie,  at  the 
mouth  of  Cuyahoga  (ki-a-ho'ya)  River. 

16.  Cincinnati  and  Cleveland  are  wealthy  commercial  and 
manufacturing  cities,  although  at  the  beginning  of  the  present  cen- 
tury, neither  contained  800  inhabitants. 

17.  The  other  Leading  Cities  are  Toledo,  Dayton,  and  San- 
dusky. 

18.  Ohio,  with  the  other  States  west  and  north-west  to  the 
Mississippi  River,  was  ceded  by  France  to  Great  Britain,  in  1763, 
and  at  the  Revolution,  came  into  the  possession  of  the  United 
States  Government,  known  afterwards  as  the  North-west  Territory. 

Draw  a  map  of  Ohio. 

19.  INDIANA  and  ILLINOIS  have  the  same  general  char- 
acteristics as  Ohio  ;  each  having  soil  of  remarkable  fertility,  and 
facilities  for  commerce  by  lake,  river,  rail  and  canal. 

20.  Their  Surface  Slopes  south-westerly. 

21.  Their  yield  of  Wheat,  Corn  and  Wool  is  immense. 

22.  Indiana i)olis,  the  capital  and  metropolis  of  Indiana,  and 
an  important  railroad  centre,  is  situated  near  the  middle  of  the 
State. 

23.  The  Cities  next  in  rank  are  Evansville,  Fort  Wayne,  and 
Terre  Haute. 

24.  The  Largest  Town  in  the  northern  part  of  Indiana  is  Fort 
Wayne,  an  important  railroad  center. 

Draw  a  map  of  Indiana,  as  directed  on  page  7L 

25.  ILLINOIS:  its  principal  river,  the  Illinois,  has  its  head- 
waters within  but  a  few  miles  of  Lake  Michigan. 

26.  Its  Chief  City  is  Chicago.  Its  site,  although  but  little 
above  the  level  of  Lake  Michigan,  is  600  feet  above  the  ocean. 

27.  Illinois  excels  in  the  production  of  corn,  wheat,  and 
oats. 

28.  Chicago  has  excelled  every  other  city  in  the  world  in  the 
rapidity  of  its  growth  and  development.  In  1831,  it  contained 
about  a  dozen  families,  beside  the  officers  and  soldiers  in  Fort 
Dearborn.     It  is  now  the  fifth  city  in  size  in  the  Union. 

29.  It  excels  every  other  City  in  the  United  States,  as  a  market 
for  grain,  lumber,  beef  and  pork. 

30.  The  other  large  Cities  in  Illinois  are  Quincy  and  Peoria, 
which  are  nearly  in  a  line  south-west  of  Chicago. 

31.  Its  Capital  is  Springfield,  which  is  in  a  line  between  Chi- 
cago, Alton  and  St.  Louis. 

32.  Galena  is  situated  in  the  lead  region  of  niinoia. 
Draw  a  map  of  Illinois. 


MICHIGAN,    WISCONSIN,  KENTUCKY,  MISSOURI,   ETC. 


75 


33.  MICHIGAlf,  the  "  Lake  State,"  comprises  two  peninsulas. 

34.  The  Southern  and  larger  Peniiimila  contains  rich  agri- 
cultural and  grazing  land  ;  grain,  live-stock  and  wool  being  largely 
produced- 

35.  The  Watemhetl  which  divides  the  eastern  from  the  western 
slope,  is  about  300  feet  above  the  level  of  the  lake,  and  1,000  feet 
above  that  of  the  sea. 

36.  The  Northern  Peniiisttla  is  noted  for  its  rugged  and 
mountainous  surface,  rigorous  climate,  and  its  rich  mines  of  cop- 
per and  iron. 

37.  Both  Peninsulas  contain  extensive  forests  of  valuable 
timber. 

38.  The  Trade  of  Michigan  by  lake  and  rail  is  very  extensive. 

39.  The  Southern  Peninsula  Ues  between  the  same  parallels 
of  latitude  as  Oregon  and  the  northern  half  of  Italy. 

40.  The  Capital  is  Lansing,  and  its  chief  city  Detroit,  which  is 
finely  situated  for  commerce,  manufactures,  lumber  trade  and 
ship  building. 

41.  The  other  Itnportant  Cities  are  Grand  Bapids,  Jackson, 
and  East  Saginaw. 

Draw  a  map  of  Michigan. 

42.  WISCOXSIN  resembles  Michigan  in  its  prairies,  forests, 
trade,  and  its  agricultural,  grazing  and  mineral  products. 

43.  Lead  is  abundant  in  the  south-western  part  of  the  State. 

44.  Its  Surface  slopes  mainly  south-westerly  to  the  Mississippi, 
and  contains  numerous  rivers  and  lakes. 

45.  Madison,  the  capital,  is  beautifully  situated  between  two 
lakes  in  the  southern  part  of  the  State. 

46.  Milwaukee,  the  metropolis,  is  remarkable  for  its  fine  har- 
bor, on  Lake  Michigan  at  the  mouth  of  the  Milwaukee  River,  its 
rapid  growth,  immense  wheat  trade,  its  flour  and  other  manu- 
factures. 

47.  Its  otlier  Leading  Cities  are  Fond  du  Lac,  Oshkosh,  and 
Racine. 

^.  At  Portage  City  is  a  canal  connecting  the  Wisconsin  and 
Fox  Rivers,  thus  establishing  water  communication  between  the 
Mississippi  River  and  the  Great  Lakes. 

Draw  a  map  of  Wisconsitu 

49.  KENTUCKY:  its  surface  slopes  from  the  Cumberland 
Moimtains  on  the  east,  to  the  Ohio  River. 

50.  Its  Soil  is  fertile.  Its  leading  productions  are  tobacco, 
com,  wheat,  and  hemp  ;  the  raising  of  hve-stock  is  important. 

51.  Kentucky  is  remarkable  for  its  caverns,  the  most  wonderful 
being  the  "  Mammoth  Cave,"  south  of  the  middle  of  the  State. 

52.  Fraiikfort  is  the  capital,  and  Louisville,  the  chief  city. 
Covington,  Newport,  and  Lexington  are  importaiit  cities. 

53.  Kentucky,  which  formerly  belonged  to  Virginia,  was  ex- 
plored in  1770,  by  Daniel  Boone,  a  hunter  from  North  Carolina. 

(lie  waB  born  In  PcnnKylvanla.) 

Draw  a  map  of  Kentucky. 

54.  MISSOURI  is  generally  level,  with  a  gentle  slope  east- 
ward to  the  Mississippi  River. 

55.  //«  the  Situth  aud  South-west  is  a  ridge  of  mountains  (the 
Ozark),  and  in  the  south-east,  an  extensive  marsh. 

56.  Its  Soil  is  productive,  especially  along  the  rivers. 

57.  Its  Ijradiug  agricultural  and  grazing  products  are  grain, 
hemp  and  live-stock. 

58.  It  is  Rich  in  iron,  lead,  coal  and  other  minerals ;  noted 
for  iron,  are  Iron  Mountain,  Pilot  Knob  and  their  vicinity. 


59.  Its  Capital  is  Jefferson  City  ;  its  chief  city,  St  Louis,  a 
great  commercial  and  manufacturing  center.  It  is  the  largest 
city  on  the  Mississippi  River,  except  New  Orleans. 

60.  Kansas  is  the  second  city  in  size  in  the  State,  and  the 
largest  on  the  Missouri  River.   St  Joseph  also  is  a  flourishing  city. 

Draw  a  map  of  Missouri. 

6L  IOWA  :  its  surface  is  highest  in  the  north-west,  and  slopes 
south-easterly  to  the  Mississippi.  It  is  chiefly  prairie  land,  witii 
trees  along  the  river  banks. 

62.  It  is  Rich  in  agricultural  and  grazing  products — grain, 
potatoes,  live-stock,  wool,  etc,  and  in  mineral  products — lead,  coal, 
iron,  copper,  and  zinc. 

63.  Its  Capital  is  Des  Moines,  which  is  situated  at  the  head  of 
steam  navigation  on  the  Des  Moines  River.  It  possesses  extensive 
water  power. 

64.  Its  Ijaryest  Cities  are  situated  on  the  Mississippi  River ; 
they  arc  Davenjxjrt,  Dubuque,  Burlington,  and  Keokuk,  all  of 
which  possess  facilities  for  manufactures  and  inland  trade. 

65.  Iowa  was  Admitted  into  the  Union,  in  1846. 
Draw  a  map  of  loxoa. 

66.  MINNESOTA  is  the  most  northern  State  in  the  Union, 
and  one  of  eight  States  which  border  on  one  or  more  of  the 
Great  Lakes. 

67.  Its  Elevation  is  about  2,000  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea, 
and  its  highest  land  is  a  watershed  from  which  rivers  flow  into  the 
Gulf  of  Mexico,  Hudson's  Bay  and  Lake  Superior. 

68.  Hie  Sources  of  the  Mississippi  and  the  Bod  River  of  the 
North  are  in  this  State. 

69.  Its  Leading  Characteristics  are  its  extensive  forests  and 
prairies,  its  numerous  lakes  and  streams,  its  rapids  and  waterfalls, 
and  its  cold  winter  cUmate,  which  is  remarkably  dry,  even  and 
healthful. 

70.  The  Leading  Occujtations  of  the  inhabitants  are  agricul- 
ture and  the  lumber  trade. 

71.  The  North-eastern  part  of  the  State  is  a  rich  mineral 
region. 

72.  The  Leadiug  Cities  are  St.  Paul,  the  capital,  at  the  head 
of  steamboat  navigation,  Minneapolis  and  Winona ;  all  are  situated 
on  tha  Mississippi  River,  and  possess  extensive  steam  saw-mills 
and  flouring  mills. 

73.  St.  I'aitl  is  in  tlie  same  Latitude  as  Salem,  in  Oregon, 
and  Bordeaux,  Turin  and  Sevasto'pol,  in  Europe. 

74.  Minnesota  fortnerly  belonged  to  France  ;  the  portion  east 
of  the  Mississippi  was  ceded  to  Great  Britain,  but  came  into  the 
possession  of  the  United  States,  at  the  Revolution  ;  the  portion 
west  of  the  river  was  ceded  to  the  United  States  by  France  (see 
page  70,  paragraph  25). 

Draw  a  map  of  Minnesota, 

1.  TEXAS,  the  lai^^  State  in  the  Union,  is  as  large  u 
France,  Holland  and  Belgium  combined. 

2.  It  is  between  the  same  Parallels  of  latitude  as  Egypt  and 
Morocco. 

3.  Its  (nmracteristics  are  its  rolling  prairies,  where  vast  herds 
of  horses  and  cattle  graze  throughout  the  year  ;  its  desert  plateau 
in  the  west  and  northwest,  and  its  low  land  in  the  south. 

4.  Its  Slope  is  southerly  and  south-eiisterly  to  the  Gulf 

5.  Its  Climate  is  warm  and  healthful ;  ice  or  snow  being  sel- 
dum  seen  in  some  parts  ;  that  of  its  southerly  half  is  tropical  and 
temperate. 


re 


MONTEITirS  PHYSICAL   AND   POLITICAL   GBOGBAPHY. 


6.  Texas  is  Bich  in   grass,   live-stock,   cotton,    sugar,   corn, 

wheat,  etc. 

7.  EaMern  Texas  is  inhabited,  principally,  by  people  from 
other  southern  States,  while  in  Western  Texas  are  large  numbers 
of  Germans  and  other  Europeans. 

8.  If'iM  Animals  are  numerous,— buffaloes,  mustangs  (wild 
horses),  deer,  bears,  wolves,  etc. 

9.  Its  Capital  is  Austin,  at  the  head  of-  steamboat  navigation 
on  the  Colorado  Eiver  ;  its  largest  cities  are  Galveston,  San  An- 
tonio, and  Houston.  Galveston,  on  Galveston  Island,  is  noted  for 
its  fine  bay  and  its  extensive  commerce. 

Draw  a  map  of  Texas. 

10.  KANSAS  and  NEBRASKA  correspond  in  latitude  with 
Spain  and  Portugal. 

11.  Their  rich  Boiling  Prairies  and  fine  climate  make  them 
very  productive  agricultural  and  grazing  States. 

12.  Coal  and  Salt  are  found  in  abundance. 

13.  Their  Increase  in  population  and  general  importance  has 
been  very  rapid. 

14.  Kansas  is  the  most  central  State  in  the  Union  ;  its  capital 
is  Topeka,  and  its  chief  cities  are  Leavenworth,  Lawrence,  and 
Atchison,  all  in  the  eastern  part  of  the  State. 

15.  nie  Capital  of  Nebraska  is  Lincoln,  and  its  chief  cities 
are  Omaha  and  Nebraska  City. 

16.  The  Union  Pacific  Railroad  passes  through  Nebraska, 
and  the  Kansas  Pacific  through  Kansas. 

Draw  a  map  of  Kanaas  and  Nebraska. 

17.  INDIAN  TERRITORY  is  occupied  by  several  tribes  of 
Indians. 

18.  Its  Soil  is  well  adapted  to  agriculture  and  grazing. 

19.  DAKOTA  is  but  thinly  inhabited.  Like  the  other  Terri- 
tories, the  development  of  its  resources  is  retarded  by  Indian  dis- 
turbances.    It  is  crossed  by  the  Northern  Pacific  Railroad. 

20.  ARIZONA  and  NEW  MEXICO  are  noted  for  their 
high  mountains  and  plateaus,  deep  canons  and  gorges,  and  their 
mineral  resources. 

21.  The  Climate  is  dry  and  healthful ;  and  the  soil  of  the  river 
valleys,  well  adapted  to  grazing  and  agriculture. 

22.  The  Eastern  iKirt  of  New  Mexico  forms  part  of  the  high 
desert  region  extending  from  northern  Texas  into  eastern  Colorado. 

23.  COLORADO  lies  on  both  sides  of  the  Rocky  Mountains, 
between  which  are  several  beautiful  plains  called  "Parks."  Some 
of  the  peaks  are  over  15,000  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea. 

24.  It  is  noted  for  its  wealth  in  precious  metals  ;  it  is  also  rich 
in  extensive  tracts  of  fertile  soil,  producing  grain,  fruits  and 
grasses  in  abundance. 

25.  Its  Climate  is  salubrious. 

26.  UTAH  is  elevated,  mountainous  and  barren. 

27.  Its  Western  Section  forms  part  of  the  "  Great  Basin,"  which 
is  over  4,000  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea.  Its  soil  contains  salt 
and  is  generally  dry  and  unproductive. 

28.  The  principal  Valley,  in  which  is  situated  the  capital. 
Salt  Lake  City,  is  southeast  of  Great  Salt  Lake. 

29.  Utah  is  noted  as  the  residence  of  the  Mormons. 

30.  WYO'MING,  like  Colorado,  lies  partly  on  th*e  Atlantic  and 
partly  on  the  Pacific  Slope.  It  is  high,  mountainous,  and  but  Uttle 
settled.     The  Union  Pacific  Railroad  passes  through  it. 


31.  CALIFORNIA  is  the  largest  State  except  Texas.  Its 
northern  boundary  corresponds  in  latitude  with  that  of  Pennsyl- 
vania, and  its  southern  with  that  of  South  Carolina. 

32.  Its  princijtal  Motmtain  Ranges  are  the  Sierra  Nevada 
and  the  Coast  Range,  which  enclose  the  great  valley  of  California, 
noted  for  its  fertility. 

33.  The  Sierra  Nevada  rise  generally  above  the  snow  hmit, 
having  many  peaks  from  7,000  to  15,000  feet  in  height. 

34.  The  Yoseinite  (yo-gem'-Ue)  Valley,  in  the  Sierra  Nevada,  is 
celebrated  for  the  grandeur  of  its  scenery.  Its  length  is  8  miles, 
and  its  width  is  less  than  one  mile.  It  is  enclosed  by  mountains 
which  rise  almost  perpendicularly  more  than  4,000  feet. 

35.  The  Climate  of  California,  Oregon  and  Washington,  is 
milder  than  that  of  the  other  States  of  the  Union  in  the  same  lat- 
itude.    (See  page  37,  paragraphs  21  to  38.) 

36.  California  is  celebrated  for  its  mineral  and  agricultural 
productions.  Its  commerce  and  manufactures  are  rapidly  in- 
creasing in  importance. 

37.  The  leading  Mineral  Products  are  gold,  quicksilver  and 
silver. 

38.  Tlie  Forests  of  California,  and  the  western  sections  of  Ore- 
gon and  Washington,  abound  in  magnificent  pines  and  a  variety 
of  trees  valuable  for  timber.  The  "  Big  Trees  "  of  California,  are 
350  feet  high  and  30  feet  in  diameter. 

39.  San  Francisco  is  the  largest  city  west  of  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tains.    Next  in  size  is  Sacramento,  the  capital. 

40.  NEVADA  is  chiefly  a  vast  basin  at  an  elevation  of  over 
4,000  feet  above  the  sea  level. 

41.  Its  Mountain  Ranges  are  short  and  numerous.  The  riv- 
ers are  small,  and  empty  into  lakes,  which,  having  no  outlets,  are 
generally  salt  or  alkaline. 

42.  The  Climate  is  dij  and  the  soil  barren,  but  the  State  pos- 
sesses great  wealth  in  its  silver  mines. 

43.  The  Leading  City  is  Virginia. 

44.  OREGON  is  situated  on  the  Pacific  Coast,  in  a  line  di- 
rectly west  of  New  England. 

45.  Its  area  is  equal  to  that  of  New  York  and  Pennsylvania 
combined. 

46.  The  State  is  divided  by  the  Blue  and  the  Cascade  Moun- 
tains into  three  jjhysical  sections, — the  Western,  Middle  and  East- 
em,  styled  respectively  the  Lower,  Middle,  and  Upper  Counties. 

47.  Tlie  Rich  Valleys,  and  most  of  the  inhabitants  of  Oregon 
and  Washington,  are  between  the  Cascade  Mountains  and  the 
Pacific  Ocean.  Grain,  flour  and  wool,  are  exported  from  Oregon  ; 
lumber  and  ship  timber  from  both. 

48.  Portland  is  the  principal  city  in  Oregon,  and  the  most  im- 
portant city  on  the  Pacific  Slope  north  of  California. 

49.  WASHINGTON  TERRITORY  is  in  the  same  latitude 
as  the  northern  part  of  Maine  and  the  central  part  of  France. 

50.  It  is  divided  by  the  Cascade  Range  into  two  physical 
regions, — the  western  or  lower,  and  the  eastern  or  higher. 

51.  Olympia  is  the  capital. 

52.  IDAHO  and  MONTANA  are  noted  for  gold  and  silver. 
Their  surface  is  mountainous,  but  well  adapted  to  grazing.  The 
Northern  Pacific  Railroad  passes  through  these  Territories. 

53.  The  Chief  Towns  in  Idaho  are  Boise  City  and  Lewiston, 
and  in  Montana,  Helena  and  Virginia  City. 


P.*  p. 


MOXTEITH'S    PHYSICAL    AND    POLITICAL    GEOGRAPHY. 


Ill 


CH4RT  SI:I0W1NG  Tl^E  COMPARATIVE  AREJ^S  OF  STi^TES,  COUNTRIES,  Eta 


The  Countriej  and  Islands  have  areas  equal,  or:nearly  equal,  to  thoie  of  the  State*  in  which  their  names  appear.     For  example,  the  area  of  Iowa  is  about  the  same  as  that  of 

England. 
The  portion  of  the  map   which   is  colored   yellow  represents  the  area  of  Arabia)   that  colored  red,  Hindoostan  |   green,  Persia. 


What  three  countries  in  Asia  taken  together  cover  an  area  nearly  eqaal  to 
that  of  the  United  States,  without  Alaska  ? 

How  many  States  together  comprise  an  area  equal  to  that  of  Arabia? 
Am.  31. 

What  States  are  included  in  this  area?  An».  AU  thote  between  the  At- 
lantic Ocean  and  the  Musisrippi  Biter,  betide*  the  fine  State*  lehich  are  tUuated 
on  the  wett  side  of  that  river. 

What  State  is  in  the  north-eastern  part  of  the  region  which  is  here  com- 
pared with  Arabia  1  In  the  south-western  part  ?  North-western  ?  South- 
ea.stem  part  1 

What  rivers  flow  through  that  part  of  the  United  States  1 

What  States  and  Territories  together  comprise  an  area  equal  to  that  of 
Hindoostan  1 

What  mountains  extend  through  that  part  of  the  United  States  ? 

What  are  included  in  the  region  whose  area  is  equal  to  that  of  Persia? 

Bound  that  part  of  the  United  States  which  has  the  same  area  as  Arabia. 
Persia.     Hindoostan. 

Wliich  is  the  largest  State  in  the  Union  T 

AMiat  country  in  Europe  has  about  the  same  area  as  Califomia  ?  Ken- 
tucky I    Maine  ?    Iowa  ?    Indiana  ? 

What  country  is  the  same  size  as  New  Hampshire  and  Vermont  combined  ? 
What  country  is  but  little  larger  than  Georgia  and  Florida  combined  ? 

What  country  in  South  America  is  nearly  as  large  as  Nebraska  1 

What  empire  has  an  area  nearly  equal  to  that  of  Oregon  and  Washington 
combined  t 

What  islands  comprise  an  area  equal  to  that  of  Idaho  ?    Of  New  Mexico  ? 

What  island  has  an  area  nearly  the  same  as  that  of  the  State  of  New  York  ? 
Ohio?  Alabama?  North  Carolina ?  DakoU?  Tenneoseet  South  Carolina? 
Utah?     Texas? 


What  six  States  have  the  same  area  as  Missouri  ? 

What  country  in  Asia  contains   the   same   number  of   square   miles    as 
Kansas? 

What  country  in  Asia  is  the  same  size  as  Arizona  ? 
What  State  or  what  Territory  has  an  area  equal  to  that  of 


Great  Britun  ? 

Scotland  ? 

Cor«a? 

Saghalien  ? 

Spain? 

Ireland  ? 

Paraguay? 

The  Eastern  or  New 

Portugal  ? 

Iceland  ? 

Terra  del  PuegoT 

England  States  ? 

The  BritUh  Isles? 

Birmah? 

Sumatra? 

West  Indies  ? 

England  ? 

Hayti? 

Java? 

Cuba? 

What  part  of  the  United  States  has  the  same  area  as  Italy  ?     Greece  ? 
Japan  £}mpire  ?    Borneo  T 


AREAS    IN    SQUARE    MILES. 


Maine »,000 

Scotland tl,aM 


Vermont  &  N.  Hamp. . 
Oreece  A  Ionian  la. . . 


19,000 
19.000 


Ohio atju* 

Iceland K,000 

Indiana. DLSOB 

Ireland MJMO 


Knglaiid. 
Iowa .... 


nitndcj.. 
irtngaL. . 


Kentai 
Poi 


GD.tn 
S6,000 

«r.«> 
acooo 


ae.BllM. 

4B.S0O 

Cuba...  45,800 

N.Carollna SaTM 

Jara. 51,000 

a.  Carolina 84.000 

Liberia 96,000 

Oeoreia  A  Florida . .  109.000 
Italy 114,000 

Texaa 974.000 

Borneo 984,000 

NewKexico 191X100 

British  Irlee 198,000 


Bq.  BllM. 

Mieeonri 06,000 

Eaotem  States 08,000 

Califomia 189,000 

Spain 195,000 

Montana 148,000 

PmHla 186,000 

Hindoostan 1,500,000 

ArabU 1,000.000 

Perfla BOO.OOO 


Hlnd.,.\ra.  *  Persia. 8,000,000 

Anctralla. 8,000,000 

CDit«d  States,  wlth- 

ootAlaska  t,OOI)jm 


MONTEITH'S   PHYSICAL  AND  POLITICAL   OEOGMAPHY. 


79 


"  The  Capital  of  Bolivia  Is  La  Paz  ;  formerly  it  vras  Sucre."    F.  fferrera.  Consul  qf  Bolivia. 


MONTEITH'S  PHYSICAL  AND  POLITICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


81 


UCTIOM  or  •OUTU   U1IUC4  TBROUSH  11*  OUTU  rSOJi  TUC  rACUriO  TO  TUI  ATLAJmO 

EXERCISES  ON  THE  MAP. 

'VVhat  diyision  of  land  is  SOUTH   AMERICA  ?    In  what  direction  docs 
it  project  t 

To  wliat  is  it  joined  ?    By  what  isthmus  f 

What  water  north  of  South  America  ?    East  f    West  I 

What  cape  at  its  northern  extremity  f    Eastern  t    Southern  t    Western  ? 

Between  what  capes  is  South  America  longest  t 

If  you  draw  a  line  between  these  two  capes,  on  which  side  of  the  line 
would  be  the  greater  part  of  South  America  ? 

Between  what  two  capes  is  the  greatest  width  of  South  America! 

Is  the  greater  part  of  South  America  north  or  south  of  its  widest  part  1 

On  which  side  is  its  great  mountain  chain )    With  what  coast  is  that 
.;hain  parallel  ? 

What  mountains  in  its  eastern  part  ?    With  what  coast  are  they  x>arallel  t 

What  mountains  on  the  northern  boundary  of  Brazil  t 

What  mountains  in  the  central  part  of  South  America } 

Into  what  ocean  do  nearly  all  the  rivers  flow  t 

What  river  of  South  America  is  the  largest  in  the  world  I 

Is  the  Amazon  north  or  south  of  the  Equator  t 

What  line  on  the  map  passes  through  its  mouth  ! 

What  tributaries  flow  into  its  southern  side  !    Northern  side  f 

Which  have  their  sources  in  the  Andes  ? 

■What  two  countries  of  South  America  wholly  north  of  the  Equator  f 

■\Vhat  three  countries  partly  north  of  it  ? 

What  country  between  the  Andes  Mountains  and  the  Pacific  Ocean  ? 

Name  all  the  countries  which  border  on  the  Pacific  ?     On  the  Atlantic  ? 
On  the  Caribbe'an  Sea  ? 

What  is  the  only  country  without  sea  coast  ? 

In  what  country  is  the  Isthmus  of  Panama  included  ? 

Bound  the  UNITED  STATES  OF  COLOMBIA.    What  is  the  capital  ? 

What  cities  in  the  north  ?    WTiat  city  in  the  south-west  I 

Wliat  two  rivers  flow  north  ?     South-east  f 

Bound  VENEZUELA.     What  is  ite  capital  I 

What  city  and  lake  in  the  north-west  t 

What  large  river  flows  through  Venezuela  ? 

What  island  north  of  the  delta  of  the  Orinoco  ?     What  gulf! 

Bound  GUIANA.     Into  what  three  colonies  is  it  divided  ? 

Which  colony  is  in  the  eastern  part  ?    Western  t    Central  I 

What  is  the  capital  of  each  colony  ? 

Bound  BRAZIL.     Wliat  is  its  capital  ? 

Name  the  capes  on  the  coast  of  Brazil.    The  cities. 

Wliat  large  island  at  the  mouth  of  the  Amazon  ? 

In  what  part  of  Brazil  are  its  mountain  regions }    Its  Silvas  !    Llanos  1 
Pampas  ?     Its  diamond  district  2 

What  lake  in  the  southern  part  of  Brazil  1 

By  what  river  and  its  tributaries  is  the  greater  part  of  Brazil  drained  ? 

By  what  is  its  southern  part  drained  !     Its  eastern ! 

What  is  the  greatest  width  of  Brazil  from  east  to  west  7    Of  the  United 
States  of  North  America  I 

Bound  ECUADOR.     What  is  its  capital  ? 

What  three  celebrated  volcanoes  near  Quito  ?     What  high  mountain  ! 

What  two  capes  on  the  coast  of  Ecuador } 

What  tributaries  of  the  Amazon  flow  through  Ecuador  t 

Bound  PERU.     What  is  its  capital  ?     What  is  the  port  of  Lima  ? 

What  town  in  the  north-west  ?     What  town  and  volcano  in  the  south  ! 

What  capos  on  the  coast  ?     What  lake  and  river  in  Peru  ! 

Boun'1  BOLIVIA.     What  is  its  capital ! 


What  lake  between  Bolivia  and  Peru  ?    What  high  mountain  near  it  ? 

What  river  flows  through  the  southern  part  1    Into  what  does  it  flow  ! 

By  what  is  the  northern  part  of  Bolivia  drained  f 

"What  city  south-west  of  its  capital ! 

What  desert  between  the  Andes  and  the  Pacific  Coast ! 

What  volcano  in  the  south-west  f     Wliat  town  ! 

Bound  the  ARGENTINE  REPUBLIC.     What  is  its  capital  J 

Name  its  jmiKipal  cities  ?     AVhat  large  river  flows  through  the  countrj-  f 

What  volcanoes  l)etween  the  Argentine  Republic  and  Chili  ? 

In  what  part  are  the  Pampas  ?     What  capes  on  the  coast  i 

Bound  PARAGUAY.    What  is  its  capiul  ? 

What  two  large  rivers  unite  at  the  south-west  comoi  of  Paraguay  ! 

"What  division  of  land  is  Paraguay  ?     What  town  in  the  west  ? 

Bonjid  URUGUAY.     What  is  iU  capital  ? 

Bound  CHILI.     What  is  its  capital  ?     What  cities  on  the  coast ! 

In  the  south-west,  what  islands  ?    Peninsula  ?    Gulf? 

Bound  PATAGONIA.     Has  it  any  capital  ?     Citiej? 

On  what  ocean  docs  Patagonia  border  ?     "What  two  bays  east  f 

■\VTiat  capes  on  its  coast !     AVhat  peninsula  ! 

AVhat  islands  east  of  the  southern  part  ? 

■\Vliat  islands  compose  the  group  of  Terra  del  Puego  ! 

What  strait  between  Patagonia  and  Terra  del  Fuego  t 


K  E  V  I  E  ^V. 

CITIES    AND    TOWNS. 


mkcre  tituatrd  f    On  or 

noar  tffhat  umUcts  f 

MONTE  VIDEO, 

PARAMARIBO. 

CARACAS,  M 

POTOSI, 

GEORGETOWN, 

PERNAMBUCO,  w 

LA  PAZ, 

ASFINWALL, 

VALPARAISO,  7 

POPAVAN, 
(/x>-/>i-<iAn',) 

BOGOTA,  « 

{I'O-QO'tah',) 

QUITO,  " 
(httfto.) 

RIO  JANEIRO,  4W 

MARACAIBO, 
(ma!i-rah-ki'bo.) 

SANTIA30, 
{mhn-tt-ah'go.') 

LIMA,  in 
(/o'.nuA) 

BUENOS  AVRES,  Dx 

PANAMA, 
{piih-naK-mah^.') 

AREQUIPA, 
(ah-raJcie'paK.) 

BAHIA,  iw 
(*oA-«'a.) 

CHUQUISACA,  n 
(choo-ktt-mh'k<i/i.) 

SANTA   FE, 
itian-ta/ay'.) 

PARANA, 
(y*(iA-ra/i-nrtA'.) 

CUZCO,  « 

{l-oofko.) 

CAYENNE, 

(H-«n'.) 

COBIJA, 

CALLAO, 
(kiiU-UAo.) 

PARA. 
{pah-rah'.) 

MOUNTAINS. 

TFhetvart  theyt 

In  urhtU  Mntrtion  do  the  rangai  rwlmtd  ?     WhUh  art 
votranoosf 

Brazilian  Andes?  Illimani?  21 

Andes? 

Antuco? 

CkxroPAxi?  IS 

(M<-yaA-«u>A'fM.) 

Gebal? 

ACARAY  ? 

Chdcborazo?  81 

AunsANA?  1» 

AbEQUIPA?  18 

Atacama? 

(«A<fi»-io-r«A'«(.) 

{ithn-U-^ah'nah.) 

{ah-ray-ks'pak,) 

iaif4uh-kah'mali.) 

Aconcagua?  js 

Pacabaima? 

Piohincha?  u 

(ah-kon-kah'gwah.) 

(pah-laA-ri'maA.) 

ipt-clumfchak.) 

RIVERS. 

Where  do  tKetf  rUef     Tn  vhat  dirrrtlon  do  then  flow,  and  ifUn  teluU  ttntert  T 


WfitcJt  arc  boiimlnry  rtrrri*  f 


St.  Francisco? 
tunguraoua  ? 
Maodalena? 
pxlgomato? 
Paraguay? 


TOCANTINS? 
PUTUHAYO? 
UCAYALI? 

Orinoco? 
La  Plata? 


Parana? 
Uruguay? 
Amazon? 
Madkiba? 

(fiutk-da'raK) 


PUHUB? 

Para? 

Negro? 
Tapajos? 


CAPES. 

Where  are  Otejf  f     Into  what  wairr*  do  thry  prt^jrft  f 
CORBEENTES?         GaLLINAS?  St.  RoQUE?    BlaNCO? 

St.  Francisco?  St.  L<jrenzo?  Orange?       North? 


Horn? 
Frio? 


82 


MONTEITWS  l^HYSICAL  AND  POLITICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


ARIAS  ni 

gquABK  muu. 

Mexico, 
712,850. 

Nicaragua 
58,169. 

Honduras. 
47,092. 

Guatemala, 
44,778. 

Costa  Rica, 
21,495. 

Balize, 
14,000. 

San  Salvador, 
7,835 

Cuba, 
48,383 

Hayti, 
1*9,000 

Jamaica, 
6,250. 

Porto  Rico. 
3,865. 


POPULATION. 

Mexico, 
8,218,000. 


Guatemala, 
1,180,000. 

San  Salvador, 
600,000. 

Nicaragua, 
400,000. 

Honduras, 
350,000. 

Costa  Rica, 
135,000. 

Balize, 
10,000. 

Cnba, 

1,247,000. 

Hayti, 

560,000. 

Porto  Rico, 
380,000. 


Church  and  Square  of  San  Domingo,  City  of  Mexico. 


1.  MEXICO  corresponds  in  Latitude  with  the  Great  Desert 
of  Africa,  the  southern  half  of  each  being  in  the  Torrid  Zone. 

2.  Its  leading  Characteristics  are  its  high  mountains  and 
table-lands,  its  various  clin?ates  and  productions,  and  its  precious 
metals. 

3.  Its  Climates  and  Productions  are  those  of  the  Torrid, 
Temperate  and  Frigid  Zones.  The  hot  or  Torrid  Region  embraces 
the  low  lands  along  the  coasts  and  the  slopes  to  the  height  of  2500 
feet ;  thence  to  the  altitude  of  5,000  feet,  is  the  Temperate  Eegion  ; 
above  8,000  feet,  the  cold  is  severe,  and  at  the  elevation  of  14,800 
feet,  is  the  limit  of  perpetual  snow  (see  page  39). 

4.  The  Hot  Region  Produces  sugar,  coffee,  indigo  and  tropical 
fruits.  Its  groves  contain  parrots,  paroquets  and  other  tropical 
birds  of  beautiful  plumage,  besides  venomous  Snakes  and  insects. 
In  summer  and  autumn  it  is  exceedingly  hot ;  and,  owing  to  abun- 
dant rains  and  rank  vegetation,  very  unhealthful. 

5.  The  Temperate  Region  has  an  agreeable  and  healthful 
climate.    Its  products  are  grain,  fruits  and  vegetables. 

6.  Tlie  Animals  comprise  immense  numbers  of  cattle,  wild 
horses,  sheep,  and  bisons,  or  American  buffaloes.  The  cattle  and 
horses  were  originally  introduced  by  the  Spaniards. 

7.  Tlie  Capital  is  the  city  of  Mexico,  situated  in  the  center  of  a 
plateau,  7,400  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea  (see  p.  16,  pars.  32,  33). 

8.  Tlie  Original  Inhabitants  were  civilized  Indians. 

9.  Mexico  tvas  Conquered  by  Cortez  in  1520,  and  it  remained 
in  the  possession  of  Spain  for  nearly  three  centuries  afterwards. 

10.  The  Government,  which  is  a  Union  of  several  States,  is 
in  a  very  unsettled  condition,  and  the  resources  of  the  country 
lack  development. 

11.  The  Population  of  Mexico  is  about  8  millions,  more  than 
one-half  of  whom  are  Indians  ;  the  remainder  comprise  whites. 


negroes  and  mixed  races.    The  whites  are  of  Spanish  descent  and 
are  called  Creoles. 

12.  CENTRAL  AMERICA  comprises  five  independent 
States  or  republics — Guatemala,  Honduras,  San  Salvador,  Nicara- 
gua and  Costa  Rica,  besides  British  Honduras,  or  Balize.  The 
most  important  of  these  is  Guatemala. 

13.  Its  Surface,  climates,  productions  and  inhabitants  are  simi- 
lar to  those  of  Mexico. 

14.  Tltc  leading  Exports  are  indigo,  cochineal,  coffee,  sugar, 
cotton  and  mahogany. 

15.  THE  WEST  INDIES  include  the  Greater  Antilles,  the 
Lesser  Antilles,  the  Caribbee  and  the  Bahama  Islands  ;  all,  except- 
ing some  of  the  Bahamas,  are  in  the  ToiTid  Zone. 

16.  Their  Surface,  generally,  is  mountainous. 

17.  Tlieir  Climate  is  very  hot,  but  tempered  by  the  influence 
of  the  ocean.  It  is  generally  healthy  from  November  to  June ; 
but,  during  the  great  rains,  fevers  are  prevalent. 

18.  Hurricanes  and  Earthquakes  are  frequent. 

19.  The  Vegetable  Productions  are  rich  and  abundant — sugar, 
coffee,  tobacco,  cotton,  corn,  mahogany,  dye-woods  and  drugs, 
besides  pine-apples,  oranges,  bananas  and  other  tropical  fruits. 

20.  The  Cultivation  of  the  Soil  is  performed  by  negroes,  who 
comprise  the  larger  portion  of  the  inhabitants. 

21.  Fish,  Turtles,  parrots,  flamingoes,  hummiug-birds,  snakes, 
lizards  and  insects  are  numerous. 

22.  CUBA,  the  largest  of  the  West  Indies,  is  750  miles  long. 

23.  Its  leading  Manufactures  are  sugar,  molasses  and  cigars. 
Its  commerce  is  important ;  its  chief  city  is  Havana. 

24.  HA  YTi  comprises  two  republics  of  free  colored  people  ; 
the  French  language  is  spoken  in  the  western  part  of  the  island, 
and  Spanish,  in  the  eastern  part. 


SOUTH  AMERICA. 


S3 


Tha  Upper 


(See  page  39.) 
are  subject  to 


1.  SOUTH  AMEIIJCA:  its  leading  char- 
acteristics are  its  high  mountains,  volcanoes,  pla- 
teaus, large  rivers  and  extensive  plains. 

2.  It  has  three  mountain  systems,  three 
l^lateau  regions,  and  three  great  river  basins. 

3.  The  most  important  mountains  are  tue 
Andes,  which  consist  of  several  ranges,  and 
extend  along  the  Pacific  coast  a  distance  of  over 
4500  miles. 

4.  In  the  Andes,  are  plateaus  and  vaUeys  of 
various  sizes  and  elevations. 

5.  Tlie  Ilighrst  rcahs  are  more  than  20,000 
feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea.  Mt.  Aconcagua, 
the  highest,  is  23,910  feet 

6.  The  Largest  Plateau  of  the  Andes  is  in 
Bohvia  and  Peru  ;  it  is  more  than  12,000  feet 
above  the  level  of  the  ocean,  and  covers  an  area 
equal  to  that  of  Indiana. 

7.  Tlie  greater  part  of  South  America  is  in 
the  Torrid  Zone  ;  consequently,  Bolivia,  Peru, 
Ecuador,  and  Colombia  possess  every  vaiiety  of 
climate,  from  the  tropical  heat  of  their  low  plains, 
to  the  region  of  perpetual  snow  on  their  mountains 

8.  The  Countries  bordering  on  the   Pacific 
earthquakes. 

9.  The  other  Mountain  Systems  of  South  America  are  north 
of  -Brazil  and  in  the  southeastern  part  of  that  country. 

10.  The  most  extensive  Plateau  of  South  America  is  in  the 
<;ontral  and  southeastern  portions  of  BrazQ.  Its  elevation  is  from 
2,000  to  5,000  feet  above  the  sea  level 

11.  nie  excessive  rains  of  the  Tropical  Regions  of  South 
.Vmerica  are  supplied  by  the  winds  which  blow  from  the  Atlantic. 
As  the  moistui-e  is  condensed  before  passing  the  Andes,  little  or 
no  rain  falls  between  those  mountains  and  the  Pacific,  which 
accounts  for  the  deserts  of  that  region.    (See  p.  34,  pars.  41  to  45.) 

12.  The  Seasons  of  the  year  are  two,  the  wet  and  dry. 

13.  The  Lowlands  comprise,  chiefly,  the  basins  of  the  Amazon, 
Orinoco,  and  La  Plata. 

■  14.  The  Basin  or  Valley  of  the  Amazon  has  an  area  of  over 
2,000,000  square  miles,  and  includes  large  portions  of  Brazil, 
Ecuador,  Peru  and  Bolivia. 

15.  Its  Surface  is  covered  with  numerous  streams,  marshes, 
and  dense  forests,  called  silvas,  the  abode  of  savages,  monkeys, 
alligators,  huge  serpents  and  venomous  insects.  (See  page  44, 
paragraj)h  37.) 

16.  The  Lowlands  of  the  Orinoco  are  called  llanos  ;  those  of 
the  La  Plata,  pampaa  In  the  wet  season,  they  are  covered  with 
grass  ;  but,  in  the  diy  season,  they  become  desolate  wastes.  (See 
page  21,  paragraphs  9  to  13.) 

17.  These  Lowlands  are  in  nearly  every  country  in  South 
America.  For  subsistence  and  trade,  a  large  portion  of  the  in- 
habitants depend  upon  their  cattle  and  horses,  which  roam  over 
the  llanos  and  pampas,  in  countless  lierds,  during  the  wet  season. 

18.  Animals  are  numerous  ;  they  include  the  jaguar,  puma, 
tapir,  ant-eater,  sloth  and  armadillo.  Hides  and  lamas  are  used 
as  beasts  of  burden. 

19.  The  Agricultural  Protlucts  are  coffee,  sngar,  wheat,  com, 
cotton,  tobacco,  rice  and  tropical  fruits.  In  the  forests,  are  the 
chocolate  and  India-rubber  trees,  and  those  from  which  cabinet 
and  dye-woods,  Peruvian  bark  and  other  medicines  are  obtained. 

20.  The  Largest  Birds  are  the  emu  and  mltm-e  ;  besides  these 
are  the  toucan,  with  parrots  and  humming-birds  of  great  beauty. 


Apurimac  River,  one  of  th»  Sources  of  the  Amazon 


21.  The  Original  Inhabitants  were  Indians  :  those  under  the 
government  of  the  Incas,  whose  dominions  extended  along  the 
Andes  from  the  Equator  to  Patagonia,  had  advanced  to  a  high 
degree  of  civilization. 

22.  Sotne  of  their  Buildings  were  of  magnificent  construction, 
especially  the  Temple  of  the  Sun,  which  was  ornamen}«d  with  gold 
and  jewels  of  great  value. 

23.  Peru  was  conquered  by  Pizarro,  about  the  year  1533,  and 
remained  in  possession  of  the  Spaniards  for  about  300  years. 

24.  The  present  InhahiUints  of  South  America  are  Indians, 
whites,  negroes  and  mixed  races.  More  than  one-half  are  Indians. 
The*  white  inhabitants  are  chiefly  of  Spanish  and  Portuguese 
descent ;  Portuguese,  in  Brazil ;  British,  Dutch  and  French,  in 
Gruiana  ;  and  Spanish,  in  all  the  other  countries. 

25.  The  South  American  Governments  are  republics,  except 
Brazil,  which  is  an  empire,  and  Guiana,  which  is  under  the 
dominion  of  Great  Britain,  France  and  Holland. 

.  26.  BRAZIL  is  the  largest  country  in  South  America  ;  its 
wealth  is  in  its  fertile  soil,  extensive  pastiures,  its  gold,  diamonds, 
and  timber. 

27.  It  Produces  more  than  half  the  coffee  used  in  the  world. 

28.  Tlie  Northern  Part  of  Brazil  is  subject  to  heavy  rains 
and  violent  storms.  In  the  south,  the  chmate  is  mild  and 
salubrious. 

29.  The  Largest  City  in  South  America  is  Rio  Janeiro,  the 
capital  and  chief  commercial  city  of  Brtml. 

30.  Tlie  Cities,  Towns,  and  Cultivated  Districts  of  Brazil 
are  chiefly  near  the  coast. 

31.  THE  AROEyTINK  REPUBLIC :  its  characteristics 
are  its  forests  and  deserts  of  the  north,  and  its  vast  pampas  of 
the  center  and  south. 

32.  Its  Climate  is  distinguished  by  great  summer  heat,  violent 
hail-storms  and  long  droughts. 

33.  The  National  Wealth  is  mostly  in  the  cattle,  horses, 
mules  and  sheep,  which  are  reared,  in  millions,  on  the  pampas ; 
the  leading  expoi-ts  are  wool,  hides  and  skins. 

34.  Patagonia  is  mostly  a  barren  region,  claimed  by  Chili  and 
the  Argentine  BepubUc. 


MONTEITH'S  PHYSICAL  ANT)  POLITICAL   GEOGRAPHY. 


THE  BRITISH  ISLES. 


85 


Areas 
Compared. 

Sq.  miles. 

England  and  Wales, 

58,320. 

Georgia  (U.  S,), 
58,000. 


[  Scotland  (inc.  islands). 
81,324. 

Maine, 
81,798. 


Ireland, 
32,512. 

Indiana, 
33,809. 


popclatioks 
Compared. 

England  and  Wales, 
22,704,100. 

Further  India, 
20,000,000. 


Scotland  (inc.  islands), 
3,358,613. 

New  England  States, 
3,487,92-1. 


Ireland, 
5,402,759. 

Pennsylvania  and  Ind., 
5,202,687. 


The  Eastern  Part  of  Edinburgh  Looking  South.— The  Palace  of  Holyrood.-~Salieoury  Crass  and  Arthur's  Seat  in  the  Oittance. 


1.  THE  BRTTTAir  ISLES  comprise  Great  Britain  and 
Ireland,  with  many  small  islands  near  their  coasts. 

2.  Thei/  are  Situated  in  the  centre  of  the  land  hemisphere, 
and  between  the  same  parallels  of  latitude  as  Labrador  and  the 
southern  half  of  Siberia.     (See  Land  Hemisphere,  p.  50.) 

3.  Their  Cfitnafe  is  mild  and  moist,  owinp  to  the  influence  of 
•I  10  west  winds,  which  blow  over  the  Gulf  Stream.     See  pages  35 

!i.l  3G.) 

4.  Their  Area  is  less  than  that  of  New  Mexico  ;  and  no  part  of 
ueir  surface  is  more  than  100  miles  from  the  coast. 

5.  The  Larffest  European  Island  is  Great  Britain,  the  most 
important  in  the  world.  It  comprises  England,  Scotland  and 
Wales.     The  second  in  size,  is  Ireland.  ♦ 

6.  Their  nearest  approach  to  Continental  Europe  is  at  the 
Strait  of  Dover,  (21  miles  wide)  between  England  and  France. 

7.  The  most  Northern  of  the  British  Isles  are  the  Shetland 
Islands. 

8.  The  British  Empire  comprises  the  British  Isles  and 
extensive  possessions  in  America,  Asia,  Africa,  and  Oceanica. 

9.  ENGLAND  possesses  fine  pastures,  well  cultivated  farms, 
beautiful  landscapes,  and  mines  which  yield  immense  wealth. 

10.  Its  Mountains  are  in  the  west  and  northwest,  the  highest 
being  about  3,000  feet  high.     Its  lowest  lands  are  in  the  east. 

11.  In  the  Northwest  are  the  mountains,  lakes,  and  waterfalls 
of  England,  which  are  celebrated  for  the  beauty  of  their  scenery. . 
The  highest  mountains  are  Sea  Fell,  Helvellyn  and  Skiddaw,  each 
over  3,000  feet.  The  largest  lake — Windermere— ii.jj3out  10 
miles  long  by  1  mile  wide. 

12.  The  Mineral  Products  include  coal,  iron,  copper,  lead, 
tin,  and  salt.    The  coal  fields  are,  chiefly,  in  the  northern  counties. 

13.  The  Agricultural  Products  are  chiefly  wheat,  rye,  bailey 
and  oats.    Indian  com  and  the  grape  do  not  thrive. 

14.  England  creels  every  other  country  in  the  world  in  the 
extent  of  its  commerce  and  manufactures  ;  this  is  largely  due 
to  its  facilities  for  navigation,  and  the  abtmdance  of  its  coal 
and  iron. 

15.  Its  Cotton,  Woolen  and  Iron  manufactures  are  immense. 

16.  England  is  the  most  densely  populated  coimtry  in  Europe, 
except  Belgium. 


17.  London,  the  capital,  excels  every  other  city  in  the  world, 
in  wealth,  population  and  commerce. 

18.  Liverpool,  next  in  size  to  London,  is  a  celebrated  commer- 
cial city  ;  next  in  rank,  are  Manchester,  noted  for  its  cotton 
manufactures,  and  Birmingham,  for  hardware. 

19.  WALES  is  a  mountainous  country,  and  well  adapted  to 
grazing  ;  its  manufactures  are  woolen  goods. 

20.  SCOTLAND:  its  distinguishing  featiures  are  its  broken 
coast  line,  its  rugged  stu-face,  and  its  numerous  lakes. 

21.  Tlie  Highlands,  which  cover  the  northern  half  of  Scotland, 
comprise  the  Grampian  Hills  and  other  ranges. 

22.  They  are  Remarkable  for  the  wild  scenery  of  their  naked 
rocks  and  precipices,  narrow  glens,  lakes  and  waterfalls,  and  their 
desolate  moorlands,  which  are  covered  with  heath  and  bog. 

23.  The  Highest  of  the  Grtinipian  Hills  is  Ben  Nevis,  4406 
feet  (the  highest  mountain  in  Great  Britain). 

24.  The  Largest  Lake  in   Great    Biitain   is   Loch  Lomond. 

25.  The  Loif^lands,  which  are  comparatively  level,  contain 
good  agricultural  lands,  nud  the  bulk  of  the  population.  Here 
the  people  are  chiefly  engaged  in  agriculture,  manufactures  and 
commerce.     The  H%^landers  are  chiefly  shepherds. 

26.  The  Agricultural  Products  are  oats,  wheat,  barley, 
potatoes  and  turnips.     The  minerals  are  coal,  iron  and  lead. 

27.  T/ie  Capital  '-ia  Edinburgh,  and  the  chief  city,  Glasgow. 

28.  IRELAND  is  hilly  or  mountainous  along  the  coast,  and 
generally  level  in  the  Interior.  The  highest  mountains  are  a  litUe 
over  3000  feet  high.     •         .  y 

29.  Ireland  is  chiefly  a  grazing  and  agricultural  country  ; 
oats,  wheat,  potatoes,  barley  and  flax  are  successfully  cultivated. 

30.  The  Principal  Manufacture  is  linen. 

31.  Dublin  is  the  capital  and  chief  city.  The  other  large  cities 
are  Belfast,  Cork,  and  Limerick. 

32.  Celebrated  for  Beautiful  Scenery,  are  the  Lakes  of 
Killamey,  and  the  region  surrounding  them. 

33.  The  Government  of  the  British  Isles  is  a  limited  monarchy. 
The  legislative  body,  or  parliament,  is  composed  of  the  House  of 
Lords  and  the  House  of  Commons  :  it  comprises  members  from 
England,  Scotland,  Ireland  and  Wales. 


C 


V^OIUIMV  HSIXIU 


aai'HSVM 


N  O  O  3  il  O 


^  /'s  N  n  a  a  'N  /'d  w  V  H  'N  /  ssyw/a  a.gf  -n/ 


■M  VO-N 


-voi-a:a:TNE"v  usiJ.itjg: 


!   'JSriSiJSE  O  OSXJi^ 


siOJsrirETZ 


•^loci-^'ais'vn  •  "Ci:.M-^'T:ciJsrxiOL3:./>A.r3ci^n 


jsr  I 


'SSTK    I ;  'AssHar  iwsN:  i  °a<K[  > 


•VrHIOSOA 


00 


MONTEITH'S  rHYSICAL  ANJ)  POLITICAL   GEOGBAPHY. 


The  Palace  of  Versailles,  near  Paris  i  Now  Used  as  a  Historical  Museum. 


14.  FRANCE  corresponds  in  latitude 
with  the  New  England  States,  the  Great 
Lakes,  Minnesota  and  Oregon. 

15.  It>i  Mountains  are  on  its  eastern  and 
southern  borders  ;  they  are  noted  for  the 
grandeur  of  their  scenery. 

16.  The  River  Valleys  present  beautiful 
landscapes. 

17.  Its  Climate,  soil,  and  agricultural 
productions  are  varied ;  the  cold  of  winter 
increases  according  to  the  distance  inland. 
The  southeastern  section  is  noted  as  a  winter 
resort  for  invalids. 

18.  The  Most  Important  Ayriculturul 
Products  are  grain  and  grapes,  the  former 
flourishing  in  the  north,  the  latter  in  the 
south. 

19.  The  Commerce  and  Manufactures 
of  France  are  very  important ;  the  latter 
comprise  silk,  woolen,  linen  and  cotton  goods. 

20.  The  Larr/est  City  in  France  is  Paris, 
the  capital  and  third  city  in  size  in  the  world  ; 
London  and  Pekin  being  the  largest. 


1.  EUROPE  is  remarkable  for  its  great  length  of  coast  line, 
its  great  plain,  mountain  and  river  scenery,  and  powerful  nations. 

2.  Its  Northern  Half  is  mostly  level ;  its  southern  half, 
mountainous. 

3.  Its  Great  Plain  comprises  two-thirds  of  its  area,  covering 
Eussia,  Prussia,  Denmark  and  Holland. 

4.  Its  Most  Celebrated  Mountains  are  the  Alps  ;  Mount 
Blanc,  the  highest  mountain  in  Europe,  is  15,810  feet  above  the 
level  of  the  sea. 

5.  The  Rivers  which  are  celebrated  for  the  beauty  of  their 
scenery  are  the  Rhine,  Rhone,  Seine,  Loire  and  Danube.  The 
Rhine  is  noted  for  its  vine-covered  Mils,  picturesque  villages,  its 
crags  and  ancient  castles.  Its  most  interesting  portion  is  in 
Prussia,  between  the  towns  of  Bonn  and  May  once. 

6.  The  Foreiyn  and  Inland  Commerce  of  Europe  is  very 
extensive,  owing  largely  to  the  numerous  indentations  of  its  coast, 
and  its  network  of  rivers,  canals,  and  railroads. 

7.  TJic  Climate  of  Western  and  Southern  Europe  is  greatly 
modified  by  the  winds  which  blow  over  the  Gulf  Stream,  and 
the  Mediterranean  Sea.  It  corresponds  to  that  of  the  Pacific 
coast  of  the  United  States.     (See  p.  37,  paragraphs  21,  31  and  38.) 

8.  The  Warm  Zone  of  Europe  embraces  Spain,  Italy,  Turkey, 
Greece,  and  Southern  France.  The  winters  are  short,  frost  and 
snow,  rare,  with  but  slight  interruption  to  vegetation.  Here 
flourish  the  vine,  orange,  lemon,  citron,  fig  and  olive.  The  heat  of 
this  region  is  often  greatly  increased  by  the  hot  winds  from  Africa. 

9.  The  Central,  or  Temperate  Region,  except  along  the 
western  coast,  has  long,  cold  winters,  with  considerable  snow. 
Here  grain  is  largely  produced. 

10.  The  Northern  and  Eastern  Parts  of  Europe  are  remark- 
able for  their  severe  winters,  and  the  rapid  growth  of  vegetation 
in  their  warm,  short  summers. 

11.  Edinburyh  and  Moscow,  although  in  the  same  latitude, 
have  very  different  cUmates  ;  one  is  oceanic  and  mild,  the  other 
continental  and  excessive. 

12.  The  Governments  of  Europe  are  mostly  hereditary  mon- 
archies. 

13.  Tlie  Leading  European  Nations  are  Great  Britain, 
Prussia,  Russia,  and  France. 


21.  PRUSSIA  has  a  northern  slope.  Its  surface  is  even, 
except  in  the  south  and  west. 

22.  THE  GERMAN  EMPIRE  was  formed  by  the  union  of 
all  the  Kingdoms,  States,  and  Free  Cities  of  North  and  South 
Germany. 

23.  The  King  of  Prussia  became  Emperor  of  Germany. 

24.  The  Largest  City  in  Germany  is  Berlin,  the  capital.  Its 
population  is  larger  than  that  of  Philadelphia. 

25.  Other  Large  Cities  are  Hamburg,  Breslau,  Munich,  Dres- 
den, and  Cologne.  Strasburg  and  Metz  were  lately  ceded  by 
France  to  Germany. 

26.  The  Leading  Products  of  Germany  are  grain,  flax, 
tobacco  and  wine,  linen,  cotton,  woolen  and  silk  goods,  coal  and 
the  useful  metals. 

27.  DENMARK  and  HOLLAND  have  a  low,  flat  surface 
and  a  moist  climate.  Their  principal  products  are  grain,  cattle, 
butter,  etc. 

28.  They  Correspond  in  Latitude  with  Labrador  and  Hud- 
son's Bay. 

29.  The  Surface  of  a  Large  Portion  of  Holland  is  below  the 
level  of  the  sea  and  several  of  its  rivers  ;  the  water  from  them 
being  prevented  from  overflowing  the  land,  by  embankments. 
The  country  is  drained  by  means  of  its  numerous  canals,  into 
which  the  water  is  raised  by  windmills  and  steam  engines. 

30.  The  Foreign  Possessions  of  France  and  Holland  in 
Asia,  Africa  and  America,  are  important. 

31.  The  Most  Important  Cities  of  Denmark  and  Holland 
are  Copenhagen  and  Amsterdam,  their  capitals. 

32.  BELGIUM  is  the  most  thickly  settled,  and  the  best  culti- 
vated country  in  Europe. 

33.  It  is  Rich  in  agricultural,  mineral  and  manufacturing 
products.  Coal  and  iron  are  abundant.  Its  manufactures  are 
Brussels  carpets,  linens,  laces,  cotton,  woolen,  and  silk  goods. 

84.  Its  Capital  and  chief  city  is  Brussels. 
35.  France,  Holland   and  Belgium  together   cover  an  area 
about  equal  to  that  of  Texas. 


EUROPE. 


91 


Stt  Peter's,  the  most  celebrated  cat::. ..;.„. -.     ..,  .^..^...  .^  .^  .   :,_,,  ,,. 

picture  appears  the  Palace  of  the  Vatican,  which  is  the  residence  of  the  Pope. 
able  for  their  magnificence,  their  treasures  of  art,  a  museum,  and  a  library. 


1.  AUSTRIA  is  re- 

lurkable  for  its  mount- 
in    scenery,    its    great 

I  eiitral    plain   of    Hun- 

iry,  its  exten.sive  for- 

t.s,  its  mineral  wealth, 

!id  the  variety  of  the 

I  aces  which  compose  its 

inhabitants. 

2.  Its    Pi-odiictious 
If  grain,  grapes,  hops 

'\  hemp,  with  olives, 
ingos,     lemons     and 

iii:0. 

3.  The  LMfgest  Cilics 
in  Austria  are  Vienna — 
its  capital,  Prague  and 
Pesth. 

4.  RUSSIA  is  re- 
markable for  its  great 
area,  severe  climutcj, 
vast  forests  and  steppes 
(gras.sy  plains). 

5.  It  in  Chieflij  an 
agricultural  and  grazing 
country ;  its  yield  of 
wheat  and  other  grains 
is  abundant. 

6.  Its  Larffest  Cities 
are  SL  Petersburg — the  capital,  Moscow  and  Warsaw. 

7.  SWEDEN^  AND  NOB1VAT,  now  under  one  sovereign, 
form  the  Scandinavian  Peninsida ;  each  has  its  own  laws  and 
legislature. 

8.  The  Surface  of  Norway  is  exceedingly  mountainous,  while 
that  of  Sweden  is  comparatively  level. 

9.  Tfie  Coasts  of  both  are  lined  with  islands.  The  Norwe- 
gian coast  is  remarkable  for  its  numerous  inlets,  called  fiords. 

10.  The  Climate  of  Sweden  is  remarkable  for  its  long,  cold 
winters,  and  its  short,  hot  summers ;  while  that  of  Norway  is 
milder,  owing  to  the  influence  of  the  Gulf  Stream. 

11.  The  Peninsula  is  remarkable  for  its  forests,  pastures, 
and  its  stores  of  iron  and  copper.  Ship-building,  commerce,  the 
lumber  trade,  and  the  fisheries,  are  important. 

12.  Stockholm,  their  capital  and  chief  city,  is  built  partly  on 
several  islands. 

13.  SWITZERLAXD,  an  inland  republic,  is  the  most  mount- 
ainous coimtry  in  Europe. 

14.  It  is  remarkable  for  its  grand  and  picturesque  scenery,  es- 
pecially that  of  its  mountains,  glaciers,  valleys,  lakes  and  waterfalls. 

15.  Its  Area  and  Pojtulation  are  about  double  those  of  Mas- 
sachusetts. More  than  half  the  inhabitants  are  Germans,  who 
occupy  the  northeastern  cantons  or  states;  in  the  west  are  French, 
and  in  the  south,  Italians. 

16.  Its  Capital  is  Berne  ;  its  chief  city,  Geneva. 

17.  ITALY  is  celebrated  for  its  mild  winters  and  clear  sky,  its 
mountain  and  lake  scenery,  its  volcanoes  and  ancient  ruins. 

18.  Rome,  the  ancient  capital  of  the  Roman  Empire,  is,  next 
to  Jerusalem,  the  most  celebrated  city  in  the  world.  It  was  once 
"the  mistress  of  the  world,"  but  now  is  noted  chiefly  for  its  ruins, 
the  most  famous  of  which  are  the  Coliseum  and  the  Roman  Forum. 


—        ,  i^  :cet|  and  itt  hight,  458  feet. 
It  contains  more  than  4000  rooms.     Its 


On  the  right  of  the 
galleries  are  remark- 


Its  celebrated  Cathedral,  St.  Peters,  is  the  largest  church  in  the 
world.  Rome  was  founded  more  than  700  years  B.  C,  and  was  in 
the  height  of  its  power  at  the  beginning  of  the  Christian  era. 

19.  The  LargeM  City  is  Naples,  near  which  are  Vesuvius  and 
the  ruins  of  Pompeii  (pom-pay'e)  and  Ilerculaneum. 

20.  The  Principal  Volcanoes,  besides  Vesuvius,  are  Mt.  Etna, 
in  Sicily,  and  Strom  Txili,  of  the  Lip'ari  group,  all  Italian  islands. 
Corsica,  the  birthplace  of  Napoleon  I.,  belongs  to  France. 

21.  SPAIN  AND  PORTUGAL  correspond,  in  latitude,  with 
Missouri  and  Iowa ;  and  in  area,  with  Missouri,  Iowa  and 
Minnesota. 

22.  Their  Surface  consists  of  plateaus  and  mountains.  Their 
climate  is  mild  on  the  coasts. 

23.  The  Ilighlands  are  dry  and  unproductive ;  but  the  vine, 
tobacco,  sugar  cane,  and  tropical  fruits  flourish  in  the  lower 
grounds.  Merino  sheep  in  vast  numbers  are  reared  for  their  wool, 
which  is  the  finest  in  Europe. 

24.  Their  Largest  Cities  are  the  capitals,  Madrid  and  Lisbon. 

25.  THE  TURKISH  or  OTTOMAN  EMPIRE  lies  in 
Europe,  Asia,  and  Africa. 

26.  The  Surface  of  Turkey  in  Europe  is  mountainous  and 
undulating  ;  the  climate,  variable.     Grapes  and  grain  flourish. 

27.  Many  of  the  people  are  Mohammedans  ;  the  emperor  is 
called  the  Sultan,  and  his  court,  the  Sublime  Porte. 

28.  Constantinople,  the  capital,  is,  next  to  London  and  Paris, 
the  largest  city  in  Europe. 

29.  GREECE  is  noted  for  its  fine  scenery  and  climate,  and  its 
delicious  fruits,  especially  currants,  olives,  and  gra))e8. 

30.  Athens,  its  capital,  and  long  one  of  the  most  celebrated 
cities  in  the  world  for  Uterature  and  science,  was  founded  more 
than  1300  years  B.  C. 


94 


MONTEITH'S  PHYSICAL  AKD  POLITICAL  GBOGRAPBY. 


->*i 


A  Procession  in  Japan,  in  honor  of  the  Mikado- 


Descriptive  §eography. 

1.  ASIA  is  remarkable  for  its  extent  of  surface,  its  high  moun- 
tains, extensive  plains  and  deserts,  excessive  climates,  vast  popula- 
tion, and  historical  antiquity. 

2.  The  Himalayas,  the  highest  mountains  in  the  world,  are 
south  of  the  central  part  of  Asia.  Northward,  the  slope  is  gradual, 
while  southward,  it  is  very  abrupt. 

3.  The  great  Plateau  Region  of  Asia  is  in  the  center  ;  the 
great  plains  are  in  the  north,  west,  and  east. 

4.  The  Highest  Mountain  on  the  globe  is  Mount  Everest, 
29,000  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea ;  the  plateau  of  Thibet  is 
from  10,000  to  15,000  feet  high. 

5.  Nearly  every  Country  is  rich  in  wheat,  rice  and  other 
grains,  besides  precious  metals  and  stones. 

6.  Famous  for  the  Manufacture  of  rich  shawls,  carpets,  silks 
and  velvets,  are  India,  Persia  and  Turkey. 

7.  SIBERIA  is  composed  of  forests,  steppes  or  prairies, 
marshes  and  fertile  tracts,  with  fresh  and  salt  lakes. 

8.  The  Northern  Third  of  its  Surface  is  chiefly  a  region  of 
salt  steppes  and  endless  swamps,  where  the  soil  is  ijerpetually 
frozen  to  the  depth  of  hundi-eds  of  feet.  The  surface  is  thawed 
only  two  or  three  months  of  the  year. 

9.  The  Rivers  of  Siberia  are  large,  and  their  lower  or  northern 
courses  are  frozen  the  greater  part  of  the  year. 

10.  Siberia  is  rich  in  gold,  precious  stones  and  fur-bearing 
animals. 

11.  The  Population  is  composed  of  Kussian  settlers,  criminals 
and  pohtical  exiles  ;  besides  the  original  inhabitants,  who  are  a 
very  degraded  race,  given  to  the  lowest  forms  of  idolatry. 

12.  CHINA,  which  forms  about  one-third  of  the  Chinese  Em- 
pire, has  an  area  about  equal  to  that  portion  of  the  United  States 
which  hes  east  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  and  a  population  ten 
times  as  large  as  that  of  the  United  States. 

13.  Its  Surface  is  mountainous  in  the  west,  with  an  eastward 
slope  to  the  Pacific  Ocean. 

14.  Its  great  Source  of  Wealth  is  in  the  fertile  soil  of  its 
extensive  plains,  river  valleys  and  hills,  which  are  highly  cul- 
tivated. The  lowlands  yield  two  crops  each  year ;  the  soil  is 
enriched  by  a  deposit  of  fine  mud  which  is  left  by  the  floods. 

15.  The  Agricultural  Products  of  China  and  Japan  are  tea, 
rice,  cotton,  sugar,  grain  and  fruits. 

16.  Among  its  Mamifuctures  are  silk  goods  and  porcelain 
ware,  the  first  inventors  of  which  were  the  Chinese. 

17.  Inland  Trade  is  facihtated  by  important  rivers,  canals, 
creeks  and  lakes. 

18.  The  Minerals  of  China  and  Japan  include  gold,  sUver, 
copper,  lead,  iron  and  coal. 

19.  THIBET,  an  elevated  region,  belongs  chiefly  to  China. 
It  has  a  dry  climate,  except  in  summer,  and  abounds  in  precious 
metals. 

20.  THE  JAPAN  EMPIRE  which  is  no  larger  than  Cali- 
fornia, has  a  population  nearly  equal  to  that  of  the  United  States. 

21.  Its  Climate  is  rainy,  but  milder  than  that  of  China,  in  the 
same  latitude.  The  country  suffers  from  hurricanes,  earthquakes 
and  volcanic  eruptions. 

22.  The  Government,  like  that  of  China,  is  a  despotism.  The 
Emperor  of  Japan  is  called  the  Mikado. 


ASIA. 


COKPAHATmS 

Areas. 
Sqcabji  Miij». 

Russia  in  Asia, 
5,800,000. 

United  States, 
3,603,884. 


Japan  Kmpire, 
149,399. 

California, 
188,981. 


Afglianistan, 
258,500. 

Austria, 
340,319. 


Burmali. 
193,5')0. 

Sjiain, 
195,000 


mifflhM 


.//.^■■"vy,  « 


-'-'  '1^     ■■^«F^-''^— -■  "'^  j'- 


1     I    I 


9J 


COMPA«ATIT« 
POPIXATIOSS. 

Chinese  Empire, 
44«,000,000. 

United  SUtes, 
40,000,000. 


Japan  Empire, 
83,000,000. 

at.  Britain  h  Ite., 
32,0(K),000. 


Tnrkey  in  Asia. 
16,a'50,0OO. 

Spain, 
l(i.505,000. 


Ceylon, 
.'.000,000. 

Chill, 
2,000,000. 


The  City  of  Bagdad,  on  the  Tigris  River,  the  principal  city  in  tha  eattem  part  of  Turkey  m  Ana.      The  Mo$que  of  Imam  (Mouta. 


23.  ASIATIC  TURKEY  containa  some  of  the  most  cele- 
brated places  in  the  world.  Palestine,  or  the  Holy  Land,  is  in  the 
south-west ;  Mt.  Ararat  is  on  the  northeastern  border  ;  Damascus 
is  the  oldest,  and  Jerusalem,  the  most  renowned  city  in  the  world. 

24.  Smyrna  is  the  largest  city  in  Asiatic  Turkey. 

25.  TURKESTAy  is  high  in  the  east,  with  a  western  slope  to 
the  Caspian  Sea.     Its  western  section  is  sandy,  salt  and  barren. 

26.  It  is  now  chiefly  under  the  dominion  of  Eussia. 

27.  PERSIA  consists  mainly  of  a  desert  plateau,  coTered  with 
sand,  salt  and  nitre,  where  the  heat  of  siunmer  and  the  cold  of 
winter  are  excessive.  Its  fertile  section  is  in  the  northwest,  near 
the  Caspian  Sea.     The  population  comprises  variotis  Asiatic  races. 

28.  Tlie  Head  of  the  Government  is  called  the  Shah. 

29.  Many  of  the  Inhnbitants  of  Persia,  Turkestan ',  Afghanis- 
tan', Beloochifitan',  Turkey  in  Asia  and  Arabia  are  Nomads,  a 
wandering  people,  who  rear  sheep,  goats,  horses  and  camels. 

30.  ARAIilA  is  a  dry,  hot  and  barren  region,  low  along  the 
coasts  and  high  in  the  interior. 

31.  The  Arabs  comprise  two  classes  ;  those  who  live  in  the 
cities  and  are  engaged  in  agriculture,  trade,  etc.,  and  the  Bedouins, 
who  live  in  tents  and  wander  from  place  to  place  in  search  of  pas- 
ture for  their  flocks  and  herds. 

32.  Ayricuttiire  is  carried  on  by  means  of  artificial  irrigation. 
The  leading  products  are  coffee,  grain,  dates,  gum  Arabic  and 
medicines. 

33.  The  Largest  City  is  Muscat.  Mecca  is  celebrated  as  the 
birth-place  of  Mohammed  (bom  571,  a.d.),  the  founder  of  Moham- 
medanism.   Mocha  is  famous  for  its  large  export  of  excellent  coffee. 


34.  INDIA  extends  from  the  Arabian  to  the  China  Sea,  a  dis- 
tance from  east  to  west,  about  equal  to  that  of  the  United  States. 

35.  It  is  Remarkable  for  its  hot,  moist  climate,  rich  soil  and 
the  abundance  of  its  vegetable  and  animal  life. 

36.  TIte  Forests,  Vallrys,  Slopes  and  river  banks  contain 
valuable  timber  and  a  wonderful  profusion  of  flowering  vinos, 
shrubs  and  trees. 

37.  The  I,eadinff  Products  are  rice,  wheat,  cotton,  coffee, 
opium,  silk  and  tropical  fruits. 

38.  The  Wild  Animals  include  the  elephant,  rhinoceros,  lion, 
tiger,  leopard,  panther,  bears  and  others.  The  foresta  teem  with 
monkeys  and  beautiful  birds. 

39.  I7i«  Useful  Animals  of  Asia  include  the  camel,  horse,  ox 
and  donkey.     The  elephant  and  buffalo  are  also  domesticated. 

40.  The  Precious  Metals  and  precious  stones  are  abundant 

41.  Hindoostan  covers  an  area  nearly  equal  to  one-half  that  of 
the  United  States,  with  more  than  four  times  their  poptilation. 
It  is  mainly  under  the  dominion  of  Great  Britain.  In  the  north, 
the  cold  of  winter  and  the  heat  of  summer  are  excessive  ;  on  the 
table-lands  of  the  center  and  south,  the  climate  is  comparatively 
temperate  ;  but,  on  the  thickly  settled  plains,  the  heat,  during  the 
greater  portion  of  the  year,  is  intense. 

42.  AFOHAJflSTAjr  and  BELOOCHISTAN  consist  of 
high  plateaus  and  mountains.     Their  climates  are  excessive. 

43.  Tfte  Asiatic  Govemmrnft,  are  despotic  ;  the  religions,  very 
diverse.  Buddhism  (bood'ism),  an  idolatrous  worship,  prevails 
in  Thibet,  China  and  Japan  ;  Brahminisni,  also  idolatrous,  in 
India.  The  religion  of  Siberia  is  chiefly  that  of  the  Greek  Church  ; 
that  of  Western  and  Southwestern  Asia,  Mohammedan,  except 
Greeks  and  Armenians,  who  are  Christians. 


Showing  the  course  of  the  Congo  River,  discovered  by  Stanley  in  1877. 


*  Source  of  the  Nile,  discovered  by  Stanley,  187s. 


AFRICA. 


97 


SOUDAN  ABYSSINIA 

BBCTIOH  or  UrUOA  nOM  CAP*  TIU>,  UnrWASD,  TO  THB  «EO  UA. 

EXERCISES  ON  THE  MAP. 

What  natural  division  of  land  is  AFRICA  ?  By  what  waters  is  it  em- 
braced ? 

What  preyents  it  from  being  an  island  ?     To  what  is  Africa  joined  ? 

Where  does  Africa  approach  nearest  to  Eiirope  ? 

What  line  is  drawn  east  and  west,  nearly  midway  between  the  Meditei^ 
ranean  Sea  and  the  Southern  Ocean  ? 

Is  the  greater  part  of  Africa  north,  or  south,  of  the  Equator  J 

Near  what  parallel  of  latitude  is  Africa  widest  ? 

Does  Africa  become  wider,  or  narrower,  toward  the  south  t 

In  what  part  is  Sahara  ?    Wiat  tropic  passes  through  its  center  t 

What  desert  in  the  southern  part  of  Africa ! 

What  tropic  passes  through  it  ? 

In  how  many  zones  does  Africa  lie  ?    In  which  is  its  greater  part  t 

What  countries  in  the  North  Temperate  t  In  the  Torrid  ?  In  the  South 
Temperate  ? 

Are  the  mountains  of  Africa  in  the  interior,  or  near  the  coasts  t 

What  mountains  in  the  north  ?    With  what  coasts  are  they  parallel  T 

What  range  of  mountains  in  the  east  ?    South-east  ? 

With  what  coast  are  they  parallel  ? 

What  mountains  in  the  southern  part  of  Africa  ?  With  what  are  they 
parallel  ? 

What  ranges  in  the  west  ?    Near  what  coast  are  they  I 

On  which  side  of  Africa  are  the  greatest  elevations  I 

What  river  rises  in  the  elevated  regions  of  Africa  I 

What  large  lake  is  the  source  of  the  Nile  River  ? 

In  what  latitude  is  Lake  Victoria  Nyanza  ?     What  lakes  south  f 

What  lake  in  the  central  part  of  Africa  ? 

now  does  the  elevation  of  Lake  Victoria  Nyanza  compare  with  that  of 
Lake  Tchad  ?     (See  Sectional  View.) 

What  two  high  mountains  near  Lake  Victoria  Nyanza  ? 

In  what  directions  does  the  land  slope  which  lies  between  the  mountain 
ranges  and  the  sea  coast  t 

Name  the  rivers  which  flow  into  the  Indian  Ocean, — the  Atlantic, — ^the 
Gulf  of  Guinea, — ^the  Mediterranean  Sea. 

What  rivers  of  Africa  have  deltas  ? 

Name  the  Barbary  States.     By  what  bounded  on  the  north  t     South  t 

Bound  EGYPT.    What  is  its  capital  ?     lU  large  river  ? 

What  towns  on  the  Nile  J     On  the  Mediterranean  Sea  ? 

What  town  in  the  delta  of  the  Nile  ?     At  the  head  of  the  Red  Sea  t 

Bound  NUBIA.    Name  its  principal  towns. 

What  two  rivers  unite  in  Nubia  ?    From  what  directions  do  they  flow  f 

Bound  ABYSSINIA.    What  is  its  capital  ? 

What  divisions  of  Africa  border  on  the  Indian  Ocean  ?  On  Mozambique 
Channel  ?    On  the  Atlantic  Ocean  t    On  the  Gulf  of  Guinea  I 

What  large  division  south  of  Saliara  ? 

Bound  SOUDAN.    Has  Soudan  any  sea  coast  ? 

What  other  extensiTe  region  baa  no  sea  coast  I 

What  lake  near  the  center  of  Soudan  t 

What  large  river  flows  through  its  western  part  ?  What  towns  on  the 
Niger  ?     Wlmt  towns  in  the  north-east  ? 

Bound  SENEGAMBIA.    What  cape  on  the  north-western  coast? 

What  Republic  south-east  of  Sencgambia  1     British  colony  south  ? 

What  is  the  capital  of  LIBERIA  ?     Wliat  are  the  divisions  of  Guinea  ? 

Name  the  capitals  of  the  kingdoms  in  Guinea.     In  Lower  Guinea. 

Bound  CAPE  COLONY.     AVhat  is  its  capiUl » 

Bound  the  GREAT  DESERT.    What  countries  partly  covered  by  it ! 

What  important  o'aaes  in  the  Great  Desert  ? 

What  is  the  capital  of  Madagascar  t    Wliat  capes  on  its  coast  f 

What  is  the  capital  of  Fezzan  ! 


RE  V  I  E  AV. 

COUNTRIES    OR    DIVISIONS. 


Vii^Tf  ar«  Uteff  9    On  what  water  do  th^y  bonier  > 

Morocco,  or  Marocco  ?  Guinea  ?  Liberu  ? 


Abyssinu? 
Seneoahbu? 
Orange  Free  State  ? 
Transvaal? 

(trant-viihl'.) 

Mozambique? 

(ine.«im-&Mf.) 


Lower  Guinea?  Zanguebar? 
CapeC!olont?     Ashantee? 
Hottentot  ?       Algeria  ? 
Caffbabu?         Barca? 
Oentbal  Africa  ?  Benin  ? 
Siebra  Leone?   Dahomey? 

(M.«r'raA<»o'iM.)  (<f<iVAo'niay.) 


Congo? 

Soudan? 

Egypt? 

TUNIB? 

Nubu? 
Natal? 
Tripoli? 

itHi/o-U.) 


MOUNTAINS. 

Where  are  thef/ 1     In  tehat  direeMons  da  the  nmgee  ecetend  t 
LOKINGA?  KHJMANDJABO?  »•      LUPATA?      AtLAS? 

Cameroon?  Kb'nia?m  Snow?       Kong? 

ISLANDS. 

Where  mre  Otey  ?     By  %rhat  watere  are  they  eumuiUMl 

Madeira  Is.?      Madagascar?      Socotra?      St.  Helena? 
(•wMtoToA.)  Canary  Is.?        (»<>*'o-«~a.)        Com'obo  Is.? 


GULFS   AND    SEAS. 

Where  are  they  t     Jnio  what  watera  do  they  «pet^  9 

G.  OF  Guinea?       G.  of  Aden?       G.  of  Sidpji?       Bed  S.? 


RIVERS. 

Ifkcm  do  they  rieef      Itltat  eourtee  do  thry  take  T     Into  what  do  they  fiom  t 

Nile  ?  »«•  Zambeze  ?  Tchadda  ?  Congo  ? 

Niger?  M  Senegal?  Orange?  Coanza? 


Victoria  Nyanza? 

(•m-oAh'kU.) 


LAKES. 

Where  mre  they  eiiuated  ? 

Tanganik  A  ?         Nyasba  ? 


((irt»vas-y«'tall.) 


(ityaJkf'M) 


Tchad? 

(cAtid.) 


CAPES. 

Where  are  they  T     Into  tehat  tratere  do  they  prtifett  T 

Good  Hope?        Corriente8?         Palmas?  Bon? 

Blanco?  Lopez?  Verd?  Ambro? 

GuABDAFUi?  Agulhab?  St.  Lucu?         Fbio? 

(fftear-dah-^Me',)  (oA-gool'yiu.)  gj.    Maby?  (A*^*) 

CITIES  AND   TOWNS. 


Where  are  they  ?      On  or  near  what  watere  f 


CAIRO,  IM* 
TUNIS.   HI 
MOROCCO,   "1 
ALGIERS.  •• 
ALEXANDRIA,  m 
8ACCATOO, » 
{Mh-tah-too'.) 


COOMASSIE.' 

ST.  SALVADOR, 

TANANARIVOU, 

MAGADOXO, 

TIMBUCTOO. 

ABOMEV. 

{ab-o-may') 


MONROVIA, 

MOURZOUK, 

TRIPOLI, 

CAPE  TOWN, 

QONDAR, 

SIOUTT. 


LOANOO, 
UJIJI, 
OERR. 

SUEZ,  j 

COBBE,  ' 

OONDOKORO, 


•  Nunbara  In  IM  of  Moantaliu  tbow  batubli,  !■  OaMOiKb  i^fut;  In  IM  of  Blrm,  Unftki 
In  kwmdrei*  <^rMm  ;  In  lUt  of  CIUm  ud  TowM,  popoIMion,  In  IMoiuaiuU. 


98 


MOKTEITH'S  PHYSICAL  AND  POLITICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


Egyptian  Ruins  at  Thebes 

1.  AFRICA  is  remarkable  for  its  high  surface,  extensive 
deserts  and  hot  climate. 

2.  It  is  mainly  in  the  Torrid  Zone.  In  latitude,  its  northern 
cape  corresponds  with  Richmond  (Virginia)  and  San  Francisco  ; 
its  southern,  with  Buenos  Ayres. 

3.  Its  Moutvtain  Chains  are  almost  parallel  with  the  coast  lines. 

4.  The  Coasts  are  low  and  unhealthy,  but  the  interior  consists 
of  high  table  lands. 

5.  Its  Great  Desert  is  Sahara  ;  its  principal  rivers  are  the  NUe, 
Niger,  Zambeze  and  Congo  ;  its  lakes  are  in  Soudan  and  C.  Africa. 

6.  The  Africans  include  several  distinct  races.  In  the  north, 
are  Moors,  Berbers,  Arabs,  Turks  and  Egyptians,  all  of  whom 
belong  to  the  Caucasian  race,  having  straight  hair  ;  their  com- 
plexion is  dark,  but  not  black.  The  southern  half  of  Africa  is  the 
home  of  the  Negro. 

7.  The  Productions  of  Africa  consist  of  wheat  and  other 
grains,  cotton,  sugar,  coffee,  tobacco,  indigo,  ivory,  ebony,  ostrich 
feathers,  palm  oil  and  tropical  fruita 

8.  Inland  Trade  is  carried  on  by  means  of  caravans. 


9.  Celebrated  for  their  Explorations  in  Africa, 
are  Barth,  Du  Chaillu,  Grant,  Speke,  Baker  and 
Livingstone  aaid  Stanley. 

10.  The  Animals  are  numerous  :  they  include 
the  lion,  elephant,  rhinoceros,  hippopotamus, 
leopard  and  giraffe.  The  gorilla  is  found  in  the 
Equatorial  regions,  and  the  crocodile  in  the  rivers. 

11.  EGYPT  corresponds  in  latitude  with  Flor- 
ida: it  extends  from  the  Mediterranean  Sea  to 
the  first  Cataract  of  the  Nile  ;  it  has  the  Eed 
Sea  on  the  east,  and  the  desert  on  the  west. 

12.  It  is  Noted  for  its  antiquity,  former  great- 
ness, gigantic  pyramids,  temples,  obelisks,  statues 
and  tombs,  constructed  about  4,000  years  ago. 

13.  Its  Climate  is  dry  and  hot. 

14.  Tlie  Fertility  of  its  Soil  is  wholly  due  to 
the  annual  rise  of  the  water  of  the  Nile,  caused  by 
periodical  rains,  which  faU  in  torrents  on  the  pla- 
teaus of  Abyssinia  and  Central  Africa.  Without 
the  Nile,  Egypt  would  be  a  desert. 

15.  In  Egypt,  the  Nile  is  Lined  with  high  em- 
bankments, and  the  water  is  conducted  in  narrow 
channels  to  various  parts  of  the  valley,  and 
allowed  to  cover  the  land,  leaving  a  rich  sedi- 
ment. 

16.  The  Water  Continues  to  Rise  at  Cairo 
from  June  to  September. 

17.  TJie  Valley  of  the  Nile  varies  in  width, 
from  4  to  10  miles. 

18.  Tlie  Southern  Sources  of  the  Nile  are 
several  degrees  south  of  the  Equator. 

19.  The  Chief  Exports  from  Egypt,  or  through 
it  from  India,  are  sUk  and  cotton. 

20.  Tlie  Trees  of  Egypt  are  the  date-palm,  aca- 
cia and  tamarisk  ;  there  are  no  timber  forests. 

21.  The  Useful  Animals  are  the  horse,  camel 
and  donkey.  Milk  is  obtained  from  the  goat  and 
the  domestic  buffalo. 

22.  The  Inhabitants  comprise  Fellahs,  Copts, 
Arabs  and  Turks  ;  the  Fellahs  are  the  peasants 
and  laborers,  the  Arabs  are  Bedouins,  and  the 
Turks  are  the  ruling  class.  All  are  Mohamme- 
dans, except  the  Copts,  who  profess  Christianity,  and  are  the 
reputed  descendants  of  the  ancient  Egyptians.  Besides  these, 
there  are  many  Europeans  and  Jews.  The  language  of  the  inhabi- 
tants is  Arabic  ;  their  complexion,  a  brownish  yellow. 

23.  The  Government  of  Egypt,  which  is  despotic  and  oppressive, 
is  administered  by  the  Khedive  (king),  who  is  subject  to  the  Sultan 
of  Turkey.   Until  recently,  the  ruler  of  Egypt  was  called  the  Viceroy. 

24.  Tlie  History  includes  six  periods,  the  country  being  succes- 
sively ruled  by  the  Pharaohs,  Ptolemies,  Eomans,  Arabs  and  Turks. 

25.  The  Pyramid  of  Clieojys  (ke'ops)  is  the  largest ;  it  is  over 
450  feet  in  height,  and  its  base  covers  an  area  of  12  acres. 

26.  Trade  and  Travel  between  Europe  and  India  are  facilitated 
by  the  railroads  between  Alexandria,  Cairo,  and  Suez,  and  by  the 
Suez  Canal,  which  connects  the  Red  with  the  Mediterranean  Sea. 

27.  Cairo  is  the  capital  and  largest  city.  It  is  in  the  same  lati- 
tude as  New  Orleans,  and  contains  a  population  about  equal  to 
that  of  St.  Louis  and  Kansas  City  combined. 

28.  Alexandria,  next  in  size  to  Cairo,  is  the  principal  sea-port ; 
it  was  founded  by  Alexander  the  Great,  after  whom  it  was  named. 


AFRICA. 


99 


l>OPULATION8  OF 
COUHTBUS. 

4.913,500. 

Sahara, 
4,000,000. 

Morocco, 
2,750,000. 

Algeria, 
2,921  AM  (i. 

Liberia, 
730,000. 

Cape  ('olony, 
683,600. 

Sierra  Leone. 
57,000. 


POPHIATIOMS   or 
ClTOB. 

Cairo, 
354,000 


.Viexandria, 
220,000. 

Tunis, 
120,000. 


More  ceo, 
SO.OOC. 


Algiers, 
68,000. 


Fez, 
100,000. 


Moquinc:: 
63,000. 


A  Traveler  and  hi*  Attendants,  in  Central  Africa, 


29.  yZTBTA  has  the  same  general  characteristics  as  Ep;ypt. 

30.  Tfte  IitUahitants  are  partly  of  Arab  descent,  but  of  a  darker 
complexion  ;  many  are  black,  with  Caucasian  features.  They  cul- 
tivate the  soil,  and  rear  cattle,  sheep  and  goats. 

31.  Nubia  sftifl.H  to  Eftypt.  hid3S,  ivory,  ebony  and  ostrich 
feathers.     It  is  subject  to  the  Khediye  of  Egypt 

32.  ABYSSINIA  is  a  high  table  land,  between  7,000  and 
10,000  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  crowned  with  mountains, 
;irid  connected  with  the  great  plateau  of  Southern  Africa. 

33.  The  Climate  varies  with  the  elevation,  from  the  hot,  pesti- 
lential coasts,  to  the  limit  of  perpetual  snow  ;  on  the  high  lands 

lio  climate  is  delightful.     During  the  wet  season,  the  rain  falls  in 
<  )rrent8. 

34.  The  Product  It  are  grain,  coffee,  cotton,  sugar,  fruits,  gums, 
and  medicines. 

35.  Tlie  DomeKtic  Animals  are  numerous. 

36.  The  Population  comprises  various  races — Ethiopians, 
Arabs,  Jews,  savage  Grallas,  and  Negroes  in  a  state  of  slavery. 

37.  Tlie  Abf/nninian  Pel  iff  ion  is  a  branch  of  the  Coptic 
Cliurch  ;  Mohammedanism,  Judaism  and  Paganism  also  exist. 

38.  THE  BAPBARY  STATES  comprise  Morocco,  Algeria, 
Tunis  and  Tripoli  ;  subject  to  Tripoli,  are  Barca  and  Fezzan. 

39.  The  Prinrijtfil  ProdiirtiouH  are  Morocco  leather,  wool, 
grain,  fruits,  gum,  oUve  oil,  ostrich  feathers  and  cabinet  woods. 

40.  Cattle,  Iloriten  and  Go<it»  are  numerous. 

41.  The  Inhabitants  nre  ehiefly  Mohammedans,  and  comprise 
Moors,  Berbers,  Arabs  and  Turks — all  Caucasians,  but  of  a  dark 
complexion  and  straight  hair.  The  Moors  ore  descendants  of 
Mohammedans  who  were  expelled  from  Spain  ;  they  are  of  a  dark 


yellow  color.     The  people  sometimes  suffer  greatly  from  famine, 
produced  by  drotight  or  locusts. 

42.  Moroceo  is  an  empire,  Algeria  belongs  to  France,  Tunis 
(ancient  Carthage)  and  Tripoli  are  each  governed  by  a  Bey,  who 

is  subject  to  the  Sultan  of  Turkey. 

« 

43.  SENEGA  MPIA  is  a  region  of  abundant  rains  and  luxu- 
riant vegetation.  It  is  named  from  its  two  rivern,  tlie  Senegal  and 
Gambia,  which  abound  in  crocodiles  and  hippopotami. 

44.  Forests  of  valuable  woods  are  extensive.  Agriculture  re- 
ceives some  attention. 

45.  The  Inhabitants  comprise  a  variety  of  tribes,  each  under 
ita  own  chief.     Some  are  civilized. 

46.  LTPEPIA  id  a  Negro  republic,  with  an  area  about  equal 
to  that  of  Maryland. 

47.  SIERRA  LEONE  (se-er'ra  la-o'na)  is  a  British  colony  ;  so, 
also,  are  Cape  Colony,  Caffraria  and  Natal,  in  South  Africa. 

48.  Vpper  Guinea  and  Lower  Guinea  are  inhabited  by  numer- 
ous Negro  tribes,  mostly  pagans,  Rome  of  whom  nre  engaged  in 
agriculture  and  mnnnfaclnres,  while  others  nre  addicted  to  most 
barbarous  practices  ;  on  the  coasts  are  British,  Dutch  and  Por- 
tuguese settlements. 

49.  MOZAMBIQUE  is  claimed  by  the  Portuguese. 

50.  On  the,  Westi-m  Side  of  Zanguebar  are  the  highest  moun- 
tains of  AMca,  Eenia  and  Eilimandjaro,  each  about  20,000. 

51.  MAPAGASCAP  is  p.  hereditary  monarchy,  covering  an 
area  larger  than  that  of  France.  The  inhabifr.nts  arc  rapidly 
advancing  in  civilization,  and  are  chiefly  engaged  in  rearing  cattle. 


100 


MONTEITH'S  PHYSICAL  AND  POLITICAL   GEOGRAPHY. 


OCEANICA. 


101 


1.  OCEANICA  comprises  nearly  all  the  islands  of  the  Pacific 
Ocean. 

2.  The  most  ImjHrrtant  divisions  are  Australasia  and  Malaysia. 

3.  The  Lar{/est  Islaniln  in  Australasia  are  Australia,  Pap'ua, 
or  New  Guinea,  New  Zealand  and  Tasmania. 

4.  A  USTRALIA  is  the  largest  island  in  the  world  ;  having  an 
area  equal  to  five-sixths  that  of  Europe. 

5.  It  lies  partly  in  the  Torrid,  and  partly  in  the  Temperate 
Zone,  the  Tropic  of  Capricorn  passing  nearly  through  its  center. 

6.  Its  Surface  is  generally  flat,  with  a  border  of  hills  or  moun- 
tains near  the  coasts.  There  are  no  large  rivers  which  lead  into 
the  interior.     The  largest  river — the  Murray — is  in  the  southeast 

7.  Tlie  Climate  of  the  northern  or  Tropical  portion  is  hot  and 
dry  ;  while  in  the  south,  it  is  delightful  during  eight  or  nine 
months  of  the  year. 

8.  Beiuff  in  t/ie  Soutfiem  Hemisphere,  the  north  wind  is  hot, 
and  the  south  wind,  cold ;  the  hottest  months  are  December, 
•January  and  February  ;  the  coldest,  July,  August  and  September. 

9.  The  Xorth  Wind  is,  at  times,  like  the  blast  from  a  furnace, 
the  mercury  rising  to  130°  and  140°  Fahr. 

10.  Australia  belongs  to  Great  Britain,  and  comprises  the 
Colonies  of  Victoria,  New  South  Wales,  Queensland,  South  Aus- 
tralia, West  Australia,  and  the  territory  of  North  Australia.  The 
settlements  are  on  or  near  the  coasts,  and  especially  in  the 
southeast. 

11.  Victoria  is  the  richest  and  most  populous  colony,  and  is 
remarkable  for  the  beauty  of  its  scenery. 

12.  The  Chief  Products  of  AustraUa  are  gold,  copper  and 
wool  ;  gold  is  obtained  from  Victoria  and  New  South  Wales  ;  cop- 
per and  iron,  from  South  Australia ;  wool  and  the  useful  metals 
from  nearly  aU  the  colonies.  Diamonds  have  been  recently  foimd 
in  New  South  Wales. 

13.  Tlie  most  I'rodtictive  Soil  is  in  the  east  and  southeast : 
the  products  being  wheat,  oats  and  other  grains,  potatoes,  sugar, 
tobacco,  cotton  and  tropical  fruits. 

14  Tlie  Interior  has  recently  been  found  to  contain  extensive 
regions  which  are  well  watered  and  adapted  to  pasture  and  agri- 
culture. 

15.  r/w?  Wild  Animals  are  not  numerous  ;  the  most  important 
is  the  kangaroo,  which  moves  rapidly  by  a  succession  of  bounds. 
The  emir,  a  bird  resembling  an  ostrich,  stands  about  six  feet  high. 

16.  The  nomestic  Animals,  originally  introduced  from  Europe, 
are  now  counted  by  millions  ;  sheep  are  especially  numerous. 
Llamas  and  alpacas,  valuable  fleece-bearing  animals,  have  been 
introduced  from  South  America. 

17.  Tlte  Orifflnal  Inhabitants  are  short  and  stout,  with  small 
heads,  flat  noses,  thick,  protruding  hps,  and  long,  coarse  hair. 
Their  complexion  is  black  or  dark  brown.  They  Uve  in  holes  or 
hovels  covered  with  the  bark  or  branches  of  trees,  and  are  whoUy  or 
nearly  destitute  of  clothing.     Their  number  is  rapidly  diminishing. 

18.  I7»«  Population,  exclusive  of  the  natives,  consists  of  British 
settlers  and  their  descendants,  with  some  Germans  and  Chinese. 

19.  The  First  White  Persons  in  Australia  were  convicts  from 
England.  New  South  Wales  was  a  penal  colony  from  1788  to 
1840.  Most  of  the  prisoners,  upon  the  expiration  of  their  sen- 
tences, remained,  and  merged  in  the  general  ix)pulation,  which 
rapidly  increased  after  the  discovery  of  gold,  in  1851. 

20.  The  Principal  Cities  are  Melbourne,  Sydney  and  Adelaide. 

21.  Pap^ua  or  New  Ouinea  is  mountainous,  and  covered  with 
forests  ;  the  sago,  camphor  and  cocoa-nut  trees  are  plentiful ;  also 
rice,  com  and  spices. 


22.  Its  Inhabitants  a*e  savages,  resembling  the  native   Aus- 
tralians. 


A  New  ZMland  Chitf. 

23.  yew  Zealand,  a  Britdoh  Colony,  covers  an  area  about  twice 
as  large  as  that  of  the  New  England  States. 

24.  Tlie  Peculiarities  are  its  mountains,  which  rise  above  the 
snow  limit,  its  volcanoes  and  earthquakes,  extensive  forests,  rich 
plains  and  valleys,  and  heavy  rains  in  mid-winter  (July). 

25.  Tlie  Populatlan  is  chiefly  composed  of  white  colonists. 
The  aborigines,  are  Malays,  who  were  formerly  fierce  cannibals, 
but  they  are  now  more  or  less  civilized  ;  they  are  tall,  active  and 
well-formed,  have  prominent  features,  straight  hair,  and  a  li^'ht 
brown  complexion  (see  pfige  46,  paragraphs  43,  44  and  45). 

26.  The  Leading  Occupations  are  agriculture  and  grazing. 

27.  MALA  TSIA  is  noted  for  its  hot,  moist  climate,  luxuriant 
vegetation,  numerous  volcanoes  and  frequent  earthquakes. 

28.  Its  Products  include  bamboos,  rattans,  teak,  ebony,  gntta 
percha  and  sandal-wood,  besides  cloves,  nutmegs,  pepper,  ginger, 
cinnamon,  rice,  cotton,  tobacco,  cofiee,  sugar  and  fruits. 

29.  Tlic  Animals  are  the  elephant,  rhinoceros,  tiger,  panther, 
monkeys  and  orang-outangs.  Birds  of  Paradise,  parrots  and  other 
birds  of  beautiful  plumage,  are  here  in  great  abundance. 

30.  The  Inhabitants  are  Malays,  Papuan  negroes.  Dutch, 
English  and  Chinese. 

81.  THE  SANDWICH  ISLANDS  are  important  as  a  central 
station  for  ships  trading  between  the  United  States  and  Asia. 

32.  Tltcy  are  Itemarkable  for  volcanoes  and  earthquakes. 

33.  The  Climate  is  mild  and  healthfuL  Tropical  plants  grow 
on  the  low  ground  ;  rice,  wheat,  potatoes,  etc.,  on  the  higher,  or 
temperate  regions. 

84.  The  Largest  of  the  Sandwich  Islands  is  Hawaii  (bah  wi'e), 
on  which  is  situated  the  celebrated  volcano,  Mauna  Loa. 

35.  The  Inhabitants,  chiefly  of  the  Malay  race,  are  rapidly 
advancing  in  civilization. 

36.  The  Government  is  a  kingdom  ;  the  capital  and  chief  city 
is  Honolulu. 


iOi 


MONTEITH'S  PHYSICAL  AND  POLITICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


COMPARATIVE   SXTENT  AND  LATITUDES. 


EXERCISES  ON  THE  MAPS. 

The  Names  and  Colors  on  the  right  and  left  hand  margins  of  the 
Maps  indicate  the  latitudes  of  countries,  islands,  etc.,  and  their  extent  from 
north  to  south,  regulated  to  the  scale  of  each  map.  Those  on  the  upper 
and  lower  margins  show  their  comparative  extent  from  east  to  west. 

Map  of  Jforth  America. — (Page  52.) 

Through  what  parts  of  North  America  does  the  Arctic  Circle  pass  ? 
The  Tropic  of  Cancer  ? 

Between  what  parallels  of  latitude  do  the  United  States  lie  ?  Am.  Be- 
tween the  paralleh  of  25"  and  49°  north  latitude. 

What  parts  of  North  America  lie  between  the  parallels  of  20°  and  40° 
north  latitude  ?  Between  those  of  40°  and  50°  ?  Between  those 
of  50°  and  60°? 

Refer  to  the  right-hand  margin  and  tell  what  countries  on  the  eastern 
side  of  the  Atlantic  Ocean  lie  between  the  parallels  of  50°  and  60° 
north  latitude  ? 

What  country  of  Europe  is  directly  east  of  the  northern  part  of  Labra- 
dor ?     Of  the  southern  part  ?     East  of  the  British  Provinces  ? 

At  what  country  would  you  arrive  by  sailing  eastwardly  across  tlie 
Atlantic  from  Cape  Race  ?  From  Cape  May  3  From  Cape  Hat- 
teras  ?    From  Cape  Sable,  of  Florida  ? 

What  difference  exists  between  the  climate  of  the  eastern  coast  of  the 
United  States  and  those  of  the  western  Coasts  of  Europe  and 
Africa  ?     Why  ?     (See  pa^e  36,  paragraphs  11,  14,  and  24. 

What  part  of  the  Old  World  is  between  the  same  parallels  as  the  West 
Indies  ?    (-See  both  margins.)    As  the  Caribbe'an  Sea  ? 

What  country  in  Asia  lies  directly  west  of  the  western  coast  of  the 
United  States  ? 

What  two  empires  west  of  the  United  States  ? 

What  parts  of  Asia,  North  America,  and  Europe  lie  between  the  paral- 
lels of  40°  and  60°  north  latitude  1  Between  those  of  20°  and  40°  ? 
Below  that  of  20°  ? 

What  countries  of  Europe  lie  in  a  line  eastw^ard  from  the  Great  Lakes 
of  North  America  ? 

What  countries  of  Europe  are  further  north  than  Canada  ? 

Which  is  further  north,  Newfoimdland  or  Ireland  ?  Quebec  or  Lon- 
don ? 

What  cities  of  the  United  States  are  in  the  same  latitude  as  Spain  ? 
Morocco  ? 

What  part  of  what  country  is  eastward  from  the  northern  boundary 
of  Maine  ? 

What  parts  of  the  Old  World  are  opposite  the  eastern  coast  of  the 
United  States  ?    The  western  coast  ? 

Map  of  the  United  States. — (Page  68.) 

Mention  all  the  States  that  are  in  the  same  latitude  as  any  part  of 

Prance  ?    Spain  ?    Morocco  ? 
What  part  of  what  country  is  in  a  line  eastward  from  your  State  ? 
What  States  are  directly  east  from  the  center  of  your  State  ?     West  ? 
Mention  the  principal  cities  of  the  United  States  that  are  in  the  same, 

or  nearly  the  same,  latitude  as  the  capital  of  your  State. 
Mention  those  of  the  Old  World  that  are  in  that  latitude. 

Map  of  the  Eastern  States. — (Page  60.) 

What  Western   State  is  here  shown  to  be  west  of  Maine  ?     What 

country  in  Europe  east  of  the  northern  part  of  Maine  ?     Of  its 

southern  part  ? 
What  cities  in  Maine  lie  between  the  same  parallels  of  latitude  as 

Northern  Italy  3     What  cities  in  New  Hampshire  and  Vermont 

lie  between  those  parallels  J 


What  is  the  latitude  of  the  northern  boundary  of  Vermont  ? 

Which  of  these  States  lie  between  the  same  parallels  as  Iowa  ?     As 

Spain  3 
What  IB  the  latitude  of  the  most  southern  part  of  Connecticut  3 

Map  of  the  Middle  States.— (Pxa^  62.) 

What  countries  in  Europe  lie  east  of  the  Middle  States  1 

What  three  Western  States  west  3 

What  part  of  what  country  in  Europe  is  directly  east  of  Northern 

New  York  3     Of  Central  New  York  3     Of  the  south-eastern  part 

of  the  State  3 
Which  of  the  Middle  States  lie  between  the  same  parallels  of  latitude 

as  Portugal  3 
What  is  the  latitude  of  the  northern  boundary  of  Pennsylvania  ?     Of 

Portugal  3 

Map  of  the  Southern  States.— (Fagt.  64.) 

What  parts  of  the  Old  World  lie  between  the  same  parallels  as  the 

Southern  States  3 
Which  of  these  States  extend  south  of  the  parallel  of  30°  3 
What  is  the  latitude  of  the  northern  boundaries  of  North  Carolina 

and  Tennessee  3 
What  cities  on  or  near  the  parallel  of  30°  3    Of  32°  3    Of  36°  3 

Map  of  the  Western  States.— {Faqe  66.) 

What  Pacific  State  lies  west  of  Michigan  and  Wisconsin  3 
^Vhat  Western  States  lie  between  the  same  parallels  as  Nevada  ? 
What  country  in  Europe  is  in  the  same  latitude  as  the  northern  part 

of  Minnesota  ?     The  northern  part  of  Michigan  ? 
Which  of  these  States  lie  between  the  same  parallels  of  latitude  as  the 

northern  half  of  Italy  3     The  southern  half  3 
Which  are  in  the  same  latitude  as  Sicily  3 

Map  of  the  Western  Territories. — (Page  68.) 
What  is  the  latitude  of  the  northern  boundary  of  Montana  3 
What  capital  city  is  near  the  center  of  the  Union  3     Ans.  Topeka. 
Name  the  States  and  cities  in  a  line  west  of  Topeka.    East. 
What  Territories  are  in  a  line  westward  from  Southern  France  3 
What  States  and  Territories  lie  wholly  or  partly  between  the  same 

parallels  as  Spain  ?    Morocco  ? 
What  Asiatic  islands  west  of  Oregon  and  Washington  3 
By  sailing  westwardly  from  San  Francisco,  at  what  country  would 

you  anive  ? 

Map  of  South  America. — (Page  80.) 

Wliat  countries  lie  within  the  same  parallels  as  Australia  3 

Over  how  many  degrees  of  latitude  does  Australia  extend  from  north 
to  south  3 

What  large  island  of  Malaysia,  and  what  countries  of  South  America 
are  crossed  by  the  Equator  ? 

What  country  is  about  the  same  in  extent  from  east  to  west  as  Bra- 
zil 3     {See  upper  margin.)     What  island  3     (<See  lower  margin.) 

Map  of  the  British  Provinces.— {Fag^  56.; 

What  country  in  Europe  lies  directly  east  of  the  British  Provinces  3 
What  Pacific  State  west  of  the  southern  part  of  Canada  3    What  Ter- 
ritory west  of  the  northern  part  3 
Is  any  part  of  Canada  further  south  than  Boston  3     Albany  3 
What  capital  cities  in  the  United  States  are  in  the  same,  or  nearly  the 

same,  latitude  as  Kingston  3 
Wliat  city  in   Canada  is  in  nearly  the  same  latitude  as  Concord? 
Portland  3 


INDEX  AND  REVIEW  OF  PHYSICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


103 


NDEX   TO   CONTENTS 


ABBAJiaiD    AB     A 


GENEEAL   REVIEW   OF   THE    PHYSICAL    GEOGRAPHY. 


Africa. — ^Describe  its  Plateaus  and  Mountains 

What  can  you  say  of  its  Inlets  ? 

What  is  the  eflfect  of  its  lack  of  the  means  of  com- 
munication ? 

What  can  you  say  of  its  InhabUants  f 

What  were  its  Celebrated  Nations  f 

Where  do  some  of  its  Rivers  empty  ? 

The  Nile — Whence  is  it  supplied  ? 

Alps.— Their  Height— Wh&t  is  it  ? 

17w  Highest  Peak  of  the  Alps — Mention  it 

Their  Passes — What  can  you  say  of  them  ? 

Their  Limit  of  Perpetv/d  Snow — At  what  eleva- 
tion is  it  ?  

Amazon  River. — Its   Sources — ^Where    are  they 

situated  ? 

Its  Supply — Whence  and  how  is  it  received  ? . . . . 
Its  Basin — What  is  its  area  ? 

Aiules. — Their  Height — How  compared  with  the 
Rocky  and  the  Appalachian  Chains  ? 

Their  Slopes — Describe  them 

Their  Influence  upon  Bain  and  Climate— What  is 
it? 

Their  Position — What  can  you  say  of  it  ? 

AnlmalM. — Were  all  Species  created  at  once  ? 

Those  first  formed — ^\^lat  was  their  character  ? . . 
Their  Deuelopment — What  can  you  say  of  it  ? ... . 
What  General  Name  has  been  given  to  those  first 

formed  ? 

Radiates — Describe  them 

Name  some  of  them 

WTiat  Species  succeeded  Radiates  ? 

Mollusks — Describe  them 

Name  some  of  them 

What  Species  are  third  in  the  order  of  Creation  ? 
Arlieulates — Describe  them 

Name  some  of  them 

What  was  the  Fourth  Class  of  Animals  ? 

Ferfefcrates — What  do  they  include  ? 

Mammals — Describe  them 

What  Animals  are  Carnivorous?     Ruminants? 

Gnawers  ?        Thick-skinned  ?        Toothless  ? 

Sea-mammals  ?     Insect-eaters  ? 

Mention  the  Principal  AniTnn.lH  of  the  Arctic  Re- 
gions   

Mention  those  in  the   Temperate  Zones  of  both 

Hemispheres 

Mention  the  Animals  in  the  Tem.  Zone  of  N.  Amer. 
"  "  "        "         Europe. 

"  «  "        "         Ama  . . . 


P^e 

Pkragr'ph 

16 

46-48 

13 

43 

44 

13-15 

46 

42 

46 

52 

30 

41 

30 

62 

16 

45 

16 

45 

18 

72 

16 

38 

28 

6 

29 

15 

29 

30 

17 

54 

17 

55 

17 

56-69 

17 

62 

7 

12 

42 

5 

42 

6 

43 

10 

43 

12 

43 

Cut. 

43 

10 

43 

13 

43 

Cut. 

43 

10 

43 

14 

43 

Gut. 

43 

15 

43 

15,16 

43 

17 

43 

17 

43 

18 

43 

18 

43 

18 

43 

18 

43 

18 

Animalti. — Mention  those  in  the  Torrid  Zone  of 
South  America 

Mention  those  in  the  Torrid  Zone  of  Asia. 

"  "  "         "  Africa. 

Are  Animals  adapted  to  Climate  ? 

TJie  Reindeer — What  can  you  say  of  it  ? 

JTie  Seal — What  can  you  say  of  it  ? 

The  Camel — What  can  you  say  of  it  ? 

In  what  Zone  are  Animals  most  ntunerous  ? 

How  much  of  an  Animal  Body  consists  of  Water  ? 

Upon  what  do  Animals  subsist  ? 

How  do  Animals  and  Plants  mutually  depend  on 
each  other  ? 

Antarctic  Current. — Describe  it. . . 

Arctic  CurrentH. — Describe  them 

What  do  they  deposit  oflf  the  Coast  of  Newfound- 
land?  

Their  Influence — How  felt  upon  the  East  Coast  of 
the  United  States 

Artesian  Wells. — Their  Formation — Explain  it. . 

Their  Name — From  what  derived  ? 

ITieir  Depth — to  what  Depths  have  some  been 

sunk  ? 

Temperature — WTience  is  it  derived  ? 

Describe    an    Artesian   Well  at    St   Louis — At 

Charleston 

Asia. — /te  Surface — Describe  it 

What  is  the  Mean  Elevation  of  the  Land  ? 

River  Systems — ^What  can  you  say  of  them  ? 

How  do  they  compare  with  those  of  Europe  ? 

Its  ^rea— What  is  it  ? 

Its  Highed  Point — Mention  ita  name  and  height . 

Atlantic  Ocean. — Rs  Area — How  many  Square 

Miles 

Greatest  Depth— Where? 

Describe  that  part  which  lies  between  Ireland 

and  Newfoundland 

Which  is  ita  warmest  Side  ? 

Atmosphere. — What  is  it  ? 

Its  Importance  to  Vegetation  and  Animal  Life  ? . . 

Of  what  Oases  does  it  consist  ? 

Which  is  the  Life-sustaining  Element  of  Air  ? . . . 
Proportions  of  Oxygen  and  Nitrogen — What  are 

they? 

Ra  Weight— Vfh&i  is  it  ? 

Its  Density— What  is  it  ? 

Its  Extent — How  far  above  the  Surface  ? 


V*f 

Pingr'ph 

43 

18 

43 

18 

43 

18 

43 

21.24 

44 

27,28 

44 

29-31 

44 

32,33 

44 

36,37 

22 

2 

40 

1 

40 

17,18 

25 

34 

25 

23 

25 

24 

37 

24 

28 

26-28 

28 

26-28 

28 

30-34 

28 

30 

28 

16 
18 
30 
30 
14 
18 


22 
23 

23 
36 

32 
32 
32 
32 

82 
32 
32 
32 


33,34 

44 

86 
89 
67 
53 
85 


13 
21 

22 
7-14 

1 
2 
8 

4 

6 

7 

8-9 

10 


104: 


MONTEITH'S  PHYSICAL  AND  POLITICAL  GEOGKAPSY. 


AtniospJiere. — Its  Temperature — How  derived  ? . . . 
Is  the  Upper  or  the  Lower  Part  the  warmer  ? .  . . 

How  is  its  Temiierature  regulated  ? 

Its  Movements — Mention  them 

Its  Capacity  of  holding  Water — How  increased 

and  diminished  ? 

Its  Uses — What  to  plants  ? 

How  influenced  by  Vegetation  ? 

Soulders. — Describe  their  Origin  and  Formation . 

Caucasians. — What  people  do  they  comprise  ?. . . 

ITiey  Inhabit — What    part   of    North    America? 

South  America  ?     Europe  ?     Asia  ?    Africa  ? 

Chinese. — To  what  race  do  they  belong  ? 

Cities. — Mention  the  most  elevated  in  the  World  ? . 
ITieir  Location — ^Inland,  or  near  navigable  Wa- 
ters?  

Climate. — ^Vhat  is  Climate  ? 

Upon  what  does  it  depend  ? 

It  is  modified  by  what  ? 

In  what  parts  of  the  Earth  is  it  rnost  uniform  ?  . . 

Why  is  the  Land  warmer  than  the  Water,  in 
Summer  ? 

Why  is  the  Land  cooler  than  the  Water,  in  Win- 
ter ?  

Which  is  the  warmer  Side  of  the  Eastern  Con- 
tinent— the  Eastern  or  the  Western  ?    Why  ? 

Traveling  Eastwardly  from  the  Atlantic  Coast  of 
Europe  what  change  of  Temperature  is  ex- 
perienced ?    Why  ? 

Which  possesses  the  warmer  Climate — ^France 
or  Newfoundland  ?     Why  ? 

Which  has  the  more  uniform  Climate — The  British 
Isles  or  Labrador  ? 

Is  the  European  or  the  American  Side  of  the 
Atlantic  the  warmer  ? 

Into  how  many  and  what  Climatic  Zones  is  the 
Northern  Hemisphere  divided  ? 

Between  what  Lines  are  Climatic  Zones  included  ? 

What  is  the  Mean  Annual  Temperature  of  the 
Frigid  Zone  ?  The  Cold  Zone  ?  The  Tem- 
perate Zone  ?  The  Warm  Zone  ?  The  Hot 
Zone  ?     The  Torrid  Zone  ? 

What  can  you  say  of  the  CUmates  of  the  Western 
Coasts  of  the  United  States  and  Europe  ? . . . 

What  is  the  Mean  Temperature  of  the  Hottest 
Month  in  New  York?  In  San  Francisco? 
Of  the  Coldest  Month  in  New  York?  In 
San  Francisco  ? 

What  is  the  Mean  Difference  in  Temperature  be- 
tween Summer  and  Winter,  in  New  York  ? 
In  San  Francisco  ? 

In  which  of  these  two  Cities  is  the  Climate  ex- 
cessive f     Uniform  ? 

What  amount  of  Snow  falls  in  New  York  ?  In 
San  Francisco  ? 

Of  what  does  the  Winter  of  San  Francisco  mostly 
consist  ?     The  Summer  ? 


Pago 

Taragr'ph 

32 

12 

32 

12 

26 

41 

32 

16 

83 

5 

40 

14 

40 

19 

15 

14 

46 

84 

46 

35 

46 

39 

17 

Cut. 

30 

36 

23 

9 

33 

33 

33 

36 

36 

36 

36 

36 

37 
36 


87 
37 

37 

87 
37 
37 
37 


58 

1 
26 
11 
33 

13 

14 

7,8 

9 

10 

Chart. 

11,12 

15 
6 

16 
21 


22 


22 


23 


23 


Climate. — What  Ocean  Currents  reduce  the  Tem- 
perature of  the  Atlajitic  Coast  of  the  United 
States? 

What  is  the  Climate  of  the  Valleys  in  Western 
California  ? 

Compare  the  Climates  of  the  Faroe  Islands  with 
that  of  Yakoutsk  ? 

In  which  is  the  CUmate  excessive  f  Uniform  f 
Why? 

What  is  the  CUmate  of  the  Azores  and  Madeira 
Islands  ? 

What  Cities  of  the  United  States  lie  between  the 
same  Parallels  as  these  Islands  ? 

"Which  Side  of  North  America  possesses  the 
Warmer  and  more  even  Climate  ? 

On  what  part  of  the  Earth's  Surface  is  the  CUmate 
most  uniform  ? 

Compare  the  Climate  of  Vancouver's  Island  with 
that  of  Maine  ? 

As  you  leave  the  Equator  and  apjDroach  the  Poles, 
what  changes  of  Climate  are  experienced  ? . . 

What  Climates  are  experienced  on  the  Sides  of 
Tropical  Mountains  ? 

What  is  the  Mean  Temperature  at  the  Equator  ?. 

At  the  Foot  of  a  Tropical  MoTintain  ? 

At  30°  North  Latitude  ? 

At  what  Elevation  would  the  Temperature  be  70°  ? 

What  part  of  a  Tropical  Mountain  represents  the 
Climate  of  Greenland?  Of  the  United  States  ? 
Of  the  Torrid  Zone  ? 

At  what  rate  does  the  Temperature  diminish  be- 
tween the  Equator  and  the  Poles  ? 

At  what  rate  does  the  Temperature  diminish  be- 
tween the  Level  of  the  Ocean  and  the  Sum- 
mit of  a  Tropical  Mountain  ? 

Clouds. — ^What  are  they  ? 

How  many  and  what  Classes  of  Clouds  are  there  ? 
Describe  the  Cirrus — The  Stratus — The  Cumulus 

— The  Nimbus 

How  are  Clouds  Iiifluenced  by  High  Mountains  ? . 

by  Winds? 

How  far  above  the  Earth's  Surface  do  Clouds  nse  ? 

Coal. — Its  Formation — Describe  it  ? 

Describe  the  Strata  of  some  Coal  Regions 

What  have  been  found  in  these  Strata  ? 

What  can  you  say  of  the  Quantity  of  Coal  known 

to  be  in  the  Earth  ? 

Describe  the  principal  Coal  Fields  of  N.  America. 

"  «  "        "       of  the    Eastern 

Continent 

Continents. —  ^Hieir  Formation — Describe  it 

JTieir  Number  and  Names — Mention  them 

The  Direction  of  the  Eastern  ?     Of  the  Western  ? . 
The  Form  of  the  Continents  and  their  Divisions  ? 

Crust  of  tJie  Earth. — Its  Formation— T>eecri\>e  it. 

Of  what  is  it  composed  ? 

Its  Thickness — What  can  you  say  of  it  ? 

Its  Greatest  Depressions — ^Where  are  they  ? 


Page  Paragr'ph 

37 

37 

37 

37 

37 

37 

37 

37 

37 

38 

38 
38 
38 
38 
38 


88 

38 

38 

34 
34 

34  21-25 
17  57 
17  57 
34  I   18 

41  !5a-52 

42 

42 

42 
42 

42 

9 
10 
12 
12 

8 
8 
8 
9 


INDEX  AND  BEVIEW  OF  PHYSICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


lOS 


I 


Currents  of  tlie  Ocean. — TJieir  Theory — Ex- 
plain it 

Illustrate  the  Movement  of  the  Equatorial  Cur- 
rent by  means  of  a  Boat  Race 

Their  Change  of  Direction — How  caused  ? 

What  gives  the  Gulf  Stream  a  Rotary  Median  f . . . 

If  South  America  had  not  been  raised  from  the 
Bed  of  the  Sea,  what  would  be  the  Direction 
of  the  Equatorial  Current  ? 

Equatorial  Currents  of  the  Pacific — Describe  them. 

Cold  Currents — How  many  and  what  are  they  ? . . 

Warm  Currents — Mention  them 

What  Current  washes  the  Eastern  Coast  of  the 
United  States 

What  Current  washes  the  Western  Coast  of 
Europe  ? 

Benefits  of  the  Oceanic  Currents — "What  are  they  ? 

Dead  Sea. — Its  Origin — Describe  it. 

What  is  its  Distance  below  the  Level  of  the  Sea  ? 
What  Substances  are  contained  in  its  Waters  ? 

DesertH. — WTiat  are  they  ? 

By  what  are  they  Caused  f 

The  Desert  Region  of  the  Old  World  comprises 

what  ? 

What  is  its  Extent  t 

Simoon — Describe  it. 

Drifting  Sand — What  destructive  Effects  ? 

Sahara — State  its  Extent  and  Elevation. . 

Oases — Describe  them 

Alacama — Describe  this  Desert 

Dew. — Its  Formation — Describe  it 

^Vhat  are  its  Uses  ? 

Earth. — Its  Creation — What  was  the  Process  ? 

Illustrate  its  Formation  from  Chaos 

For  what  Purpose  was  it  Created  ?     By  whom  ?. . 

General  Order  of  Creation — Mention  it 

Its  Shape— mi&i  is  it? 

Its  Surface — Of  what  did  it  at  first  consist  ?    

EarthquakeH.— Their  Origin — ^Describe  it 

Their  Effects — Mention  some  of  them. 

How  are  they  rendered  less  Destructive  ? 

What  Warnings  precede  them  ? 

What  can  'you  say  of  the  Destruction  of  Hercu- 
laneum  and  Pompeii  f. 

Describe  the  Earthquake  of  Port  Royal — Of  Lisbon. 
Of  New  Madrid— Oi  Caracas— Ot  Chtli. 

Have  the  United  States  been  visited  by  Earth- 
quakes ? 

What  connection  between  them  and  the  Forma- 
tion of  Mountains  ? 

Are  they  always  Destructive?  May  they  occur 
anywhere  ? '. . . 

On  wh  .t  part  of  a  Continent  do  they  occur  most 
frequently  ? 

Europe. — lis  Surface — What  can  yon  say  of  it  ?. .    . 

Its  Area  and  Extent  of  Coast  Line  ? 

What  can  you  say  of  its  Peninsulas  and  Islands  ? 


p>(. 

Plrafr'ph 

23 

6-8 

24 

11,12 

24 

8 

24 

Cut. 

24 

18 

24 

19.20 

25 

Chart. 

26 

Chart. 

25 


23 


25 

30 

25 

27 

31 

14 

31 

14 

31 

14 

21 

1 

21 

2 

21 

3 

21 

3 

21 

5 

21 

7 

21 

10 

21 

11,12 

21 

14 

33 

6 

33 

6 

6 

1 

6 

2 

5 

8 

7 

18 

6 

3 

6 

3 

19 

1 

19 

7 

19 

6 

19 

15 

19 

16 

19 

17,18 

20 

19-21 

20 

26,26 

19 

8 

19 

18 

19 

14 

16 

86,44 

14 

63 

13 

41 

Europe. — Its  Mean  Elevation — ^What  is  it  ? 

Its  Great  Plain — ^What  Countries  are  comprised 

in  it  ? 

Ib  any  part  of  its  Surface  below  the  Sea  Level  ? . . 
Describe  the  Region  around  the  Caspian  Sea .... 
What  is  the  Character  of  the  Land  toward  the 

Arctic  Ocean? 

What  can  you  say  of  the  River  System  of  Central 

Europe? 


Ftstnires. — ^What  are  they  ?. 
Their  Origin 


Eoff What  is  Fog? 

How  are  the  Fog^  near  Newfoundland  formed  ?. . 

Food. — From  what  is  it  obtained  ? 

Do  all  People  require  the  same  kind  of  Food  ?. . . 
Is  it  Adapted  to  the  Wants  of  the  Earth's  Inhabi- 
tants?  

What  kind  is  required  in  the  Hot  Zone  f    In  the 

Temperate  2!oru:  f     Frigid  Zone  f 

What  forms  the  Chief  Food  of  the  Esquimaux? . . 

Geysers. — TJieir  Position  and  Origin  T 

How  can  you  illustrate  them  ? 

Give  an  account  of  the  Eruptions  of  the  Great 
Geyser 

Glaciers. — Describe  them 


Gulf  Stream. — Whence  does  it  proceed?  De- 
scribe it 

How  is  Euroj)e  benefited  by  the  Gulf  Stream  ? . .  . . 

Does  it  wash  the  Eastern  Coast  of  the  United 
States  ?    Why  not? 

What  is  the  Difference  in  Temperature  between 
the  Gulf  Stream  and  the  Cold  Current  near 
the  Coast  of  the  United  States  ? 

Does  any  part  enter  the  Arctic  Ocean  ?    How  ? . . 

What  is  the  Velocity  of  the  Gulf  Stream  ? 

How  far  North  is  its  Influence  felt  ?. 

How  has  it  assisted  in  the  Erterusion  of  Vegetation  f 

Hail. — ^How  is  it  produced  ? 


Heat. — Does  the  Internal  Heat  of  the  Earth  extend 
to  the  Surface  ? 

Whence  does  the  Surface  receive  its  Heat  ? 

How  far  below  the  Surface  does  Solar  Heat  ex- 
tend?   


18 

21 
21 
21 

21 

29 

16 
19 

84 
26 

40 

40 

40 

40 
44 

27 
27 

27 
16 


24 
24 

25 


26 
26 
25 
36 
41 

34 


8 
8 

8 

15 


Isotherm^.— 'Wh&t  are  they  ? 

Are  they  Parallel  with  each  other  ? 
What  are  Isothermal  Zones  ? 


Why  not?. 


I  Japan  Current. — Describe  it 

'         Does  any  part  enter  the  Arctic  Ocean  ?    Where  ? 


36 
36 

24 
26 


Pangr'ph 

85 

14 
17 
18 

19 

36 

13 
4 

19 
26 

1 
8 


6,6,8 
29,30 


20 
22 
89 


9 
16,17 

28 


28 
Chart. 
81 
14 
37 

81 


8 
2 


14 


Ice  and  Jrehergs. — Mention  some  of  their  Effects. 
How  do  they  contribute  to  the  Formation  of  tlie 

Banks  near  Newfoundland  ? 26    24, 26 


2 

4.5 

6 

20 
38 


106 


MONTEITH'S  PHYSICAL  ANlf  POLITICAL  GMOGRAPHY. 


Lakes. — What  are  they  ? 

How  many  Classes  of  Lakes  are  there  ? 

Describe    the    First    Class — The    Second — The 

Third— The  Fourth 

How  are  they  supphed  ? 

Why  do  not  all  Depressions  contain  Lakes  ? 

Mention  the  Most  Elevated  Lake  and  its  Elevation. 

What  is  the  elevation  of  Lake  Titicaca  ? 

What  Lake  is  furthest  below  the  Sea  Level  ? . . . . 

Why  is  the  Water  of  some  Lakes  Salt  ? 

Mention  the  principal  Salt  Lakes 

Svhterraiiean  Lakes — What  are  they  ? 

What  are  sometimes  caused  by  them  ? 

What  is  the  Largest  Lake  in  the  World  ?  Its  Area  ? 

Land  Slides. — Describe  them 

JUan. — How  distinguished  ? 

Is  he  influenced  by  Chmate  ? 

His  Adaptability  to  Climate — what  can  you  say 

of  it  ? 

The  Races — Mention  them 

How  are  they  distinguished  from  each  other  ? 
What  can  you  say  of  the  Races  which  inhabit  the 

Torrid  and  Frigid  Zones  ? 

How  is  Man  affected  by  extreme  Heat  ?    Extreme 

Cold? 

What  are  the  Characteristics  of  the  Inhabitants 

of  the  Tropical  Regions '? 

Of  those  of  the  Frigid  Zones  ? 

Describe  the  Inhabitants  of  the  Temperate  Zone. 
Where  has   Man   reached  the  highest  State  of 

development  ? 

Mississippi  River. — Describe  it 

From  New  Orleans,  how  far  North  is  it  navigable  ? 
"  North-east?  North- 
west f 

Its  Windings, — What  can  you  say  of  them  ? 

Its  Basin — What  is  its  Area  ? 

Its  Delta — How  is  it  formed  ? 

Its  Wearing  and  Transportation  Power — How 
shown  ? 

Mountains. — Their  Origin  ? 

Time  occupied  in  their  Formation  ? 

A  Chain — A  Culminating  Point — What  are  they  ? . 

On  the  Eastern  Continent — Mention  them 

On  the  Western  Continent 

A  Mountain  System — What  is  it  ? 

Name  the  highest  Mountains  on  the  Globe 

Violence  in  their    Formation — How  indicated  ? . . . 

Their  Direction — To  what  due  ? 

The  Greatest  Elevations  are  in  what  Zone  ?. 

What  if  there  were  no  Mountains  ? '. 

The  Influence  of  Mountains  upon  Clouds  ? 

Where  are  the  highest  Mountains  required  ?  Why  ? 
Their  Upheaval— What  benefit  to  Mankind  ? 

North  America. — Its  Form 

Mountain  Systems — Mention  them 

Elevation — What  is  the  Mean  Elevation  ?  .  .    


Page 

"aragr'pli 

31 

1 

31 

2 

31 

3-7 

31 

9-10 

31 

8 

17 

Cut. 

17 

52 

31 

14 

31 

15 

31 

16 

31 

18,19 

31 

18,19 

31 

21 

27 

23 

u 
u 

44 
44 

44 

45 

45 

45 
45 
45 

45 


30 

17 
15 
14 
12 
12 
14 
14 
15 
15 
15 
18 
17 
17 
17 

11 
18 
18 


3 
9-11 

4-5 

7 


16-19 
25 

23 

24 
27,33 

30 


29 

19 

29 

20 

29 

21,22 

29 

25 

29 

30 

30 

44-46 

45 

64 
15 

5 
25 
26 

6 
10 
16 
17 
27 
69 
57 
58 
64-66 

Cut. 
76 
85 


Ocean. — How  divided  ?     Total  extent  of  Surface  ? . . 

What  is  the  Area  of  the  Pacific  ?  Atlantic  ?  In- 
dian ?    Arctic  ?     Antarctic  ? 

Rs  Bed — What  Changes  has  it  undergone  ? 

Its  Temperature — How  regulated  ? 

Its  PuHly — How  preserved  ? 

By  what  Process  is  the  Land  supplied  with  Water  ? 

What  are  Dependent  upon  the  Ocean  ? 

Its  Uses — Mention  the  principal 

As  a  Means  of  Communication,  which  Ocean  is  the 
most  Useful  to  Man  ? 

Its  Depth — Is  it  uniform  ? 

Where  is  the  deepest  part  of  the  Ocean  ? 

What  is  its  Mean  Depth  ? 

What  can  you  say  of  its  Depth  near  the  Coasts  ? . 

Plains. — What  are  they  ? 

What  do  they  comprise  f 

How  shaped  and  fertihzed  ? 

Of  North  America — What  do  they  comprise  ? .  .  .  . 
Of  South  America — ^What  do  they  comprise  ?  . .  . . 

Of  the  Amazon — What  is  their  Extent  ? 

The  Arctic  Plains — Describe  them 


Page   Paragr'ph 

22 

22 
6 
26 
22 
22 
22 
26 


22 
22 
23 
23 
22 

14 
20 
11 
20 
21 
21 
21 


Plants. — Their  Growth — ^How  does  it  progress  ?. . .  .  6 

Of  what  Element  are  Plants  chiefly  composed  ?. . .  22 

What  Conditions  are  most  favorable  to  its  growth?  40 
Their  Nourishment — From  what  received,  and  by 

what  means? 40 

To  what  do  Plants  supply  Nourishment  ? 40 

How  are  they  affected  by  Frost  ? j  40 

By  what  means  is  the  Growth  of  some  Plants  ex- 
tended?   41 

Mention  the  Trees  and  Plants  of  the  Frigid  Zone 

— Of  the  Temperate.  Zone — Of  the  Torrid  Zone.  41 

Plateaus. — What  are  they  ? 15 

Their  Formation — Describe  it 15 

Where   are    the    Plateaus   of    Asia  f      Europe  ? 

America  ?     Africa  ? 15 

The  Highest  on  the  Globe — Mention  them 16 

The  North  American  Plateau — Describe  it 18 

Rain. — How  produced  ? 34 

Its  Distribution  over  the  Surface — How  caused  ?  .  34 

Its  C/ses— What  are  they  ? 26 

How  does  it  penetrate  the  Ground  ? 26 

How  influenced  by  high  Mountains  ? 34 

Where  does  the  greatest  Amount  fall  ?  Why  ? .  .  34 
What  parts  of  a  Continent  receive  the  greatest 

Amount  of  Rain  ? 34 

On  which  Side  of  the   Tropical  Andes  does  the 

greatest  Amount  fall 34 

Why  does  Uttle  or  no  Rain  fall  on  the  lee-side 

of  the  Andes  ? 34 

On  which  Side  of  the  Andes  do  the  Trade  Winds 

deposit  Rain  ? 35 

On  which  Side  do  the  Return  Trades  deposit  Rain?  35 
In  what  parts  of  Ncrrth  America  is  Rain  most 

abundant  ? 35 

Why  do  the  West  Indies  receive  Copious  Rains  ? .  35 


INDEX  AND  REVIEW  OF  PHYSICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


107 


liahiless  Itegions. — Thfiy  Include  what  parts  of 

the  Eastern  Continent  ? 

What  parts  of  the  Western  Continent . . 


ftivers. — How  Formed  ? 

Their  Uses — Mention  them 

Their   Courses — Describe   them — 'What   do  they 

indicate  ? 

TIw  Ganges — Describe  it 

T)ie  Indus  and  Brahmaputra — Describe  them.  .  . . 
How  do  Eivers  afiFect  the  Surface  of  Lowlands  ?. . 

Delias — How  formed  ? 

ITwir  Windings — What  advantages  attend  them  ? 
What  is  the  most  important  River  in  N.  America  ? 

A  River  Basin — What  is  it  ? 

A  River  Bed—'WhsX  is  it  ?    A  Channel  f 

A  River  System — What  is  it  ? 

Inland  Basins — Name  some  of  them 

Where  do  some  Rivers  of  Africa  empty  ? 

Oceanic  Rivers — What  are  they  ? 

Continental  Rivers — ^What  are  they  ? 

How  are  Rivers  affected  by  the  Melting  of  Snow  ? 

Mountain  Streams — Mention  their  Uses 

Rivers  which  rise  periodically — How  supplied  ?. . . 

Rocks. — What  are  Aqueotis  Rocks  f   Stratified  Rocks  f 

What  are  Igneous  Rocks  f     Unstralified  f 

Stratified — ^Of  what  composed  ? 

Rocky  Mountain  Syatem. — ^Its  Extent  ? 

'WTiat  Ranges  does  it  include  ? 

The  Greatest  Width  of  the  System — where  and 
what? 

Sea  Shells. — ^To  what  Class  of  Animals  do  they  be- 
long?  

ITieir  Appearance  on  Mountains — How  accounted 
for? 

Snoir. — How  is  it  produced  ? 

Of  ichat  Advantage  is  Snow  ?    Why  ? 

Of  what  Uses  is  Snow  which  covers  the  Tops  of 
Tropical  Mountains  ? 

Perpetual  Snoic — At  what  Elevation  on  the  An- 
des ?   On  the  Alps  ?    In  Arctic  Ijatitudes  ? . . 

South  America. — Its  Area  in  Square  Miles  ?. 

Its  Plateaus — Where  situated  ? 

Its  Mountain  Systems — Possess  what  Advantages  ? 

Its  Surface — What  can  you  say  of  it  ? 

Elevation — What  is  its  Mean  Elevation  ? 

What  is  the  total  extent  of  Plains  ? 

The  Llanos,  the  Wet  and  Dry  Seasons,  the  Sdvas 
— ^Describe  them 

Springs.— Their  Origin — Describe  it 

Wells — How  supplied  ? 

In  the   Dry  Season  some   Springs  become  dry 

while  others  continue  to  flow  ?    Why  is  this? 

The  Quality  of  Spring  Water  depends  on  what  ?. . 

InlermUlent  Springs— Wh&i  are  they  ? 

Salt  Springs — ^Their  Origin  ? 


p.g« 

Pingrph 

21 

3 

35 

59 

28 

1 

28 

7 

28 

8 

28 

13 

29 

14 

29 

18 

30 

14 

29 

24 

29 

19 

29 

29 

29 

33 

29 

28 

30 

40 

30 

41 

30 

42 

30 

43 

30 

51 

30 

49 

30 

52 

8 

10 

8 

11 

8 

19 

18 

79 

18 

78 

18 

80 

43 

13 

15 

14 

34 

32 

34 

35 

17 

58 

16 

38 

14 

53 

15 

30 

17 

60-62 

17 

63  ; 

18 

85 

21 

13 

21 

9 

26 

4r-6 

27 

27 

10 
12 

'  27 

13 

j  27 

14 

1  27 

16 

Springs. — Mineral  Waters — What  are  they  ? 

Mineral  Waters — Of  what  Uses  are  they  ? 

Mineral  Springs — 'WTiere  are  the  most  celebrated? 

Sot  iSprings — Their  Origin  and  Uses  ? 

"        "      — Where  are  the  most  noted  ? 

United  States. — Was  all  the  Land  of  this  Country 
raised  at  the  same  time  ? 

Describe  its  great  Plateau  Region. 

For  what  Production  is  the  Southern  Part  of  this 
Country  noted  ? 

What  can  you  say  of  the  North-eastern  Part  ?. . . 

2%e  Means  (f  Communication — ^What  can  you  say 
of  them  ? 

Vapor. — Hie  Process  of  its  Formation — ^What  is  it  ?. 

Il8  Uses — ^Mention  them 

Why  is  it  not  always  Visible  ? 

To  what  does  it  supply  Nourishment  ?. 

Vegetatimi. — ^When  and  for  what  Purpose  was  it 
made  ? 

ITie  First  Vegetation — What  was  its  character  ?. . . 

Where  is  it  produced  in  the  greatest  abundance  ? 

How  does  it  purify  the  Atmosi>here  ? 

What  Mutual  Dependence  between  Vegetable 
and  .iVnimal  Life  ? 

On  which  Side  of  a  Continent  docs  Vegetation 
extend  furthest  North  ?    Why  ? 

How  does  Vegetation  vary  on  the  Sides  of  Moun- 
tains ? 

Volcanoes. — Iheir  Origin^ 

Ulustrato  by  means  of  a  Cake 

Of  what  Benefit  are  Volcanoes  ? 

The  Effect  ot  an  Eruption  of  Mt  Vesuvius — Give 

an  Account  of  it 

Monte  Nuovo — Give  an  account  of  its  Formation . 

The  Most  Noted  Volcanoes — Mention  them 

Hot  Water  and  Steam  of  Volcanoes — Whence  do 

they  proceed  ? 

Water. — Whence  is  the  Land  supplied  with  Fresh 
Water? 

The  Center  of  the  Water  Hemisphere — Where 
is  it  ? 

Rs  Wearing  Poxoer — What  can  you  say  of  it  ? ... . 

How  affected  by  Heat  ? 

Of  what  Benefit  is  it  to  Plants  ? 

Winds.— yfh&i  are  they  ? 

The  two  General  Movements  of  the  Air — WTiat 
are  they  ? 

The  Tropical  Winds — ^Explain  their  Movement.    . 

The.  Trade  Winds — Describe  them 

The  Return  Trades — Describe  them 

What  Effect  have  the  Trade  Winds  on  the  Equa- 
torial Current  ? 

What  Winds  blow  over  South-western  Europe  ?. 

How  do  thev  affect  that  Division  ? 

Land  and  Sea  Breezes — Describe  them 

C(dm'' — How  caused  ? 

Where  are  the  Regions  of  Calms  ? 


p««« 

Para^'pb 

27 

15 

27 

16 

27 

16 

27 

18 

27 

19 

11 

11 

18 

77,81 

88 

49 

88 

60 

44 

14 

9 

16 

9 

16 

83 

7 

83 

6 

40 

1.2 

42 

2 

40 

9 

40 

19 

40 

17,18 

41 

43 

41 

48 

19 

1-2 

19 

Cut. 

19 

5 

20 

23 

19 

10 

19 

11 

31 


11 
29 
33 
40 

32 

82 

82 
82 
32 

82 
32 
82 
38 
32 
82 


19 


13 

18 

26,27 

1 

14 

11 

16 

17 

21,22 

23 

24 
27 
27 
86,36 
20 
20 


lOH 


MONTEITH'S  PHYSICAL  AND  POLITICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


SfsTRONOMICAL      |-EOGRAPHY. 


[the  -words  in  black  ttpb  sireeBT  th«  quxsnoits.] 


1.  Astronomical  Geography  treats  of  the  form,  size,  and 
motions  of  the  earth  ;  its  relations  to  the  Sun,  Moon,  and  other 
heavenly  bodies  ;  its  seasons,  latitudes,  and  longitudes. 

2.  The  Earth  is  one  of  a  family  of  heavenly  bodies  which 
revolve  around  the  Sim. 

3.  The  bodies  which  revolve  around  the  Sun  are  distributed 
into  three  classes  ;  Planets,  Asteroids,  and  Comets. 

4.  These  bodies,  together  with  the  Sun,  constitute  the  Solar 
System. 

5.  The  Solar  System  is  but  a  small  portion  of  the  Universe. 

6.  Hie  Sun  is  a  luminous  body,  because  it  shines  by  its  own 
light.     The  planets  are  opaque  (dark)  bodies. 

7.  The  Earth,  Moon,  and  other  planets  receive  from  the 
Sun  light  and  heat. 

8.  The  names  of  the  principal  planets,  according  to  their  size, 
are  Jupiter,  Saturn,  Neptune,  Ura'nus,  the  Earth,  Venus,  Mars,  and 
Mercury. 

9.  Their  names  according  to  their  distances  from  the  Sun, 
are  Mercury,  Venus,  the  Earth,  Mars,  Jupiter,  Saturn,  Uranus, 
and  Neptune. 

10.  The  form,  of  the  Earth  is  that  of  a  sphere,  slightly  flat- 
tened at  the  Poles.     [See  illustration  on  page  9.) 

11.  A  Sphere  or  Globe  is  a  round  body  whose  siurface,  in 
every  part,  is  equally  distant  from  its  center. 

12.  A  Hemisphere  is  half  a  sphere  or  globe. 

13.  The  Dlatneter  of  a  Sphere  is  a  straight  line  passing 
through  its  center,  and  terminated  at  both  ends  by  the  surfece. 

14.  The  Diameter  of  the  Earth  is  nearly  8,000  miles. 

Its  diameter  at  the  Equator  is  7,925  miles,  but  from  Pole  to  Pole  it  is  26  miles 
less. 

15.  The  Circumference  of  a  Sphere  is  the  distance  around  it. 

16.  T/te  Circumference  of  the  Earth  is  nearly  25,000  miles. 

17.  The  Axis  of  a  Sphere  is  the  line  or  diameter  on  which 
the  sphere  revolves. 

18.  Tlie  Poles  of  the  Earth,  or  of  any  sphere,  are  the  extrem- 
ities of  its  axis,  or  the  two  points  where  the  axis  meets  the  surface. 

19.  The  Sun  shines  upon  one  half  of  the  earth's  surface  at 
any  one  time  ;  so  that  one  hemisphere  has  day  while  the  opposite 
hemisphere  has  night. 

20.  The  succession  of  Day  and  Night  is  caused  by  the  revo- 
lution of  the  eai-th  on  its  axis,  which  it  performs  every  24  hours. 

21.  The  rate  of  Motion  of  the  equatorial  parts  is  1,000  miles 
every  hour,  but  it  diminishes  toward  the  Poles. 

The  Axis  does  not  revolve,  neither  do  the  Poles. 

22.  Localities  on  the  Earth's  surface  are  determined  and 
described  by  means  of  imaginary  lines  or  circles. 

23.  Great  Circles  are  those  which 
divide  the  Earth  into  two  equal  parts. 

24.  Small  Circles  are  those  which 
divide  the  Earth  into  two  unequal  parts. 

25.  The  jjrincijfal  Great  Circles  are 
the  Equator,  Ecliptic,  and  Meridians. 

26.  The  principal  Small  Circles 
are  the  two  Tropics  and  the  two  Polar 
Circles. 


27.  The  Equator  divides  the  Earth  info  Northern  and 
Southern  Hemispheres.     It  is  midway  between  the  Poles. 

28.  Meridians  pass  from  Pole  to  Pole,  crossing  the  Equator 
at  right  angles. 

29.  Meridians  divide  the  Earth  into  Eastern  and  Western 
Hemispheres. 

30.  Latitude  is  distance  northward  or  southward  from  the 
Equator,  measured  on  a  Meridian. 

31.  Longitude  is  distance  eastward  or  westward  from  a  certain 
Meridian,  measured  on  the  Equator. 

32.  Latitude  and  Longitude  are  reckoned  in  degrees,  min- 
utes, and  seconds,  which  are  known  by  the  signs  (°),  ('),  ("). 

The  City  Hall  of  New  York  is  in  lat.  40°  42'  43  "  (read  40  degrees,  42  min 
utes,  and  48  seconds).    A  degree  contains  60  minutes,  and  a  minute  60  seconds 

33.  A  Degree  is  one  360th  part  of  a  circle  ;  it  varies  in  length 
according  to  the  size  of  the  circle. 

34.  The  length  of  a  degree  on  a  Great  Circle  of  the  Earth 
is  about  69|  statute  miles,  or  60  geographical  miles. 

A  statute  mile  contains  5,280  feet,  and  a  geographical  mile,  6,075  feet. 

35.  Tlie  parts  of  the  Earth  farthest  from  the  Equator  are 

the  Poles,  whose  latitude  is  90'. 

36.  Longitude  is  usually  reckoned,  on  our  maps  and  globes, 
from  the  Meridian  of  Greenwich,  near  London,  and  from  the 
Meridian  of  Washington. 

37.  The  greatest  Longitude  a  place  can  have  is  180° — ^half 
way  round  the  globe. 

38.  liefer  to  the  Map  on  pages  52  and  53,  and  state  the  Lati- 
tude of  Philadelphia  ;  of  New  Orleans  ;  of  Columbus  ;  of  Nashville ; 
of  San  Francisco  ;  of  Savannah. 

39.  What  is  the  Longitude  of  each,  from  Greenwich,  and 
from  Washington? 

40.  Refer  to  the  Map  on  page  72,  and  state  the  Latitude  of 
Naples  ;  of  Venice  ;  of  Lucerne  ;  of  Athens  ;  of  Constantinople  ; 
of  Paris  ;  of  Frankfort ;  of  Hamburg  ;  of  London  ;  of  Liver- 
pool ;  of  Dublin. 

41.  What  is  the  Longitude  of  London  ?  of  Dublin  ?  of 
Geneva  ?  of  Eome  ?  of  Vienna  ? 

42.  The  Ecliptic  is  the  path  in  which  the  Earth  revolves  around 
the  Sun.  In  Geography,  the  Ecliptic  is  a  great  circle  on  the 
terrestrial  globe  which  is  always  in  the  plane  of  the  earth's  orbit. 

43.  Tlie  Equator  and  Ecliptic  cross  each  other  at  an  angle 
of  23^°. 

44.  The  Sensible  Hori'zon  is  the  Small  Circle  which  boimds 
our  view  of  the  Earth's  surface.  Its  circumference  is  the  line  in 
which  the  Earth  and  Skies  appear  to  meet  ;  spectators  in  different 
localities  have  different  horizons.  In  the  middle  of  the  horizon  is  the 
spectator.  Tlie  higher  the  elevation  on  which  the  spectator  stands, 
the  greater  is  the  sensible  horizon.  A  person  at  sea,  standing  on 
the  level  of  the  surface,  would  see  three  miles  in  every  direction. 
The  diameter  of  his  sensible  horizon  would  be  six  miles.  {Seepage 
9,  Ulustration,  and  paragraphs  1  to  5.) 

45.  Tlie  national  Horizon  is  the  Great  Circle  which  is  paral- 
lel to  the  Sensible  Horizon  ;  it  divides  the  Earth  into  upper  and 
lou;er  hemispheres. 


1 


ASTRONOMICAL    GEOGRAPHY. 


109 


46.  Parallels  of  Latitude   are   small   circles  parallel   to   the 
Equator. 

47.  T/ie  Tropica  are  those  parallels  which  pass  through  the  two 
points  of  the  Ecliptic  farthest  from  the  Equator. 

48.  Tlie  Tropic  in  the  Northern 
Heminphere  is  called  the  Tropic  of 
Cancer.  That  in  the  Southern  Jleini- 
sphere,  the  Tropic  of  Capricorn. 

49.  I7ie  Distance  of  the  Tropics 
from  the  Equator  is  23°. 

50.  The  Axis  of  the  Earth  is  not 
perpendicular  to  the  plane  of  the  Eaith's 
orbit 


51.  The  Distance  from  the  Poles  to  the  Extremities  of  a 
Diameter  which  is  perpendicular  to  the  Ecliptic  is  23]°;  through 
these  two  extremities  two  parallels  of  latitude  are  drawn ;  that 
around  the  North  Pole  is  called  the  Arctic  Circle  or  North  Polar 
Circle,  and  that  around  the .  South  Pole,  the  Antarctic,  or  South 
Polar,  Circle.     (See  iUuslralion  at  the  top  of  the  page.) 

52.  The  Tropics  and  Polar  Circles  divide  the  Earth's  surface 
into  five  great  Belts  or  Zones.    {See  map  on  page  81.) 

53.  THE  ZONES  AND  THEIR  EXTENT  FROM  NORTH  TO  SOUTH. 

North  Frigid From  the  North  Pole  to  the  Arctic  Circle 231° 

North  Temperate  Arctic  Circle  to  the  Tropic  of  Cancer 48° 

Torrid Tropic  of  Cancer  to  the  Tropic  of  Capricorn. .  47° 

South  Temperate        "          Tropic  of  Capricorn  to  the  Antarctic  Circle. .  43° 
South  Frigid. . .  "  Antarctic  Circle  to  the  South  Pole 28i° 

Total,  from  Pole  to  Pole 180° 

54.  Within  the  Torrid  Zom«  the 
Ilent  is  extreme,  because  the  Sun's  rays 
fall  directly  upon  the  surface. 

55.  TJie  Cold  of  our  Winter  is  not 

known,  except  at  high  elevations.     (See 
page  39,  paragraphs  02-66.) 

56.  Tlie  Days  and  Nights  on  and  near 
the  Equator  are  equal  throughout  the 
year.      Leaving  the  Equator,   their  in- 
equality increases  with  the  latitude. 

57.  The  Sun  is  Vertical  to  the  inhabitants  of  the  Torrid 
Zone  at  certain  times  during  the  year.  (Bead  page  45,  par.  16,  17, 
22,  and  23.) 

58.  The  Sun  is  Vertical,  or  in  the  Zenith,  when  it  is  per- 
pendicularly over  the  head. 

69.  Within  the  Friffid  Zones  the  Cold  is  extreme,  because 
the  Sun's  rays  fall  very  obliquely  upon  the  stu-face. 

The  Longest  Days  in  Summer  and  the  Longest  Nights 
in  "Winter  are  in  proportion  to  the  latitudes, — from  24 
hours  on  the  Polar  Circles  to  6  months  at  the  Poles. 


The  Sun  is  never  Vertical  to  any  of  the  inhabitants  of 
the  Frigid  Zonea 

60.  Within  the  Temperate  Zones  the  Ileal  is  less  than  that 
in  the  Torrid  Zone,  and  the  cold  is  less  than  that  in  the  Frigid 
Zones. 

The  Longest  Days  in  Summer  and  the  Longest  Nights 
in  "Winter  vary  from  13]  hours  on  the  Tropics  to  24  hours 
on  the  Polar  Circles. 

Tlie  Sun  is  Vertical  once  a  year —  midsummer  —  to  the 
inhabitants  on  the  Tropics. 

61.  The  Change  of  Seasotis  depends  upon  the  annual  revolu- 
tion of  the  earth  in  the  same  plane,  the  incUnation  of  its 
axis,  and  the  loaning  of  the  axis  always  in  the  same  direction. 

62.  The  North  Pole  leans  toward  the  Sun  in  the  latter  part 
of  June  ;  then  it  is  Summer  in  the  Northern  and  Winter  in 
the  Southern  Hemisphere.     (See  illustration  above.) 

The    Northern   Hemisphere   has  long    days   and    short 

nights,  while  the  Southern  Hemisphere  has  short  days 

and  long  nights. 
The  Whole  of  the  North  Frigid  Zone  has  day,  while  the 

South  Frigid  has  night 
The  Sun  is  Vertical  to  the  inhabitants  on  the  Tropic  of 

Cancer. 

63.  The  North  Pole  leans  from  the  Sun,  in  the  latter 
part  of  December  ;  then  it  is  Summer  in  the  Southern  and  Winter 
in  the  Northern  Hemisphere  ;  the  Soutliern  Hemisphere  has 
long  days  and  short  nights,  while  the  Nortliem  has  short  days  and 
long  nights. 

The  Whole  of  the  South  Frigid  Zone  lias  day,  while  the 

North  Frigid  has  night 
The  Sun  is  Vertical  to  the  inhabitants  on  the  Tropic  of 

Capricorn. 

64.  On  the  23d  of  March ,  neither  the  North  nor  the  South 
Pole  leans  toward  the  Sun.  (In  the  tlltistralion  above,  the  pupil 
mttst  imayine  the  Earth  to  have  moved  around  behind  the  Sun).  Then 
it  is  Spring  in  the  Northern  Hemisphere  while  it  is  Autumn  in 
the  Southern  ;  t/ie  Sun  is  vertical  to  the  inhabitants  on  and  near 
the  Equator,  and  the  Une  of  separation  between  the  dark  and 
the  illuminated  side  of  the  Earth  passes  through  the  Poles. 

65.  Oti  the  21st  of  June,  the  position  of  the  Earth  is  as  rep- 
resented in  the  picture  ;  three  months  afterward,  or  on  the  23d  <^ 
September,  the  Earth's  position  would  be  sidewise,  as  in  March. 
(In  the  picture  imagine  the  Earth  to  have  moved  toward  you,  and  to  be 
immediately  in  front  of  the  Sun,  about  tux)  inches  from  the  page.) 

66.  On  the  23d  of  September  it  is  Autumn  in  the  Northern,  and 
Spring  in  the  Southern  Hemisphere, — 12  hours  day  and  12  hours 
night  in  all  the  Zones  ;  the  Sun  vertical  to  the  inhabitants  on  the 
Equator  ;  the  days  and  nights  are  everywhere  equaL 


no 


MONTEITWS  PHYSICAL  AND  POLITICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


ENERAL 


|eview. 


MOUNTAIIfS. 

ir/ifre  are  they  ?      In  wtuit  dir«ctionft 
do  the  ranges  enetendf 


Mt.  St.  Elias  ? 
Mt.  Washington? 
Mt.  Mitcliell? 
Himalaya  ? 
Moravian  ■( 
Mt.  Elboorz? 
Rocky? 
Mt.  Brown  ? 
White  Mts.  ? 
Cameroon  ? 
Hindoo  Coosh  ? 
Bohemian  ? 
Mt.  Blanc  ? 
Coast? 

Kilimandjaro  ? 
Kuen  Lun  ? 
Cevennes  ? 
Mt.  Fairweather  ? 
Green  Mts.  ? 
Kenia  ? 
Ararat  ? 
Auvergne  ? 
Sierra  Madre  ? 
Brazilian  Andes  ? 
Alleghany  ? 
Cotopaxi  ? 
Mt.  Hooker  1 
Lupata  ? 
Stanovoy  ? 
Sierra  Morena  ? 
Fremont's  Peak  ? 
Chimborazo  ? 
Hecla  ? 
Snow? 

Eastern  Ghauts? 
Riesen  Gebirge? 
Cascade  ? 
Aconcagua  ? 
Coast  Range  ? 


Spanish  Peak  ? 
Erzo  Gebirge  ? 
lUimani  ? 
Adirondack  ? 
Atlas? 

Western  Ghauts? 
Pike's  Peak  ? 
Cumberland  ? 
Antuco  ? 
Blue  Ridge? 
Kong? 
Caucasus  ? 
Fremont's  Peak  ? 
Catskill  ? 
Antisana  ? 
Mt.  Hood  ? 
Altai? 
Highlands  ? 
Pacaraima  ? 
Taurus? 
Alps? 
Acaray  ? 
Carpathian  ? 
Atacama  ? 
Ural? 
Mt.  Etna  ? 
Andes  ? 
Cantabrian  ? 
Geral? 
Apennines  ? 
Arequipa  ? 
Mt.  Vesuvius? 
Pichincha  ? 
Mt.  Hecla  ? 
Popocatepetl  ? 
Sierra  Nevada  ? 
Scandinavian  ? 
Pyrenees  ? 
Long's  Peak  ? 


ISLANDS. 

Where  are  they  ?    Hy  ivhat  watera  are 
they  surrounded  ? 


Newfoundland  ? 
Sardinia  ? 
Saghalien  ? 
Jamaica? 
Java? 
British  Is.  ? 
Madeira  Is.  ? 
Orkney  Is.  ? 
Vancouver's  ? 
Negropont  ? 
Nova  Zembla  ? 
Barbadoes  ? 
Sandwich  Is.  ? 
Loffoden  Is.  ? 
Madagascar  ? 
Hebrides  ? 
Southampton  ? 
Rhodes  ? 
Kurile  Is.  ? 


San  Salvador? 
Mendana  Arch.  1 
Baring  ? 
West  Indies  ? 
Minorca  ? 
Hainan  ? 
Antigua  ? 
New  Zealand  ? 
Bahamas  ? 
Zante? 
Nicobar  Is.  ? 
Porto  Rico  ? 
Friendly  Is.  ? 
Bermudas  ? 
Formentera  ? 
Hondo  ? 
I.  of  Pines  ? 
Society  Is.  ? 
Melville  ? 


Skye? 

Magellan  Arch.? 
Louisiade  Arch.  ? 
Trinidad  ? 
New  Guinea  ? 
Faroe  Is.  ? 
Canary  Is.  ? 
Anglesea  ? 
Queen  Charlotte's 
Ionian  Is.  ? 
Laccadive  Is.  ? 
Qaudaloupe  ? 
Borneo  ? 
Shetland  Is.  ? 
Socotra  ? 
Wight  ? 
Cape  Breton? 
Scilly  Is.  ? 
Maldive  Is.  ? 
Martinique  ? 
Australia  ? 
Cyprus  ? 
St.  Helena  ? 
Man? 
Greenland  ? 
Balearic  Is.  ? 
Ladrone  Is.  ? 
New  Providence  ? 
Hawaii  ? 
Candia  ? 
Comoro  Is.  ? 
Philippine  Is  ? 
North  Georgian  ? 
Sicily? 
Sumatra  ? 


Abaco  ? 

Central  Arch.  7 
Lewis  ? 
Jersey  ? 
Kiushiu  ? 
Andros  ? 
Tasmania  7 
Anticosti  ? 
?  Lipari  Is.  1 
Formosa  t 
Turks? 
Cuba? 
Corsica 
Shikoku? 
St.  Thomas  ? 
Caroline  Is.  ? 
Iceland  ? 
Ivica  ? 
Japan  Is.  ? 
Santa  Cruz  ? 
New  Ireland  ? 
Disco? 
Corfu? 
Yezo? 
Feejee  Is.  ? 
Sitka  ? 
Majorca  ? 
Luzon  ? 
Spice  Is.  ? 
Hayti  ? 
Cephalonia 
Ceylon  ? 
Celebes  ? 
Guernsey  ? 
Marquesas  ? 


CAPES. 

Where  are   they  ?     Into  what  taaters 
€io  tiiey  prqject  ? 


Hatteras  ? 
Corrientes  ? 
Land's  End  ? 
St.  Antonio? 
Northeast  ? 
Canaveral  ? 
Spartivento  ? 
Good  Hope  ? 
Mendocino  ? 
St.  Francisco  ? 
La  Hogue  ? 
Comorin  ? 
Hatteras  ? 
Matapan  ? 
Blanco  ? 
Farewell  ? 
Gallinas  ? 
Qracios  ? 
Lopatka  ? 
Lookout  ? 
St.  Vincent  ? 
Guardafui? 
St  Lucas  ? 
St.  Lorenzo? 
Palmo  ? 
Negrain  7 
Burica? 


East? 

St.  Bias? 

Finisterre  ? 

St.  Roque  ? 

St.  Martin  ? 

Cambodia  ? 

Florida  ? 

North? 

Agulhas  ? 

Flattery  ? 

Corso? 

Prince  of  Wales  ? 

Fear? 

Clear? 

Palmas  ? 

Sable  ? 

Horn? 

Ortegal  1 

Verd? 

Race? 

Bon? 

May? 

Frio? 

Cod? 

Icy? 

Roio? 

St.  Mary? 


SEAS,  GULFS,  BAYS,  tCc. 


Where  are  they  ? 
tliey 

St.  Lawrence? 
Ionian  Sea  ? 
California  ? 
Appalachee  ? 
The  Wash  ? 
Arabian  S.  ? 
Mediterranean  ? 
Narragansett  ? 
Q.  of  Guinea  ? 
G.  of  Carpentaria  ? 
B.  of  Honduras  ? 
G.  of  Lepanto  ? 
Campeachy  ? 
Albemarle  ? 
Firth  of  Forth  ? 
Caspian  S.  ? 
Adriatic  S.  ? 
Penobscot  ? 
G.  of  Aden? 
G.  of  Cambridge  ? 
B.  of  Guatemala  ? 
G.  of  Genoa  ? 
Tehuantepec  ? 
Roanoke  ? 
Donegal  ? 
Persian  G.  ? 
B.  of  Biscay  ? 
Frenchman's  ? 
G.  of  Sidra  ? 
Coral  S.  ? 
Hudson  B.  ? 
G.  of  Salonica  ? 
Mosquito  ? 
Raleigh  ? 
Pentland  Firth  ? 
Q.  of  Cambay  ? 
Q.  of  Bothnia  ? 
Long  Island  Sd.  ? 
Java  S.  ? 
Baffin  B.? 
G.  of  Dantzic  ? 
Panama  ? 
Mobile  ? 
Loch  Foylo  ? 
Kamtschatka  S.  ? 
Caspian  S.  V 
Buzzard's  ? 
Botany  ? 


Into  what  waters  do 
open  ? 

James'  B  ? 
Zuyder  Zee  " 
Darien  ? 
Tampa  ? 
Loch  Linnhe  ? 
Okhotsk  S.  ? 
Archipelago  ? 
Casco? 
G.  of  Slam  ? 
Ungava  B.  ? 
Onslow  ? 
Firth  of  Tay  ? 
Yellow  S.  ? 
Baltic  S.  ? 
Cape  Cod  ? 
Frobisher's  B.  ? 
Pamlico  ? 
Galway  ? 
Black  S.  ? 
Fundy  ? 

Chan,  of  Yucatan  ? 
Murray  Firth  ? 
Red  S.  ? 
G.  of  Finland  ? 
Fox  Chan.  ? 
Kara  S.  ? 
White  S.  ? 
Lancaster  Sd.  ? 
Aral  S.  ? 
Q.  of  Lyons  ? 
Norton  Sd.  ? 
Eastern  S.  ? 
S.  of  Marmora? 
Q.  of  Mexico  ? 
Celebes  S.  ? 
G.  of  Onega? 
B.  of  Bengal  ? 
North  S.  ? 
China  S.  ? 
S.  of  Azov  ? 
G.  of  Siam  ? 
G.  of  Taranto  ? 
Japan  S.  ? 
G.  of  Riga  ? 
G.  of  Cutch? 
S.  of  Yezo? 
G.  of  Tonquin  ? 


RIVERS. 

Where  do  they  rise  ?  In  what  direc- 
tions do  titey  flow,  and  into  what 
waters  ? 


Mississippi  ? 
Thames  ? 
Volga? 
Wabash  ? 
Meuse? 
Susquehanna  ? 
Lena? 
Trent? 
Missouri  ? 
Red? 


CoanzaT 
Brazos? 
Ucayali  1 
Congaree  7 
St.  Francis? 
Kentucky  7 
Boyne? 
Dwina  ? 
Sangamon  ? 
Elbe? 


Nile? 

Rio  Grande  ? 
St.  Francisco  ? 
Tombigby  ? 
Penobscot  ? 
Tennessee  ? 
Shannon  ? 
Danube  ? 
Des  Moines? 
Adige? 

St.  Lawrence? 
Hoang  Ho  ? 
St.  Francis  ? 
Green  ? 
Niger  ? 
Athabasca  ? 
Tunguragua  ? 
Cape  Fear  ? 
Kennebec  ? 
Cumberland  ? 
Severn  ? 
Ural? 
Detroit  ? 
Monongahela  ? 
Cambodia  ? 
St.  Maurice? 
Brazos  ? 
White  ? 
Zambeze  ? 
Mackenzie  ? 
Magdalena  ? 
Mobile  ? 
Androscoggin  ? 
Wisconsin  ? 
Mersey  '. 
Vistula? 
Illinois  ? 
Spree? 

Shenandoah  ? 
Irtish  ? 
Saguenay  ? 
Salmon  ? 
Senegal  ? 
Colorado  ? 
Pilcomayo  ? 
Ogeechee  ? 
Merrimac? 
Miami  ? 
Ouse? 
Dnieper  ? 
Kalamazoo  ? 
Weser? 
Oswegatchie  ? 
Brahmaputra  ? 
Chaudiere  ? 
Columbia  ? 
Chattahoochee  ? 
Tchadda? 
St.  Lawrence? 
Paraguay  7 
Altamaha  7 
Connecticut? 
Muskingum  ? 
Humber  7 
Petchora  ? 


Alleghany  ? 
Irrawaddy  7 
Grand  ? 

Appalachicola  7 
Nelson  ? 
Orinoco  7 
Pascagoula  7 
Otter  Creek? 
Sandusky  ? 
Foyle  ? 
Garonne  7 
Big  Sandy  ? 
Pruth  7 
Genesee  ? 
Yenisei  7 
Platte  7 
Tallapoosa  7 
Severn  7 
La  Plata  7 
Suwanee  7 
Blackstono  7 
Grand  (Mich.)? 
Avon? 
Douro? 
Big  Sioux  ? 
Po? 

Juniata  7 
Obi? 
Lewis? 
Big  Black  ? 
Platte  7 
Parana? 
Yazoo  7 
Sorel  ? 

Grand  (Mo.)  7 
Drave  7 
Little  Sioux? 
Iser? 
St.  Regis? 
Tigris  ? 
Canadian  7 
Ocmulgee  7 
Uruguay  ? 
St.  John's  7 
Onion  ? 
Iowa? 
Guadiana? 
Osage? 
Dniester  ? 
Pamunky  ? 
Indus  7 

Yellow  Stone  ? 
Pamlico? 
Ohio? 
Amazon  7 
Edisto  ? 
Maumee? 
Tagus? 
Licking  ? 
Saranac  ? 
Amoo? 
Clarke's? 
Yadkin? 
Madeira  7 
Oconee  ? 


PRONUNCIATION   OF   GEOGRAPHIC AZ   N^AMES. 


Ill 


RONUNCIATION    OF    .GEOGRAPHICAL    SaMES. 


Co 


Aar,  Abr. 

Ab«eu,  fth'b&h-ko. 
Ah-bi-tib'U-. 
At»Hii«y,  ab-o-may'. 
Aboukir,  ab-boo-keer'. 
Ab-s4/cuin. 
Abydoa.  ati-blM(«. 
Acapuico,  ab-kabpool'ko. 
Ac-co-niac'. 
Acboen,  atob<een'. 
Aconcagua,  ab'kua-kah'gwah. 
Acqaia,  a-kwi'a. 
Ac'ra. 

Acre.  ahTtwr. 
Aajilia,  titi-dable-fth. 
A-dfl'. 
A'.ii-n. 

Ail'ige,  or  ah'de-je. 
Airnnnnple, 
Ad'riatic 
-E/t-ari,  e-Jc/an. 
Afu'liani.stan'. 

Aixiia  Dulee,  ah'jrwnh-dool'saf. 
AtriilbaH,  ab'guoKyahs. 
Ai^ni*,  aid. 

Aix-la-C'bapelle.  a)ks-]ab-fibab-p«K. 
jvjitccio.  ab-yabt'tcbo. 
Alatno,  ab'lah-mu. 
A  lam),  ab'lantl. 
Albans,  8c.,  Mnt-awl^anz. 
AM>c-ntarle'. 

Albiiquerqiip,  ahl-biio-ker'kay. 
Alratian,  a-lu'she-an. 
Algfzlraii,  al-Je-zee'raa. 
Altai.  abl-tK. 

Alinfiiabnw,  awl-la>m«>haw'. 
Altm,  abl'ton. 
Altona,  abKto-nah. 
Alvarado,  abl-vab-rah'do. 
Ain'azoii. 
Anib<iy'. 

AinbtTAt,  abm'erst. 
Amiens,  ain'l-«nz. 
AtiKio,  ah-ni<K/. 
Aiiitwr,  ur  Amour,  ah-mooK. 
A-inoy'. 
Anisterdnm'. 
Anadir,  ah-nah-dt*er'. 
Atiahiiac,  a)i-nali-wahk' 
Anaiii^  or  an'oahm. 
Andaman'. 
Andes,  anMeex. 
Andorra,  ahn-doKrab. 
AriMover. 

AnKb-sea.  ang'glas-ak 
Anticos'tl. 

Aiitii't'im,  an*te'tam. 
AntijTua,  an-te'ga. 
\ritliit's,  ahn-ieel'. 
wittsana,  ahn-te-uh'nftb. 
Vtitiico.  abD-lo</ko. 
Viil'wcrp. 

\  caches,  ah-pah'«hayi. 
A[»'en-nlnes. 
Appalach'ce. 
Apiialiicbico'la. 
Ap-.triiitac,  ah-poo-re-m*hk'. 
Ar-a-can', 
Ar'al. 
A  r'a-rat. 

Arcbangel,  ark-an'gel. 
Arcbipidajfo,  ark-e-pel^ab-go. 
Arilennes,  ar'den.  or  ar-<lea'. 
\rfmiip:i,  fth-ra-ke'pah. 
\ri;i;ntin(',  Ahr'tcau-tiDe. 
\iica,  ab-re'kab. 
\  ikan'ww. 
\rriiatfb,  ar-mab'. 
\rnbL-liii,  abrD'hlmA 
\  iiMis'itiok. 
\trap'a-b«e. 
\  ]  loiH,  nhr-twah  . 
Ashan't.M'.  or  ahsh-an-ta'. 
Asia,  a'^-be-a. 
As- sain'. 
As-sln'nl-boin. 
Astrakhan,  ahs-trah-kahn'. 
At-icaina,  ah-ta)i-kah'mab. 
Atcha^alayI^  atcb-af-a-li'a. 
Ath-a-bas'ca, 
AthVns. 
At-lan'la. 

Aubignv.  <>-been-yy. 
AuiTustino,  St.,  scnt*aw'gnft-t«en. 
Australia  aws-trayMe-a. 
Aiiver^rne,  o-varno'. 
Aiix  t-'ayes,  o-kay'. 
A*i2rion.  ah*v*'en-y<jng'. 
Avon  iKnjf.).  a'von. 
Avon  (Fr),  ab-von. 
Ayr.  air. 

Ai'ov,  Az'uf,  or  At'oph. 
A  zores',  or  a-xo'res. 


Baalboc.  or  Balbeo,  bah\-bek'. 
Bab-(  l-manMcb. 
Iladajos,  ba-l-a-hose'. 


Bad'en,  or  bahMen. 

Babia,  bab-o'a. 

Baikal,  b^kabl. 

Balaktava,  bal-a-klab'vab 

Bal-e-ar'ic 

Balize,  bah-Ieez'. 

Balkan,  bablkabn'. 

Bal-mor'al. 

Bal-zac,  babl-zahk^ 

Bankok'.  or  Bangkok'. 

BarbaMoos,  or  Barba^doa. 

Bar-ne-gat'. 

BarnVta-bte 

Basle,  babl. 

Bath'tirst. 

Baton  Kouge,  bat'un  roozh. 

Bayonne,  bali<yon'. 

Bayou,  bi'oo. 

Beaufort  (Br.  Dominions),  bofUrt 

Beaufort  (8.  C),  bu'ftirt. 

Beaufort  (Prance),  bo-fur'. 

Bedouin,  bod'o-tn. 

Beersheba,  be-er'she-ba,  ^ 

BehrlngN  beer'ings. 

He.lr-fon-tatnt''. 

Belta.si'  (Ireland);  Btil'faat  (MaloaX 

Bil-grad*/. 

Btd(H>chl3tan'. 

Beoarea,  bcn-ah'rei. 

B«'ii::al.  bt-n-gawl'. 

Bengnzi.  bon-gab'z«, 

Bi>nln,  ben-Oi'n'. 

Ben  I^'mond. 

Ber'bera. 

Bermudas,  ber-moo'da& 

Bexar,  ba-habr'. 

Beyrout,  bar'root. 

Blafra,  be-arrah. 

Bilbao,  bil-bah'o. 

Blng'en. 

BiHtintau,  bls-te-no', 

Blenbeirn,  btcn'tni. 

Bogota,  !>o-grt-tah'. 

Bokbart.  tni-kab'rah. 

B<dogna,  l»o-lone'yah, 

Bumarsund,  bo'niar-soond. 

Bombay'.  . 

Bonlfaccio,  bo-no-fab'tcho, 

Bon  Homme,  bo-nom'. 

Bonita.  bo-ne'tah. 

Boo- tan'. 

Bootbia,  boo-the'ah. 

Bordeaux,  bor-do'. 

Borgne,  born. 

BoHMlino,  b<)r-o-de'na 

Bo8'[Mi-ru8,  or  Bos'pbo-rtu, 

Boulogne,  boo-Ione', 

Bourbon,  boor'bon. 

Bowdotn,  bo'den. 

Bowling  Green,  boHint^ 

Brab-ma>pii'tra. 

Bras  d'Or,  brab-dore', 

Brash'ear. 

Brazil,  brah-reel', 

Brazos,  brab'zo-i. 

Brem'en,  or  bray'raen, 

Breton,  brit'on, 

Bucharest,  boo-kah-rfist'. 

BuenaveDtiira,b\vav'nab*ron-too'rah. 

Buena  V^lsta,  bway'nah-vis'lab. 

Buenos  Ayrcs,  bo'nus  a'rlz. 

Bulfraria,  bool>gay're-ab. 

Bar'gun-dy. 

Bua'ao-rab. 


0. 

Ca-bool'. 

Cadiz,  kay'diz. 

Caen,  kon. 

Caermarthcn,  ker-mnr'theiL 

Caernarvon,  kcr-nar'von. 

Cogllari,  kabi'vah-re. 

Cabawba,  ka-^w'bah. 

Catoo^  kfkose. 

Cairo  (Egynt).  kl'ro ;  (U.  S.\  kay'ro. 

Calabar,  kab-lah-bar^. 

CaUla,  kal'is. 

Calcasieu,  kahl'ka-sha. 

Callao,  kabl-lah'o,  or  kabl-jah'o. 

Cambridge,  kamc^irlj. 

Campagna,  kitlmi-iiahn'fah. 

Canajobarle.  kan-a-jo-har're. 

Canandaixua,  kan-an-da'gwa. 

Can-av'er-al. 

Candabar', 

Can-ton'  (Cblna);  Can'ton  (U.  8.) 

Gape  Girardeau.  Je-rar-do'. 

Cape  Hayticn,  bay'te-en. 

Cap'n-a,  or  kab'[MH>-i)h. 

Caqmta,  kab-kay'tah. 

Caracas,  kab-rab'kaa. 

Car'de-nas,  or  kar'day-naa. 

Carihbe'an. 

CarnblM?e. 

Carlscrona,  karls-kroo'na. 

Carlsruhe.  karls'roo. 

rnrtbarrena,  kar-ta-JVaab. 

frtjihsflr'. 

Cash  mere'. 

Castigllona,  kahs-t^el-jo'nay. 


Oatoebe,  kab-to-cbay'. 

Cat'le-gat 

Cau 'casus. 

Cayenne,  kl-en 

Cavman.  kl-man'. 

Celebes,  sel'e-beea. 

Corlgo,  cber'e-ga 

Cavennes,  sa-ven'. 

Cey'loD. 

Cfaaeres,  sbah'irres. 

Chaleiir,  shab-l(K>r'. 

ChapuUe|>er-,  chab-|VH>Uta-pek'. 

Chateaugay,  Kbat't»-^'ay. 

Chaudiere,  sbiwle-air', 

Chaumont,  sbtt-nulnt;',  or  sbo-mo'. 

Chatauqua,  shA'-taw'qwa. 

Chemung,  sbi'-mung'. 

Cherburg,  sher'burg, 

Che'Sun'coi>k. 

Cheviot,  cbiv'e-pt. 

Cheyenne,  sbe-en'. 

Chicago,  sbe*kaw'go. 

Chick-a-tiiau^ga. 

Cblck'a-saw. 

(-'bicopee,  ehik-o-pe'. 

Cbihuahuo,  cbu-wah'wah. 

Chill,  cbil'le. 

Cbll.ll-cotb'e. 

Chlloe,  che-Io-ay'. 

Cblniborazo,  chitn-bi>-rab'zo. 

Chlncba,  cbln'chah. 

Chinchilla,  cbln-cbeel'yah. 

Chlncoteague,  cbin-ko-teeg'. 

ChiriquI,  cbe-re-ko'. 

Cboco,  cbr>'ko. 

Chowan,  cbo-wawn'. 

Chuqui»aca,  cboo-ke-sab'kab. 

iienmegos,  »e-en-f\vav'iro». 

Cincinnati,  »in-»ln-nalt'le. 

Cludod  Real.  Ro-ttonlad'  ra-ahV. 

Clvlta  Vecchin,  che've-tah  vek'ha-ah. 

Cler-mt.nt'. 

Coahulla,  ko-ab-we'lah. 

Coatzacoalrtts,  ko-abt-sab-kwabl'koca 

Cobija.  ko-bfliab. 

('ognac,  kon-yak'. 

Cohahuila,  ko-ab-wi/Iab. 

(-'oboes'. 

Cole-raine'. 

Colima,  ko-le'mah. 

Cologne,  ko-lonu'. 

Colorado,  kol-o-rah'do. 

Comayagua,  ko-ud-ab'gwah. 

Com'o-rln. 

Com'o-ro. 

Concha,  kon'cbah. 

Concord,  konk'unl 

C^^nea^ee,  kong-ga-re'. 

Con-hoc'um. 

Connaugbt,  kon'nawt. 

ConnecMcut,  kon-net'e-kat 

Contrenis,  kon-tray'ras. 

Coqninil>o,  ko-keem'bo. 

Coralline,  kor'al-iln. 

Cor'do-va. 

Cor-fti'.  or  kor-foo'. 

0>r'inth. 

Cor'rl-en'tesL 

Cott'andesPralriea.ko-to'day-pray-ra' 

(otopaxi.  ko-to-paks'e. 

Coupee,  koo-pay'. 

Coxsackle,  kook-aawlta, 

Cracow,  kray'kn. 

Cniatia,  kn^-a'sha-a. 

Croix,  St..  knti. 

Cuenco,  kwen'kah. 

Cumana,  k<Mi-timb-aah 

Curacoa,  ku-ra-so'. 

Cuyahoga,  kl-a-bo'ga. 

Cusoo,  kooa'ko. 

Cy-re'ne. 


Pahompy,  dab-bo'may. 
Dalbousfe.  dal-luK>'zi'. 
Dnimatia,  dal-may'she-ab. 
I)alton.  dawl'ton. 
Dantzlc,  dant'sik. 
Dan'ube. 

DnupbiD,  daw'fin. 
Del  Fuerte,  del  fwer'tay. 
Del-hi'.  or  delle. 
I)em'be-a 

Pemerara,  dem-^-raVrah, 
Derne,  der'neh. 
Pcs'er-eL 

I>es  Moines,  dc^moln'. 
Dea  Plaincs,  dav-plane'. 
Dhawalachiri,  dah-wah-lair-gher'ra. 
Diarbeklr,  de-ar-bay-kaer'. 
Dnieper,  n  'per. 
'Dniester,  nees'ter. 
Dominica,  dom-#-nf'ka. 
Donegal,  don-e-gnwl'. 
Donffolo,  dong'go-la. 
Dor'chestor. 
Dnrdogne.  dor-dfine'. 
Droifheda,  drob'he-diL 
Dutmque,  dn-book'. 
Duero,  d<M>-ay'ra 


Dun-dalk'. 
Dunniirk. 
D' Urban,  dnrlwn. 


Kcbellos.  Lea.  layi-a-aheP. 

Ecuador',  or  Equador' 

Kdfou.  etl'foo. 

Kdinburgb,  edln-bur-rah. 

Kdlitto. 

Kider,  I'der. 

KlbtM.rz'. 

Kl  I>orada,  do.rabMa 

Eteutbern.  e-UHy'tha-rah. 

Klgln,  t-l'ghln. 

El  I*tis(»del  N'orte.el'pab'aodalnor^ 

Enirland,  ing'laiid. 

Kr'e-bus. 

E'rin. 

F^o'pus. 

Erxgebirge,  ert»-ea-be«r'ga. 

K8plrit4>  gaoto,  ea-pa'ra-to-aaiito 

I-^uimaux,  e^'k^mo. 

Ktienne,  ay-te-on'. 

Et'o-wab. 

Euphrates,    u-fhiy'taaa. 

Eureka,  yot>-re'kui. 

Eutaw,  yoo'taw. 

Euxinc,  yuxin. 

Ev'er-esL 

Ezuma,  ez-oo'mah. 

P. 

Faaborg,  fo'borg, 

Falkland,  fawkland. 

Falmouth,  fal'mutli. 

Faroe,  fay'ro. 

Fauquier,  faw-keeK 

Fayal,  fi-owl'. 

Fay 'etu  villa. 

Fee^ee. 

Ferrol,  fer*iole'. 

Fez-zan'. 

Fitcbtctgeblrge,  flk-tei-ga-baoKg^ 

Finlaterre,  fin-I»*tape'. 

Fiord,  fe-ord'. 

Flamborougb,  flam'bur-ruh. 

Flo'rea. 

Foggla,  fod'Jah. 

Fond  du  Lac,  fond-ilu-Uk'. 

Formentcra,  for*men-tay'rah. 

Foulah.  fcHi'lah. 

Frbs  fro'o. 

Fron-te-nac'. 

Funcbal,  foon-sbal'. 


Gaeta,  gah-aytah. 

Galilee,  gal'e-l(>. 

Galllnaa,  gal-le'oaa. 

Galway,  gawFwaj. 

Oan'gea. 

Garonne,  gah-rona'. 

Gaspo,  gabs-pay'. 

QatlneaD,  gah-te-no'. 

Gen'o-a. 

Geral,  ihay-rabK. 

Geysera,  gbl'zera. 

Ghent,  p  hard. 

Oihon,  fe-hon'. 

Gila,  bclab. 

Gil-tK>'a,  (7  bard. 

Gil'c-ad. 

Olaagow,  glaa'ga. 

Gloncester,  glw'ter. 

Goderlcb.  ginle'rlk. 

Gotba.  (To'uli, 

Ootbanl.  gi't'hart 

Oracias-a-Dios,  grah'se-aba-ah-de-oa'. 

Granada,  grah-nah'dah. 

Oreenwich.  grlnll,  or  jfreenlch. 

Ouadalaxara,  gwah-dab-lab-bab'rah, 

GowUlqoiv'er. 

Ouanabanl,  gwah-nah-hah'ne. 

Quanaxnato.  gwab-nab-hwabto. 

QuardaAii.  gwar-ftah-fwee'. 

Guayaqidl,  gwl-ah-kecK. 

Guaymsfi,  gwl'moa. 

Guernsey,  ghcrn'ze. 

Guiana,  ge-ah'na. 

Ouyaodolte,  gl-aa-dot^ 

H. 

noffiie,  hatg. 

Itainan.  bl-nahn'. 

Ilakofladt,  hah-ko-4lah'de. 

IlauAsa.  how'sab. 

Haverhllt  (Maa^.),bay'rer-n. 

HaTerhlll  (Eng.),  hav'er-il. 

Havre  de  Onre,  bar'ar-de-graaa 

HawnlLbah-wl'e. 

1 1  ay  1 1.  bay't4*. 

Haytien,  hay'te-en. 

Heidelberg,  hi'del-barg, 

Herat,  her-aht'. 


Hianaibu.  ht-ah-wabthalk 

Jlimalay'a. 

Hindoos  tan'. 

Ho-ang'Ho. 

Ho'bo-ken. 

Holstein,  bol'attne. 

llol'yoka. 

HoitoluOu. 

U(>usat«>nlc,  htM>-««-toB'llL 

Hue.  bou-ay'. 

Ihi'ron. 

lly-dcr-a-bad'. 

I. 

IMalio. 

lllimnni.  p«1-yah>llub^M. 

Illinois,  ll-lin.<>v'. 

Inillrs.  Iri'dll. 

Inillglilm,   ln-<l»-KhltOuh, 

Innftpriirk,  In.'iiruok. 

Inverncu^ 

I'owt. 

Irkiiuuk'. 

IrtkOtfoiii,  ir-tflcwor'. 

Ir-t/sli. 

ItIos  e-vc'Mh. 

J. 

JUaiM,  li«h-laht»Ii. 
^•daa,  jTMl'tloi 
Jama,  jrn'M. 
Jornllo,  lio-rool'yn. 
JiinfffVau,  yiKine*tTcw. 
JudUU,  jixbDC-sli'Uh. 


Kal.t*ma.zo</. 

KmoitMhatka,  kani-ohatHc*. 

Kanagawa.  kaii-a-imii'wah. 

Kanawha,  kn-naw'wa. 

Kankakrr,  kan-ksw'ke. 

Kara,  kali'rah. 

Ka-UhMln. 

Kehl.  kalL 

Kelat'. 

Kpn-ne*bpc', 

Kt'..-kiik. 

KharUioin', 

Kliira,  kw/vah. 

Khnkan,  ko-kahn'. 

Klank-kn,  ke-an(-k«w'. 

KIckapoo'. 

Kiel,  keel. 

Kiuftlu,  kt-ofZ-te-oo'. 

K.iko-Nur'. 

Kortlofan,  kor-clo-fabn'. 

Kuen*Lun.  kwen-loon'. 

L 

Lab-ra-dor', 

Lacblne,  lah-sheen'. 

Ladakh,  lali-dakh. 

Lago  Magglore,  lah'go  nahd-jt/ra. 

La  Ouavra,  lah  gwi'rah. 

Lahore'. 

lAno'aaUr. 

Languedoc,  lon-gah-dok'. 

Lana,  lab'oce. 

I.A  riata,  lab-plab'tah. 

La  Forli'.  lab-port'. 

La  Kup,  lah'r<K>'. 

La  8allo,  lab-sal'. 

U-h,  Uy. 

LeicaBt«-r,  les'ter. 

I.>eigh.  lee. 

Lel|»bic,  llpe'»ik. 

Leyden.  ll'den. 

LlchtenfeK  llk'ten-fala. 

Lille,  or  Ltste.  leel. 

Lima  (Peru),  le'mah ;  (U.  8.),  U'mi 

Linnlie,  lin'ne. 

Lipart.  Ilp'a-re. 

LlanoK,  Tyab'noce. 

Locb  Ix>mund,  lok-lo'DDand. 

Lofft/den. 

Loire,  Iwabr. 

Loo  Cboo,  loo-tchoo'. 

L(»U|ch  Neagh,  lob*nay'. 

Lonli,  8t .  sent  1<m>1s.  or  lot/au 

I^oulsiade,  lo<*-e-zc-abd'. 

Louisville,  loo^vii 

Lowell,  lo'eL 

Lneayos,  Uio-kl'oa. 

Lupata,  lu-pah'tab. 

Luzon,  l«M».z<»n«'. 

Lyonnala,  l«-ofi-iui7^ 


Macao,  mah-kab'o,  or  mah-kow< 

Mackinaw. 

Madeira,  ma-da'rah. 

Madras'. 


112 


MOy^TElTWS  PHYSICAL  AND  POLITICAL   GEOGRAPHY. 


Madrid' (U.S.);  mah-dreed' (8p.) 
Maelstrom,  niajPstruoi. 
Mageroe,  inajr'or-o, 

Mitjrglore,  mahdjo'ra. 

Malaga,  or  D>ahaah-gah. 

Ma-lay'. 

Mai 'dives 

Managua,  mah-nah'gwah. 

Manitoiiwoc,  man*e-too-wok'. 

Man'tti-a. 

Manzanilln,  inahn-aah*necl'yo. 

Mapoclio,  mah-po'cho. 

Maraciiybo,  inah-rah-kl'bo. 

Marantiatir. 

Maranon,  inah-rahn-yon'. 

Mar'ino-ra. 

Marquesas,  mnr-kay'saha, 

Marseilles,  rnahr-salls'. 

Marguerite,  inar-geh-reet'. 

Martinique,  mar-ti-neek'. 

Ma-tan'zas. 

Matsinay,  mats-ml'. 

Mauch  Chunk,  mawk-chunk'. 

Mauritius,  maw-rish'a-us. 

Mayst,  mi'se. 

MozatiaD'. 

Medina,  me-de'nah. 

Meigs,  megz. 

Mcinatn,  ma-e-nam'. 

Melbourne,  mel'burn. 

Menai,  men'i,  or  men'ay. 

Me-nan'. 

Mendocino,  inen-<lo-se'no. 

Menom'onee. 

Mequinez,  mek'l-nez. 

Menda,  mer'e-<iah 

Merthyr  Tydvil,  mer'ther  tid'vil. 

Messina,  mes-se'nah. 

Meuso,  muzc. 

Mezene,  moz-ane', 

Mioco,  me-ah'ko. 

Miel/i-gan, 

Michilimackinac,inish-il-o-mak'd-naw 

Mil'an,  or  iiii-hlin'. 

Mille  Lacs,  meel-lahk'. 

Minatit'lan. 

Mincio,  min'tcho. 

Mindanao,  niin-dah-naVo. 

Minneliatia,  niin-ne-hah'hah. 

Mirainachee,  inir-a^ma-she^'. 

Mobile,  mo-beel'. 

Mocha,  ino'kah. 

Mod'e-na. 

Mog-a-dore'. 

MoIino-del-Koy,  mo-le'no-del-ray, 

Moin-poi,  mom-poh'. 

Monaco,  mo-nah'ko. 

Mon-cho-bo'. 

Montana,  nion-tah'nah. 

Mont  Blanc,  mon-blon. 

Mont  Cenis,  seh-ne'. 

Montenegro,  inon-ta-nay'gra 

Monterey,  nion-ta-ray'. 

Monte  video,  mon-ta-ve'da^. 

Mnntserrat'. 

Moscow,  mosTto. 

Moselle,  mo-zel'. 

Monrzouk,  moor-zookl 

Munich,  moo'nik. 

Muscat'. 

Muscatine,  mas-ka-teen'. 

Musco'gee,  g  bard. 

Muske'gon. 

K. 

Nshant'. 

Nagasaki,  nahg-ga-sah'ke. 

Nankin'. 

Napo,  nah'po. 

Nash'ua. 

Nauvoo'. 

Navarino,  nah-vah-re'no. 

Neagh,  nay. 

Negropont,  nay'gro-pont 

Nep'is-stng. 

NeufchateT,  nush-ah-tol'. 

Nevada,  nav-vah'dah, 

NewTonndT  nd 

New  Or'leariv 

Ngainl,  u'gah'ma. 

Nice,  neece. 

Nic'o-bar. 

Niger,  ni^«r. 

NiphoOf  nXt-orsf, 


Nord,  nor. 

Nottingham,  not'tlng-am. 

Norfolk.  norTok. 

Norwich  (Eng.),  nor'rij ;  (U.S.),  nor'' 

rich. 
Novgorod'. 
Nueces,  nway'ses. 
Nuevitas,  nway-ve'tas. 
Nyasci,  nyahs'se. 

0. 

Oahu,  wah'hoo, 

O'a-sls. 

Oaxacft,  wah-hah'kah. 

Obi,  o'be. 

Obidos,  o-be'dos. 

Ocmul'gee.  g  hard, 

Oco'nee. 

O'crocoke. 

Ogee'chee. 

0-kee-cho'bee. 

0-ke-fin-o'ke. 

0-kee-cho'bee, 

Okhotsk,  o-kotsk'. 

Omaha,  o'ma-haw. 

Oneida,  o-ni'da. 

Onondaga,  on-un-daw'ga. 

Ontonagon,  on-ton-ah'gon. 

Opelousas,  op-e-loo'sas. 

Orizaba,  o-re-sah'bah. 

Or'le-ans. 

Ortega!,  or-te-gahl'. 

Osh'kosh. 

Otaheito,  o-tah-he'te. 

Oude,  oml. 

Oase,  ooz. 

Oviedo,  o-ve-ay'do. 

Owyhee,  o-wi'e. 

0-zark'. 


Padua,  pad'yu-ah. 

Pais'ley. 

Pal'es-tino. 

Palo  Alto,  pah'lo  ahlto. 

Palos,  pah'loci\ 

Panama,  pah-nnh-raaV. 

Paoli,  pa-o'le. 

Papua,  pap'oo-a. 

Para,  pah-rah'. 

Parana,  pah-rah-nah', 

Paria,  pah're-ali. 

Pariina,  pah-re'mah. 

Paso,  pah'so. 

Patos,  pali'toce. 

Paz,  La,  lah-pahz. 

Pe-che-lee'. 

Pecos,  pay'koce. 

Peeks'kill. 

Pegu,  pe-goo'. 

Peiho,  pay'ho. 

Peipus,  pay'e-pus. 

Pekin'. 

Pelee,  peh-lay'. 

Pelew,  pe-loo'. 

Pelung,  pay-lung'. 

Pem'bina. 

Pepin,  pip'in. 

Perdido,  per-de'do. 

Pernambuco,  per-nahm-boo'ca 

Perouse,  pe-rooz'. 

Peru,  pe-roo'. 

Pesth,  pest. 

Petcbelee'. 

Petch'ora. 

Philippine,  fll'ip-pin. 

Pichincha,  pe-cheen'chah. 

Pictou,  pik-too'. 

Pied'mont 

Pierre,  pe-air'. 

Pilcomayo,  pil-ko-mi'o. 

Pinas,  pe'naus. 

Pisa,  pe'sah. 

Pisgah,  piz'gah. 

Plata,  La,  plah'tah. 

Plateau  du  C(>teau,plah-to'du  ko-to'. 

Pocotal'ico. 

Point  Coupee,  koo-pee'. 

Polignac,  po-leen-yahk', 

Pompeii,  pom-pay'e. 

Pond  1  cherry,  pon-de-sher're. 

Pontchartrain,  pon-sbar-traln'. 

Popayan,  po-pi-ahn'. 


Po-po-cat-a-petP. 

Porto  Praya,  pri'ah. 

Porto  Rico,  re'ko. 

Port  Paix,  por-pay'. 

Potosi,  po-t»'se. 

I*oughkeepsie,  po-kip'sa 

Powhatan'. 

Prairie  du  Chlon,  du  sheen. 

Presque  Isle,  presk-eeK. 

Puelwa.  pweb'Iah. 

Puerto  Principe,  pwer'topreen's«-pay. 

Puget,  pu'jet. 

Pulaski,  pu-las'ke. 

Piinjaub'. 

Putumayo,  poo-too-ml'o. 

Pyr'enees. 

a. 

Quebec'. 

Quillota,  keel-yo'tah. 
Quiloa,  keelo-a. 
Quin-e-baug'. 
Quito,  kee'to. 
Qaogue,  kwog. 

s. 

Racine,  Kas-seen'. 

Rahway,  raw'way. 

Raleigh,  raw'Ie. 

Rangoon,  rabn-goon'. 

Rapidan'. 

Baven'na. 

Beading,  red'ing. 

Kt^qio,  red^o. 

Reikiavik,  ri'ke-a-vik. 

Reims,  or  Kh?ims,  reemz. 

Rensselaer,  ron'se-ler. 

Resacade  l.i  Palma,  ra-s.-th'kah  dalah 

pal'mah. 
Restigoiiche,  rcs-te-goo-shay'. 
Reus,  ray'ooce. 

Bevillagigedo,ray-veeI-yah-he-hay'do 
Reyes,  ray'cs. 
Rhaetian,  re'shun. 
Rhea,  ray. 

Richelieu,  re-.she-loc/. 
Rideau,  re-do'. 

Riesengebirge,  re'sen-ga-beer'geh, 
Ri'ga,  or  re'ga. 
Rio  Dulce,  re'o-dool'sa. 
Rio  Grande,  re'o-grahn'day. 
Rio  Janeiro,  re'o-ja-ne'ro. 
Ristogouche,  ris-to-goo'sha. 
Rochelle,  ro-shell'. 
Roinagna,  ro-mahn'ya. 
Rouen,  roo'en. 

Russia,  rush'e-a,  or  roo'sho-a. 
Byswick,  riz'wik. 

s. 

Saar'dam. 

Sabine,  sah-been'. 

Sac,  sawk. 

Sackatoo,  sahk-kah-too'. 

Saco,  saw'ko. 

Saghalien,  sah-gahle-en. 

Sagliano,  .sahl-yah'no. 

8agua-la-Grande,  sah'gwah-lah- 

grahn'day. 
Saguenay,  sag-eh-nay'. 
Sahara,  sa-hah'rah. 
Saigon,  si-gon'. 
Salado,  sah-lah'do. 
Salisbury,  sawlz'ber-©. 
Salonica,  sah-lo-ne'k»h. 
Saltillo,  sahl-teel'yo. 
Salvador'. 

Samana,  sah-mah-nah'. 
Samarcand'. 
Sana,  sah-nah'. 

San  Bernardino,  sahn  ber-nar-de'no. 
San  Bias,  san  blalis'. 
San  Diego,  san  de-ay'go. 
San  Felipe,  fa-le'pay. 
Sangamon,  Sang'ga-mon. 
San  Joaquin,  wai'i-keen'. 
San  Jose,  ho-say'. 
San  Juan,  hoo-ahn'. 
San  Sal-va-dor'. 
Santa  Cruz,  sahn'ta-krooz. 
Santa  Fe,  fay. 

Santa  Margarita,  niahr-gah*ree'tah. 
Santiago,  sahn-te-ah'go. 
Saone,  sone. 


Saratof. 
Sas-katch'a-wan. 

Saugatuck.' 

Saugerties,  saw'ger-tees. 

Scheldt,  sitelt 

Schiedam,  ske-dain'. 

Schodak'. 

Schoo'dik. 

Schuyler,  skller. 

Schuylkill,  skool'kill 

Schwerin,  shway-reen'. 

Scinde. 

Scio,  si'o. 

Scioto,  si-o'to. 

Scutari,  skoo-tah'ree. 

Se-ba'go. 

Sego.  say'go. 

Seidlitz,  slde'titz. 

Seine,  sane. 

Senegal,  sen-e-gawl'. 

Serapis.  ser-ay'pis. 

Serglpe  del  Rey,  ser-zhe'pay-del-ray. 

Sevier,  se-veer'. 

Seychelles,  sa-shell'. 

Shamo,  sha-mo'. 

Shang-Hae,  shang-hi'. 

Shawangunk,  shoDg'gnm. 

She-boy'gan. 

Shen-an-do'ah. 

Shiraz,  she-rahz'. 

Shosh-ones'. 

Sierra  Leone,  se-er'rah  la-o'na. 

Sierra  Madre.  mali'dray. 

Sierra  Nevada,  nay-vah'dah. 

Singapore,  sing-gah-pore'. 

Sigonrney,  sig'ur-ne. 

Si-koke'. 

Sinai,  si'nay. 

SIn-o'pe. 

Sioot,  or  Siout,  se-oot^. 

"''MIX,  soo. 

Sir-i-r'ol,  seer-e-kol'. 

Sisal,  so-sii'..!' 

Sken-e-at'e-Ies. 

Skye,  ski. 

Sli'go. 

So-co'tra,  or  sok'o-trah, 

Solferino,  sol-fa-re'no. 

Sombrero,  som-bra'ro. 

Soodan',  or  Soudan'. 

Soo-loo'. 

Sorato,  so-rah'tab. 

So-rel'. 

Scutcheon,  8oo-che-o</. 

Spa,  spall. 

Spree,  spray. 

Stambonl'. 

St.  Ber-nard'. 

Ste'i.tin,  stet-teen'. 

Stromboli,  strom'bo-Ia. 

Stutt'gart. 

Su'ez. 

Suflfolk,  suffok. 

Sumatra,  soo-mah'trah. 

Sumbawa,  sum-baw'wah. 

Surinam,  soo-rin-am'. 

Suwanee,  soo-wah'ne, 

Swansea,  swon'se. 

Syr'a-cuse. 


Tabreez,  or  Tabriz,  tah-breez'. 

Ta-co'ny. 

Tahiti,  tah-he'te. 

Tah'Ie-quah. 

Taliaferro,  tol'c-yer. 

Tamnqua,  ta-maw'kwa. 

Tamaulipas,  tah-mou-le'pahs. 

Tampico,  tahm-pe'k<». 

Tananarivoo,  tah-nah-nah-re-voo'. 

Taney,  taw'ne. 

Tanganyika,  tahn-gan-ye'kah. 

Tangier,  tan-jeer'. 

Taos,  tah'oce. 

Tapidos,  tah-pah'-zhoce. 

Tarifa,  ta-re'fah. 

Taunton  (Mass.),  tahn'ton. 

Tchad,  chahd. 

Teheran,  teh-her-ahn'. 

T.'huantepec.  tay-won-tay-pek'. 

Terro.  Hon,  tare-bon'. 

Terre  Haute',  ter-reh-hote'. 

Teulada,  ta-oo-lah'dah. 


Tescuco,  tes-koo'ko. 
Thalo,  tah'leh. 
Thames,  teniz. 
Theiss,  Use. 
,  Thes-sa-lo-nl'ca. 
Thibet,  tib'et. 
Ticino,  to-chee'na 
Tientsin,  te-ent'seen. 
Tim-buc'too. 
Timor,  te-more'. 
TIticaca,  tit-e-kah'kah, 
Tivoli,  tiv'o-le. 
Tobago,  to-bav'go. 
Tonquln.  ton-keen'. 
To-pe'ka. 
Toulon'. 

Toulouse,  too-looz', 
Traf-al-gar'. 
Trob'i-zond. 
Tred'e-gar. 
Tre-mont', 
Trieste,  tre-est', 
Trin-i-dad'. 
Tripoli,  trip'o-le. 
Truxillo,  troo'h*el-yo. 
Tu-at'. 

Tuaricks,  too- ah -reeks'. 
Tubac,  too-bahk'. 
Tulare,  too-Iah'ray. 
Tungouses,  toong-goo'sez. 
Tunguragua,  titong-goo-rah'gwa, 
Tu'rin,  or  tu-iln'. 

u. 

Ucayale,  oo-kl-nhlay. 

UJije,  oo-je'je. 
Unadilla,  yoo-nali-dil'lah. 
Upernavik.  oo-per'nah-vik, 
Utrecht,  u'trekt. 

V. 

Valais,  vah-lay', 

Valdai,  vahl'di. 

Val'la-do-lid'. 

Valltjo,  vahl-ya'ho. 

Valparaiso,  val-pab-ri'zo. 

Van  Diemen's,  de'menz. 

Vera  Cruz,  vay'rah  kroos, 

Vergennes,  ver-jenz'. 

Vermejo,  ver-may'ho. 

Versellles,  ver-sails'. 

Ve-vay'. 

Vienna,  ve-en'na. 

Villa  Real,  veel'yah  ra-ahP, 

Vincennes,  vin-senz'. 

Vindhya,  vind'yah. 

Vist'u-Ia. 

Viviers,  ve-ve-ay'. 

w. 

Wachusett,  waw-choo'set. 

Wallaehia,  wol-lay'ke-a. 

Wartha,  wahr'tah. 

Washita,  wosh'e-taw. 

Wieliczka,  we-litch'ka. 

Wilkesbarre,  wilks'bar-re. 

Willa'mette. 

Wlnneba'go. 

Wlnnipiseogee,  win-e-pe-aaw'ke, 

Winona,  we-no'nah. 

Worcester,  wooa'ter. 

Wy-o'ming. 

Y. 

Yakoutsk,  yah-ko<)tsk'. 

Yang-tse-kiang,  kc-ahng', 

Yank' ton. 

Yap-hank. 

Ya-zoo'. 

Yenikale,  yen-c-kah'lay. 

Yenisei,  yen-e-say'e. 

Yeniseisk,  yen-e-say'isk. 

Youchiogheny.  yoh-ho-gay'ne. 

YpslTanti.  ip-si-fan'te. 


Zacatecas,  zah-kah-tay-kas 
Zam-beze',  or  zam-bay'ze. 
Zaniriiil)ar,  zang-ge-bar', 
Zanzil)ar'. 
Zuricli,  zoo'rik. 
Zuyder  Zee,  zi'der-zeo. 


EANING    OF    GEOGRAPHICAL    HAMES. 


Abyssinia,  &  mixed  people. 

Aix-la-Chapel!e,  waters  of  the  chapel. 

Alps,  snow-clad  mountains. 

Antigua,  ancient. 

Arizona,  sand  liills. 

Asia,  the  oast. 

Azores,  hawks. 

Bab-el-Mandel,  gate  of  tears. 

Bahia  Honda,  deep  bay. 

Baton  Rouge,  rod  staff. 

Bayou,  a  creek. 

Beileisle,  beautiful  island. 

Ben  Ldtnond,  beacon  mountain. 

Ben  More,  great  mountain. 

Blanc  or  Blanco,  white. 

Boml>ay,  good  harbor. 

Bon  Humme,  good  man. 


Bordeaux,  border  of  the  water. 
Bras  d'Or,  an  arm  of  gold. 
Buena  Vista,  fine  view. 
Buenos  Ayrei,  fine  air. 
Cairo,  victorious. 
Cape  Verd.  green  cape. 
Catskill,  cat's  or  lynx  oreek. 
Caucasus,  white  mountains. 
Cayuga,  long  pond. 
Cerro  Gordo,  mountain  pass. 
Charleston,  after  Charles  L,  of  Eng- 
Chesaneake.  great  waters.  [land. 

Chili,  land  ofenow. 
Chimborazo,  chimney. 
Chuquisaca,  golden  bridge. 
Clermont,  clear  mountain. 
Colorado,  red  or  colored. 


Cork,  marsh. 

Costa  Rica,  rich  C4)ast. 

Cumberland,  a  land  of  hollows. 

Delaware,  after  Lord  de  la  Ware. 

Des  Moines,  a  place  of  mounds. 

Dnieper,  upper  river. 

Dniester,  lower  river. 

Dwina.  (louble  river. 

Ebro,  foaming  river. 

Elbe,  white. 

El  Paso,  the  pass. 

Esniritu  Santo,  Holy  Spirit. 

Etniopia,  to  burn. 

Finisterre,  end  of  the  land. 

Florence,  flowery  city. 

Fond  du  Lac,  end  of  the  lake. 

Frio,  cold. 


Fuego,  fire. 

Galapagos,  tortoises. 

Glasgow,  dark  ravine. 

GracTos  4  Dios,  thanks  to  God. 

Havre  de  Grace,  harbor  of  safety. 

Hayti,  high  land. 

Henlopen,  run  In. 

Hudson,  after  Henry  Hadson. 

Irrawaddy,  great  river. 

Java,  rice. 

Jerusalem,  place  of  peace. 

Jordan,  the  flowing. 

Kansas,  smoky  water. 

Katahdin,  highest  place. 

Kennebec,  long  lake. 

Liberia,  free. 

Louisiana,  after  Louis  XIV.  of  Franco. 


Majorca,  ereater. 
Manitoulin,  spirit  IMands. 
Mediterranean,  middle  of  the  land. 
Minnehaha,  laughing  water. 
Mississippi,  great  river. 
Missouri,  muddy. 
Minorca,  less. 
Montreal,  royal  mountain. 
Nova  Scotia,  new  Scotland. 
Palestine,  land  of  wanderers. 
Patagonia,  clumsy  feet. 
Piedmont,  foot  of  the  mountain. 
Polynesia,  many  islands. 
San  Domingo,  holy  Sabbath. 
San  Salvadtir,  holy  Saviour. 
Santa  Cruz  or  Croix,  holy  cross. 
Santa  Fe,  holy  faith. 


A  View  of  the  Vo  Semite  Valley,  in  the  Sierra  Nevada,  looking  up  the  Valley  (E  by  N.  E.)   On  tne  ngnt  or  aouth, 
it  thk  Bridal  Veil  Fall  (630  feet  i  on  the  left.  El  Capitan,  a  perpendicular  cliff  (3300  feet). 


OF   THE 


CAOinc  udfE, 


Longitude  Wt'st    119    from  Greenwich 


...  SB 

HurtMfdt  C/ 


/<? 


11 


:         oCamp  Mc  Ga 


„     .,..>,-„  ^  -U /°  Hunftlldt  City 

Smbky^Ci;Depot  ^~^r'//.      Stlj    f^ 


\i\-r~-^mgle  I.  ..■.':■■■*.'  0*\ /o  Hunfildt  City 

^s.PjO^      ^M  '  SmbkyiCpDepot  ^~^/-'^,j      Sii    ''■>       ■ 


PtCabrilloi 


^'^  ^te 


H^M.\^ 


Bcxtega  B. 

Pt.Reyeji 


v^^^^S^^ 


SAN  .f  RANCISC0^1^>^^lo|Kfc-=^/s5«-i:  V^ 

Moon  :Br%^^S^l;jsBfe;.,P;^M0M»^^ 


^de»to'^ 


Pe$caderoD 


N.nPy 


Santa*' 


,oO 


Mont«reyA 

1  "     " 


I  '  %0    taFcesiiP"""'''' 

afVrsalia 
T/A)N;..Lt5 


San  Simeoho=-jri7^i.._,.     _ 

San  _Clrt)DispO 
Pt.San  Lui8^-^». -  -J^BjfSitjBS; 

SanZuisJB.  \  ft.S<>'**riisS^  " 
1 44'«=^^s-++a-»S^ 


Grain 
"Qold 
vWine,  • 


8     i      I     V      •     r     I 


Wool 


\ 


V 


Commerce /L    VVheat 
Fruit* 
Manufactures 

^Quicksilver 
Beet  Sugar 

•silk 

*Grape> 

Oranges,  Lemons 
Figs,  Olivet 
Jea,  Coffee 


PRINCIPAL   PRODUCTS 

The  Star  Indlcktet  ttie  proanct 

Id  which  »  Bute  exceli  evary 

other  SUte  In  the  Unioo 


Ift.Sall 

pt.Artuiiia/^^^53 


*Bnd|^ort  -^Columbbs        » San  Antonio 

^)Mo^>if^  '''  ^      ^ 

'  l#4Sk  Ik.  t°4l)verP.ak 


K8y«tiii^/?ra>^iraa«:'«  am» 

Havll! 


3fo7iave  I. 

^BERN   A   r(^< 


4   ^r^ 


Pt.C(  nception  ^ 


fe.n  u-         "-'■«.0!B^J"t'«<A^     ».     1  '.l^sslon  S:<3rabritilj^5j 
•    Santa  Rosa) — ^        Santa  CniZ 


San  BuenaveniuTG 


'<*>•. 


RS.ernjjdiBO— " 


Santa  Batbarae 
San  NieolasS) 


Scale  of  3111m 


.  tJ--.  0  Wrap^.., 


100 


1  Clamonto 


Pt-LomaO 


1. 10,000- 


-MtStHal.hTH- 
9.750    A 

Mt.StJohnA 


Mt.Shastai\ 
14,44 1 /^V- 

*^         .  Laasan'a  Peak  Mt, 

ntn"o-,557 — 


Mt.Dana        ~~,  A     ' 

uo      'i3,i27/l\Mt.Lyell  /I  M 


X  A  L 


n:?* 


l',fo'^<>' 


,\»o"> 


a- 


Level  of  the  Sea.       Pt.Reves 


^Mt.Ulablo   ii6»" 


Vft.      Sierra  Nevada  » V- 

'^O 


/vMtSan  Bernardino 
JJi).      8,370 


.4»\\a!l 


*£^::=SOTKa-,-»iia£.,o— ^ 


SECTION  ACROSS  THE  STATES  OF  CA-IFOKNIA  &  NtVADA 


MONTEITH'S  GEOGRAPHY   OF  THE   PACIFIC   SLOPE. 


3 


)||ALIFORNIA  AND  |i,EVADA. 
EXERCISES    ON    THE    MAP. 

CALIFORNIA,  — what  parallel  of  latitude  on  its  northern  boundary  ?  On 
or  near  its  southern  boundary  ?     What  river  forms  part  of  its  boundary  ? 

What  is  the  length  of  California  from  north  to  south  ?  {Apply  the  teale 
of  milet.)  What  is  its  breadth  ?  What  high  mountain  range  in  the  eastern 
jjurt  of  the  State  ?     What  range  in  the  western  part  ? 

What  two  large  rivers  drain  the  great  valley  between  those  ranges! 

Which  flows  from  the  north  1    From  the  south  I 

What  tributaries  has  the  Sacramento  ?    The  San  Joaquin  I 

What  large  river  in  the  north-western  part  of  California  ?  What  lakes 
are  drained  by  the  Klamath  River  ?   What  river  empties  into  Monterey  Bay  t 

What  is  the  largest  lake  in  California  ?     What  rivers  empty  into  it  ? 

What  is  the  largest  city  in  California  t  (An$. — .Sun  Franeiteo.)  On 
what  bay  is  it  situated  ? 

What  bays  on  the  coast  of  California,  north  of  San  Francisco  ?    South  ? 

( The  teacher  wiU  adapt  the  foUowing  eaureue*  to  the  State  vr  Territory  in 
which  he  reridet.) 

In  what  county  do  you  live  ?  In  what  part  of  the  State  is  it  ?  Has  it 
any  sea  coast  ?    Any  boundary  river  ?    Does  any  river  run  through  it  ? 

By  what  counties  is  your  county  surrounded  t 

What  are  the  northern  counties  of  your  State?  The  sonthem  t  The  central? 

What  is  the  capital  of  the  State  ?  How  is  it  situated  ?  What  is  the 
county  town  of  your  county  ?    Of  each  of  the  surrounding  counties  ? 

Draw  an  outline  of  your  State,  beginning  at  the  north-west  comer, 
and  proceed  easterly,  thence  southerly,  and  so  on.  Insert,  in  order,  the 
mountains,  the  rivers,  the  lakes,  and  the  bays,  with  their  names.  Write 
your  name  on  your  paper  or  slate,  and  after  your  drawing  has  been  ex- 
amined by  the  teacher,  proceed  with  the  following  lessons :  Insert  the 
counties  and  their  county  towns ;  next,  insert  the  other  cities  and  towns, 
then  the  islands,  capes,  &c.,  and  complete  the  map. 

NEVADA, — what  parallel  of  latitude  forms  its  northern  boundary! 

What  State  and  Territory  north  of  Nevada  ?   What  two  Territories  east! 

Wiat  State  west  ?     What  mountain  chains  in  Nevada  ? 

In  what  part  of  the  State  are  they  ?    In  what  direction  do<they  extend  ! 

What  river  on  its  south-eastern  boundary  ? 

What  tributary  of  the  Colorado  flows  through  the  south-eastern  part  of 
Nevada  ?   What  is  the  principal  river  in  Nevada  ?   Into  what  does  it  empty  ? 

What  tributaries  has  the  Humboldt  ftx)m  the  south  ?    From  the  north  ? 

What  railroad  runs  along  the  Humboldt  Valley  ? 

In  what  part  of  the  State  are  most  of  its  lakes  ?    Mention  their  names  ! 

Have  they  any  outlets  to  the  ocean  ?  ^ 

What  water  communication  has  Nevada  with  the  ocean! 
!      What  counties  border  on  California  i    On  Oregon  ?    On  Idaho  ?    On 
i  Utah  ?    On  the  Colorado  River  ?   What  counties  do  not  extend  to  any  part 
j  of  the  border  I    Through  what  counties  does  the  Pacific  Railroad  pass  ? 


CITIES    AND    TCWNS. 

In  what  part  of  the  Slate  are  they  situated  f    On  or  near  what  teatvret 
In  what  rountien  are  they?     Which  are  county  towns  f 


SAN   FRANCISCO, 
SACRAMENTO, 
SAN    JOSE. 
MARYSVILLE, 
STOCKTON, 
NEVADA  CITY, 
CRESCENT  CITY, 
ORLEANS  BAR, 
YREKA, 
TRINIDAD, 
EUREKA, 

HUMBOLDT  CITY. 
WEAVERVILLE, 
CANON  CITY. 
SHASTA  CITY, 
SUSANVILLE, 
QUINCY. 
RED  BLUFF, 
GROVE   CITY. 
OROVILLE, 


C :  A.  I..  I  K- 

DOWNIEVILLE, 

COLUSA, 

UKIAH    CITY, 

YUBA   CITY, 

LAKEPORT, 

WOODLAND, 

AUBURN, 

PLACERVILLE, 

COLOMA, 

SANTA   ROSA, 

NAPA. 

FAIRFIELD, 

BENICIA, 

PETALUMA. 

JACKSON. 

SILVER   MT.  CITY, 

VALLEJO. 

BRIDGEPORT. 

MONOVILLE, 

SAN  ANDREAS. 


o  11  i<r  I A . 

SAN    RAFAEL, 
MARTINEZ, 
SONORA. 
SAN    LEANDRO. 
SNELLINGS. 
MARIPOSA. 
BENTON. 
SANTA  CLARA, 
REDWOOD  CITY. 
OWENSVILLE, 
MILLERTON. 
SANTA  CRUZ. 
GILROY. 
SCOTTSBURQH, 
MONTEREY, 
VISALIA. 
SAN  ANTONIO, 
WOODVILLE. 
SAN  LUIS  OBISPO, 
HAVILAH. 


KEYSVILLE, 
SANTA  BARBARA, 
San  BUENAVENTURA 
LOS    ANGELES, 
SAN  BERNARDINO, 
WILMINGTON, 
SAN   DIEGO, 
OAKLAND, 
ALAMEDA, 
BROOKLYN, 
DUTCH  FLAT. 
FOLSOM, 
FORT  YUMA. 
GRASS  VALLEY. 
SAN  FERNANDO. 
HEALDSBURQ. 
PESCADERO, 
SONOMA. 
WATSONVILLE, 
ANTIOCH. 


-BfE-V  AT>A. 


VIRGINIA  CITY. 
CARSON  CITY, 
AUSTIN. 
DAYTON, 
UNIONVILLE, 


WASHOE  CITY, 

STILLWATER. 
LA  PLATA, 
AURORA, 
BELMONT. 


HUMBOLDT. 
GENEVA, 
LANDER  CITY. 
CALLVILLE, 
ST,  THOMAS, 


MILL  CITY, 
HIKO. 

HAMILTON, 
TREASURE  CITY. 
ELKO. 


MOUNTAIN    RANGES. 

Whtre  eituatadi    In  wK€U  dir«etio»  Ac  they  extend? 

Sierra  Nevada,    Santa  Cruz,     Santa  Luou,     Gavilan, 
Coast  Range,       Siskiyou,  San  Rafael,      Granh-e, 

Pirr  River,         Totabe,  White,  Humboldt? 

MOUNTAIN    PEAKS. 

Where  eUuated  T 
Sierra   Nw>'ad«. 

Mt.  Whttnet,    Mt.  Tyndall,    Mt.  Brewer,    Mt.  Lyell, 
Mt.  Shasta,       Mt.  EAn'EAH,    Mt.  Dana,        Castle  Peak  ? 

<  'oaHt    llu  ii|E4^> 

S.  Bernardino,       Pierce,         Hamilton,         Diablo, 
Ballet,  Tamalpab  ? 

RIVERS. 

Where  do  tkcy  rieef      What  eoureet  do  they  liUteT     Into  wfcot  «ea«er«  do 

they  flowf 


Sacramento? 
Klamath? 
Hubtboldt? 
San  Joaquin? 
Fresno? 
;? 


Carbon? 

Feather? 

Trinity? 

Eel? 

Merged? 

Tbuokee  ? 


Russian  ? 

American? 

Tuolumne? 

Mariposa? 

Stanislaus? 

Walker? 


Kern? 
Tulare? 

M0HA\'E  ? 

Salinas? 
Santa  Clara  ? 
Napa? 


LAKES. 

Where  mre  they?     What  are  their  inlete  mnd  outl«tat 


Tulare?  Goose? 

Lower  Klamath?  Owens  ? 
Mono?  Mud?  . 

Tahoe  ?  Clear  ? 

Buena  Vista  ?      Honey  ? 


Pyramid? 
Walker? 

WnOJEMUCCA? 

Wright? 
Mohave  ? 


Carson? 

Franklin? 

Kern? 

Eagle? 

Rhett? 


CAPES    OR    POINTS. 

from  what  counties  do  they  prufeetT 

Mendocino?        Arena?  Loma?  Conceptioh? 

St.  George?       Reyes?  San  Luis?        Vincent? 

Gold  Bluff?      Point  Pinob?  Pt.  Arquilla?  Point  Sal? 

BAYS. 

Where  mre  they  ?      Into  what  waters  do  they  open  t 

Trinidad?         San  Francisco?     Estero?         San  Pedbo? 
Humboldt?      Half  Moon?         San  Luis?     San  Diego? 

STRAITS    AND    CHANNELS. 

What  lands  do  they  separate  ?      Wtiat  waters  do  they  ennneet  t 


GktLDEN  Gate? 


Santa  Barbara  Channel? 


ISLANDS. 

Where  are  they  T      By  what  waters  are  thry  surrounded  f 

Farallone?  San  Miguel?  San  Clemente?  Santa  Barbara? 
Santa  Cruz  ?  Santa  Rosa  ?  San  Nicolas  ?   Santa  Catalina  ? 


MONTEITH'S  GEOGRAPHY    OF   THE   PACIFIC   SLOPE. 


Descriptive  |eography. 

1.  CALIFORNIA  is  situated  in  the  western  paxt  of  the 
United  States,  on  the  Pacific  Coast. 

2.  Jt  Extends  from  Oregon  on  the  north  to  Lower  Califor- 
nia on  the  south. 

3.  Its  Length  is  about  750  miles,  its  average  breadth  250 
miles,  and  its  area  about  189,000  square  miles. 

4.  In  Size,  it  is  the  second  State  in  the  Union,  Texas  being 
the  largest.  It  is  about  as  large  as  the  Eastern  and  Middle 
States  combined. 

5.  Its  Northern  Boundary  is  the  parallel  of  42°  north  lati- 
tude, and  is  nearly  in  a  line  with  the  northern  boundaries  of 
Indiana,  Ohio,  Pennsylvania,  Connecticut,  and  Ehode  Island. 

6.  The  State  lies  in  the  same  General  Direction  as  its  coast 
line  and  mountain  ranges. 

7.  The  irrincipal  Mountain  Ranges  are  two,  the  Sierra 
Nevada  in  the  eastern,  and  the  Coast  Eange  in  the  western 
part  of  the  State  ;  these  ranges  unite  ia  the  northern  and 
southern  parts  of  the  State. 

8.  These  two  Ranges  enclose  the  great  vaUey  of  California, 
which  is  drained  by  the  two  largest  rivers  iu  the  State,  the 
Sacramento  and  San  Joaquia. 

9.  The  Coast  Mountains  are  near  the  coast,  and  rise  to 
heights  varying  from  2,000  to  4,000  feet.  In  the  northern 
part  of  the  State  they  are  covered  with  luxuriant  forests. 

10.  lietween  their  Ridges  are  numerous  valleys  noted  for 
their  beauty,  richness,  and  salubrity  (see  page  37,  paragraphs 
25  and  38). 

11.  The  Sierra  Nevada  (snowy  range),  which  extends  along 
the  eastern  part  of  the  State,  rises  generally  above  the  snow 
limit,  having  many  peaks  varying  from  7,000  to  15,000  feet  in 
height. 

12.  The  most  Noted  Peaks  in  the  State  are,  in  the  Sierra 
Nevadas,  Mt.  Whitney,  15,086  feet  high ;  Mt.  Shasta,  14,442 
feet ;  Mt.  TyndaU,  14,386  feet ;  Mt.  Kaweah,  14,000  feet ;  Mt. 
Dana,  13,227  feet ;  Mt.  Lyell,  13,217  feet ;  and,  in  the  Coast 
Eange,  Mt.  San  Bernardino,  8,370  feet;  Mt.  BaUey,  6,357 
feet;  Mt.  Pierce,  6,000  feet;  Mt.  Hamilton,  4,450  feet;  and 
Mt.  Diablo,  3,876  feet. 

13.  The  Frlncijml  Valleys  of  the  State  are  the  Sacramento, 
San  Joaquin,  Santa  Clara,  Pajaro,  Salinas,  Shasta,  Scott, 
Napa,  Amador,  and  Eussian  Eiver. 

14.  The  Yo  Semite  Valley ,  in  the  SieiTa  Nevada  Mountains, 
is  celebrated  for  the  grandeur  of  its  scenery.  It  is  formed  by 
the  Merced  Eiver,  and  is  situated  in  Mariposa  County,  250 
miles  from  San  Francisco.  It  is  about  8  miles  long,  and  from 
half  a  mile  to  one  mile  wide,  enclosed  by  precipitous  walls  of 
rock,  rising  at  one  point  4,737  feet  above  the  level  of  the 
river. 

The  highest  water-fall  known  in  the  world  is  the  To  Semite, 
on  the  north  side  of  this  valley,  descending  in  three  fall's, 
2,600  feet,  the  highest  being  1,500  feet. 

15.  The  Geysers,  in  Sonoma  County,  are  hot  springs,  which 
emit  water  and  steam  containing  various  salts. 

16.  Lakes.  Tulare  Lake  is  the  largest  lake  in  the  State. 
Lake  Tahoe  is  6,000  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  and  is 
remarkable  for  the  clearress  of  its  water.    The  water  of  Mono 


Lake  is  exceedingly  salt.  Borax  Lake  is  so  named  from  the 
presence  of  borax  in  large  quantities  in  the  mud  at  its 
bottom. 

17.  Bays.  San  Francisco  Bay,  communicating  with  the 
Pacific  Ocean  by  the  Golden  Gate,  is  about  60  miles  long  and 
10  miles  wide.  It  affords  an  extensive  and  excellent  harbor. 
San  Pablo  and  Suisun  Bays  are  properly  continuations  of  San 
Francisco  Bay,  the  latter  receiving  the  Sacramento  and  San 
Joaquin  Eivers.  Humboldt  Bay,  about  12  miles  long  and  4 
miles  wide,  is  a  great  lumber  shipping  port.  Wilmington  Bay, 
at  the  head  of  San  Pedro  Bay,  is  the  shipping  point  for  Los 
Angeles  and  San  Bernardino  Counties.  San  Diego  Bay  is, 
next  to  San  Francisco  Bay,  the  best  harbor  in  the  State. 

18.  Islands,  The  Farallone  Islands,  23  miles  outside  the 
Golden  Gate,  belong  to  San  Francisco  County.  Santa  Cruz, 
San  Miguel,  Santa  Eosa,  and  San  Nicolas  are  chiefly  valuable 
for  sheep  raising.  Most  of  the  Bay  Islands  belong  to  tlio 
United  States,  and  are  used  for  harbor  defence.  The  United 
States  Navy  Yard  is  situated  on  Mare  Island. 

19.  The  Climate  of  California  is  milder  and  more  equable 
than  that  of  the  Atlantic  or  Central  States  in  the  same  lati- 
tude. The  mean  temperature  of  San  Francisco  in  September 
is  58  degrees,  and  in  January  50  degrees,  being  a  difference 
of  only  8  degrees  between  the  warmest  and  coldest  months. 

20.  The  Summers  are  dry,  and  the  winters  rainy  (see  page 
37,  paragraphs  21,  22,  23,  31  and  38). 

21.  In  the  Sonth-eastern  Part  of  the  State  is  a  desert 
region  where  the  heat  is  intense. 

22.  The  Agricultural  Productions  are  varied  and  abundant, 
including  those  of  both  temperate  and  tropical  regions.  Aside 
from  the  great  mineral  wealth  of  the  State,  its  soil  and  climate 
render  it  one  of  the  richest  countries  in  the  world. 

23.  Tlie  Principal  Agricultural  Productions  are  wheat, 
barley,  grapes,  sugar  beet,  hops  and  various  kinds  of  fruits. 
The  yield  of  wheat  is  about  30,000,000  bushels  annually  ; 
of  barley  over  7,000,000  bushels  ;  and  of  wine,  about  5,000,000 
gallons.  The  rearing  of  sUk-worms  receives  considerable 
attention. 

24.  The  Forests  furnish  valuable  timber,  including  redwood, 
oak,  pine,  laurel,  and  cedar. 

25.  The  Big  Trees  {sequoia  gigantea),  a  species  of  redwood, 
are  found  in  several  groves,  the  most  noted  being  in  Calaveras 
County.  The  largest  trees  are  about  30  feet  in  diameter  and 
about  350  feet  in  height. 

26.  Slieep  Raising  is  an  important  interest  in  California  and 
on  some  of  the  neighboring  islands.  In  1874  the  product  was 
more  than  36,000,000  pounds  of  wool. 

27.  The  leading  Mineral  Productions  are  gold,  mercury, 
silver,  and  copper;  besides  these  are  iron,  platinum,  coal, 
nickel,  salt,  borax,  lead,  tin,  zinc,  etc. 

28.  The  Methods  of  Mining  Gold  are  three  :  quartz  mining, 
placer  mining,  and  hydraulic  mining. 

29.  T/te  laliie  of  the  Gold  taken  from  California  since  1849 
is  $1,000,000,000.  The  largest  amount  in  one  year  was  in 
1853,  $65,000,000. 

30.  The  most  Noted  Quicksilver  Mine  is  at  New  Almaden, 
Santa  Clara  County,  producing  about  2,000,000  pounds  a 
year. 

31.  The  Best  Coal  in  the  State  is  found  on  Mount  Diablo. 


MONTEITH'S  GEOGRAPHY   OF  THE   PACIFIC   SLOPE. 


8 


32.  The  Manufactiirinff  Interegttt  of  the  State  have  ad- 
vanced rapidly,  amounting,  in  1870,  to  $66,000,000.  They 
include  woolen  and  cotton  goods,  flour,  sugar,  iron,  lumber, 
leather,  glass,  powder,  paper,  lime,  carriages — in  short,  nearly 
all  kinds  of  goods  used  in  the  State. 

33.  The  Covinterce  of  California  is  of  great  importance,  and 
is  constantly  increasing.  It  has  been  greatly  promoted  by  the 
establishment  of  a  line  of  steamers  to  China  and  Japan,  and 
the  completion  of  the  Pacific  Railroad,  thus  facilitating  trade 
between  Europe  and  Eastern  Asia,  by  way  of  San  Francisco. 
It  woiold  be  further  advanced  by  the  construction  of  a  canal 
across  the  Isthmus  of  Panama.  The  State  has  also  an  increas- 
ing trade  with  the  Sandwich  Islands,  Australia,  Mexico,  and 
other  countries. 

34.  T/ie  Principal  Exports  of  the  State  are  gold,  grain, 
quicksilver,  wool,  and  wine. 

35.  Excellent  Facilities  for  Traveling  throughout  the  State 
are  furnished  by  its  extensive  and  rapidly  increasing  system 
of  railroads,  and  its  bay  and  river  steamers. 

36.  San  Francisco,  the  Metropolis  of  the  Pacific  coast,  is 
situated  on  the  north-eastern  part  of  a  peninsula  which  is 
embraced  between  the  Bay  of  San  Francisco  and  the  Pacific 
Ocean.  It  was  first  settled  in  1835,  and  was  formerly  called 
"  Terba  Buena." 

37.  San  Francisco  is  remarkable  for  the  rapidity  of  its 
growth.  Its  population,  which  in  1845  numbered  but  150,  is 
now  about  172,000. 

38.  The  Chief  Stutiness  of  the  city  is  commerce.  Its  manu- 
factures are  also  varied  and  extensive. 

39.  27t«  Public  Schools  of  San  Francisco  are  numerous  and 
admirably  conducted.  Some  of  the  school-houses  arc  among 
•the  finest  buildings  in  the  city. 

40.  Sacramento,  the  capital,  is  the  second  city  in  the  State 
in  size.  It  is  situated  on  the  east  bank  of  the  Sacramento 
River,  at  its  junction  with  the  American,  in  the  midst  of  one  of 
the  best  agricultural  regions  of  the  State.  It  is  the  western 
terminus  of  the  Central  Pacific  Railroad,  and  has  direct  com- 
munication with  San  Francisco  both  by  water  and  rail.  The 
city  has  been  twice  nearly  destroyed  by  floods,  but  is  now 
well  protected  by  levees.  The  capitol  is  a  costly  and  elegant 
structure. 

41.  Stockton  is  situated  on  a  slough  near  its  junction  with 
the  San  Joaquin  River,  117  miles  from  San  Francisco  by 
water  and  90  miles  by  rail.  It  is  the  distributing  point  for  a 
large  and  fertile  valley,  and  is  one  of  the  leading  grain  ports 
of  the  State. 

42.  Marysville  is  advantageously  situated  at  the  junction  of 
the  Yuba  with  the  Feather  River.  It  has  important  railroad 
connections,  and  is  a  well  built  and  prosperous  city. 

43.  San  Jose,  formerly  the  State  capital,  is  in  Santa  Clara 
County,  8  miles  from  the  head  of  San  Francisco  Bay.  It  has 
a  delightful  climate,  and  is  one  of  the  pleasantest  cities  in  the 
State. 

44.  Vullejo  and  Benicia  have  excellent  harbors.  Both  have 
been  capitals  of  the  State. 

45.  Grass  Valley,  Nevada,  OrovUle,  and  Ihttch  Flat  are 
among  the  principal  mining  towns. 

46.  Oakland,  Brooklyn,  and  Alameda  are  pleasantly  situ- 


ated on  the  eastern  side  of  San  Francisco  Bay,  and  are  closely 
connected  with  San  Francisco  by  ferries  and  rail. 

47.  Los  Anyeles  and  San  Diego  are  the  principal  towns  in 
the  southern  part  of  the  State.  The  former  is  in  the  midst  of 
an  excellent  fruit  country.  Grapes,  oranges,  lemons,  and  other 
tropical  fruits  abound.  The  latter  is  tlie  oldest  town  in  the 
State,  having  been  founded  in  1759.  It  is  growing  rapidly, 
and  is  the  proposed  terminus  of  the  Southern  Pacific  Railroad. 

48.  History. — CaUfornia  was  discovered  in  the  sixteenth 
century.  It  formed  a  portion  of  Mexico  until  it  was  ceded  to 
the  United  States  in  1848,  at  the  close  of  the  Mexican  war. 
Gold  was  discovered  near  Coloma  in  the  same  year,  and  since 
that  time  the  growth  of  the  Stato  has  been  very  rapid.  It  was 
admitted  to  the  Union  as  the  thirty-first  State,  in  1850. 

49.  Government. — The  Governor  and  Senators  hold  ofiice 
four  years ;  the  members  of  the  Assembly  two  years ;  the 
Judge  of  the  Supremo  Court  ten  years ;  and  of  the  County 
Courts  four  yeare.   All  other  State  oflacers  hold  ofiice  four  years. 

60.  Education. — Public  Instruction  is  under  the  charge  of 
one  State  Superintendent,  elected  by  the  people  every  four 
years,  and  one  County  Superintendent  in  each  County,  who 
holds  office  two  years.  The  educational  system  of  the  State 
in  complete,  ranging  through  all  grades,  from  Primary  to  the 
State  University.  Th(  re  are  also  many  private  and  denomi- 
national institutions  of  learning  in  the  State. 

51.  NEVADA  extends  from  Oregon  and  Idaho  on  the 
north,  to  the  Colorado  River  on  the  south,  a  distance  of  500 
miles,  and  from  California  on  the  west  to  Utah  on  the  east,  a 
breadth  of  300  miles.    Its  area  is  about  112,000  miles. 

52.  Surface. — The  State  is  principally  a  vast  basin,  diversi- 
fied by  mountains,  valleys,  and  plateaus. 

53.  The  Great  Basin  is  partly  in  this  State  :  its  elevation 
is  from  4,000  to  5,000  feet  above  the  sea  level. 

54.  The  Mountain  Itunges  are  short  and  numerous,  gen- 
erally extending  nearly  north  and  south.  The  East  Humboldt 
Range  is  the  highest.  ■  Tliere  are  several  peaks  in  the  State 
ranging  from  8,000  to  12,000  feet  in  height,  but  few  of  them 
have  been  measured. 

55.  The  Rivera  are  small,  and  empty  into  lakes  or  "  sinks," 
which  have  no  connection  with  the  ocean  ;  the  largest  river  is 
the  Humboldt.  The  lakes,  having  no  outlets,  are  generally 
salt  or  alkaline. 

56.  The  Climate  is  generally  dry  and  the  soil  barren ;  agri- 
culture is  mostly  carried  on  by  means  of  irrigation.  The 
north-western  part  of  the  State  is  a  desert. 

57.  Its  Chief  Source  of  Wealth  is  in  its  silver  mines,  which 
are  found  in  various  parts  of  the  State,  particularly  in  Washoe 
and  Storey  counties  in  the  west,  and  the  White  Pine  region  in 
the  centre,  the  latter  comprising  a  district  about  12  miles 
square,  in  the  White  Pine  Mountains,  where  recent  discov- 
eries of  silver  have  attracted  much  attention.  Gold,  silver, 
copper,  lead,  iron,  and  salt  are  also  found. 

58.  Tlie  Leading  Towns  are  Virginia  City,  Cai-son  City, 
Gold  Hill,  Elko,  Belmont,  Austin,  Treasure  City,  and  Hamil- 
ton. The  last  two  are  in  the  White  Pine  Silver  Mining  Dis- 
trict, Treasure  City  being  about  9,000  feet  above  the  sea 
leveL 

59.  Nevada  was  admitted  as  a  State  in  1864. 


EXERCISES    ON    THE    MAP. 

What  ia  the  largest  city  west  of  the  Rocky  Mountains? 

Through  what  gate  or  strait  would  you  sail  in  going  from  San  Francisco 
to  the  ocean  ? 

What  is  the  length  of  San  Francisco  Bay  ?     Its  greatest  width  ? 

What  bay  north  of  Ban  Francisco  Bay  ? 

Give  the  length  and  breadth  of  the  Bay  of  San  Pablo. 

What  bay  east  of  the  Bay  of  San  Pablo  ? 

What  two  large  rivers  empty  into  Suisun  Bay  ?    Describe  them. 

In  what  county  is  the  city  of  San  Francisco  ? 

What  county  south  of  San  Francisco  county  ? 

What  county  south  of  San  Mateo  ?     South-east  ? 

What  county  borders  on  the  easterly  side  of  the  Bay  of  San  Francisco  J^ 
On  the  southerly  side  of  Suisun  Bay  ?     On  the  northerly  side  ? 

What  county  between  the  Bay  of  San  Pablo  and  the  Pacific  ? 

What  <!Ounty  north  of  Marin  county  ?  What  county  east  of  Sono'ma  ? 
What -south  and  east  of  Napa  county  ?     North  and  north-east  of  Solano  ? 

Through  what  counties  does  the  San  Joaquin  River  flow  ?  Name  and 
describe  its  tributaries. 

In  what  direction  does  the  land  east  of  the  San  Joaquin  slope  ? 

In  what  direction  does  the  land  slope  which  lies  between  the  San  Joaquin 
River  and  the  Coast  Range  ? 

Where  is  the  highest  land  of  Santa  Clara  county  ?     The  lowest  ? 

What  mountains  on  its  eastern  side  ?  Western  ?     What  high  peaks  has  it  ? 

What  rivers  flow  through  San  Joaquin  county  ?  Stan'islaus  county  ? 
Merced  county?  Santa  Clara  county?  San  Mateo  county?  Sonoma 
county  ?     Napa  county  ?     Santa  Clara  county  ? 


What  is  the  county  town  of  the  following  counties  :  Marin  ?  Sonoma  ? 
Napa  ?  Solano  ?  Yolo  ?  Sacramento  ?  Amador  ?  Calaveras  ?  San  Joaquin  ? 
Contra  Costa  ?    Alameda  ?    Santa  Clara  ?    San  Mateo  ?    Stan'islaus  ? 

What  high  peak  in  Contra  Costa  ?     In  Marin  county  ? 

Where  is  Mare  Island  ?    Alcatraz  ?    Angel  ?    Goat  Island  ? 

Where  is  Hunter's  Point  ?  Point  Pinole?  Saucelito  Point?  Rincon 
Point  J    Point  Bonita  ?    Lime  Point  ?    Point  Lobos  ? 

MOUNTAINS. 

Where  are  they  ?    In  what  direction  do  the  ranges  extend  T 


Santa  Cruz  ?   Mayacamas  ?  Mt.  Diablo  ? 
Black  Mt.?     Mt.  Lewis?   Mt.Tamalpais? 


Coast  Range? 
Mt.  Hamilton  ? 

RIVERS    AND    CREEKS. 

Where  do  they  rise  ?    In  wJiat  directions  do  they  flow,  and  into  what  waters  t 

CALATE'RAsR.?('''aj')   MOKELUMNE  ?    NaPA  ?  TuOLUMNE  ? 

Calaveras  Ce.  ?       Cosumnes  ?       Coyote  Cb.  ?  Dry  Cr.  ? 
Stanislaus?  Merced?         Pescadeeo?    Guadalupe? 


CITIES    AND    TOWNS. 


In  what 

SAN  FRANCISCO, 

SACRAMENTO, 

STOCKTON, 

SAN  JOSE, 

SAN    RAFAEL, 

MARTINEZ, 

NAPA. 

TUOLUMNE  CITY, 

SAN  MATEO, 

COPPEROPOLIS, 


part  of  irhat  coun 

NEW  YORK, 
LAKEVILLE, 
SAN  LEANDRO, 
REDWOOD  CITY, 
FAIRFIELD. 
SAN  ANDREAS. 
KNIGHT'S  FERRY, 
OAKLAND, 
NEW  ALMAOEN', 
SANTA  ROSA, 


tyf     On  or  near  what  water? 

PESCADERO,  PACHECO, 

PETALUMA,  JACKSON, 

HAYWARDS,  lONE  CITY, 

VALLEJO,  RIO  VISTA, 

BENICIA,  SUISUN, 

ANTIOCH,  SUTTERVILLE, 
MOKELUMNE  CITY,  SAN   LORENZO. 

LIBERTY,  SANTA  CLARA, 

MENLO  PARK,  ALAMEDA, 

MAYFIELD,  BROOKLYN. 


MONTEITH'S  GEOGRAPHY   OF  THE   PACIFIC  SLOPE. 


ESCRIPTIVE 


EOGRAPHY. 


1.  OREGON  is  (titiuUed  on  the  Pacific  Coast,  in  the  north- 
western part  of  the  United  States. 

2.  It  lies  in  a  line  directly  west  of  New  England,  and  its 
southern  boundary  is  the  parallel  of  42  degrees  north  latitude, 
which  parallel  is  the  dividing  line  between  New  York  and 
Pennsylvania. 

3.  The  Length  of  Oregon  from  east  to  west  is  about  350 
miles,  its  breadth  300  miles,  and  its  area  is  about  100,000 
square  miles,  being  equal  to  that  of  New  York  and  Pennsyl- 
vania combined. 

4.  Tlte  Mountain  Ranges  ijxe  three  :  the  Coast  Range,  the 
Cascade  Range,  and  the  Blue  Mountains.  They  extend  north 
and  south  across  the  State. 

5.  The  Coast  Range  extends  along  the  coast,  arui  is  pierced 
by  numerous  streams,  which  empty  into  the  Pacific.  Their 
height  varies  from  2,000  to  4,000  feet. 

6.  The  Casrade  Mountains  are  about  120  miles  from  the 
coast,  and  extend  through  Oregon  and  Washington.  They  also 
extend  into  Cahfomia,  where  they  are  called  the  Sierra 
Nevada.    Their  height  varies  from  4,000  to  13,000  feet. 

7.  The  Vrincipal  I'eahH  of  this  range  are.  Mount  Hood,  an 
extinct  volcano.  Mount  Jeflferson,  Mount  Pitt,  and  the  Three 
Sisters ;  all  of  which  rise  above  the  Umit  of  perpetual  snow. 

8.  The  Blue  Mountains  are  in  the  eastern  part  of  the 
State,  and  have  short  ridges  extending  east  and  west  at  right 
angles  to  the  main  ridge. 

9.  The  state  is  diinded  into  three  physical  sections  by  the 
Blue  and  the  Cascade  Mountains, — the  Western,  Middle,  and 
Eastern,  styled,  respectively,  the  Lower,  Middle,  and  Upper 
Countriea 

10.  The  Western  Section  is  between  the  Pacific  Ocean  and 
the  Cascade  Mountains,  and  covers  about  one-third  the  area 
of  the  State.  Its  beautiful  and  fertile  valleys  contain  nearly 
the  whole  of  the  tillable  land  and  aU  the  principal  cities  and 
towns  in  the  State. 

11.  The  MidtUe  Country  is  an  elevated  plain,  useful  in  some 
places  for  pasture ;  but  its  southern  portion  is  salt  and  barren. 

12.  The  Upper  Country  lies  east  of  the  Blue  Mountains, 
and  is  generally  dry  and  barren ;  rich,  however,  in  mineral 
wealth. 

13.  r/te  Principal  Harbors  are  those  afibrded  by  the  Co- 
lumbia and  Umpqua  Rivers,  and  the  Tillamook,  Yaquin'a,  and 
Coos  Bays. 

14.  The  Principal  River  is  the  Columbia,  the  largest  river  in 
America  which  empties  into  the  Pacific  Ocean.  In  its  course 
from  British  America  to  the  Cascades,  the  head  of  naviga- 
tion, rapids  and  waterfalls  are  numerous.  It  supplies  salmon 
in  abundance.  Its  most  important  branch  is  the  Willamette, 
The  Umpqua  and  Rogue  Rivers  afford  an  outlet  to  a  valuable 
lumber  region. 

15.  The  Willamette  Valley  is  the  largest  and  most  fer- 
tile in  the  State.  It  contains  2,000,000  acres  of  excellent 
farming  land.  Its  length  from  north  to  south  is  about  120 
miles,  and  its  average  width  60  miles,  being  one-third  larger 
than  the  State  of  Connecticut.  The  Umpqua  and  Rogue 
River  Valleys  are  also  important. 


16.  The  Climate  of  the  Western  Section,  or  Lower  Country, 
is  much  milder  and  more  uniform  than  that  of  coiTespond- 
ing  latitudes  on  the  Atlantic  coast,  owing  to  the  warm,  moist 
winds  which  blow  from   the  Pacific. 

Rain  is  abundant  because  of  the  cooling  influence  upon 
those  winds  of  the  Cascade  Mountains.  (See  page  34,  para- 
graph 41,  and  page  37,  paragraphs  31-38.)  The  greater  por- 
tion usually  faUs  during  the  months  of  November,  December, 
March,  and  April.  Rain  seldom  or  never  falls  in  harvest 
time — from  the  first  of  August  to  the  middle  of  Septem- 
ber. 

17.  The  Climate  of  the  Middle  and  Upper  Countries  is 
dry,  and  subject  to  great  extremes  of  heat  and  cold. 

18.  The  PriticijHil  Agricultural  Productions  are  wheat, 
barley,  oats,  garden  vegetables,  and  orchard  fruits.  The 
trade  in  wool  and  live  stock  is  important. 

19.  The  Forests  of  the  Lower  Country  abound  in  magnifi- 
cent pines,  with  fir,  oak,  hemlock,  cedar,  maple,  and  other 
trees  valuable  for  timber. 

20.  Tfee  Mineral  Productions  consist  of  gold,  silver,  cop- 
per, iron,  and  coal. 

21.  Salt  Springs  are  numerous. 

22.  Manufactures  receive  considerable  attention,  and  com- 
prise lumber,  flour,  and  woolen  goods. 

23.  Tlie  EjTjwrt  Trtute  with  California  and  the  Eastern 
States  is  important.  Grain  is  shipped  to  England,  and 
regular  lines  of  transportation  are  established  with  New 
York. 

24.  The  Principal  Exports  are  grain,  flour,  wool,  lumber, 
apples,  dried  fruits,  hides,  and  pickled  salmon. 

25.  Portland,  the  principal  city,  is  beautifully  located  on 
the  west  bank  of  the  Willamette  River,  15  miles  from  its 
mouth,  at  the  head  of  ship  navigation.  It  is  rapidly  increas- 
ing in  wealth  and  population,  and  is  the  second  city  in  im- 
portance on  the  Pacific  slope. 

26.  Salem,  the  capital,  is  finely  situated  in  a  rich  prairie,  on 
the  east  bank  of  the  Willamette. 

27.  Oregon  City  is  on  the  right  or  east  bank  of  the  Willam- 
ette River,  about  10  miles  south  of  Portland.  The  falls  in  the 
river  furnish  immense  water-power  for  manufacturing  pur- 
poses. 

28.  The  otlu-r  Important  Towns  are  Albany,  Corvallis, 
Eugene  City,  Dalles,  Astoria,  and  Jacksonville. 

29.  Public  Education  has  received  much  attention.  Be- 
sides the  excellent  public  schools,  there  are  colleges  at  Salem, 
Forest  Grove,  and  Corvallis,  and  numerous  academies  through- 
out the  State. 

30.  The  Legislature  assembles  every  two  years.  The  mem- 
bers of  the  Senate  are  elected  for  four  years,  and  of  the  House 
for  two  jeaxa, 

31.  Oregon  was  Organizetl  as  a  Territory  of  the  United 
States  in  1848,  when  it  extended  northward  to  British  America, 
and  eastward  to  the  Rocky  Mountains. 

32.  From  its  Northerti  half,  Washington  Territory  was  or- 
ganized in  1853 ;  and  in  1859,  Oregon  was  admitted  as  a  State 
with  its  present  boundaries. 


MONTEITH'S  GEOGRAPHY    OF  THE  PACIFIC  SLOPE. 


9 


EXERCISES    ON    THE    MAP. 

OREGON,— by  what  is  it  bounded  on  the  north  ?  On  the  east  ?  On  the 
•outh  ?    On  the  west  ? 

What  is  its  length ?     Its  breadth?     {Apply  the  tcale  <{f  mUet.) 

What  mountain  ranges  in  Oregon  f 

Is  the  greater  part  of  the  State  east  or  west  of  the  Cascade  Range  ? 

What  prominent  peaks  in  tlie  Cascade  Range  ? 

Wliat  rivers  east  of  the  Blue  Mountains  ? 

In  what  direction  does  the  surface  of  that  part  of  the  State  slope  J 

What  rivers  between  the  Cascad«  Range  and  the  Blue  Mountains  ?  Into 
what  do  those  rivers  empty  ? 

How  does  the  surface  of  the  middle  section  of  the  State  slope? 

What  rivers  between  the  Cascade  Range  and  the  Pacific  ?  Into  what  do 
they  flow  ?     Which  is  the  largest  ? 

In  what  direction  does  the  land  slope  which  is  drained  by  the  Willam- 
ette?    By  the  Umpqua  and  Rogue  Rivers? 

Mention  the  largest  lakes  in  Oregon  ?  Wliich  have  outlets  ?  Which 
have  no  outlets  ?     In  what  part  of  the  State  are  lakes  the  most  numerous  ? 

What  counties  border  on  the  Columbia  ?     On  the  Snake  River  ? 

What  counties  border  on  the  Pacific  ?     On  California  ?     On  Nevada  ? 

What  counties  between  the  Cascade  Range  and  Willamette  River  ? 

What  counties  border  on  the  west  side  of  the  Willamette  ? 

Through  what  counties  does  that  river  flow  ? 

Name  all  the  counties  in  the  Willamette  Valley  ?  In  the  Umpqua 
Valley  ?    In  the  Rogue  River  Valley  ? 

By  what  is  Coos  County  drained  ? 

What  county  towns  on  the  south  bank  of  the  Columbia  ?  On  the  east 
bank  of  the  Willamettt;  ?  On  its  west  or  left  bank?  Between  the  Wil- 
lamette and  the  Coast  Range  ?  In  the  Valley  of  the  Umpqua  ?  In  the 
Valley  of  Rogue  River  ? 

What  towns  on  the  Pacific  Coast  ? 

Draw  a  map  of  Oregon,  as  directed  on  page  105. 

WASHINGTON,— by  what  is  it  bounded  on  the  north  ?  East  ?  South  ? 
West ; 

What  is  its  length  ?     Its  breadth  1 

What  mountains  extend  through  the  territory  ? 

Mention  the  principal  peaks  (     The  largest  river  ? 

What  are  the  two  principal  forks  or  tributaries  of  the  Columbia  River  ? 

Where  are  their  sources  ? 

What  tributaries  has  the  Columbia  from  the  west? 

In  what  direction  does  the  land  slope  which  lies  between  the  Columbia 
River  and  the  Cascade  Range  ?  Between  the  Columbia  River  and  the 
Rocky  Mountains  ? 

Wl)at  rivers  west  of  the  Cascade  Mountains  ? 

Into  what  do  they  flow  ? 

What  counties  border  on  British  America  ?  On  the  Pacific  ?  On  the 
Strait  of  Ju'an  de  Fu'ca  and  inlets  ? 

What  counties  in  the  south  border  on  the  Columbia  River?  What 
county  in  the  southeast  comer  of  the  territory  ?  At  the  mouth  of  the 
Columbia? 

What  towns  on  the  north  bank  of  the  Columbia  t 

What  towns  in  the  northwest  ? 

J>raw  a  map  of  Washington,  as  directed  on  page  106. 

IDAHO,— by  what  is  it  bounded  on  the  north?    East?    South?    West? 
What  ranges  of  mountains  on  the  east  ? 

By  what  river  and  its  tributaries  is  nearly  the  whole  of  Idaho  drained? 
By  what  rivers  is  the  northern  part  drained  ? 
On  which  side  is  the  highest  land  ?     The  lowest  ? 
In  what  direction  does  the  land  south  of  the  Snake  River  slope  ? 
{Observe  the  course  of  the  risers.) 
What  rivers  flow  through  tlmt  portion  of  the  State  t 
What  rivers  flow  westeriy  into  the  Snake  River? 

What  branch  of  the  Colorado  river  has  its  sources  near  thosa  of  the 
Snake  River  ? 

What  lakes  in  the  northern  part  ?     In  the  eastern  part  ? 

What  is  the  extent  of  Idaho  from  north  to  south  ?     From  east  to  west  ? 


What  county  forms  the  northern  part  of  Idaho  ? 
^^'hat  county  Ijonlers  on  On-gon  and  Nevada  ?     On  Utah  f 
What  counties  are  bounded  partly  by  the  mountains?     By  the  Snake 
River? 

What  county  in  the  centre  of  the  State  ? 
Draw  a  map  tf  Idaho,  at  directed  on  page  lOS. 

MONTANA,— by  what  is  it  bounded  on  the  north  I    South  ?    Wert  ? 

What  high  mountains  extend  through  its  western  part? 

■What  mountains  on  its  western  lx)rder  i 

What  great  river  has  its  sources  in  the  southwertem  part  of  Montana  ? 

On  which  side  of  the  Rocky  Mountains  arc  the  sources  of  the  Missouri  ? 

What  small  rivers  form  its  headwaters? 

What  large  rivers  on  the  Pacific  slope  have  their  sources  near  those  of 
the  Missouri  ? 

Mention  the  principal  passes  over  the  Rocky  Mountains  in  Montana  I 

What  rivers  flow  into  the  western  side  of  the  Missouri  ?  Into  the  eastern 
side? 

What  lake  in  the  north wert! 

What  towns  in  Madison  ami  Beaver  Head  Counties  ? 

What  towns  between  the  Missouri  River  and  the  Rocky  Mountains? 

What  towns  west  of  the  Rocky  Mountains? 

Draw  a  map  (jf  Montana,  as  directed  on  page  lOS. 


RE  VTE^VV. 

MOUNTAINS. 

Wher*  «r«  thei/  f     In  irhal  illrrrlion  tlo  Ihr 


Cascade  Ranok? 
EoouE  ErvEU  Mts.  ? 
Three  Sisters? 
Mt.  Baker? 
Mt.  Olympus? 
Coast  Kange  ? 


Cedab  Mt.  ? 
Mary's  Peak  ? 
Mt.  St.  Helen's? 
Three  Bdttes? 
Blue  M're.  ? 
Mt.  Jefferson  ? 


raH{fem  net^ndf 

Mt.  Pitt? 
Mt.  Adams? 
Rocky  Mth.  ? 
Mt.  Hood  ? 
Scott's  Peak  ? 
Mt.  Eainieb? 


RIVERS. 

Wheredo  they  rite  f    Zntehat  dirrrtlonii  tlo  I  hey  fioui,  and  into  tehut  vmtmrmt 

Columbia?  Umpqua?  Fall?  McKenzie'b? 

Snake?  Rooue?  John  Day's?  Malheuh? 

Willamette?  Owyhee?  Powder?  Grande  Ronde? 

Chehalis?  SKAGrr?  U-ma-tilla?  Salmon? 

LAKES. 

Wherr  nrr  thry?     mini  iinr  thrir  InUlm  and  outUU? 

Upper  Klamath ?        Harney?        Malheur?        Flathead? 

CAPES. 

IVoiM  vthat  counties  do  they  pn0«ct  f 

Lookout?  Foulweather?       Araqo?  Blanco? 

Flattery?  Disappointment?    Pt.  Adams? 

BAYS. 

Ifhere  are  they?    Into  what  tratert  do  they  prijeelt 

Tillamook?       Okay's  Harbor ?      Yaquina?  Coos? 

PuoET  Sound?   Shoalwateb? 

CITIES    AND    TOWNS. 

In  what  part  of  what  county  f     On  or  near  what  water? 


PORTLAND. 

SALEM. 

ALBANV. 

AUBURN. 

CORVALLIS. 

LA  GRANDE. 

JACKSONVILLE. 

OLVMPIA. 

STEILACOOM. 

SEATTLE. 

WHATCOM. 


OREGON  CITY. 

ASTORIA. 

EMPIRE  CITY. 

ST.  HELENS. 

CANONVILLE. 

UNION. 

PORT  ORFORD. 

PORT  TOWNSENO. 

VANCOUVER. 

WALLA  WALLA. 

HELENA. 


CANON   CITV. 
OAKLAND. 
ROSEBURG. 
DALLES. 
DALLAS. 
GRANITE  CITY. 
UMPQUA   CITY. 
VIRGINIA  CITY. 
BANNOCK  CITY. 
GALLATIN. 
BOISE  CITY. 


EUGENE   CITV, 

HARRISBURQ. 

AURORA. 

SILVERTON. 

UMATILLA. 

ELLENSBURG. 

FOREST  GROVE. 

IDAHO  CITV. 

LEWISTON. 

SILVER  CITV. 

MONTICELLO. 


lO 


MONTEITH'S   GEOGRAPHY   OF   THE   PACIFIC  SLOPE. 


ESCRiPTiVE    Geography. 


1.  WASHINGTOy TERRITORY occuTpiesihemostnorth- 
westem  portion  of  the  United  States,  except  Alaska  ;  its  north- 
em  boundary  being  in  a  hne  with  that  of  Minnesota. 

2.  It  lien  between  the  parallels  of  46°  and  49°  north  latitude, 
between  which  are,  also,  Lake  Superior,  Northern  Maine, 
Central  France,  Switzerland,  and  Austria. 

3.  The  letiffth  of  Washington  is  about  350  miles  from  east 
to  west,  and  its  breadth  from  north  to  south  is  about  225 
miles.     Its  area  is  about  70,000  square  miles. 

4.  The  Principal  Mountain  Ranges  are  the  Cascade  Range 
and  the  Coast  Eange,  extending  nearly  north  and  south.  The 
principal  peaks  are  Mt.  Rainier,  Mt.  Baker,  Mt.  Adams,  and 
Mt.  St.  Helens,  all  of  which  rise  above  the  snow  limit. 

5.  The  Cascade  Range  in  "Washington  and  Oregon  is  a 
continuation  of  the  Sierra  Nevada,  of  California.  Their  height 
is  about  6,000  feet,  and  their  distance  from  the  coast  about 
100  miles.  This  range  divides  Washington  Territory  into  two 
physical  regions — the  western  or  lower,  and  the  eastern  or 
higher. 

6.  The  Western  section  contains  rich  and  well-watered 
valleys,  vast  evergreen  forests  of  fir,  spruce,  cedar,  and  hem- 
lock, and  nearly  all  the  cities  and  towns  in  the  Territory. 

7.  The  Eastern  section  is  chiefly  dry  and  stony,  although  it 
contains  some  excellent  pasture  grounds.  WaUa  Walla  Valley, 
in  the  south-east,  is  well  adapted  to  agriculture  and  grazing. 

8.  The  Climate  of  Washington  Territory  is  similar  to  that 
of  the  corresponding  sections  of  Oregon,  being  much  milder 
than  in  the  same  latitudes  on  the  Atlantic  slope. 

9.  The  Principal  Valleys  are  the  Puget  Sound  Valley,  or 
basin,  the  Columbia  Valley,  and  the  Walla  Walla  Valley.  The 
former  contains  over  10,000  square  miles. 

10.  Paget  Sound  affords  the  chief  commercial  outlet  for 
the  Territory,  having  about  1,500  miles  of  water  front,  with 
many  excellent  harbors.  It  is  surrounded  by  valuable  timber, 
great  quantities  of  which  are  exported  annually.  Coal  is  sup- 
plied from  Bellingham  Bay,  and  oysters  are  found  in  abun- 
dance in  Shoalwater  Bay. 

11.  The  Chief  Exports  are  lumber,  ship  timber,  coal,  and 
oysters. 

12.  Gold  is  found  in  the  eastern  part  of  the  Territory. 

13.  The  Principal  Towns  are  Olympia,  the  capital,  Steila- 
coom,  Seattle,  Port  Townsend,  Monticello,  Vancouver,  and 
Walla  Walla. 

14.  Washington  was  organized  as  a  Territory  in  1853. 

15.  IDAHO  is  somewhat  triangular  in  shape,  about  480 
miles  in  extent  from  north  to  south,  and  300  miles  wide  on 
its  southern  border.     Its  area  is  about  95,000  square  miles. 

16.  The  Rocky  Mountains  and  a  branch,  or  continuation, 
called  the  Bitter  Boot  Mountains,  are  on  its  eastern  border. 
Among  other  mountains  in  tha  Territory,  are  the  Salmon 
Eiver  and  Bear  Mountains,  the  Three  Buttes  and  the  Three 
Tetons. 

17.  The  Principal  Rivers  in  Idaho  are  the  Snake  or  Lewis, 
and  its  tribiitaries  the  Salmon  and  Clearwater,  the  general 
slope  of  the  surface  being  toward  the  west.  ^ 


18.  Its  Principal  Productions  are  gold  and  silver. 

19.  The  Soil  of  large  portions  is  well  adapted  to  farming 
and  grazing,  and  water-power  for  manufacturing  purposes  is 
abundant. 

20.  The  Chief  Totvns  are  Boise  City,  the  capital,  Lewiston, 
Idaho  City,  Euby  City,  Oro  Pino,  and  Silver  City. 

21.  Idaho  was  organized  as  a  Territory  in  1863. 

22.  MOKTANA  is  in  the  north-western  part  of  the  United 
States,  lying  between  Dakota  on  the  east  and  Idaho  on  the 
west ;  on  the  north  it  adjoins  British  America,  from  which  it 
is  separated  by  the  parallel  of  49^  here  the  northern  boundary 
of  the  Union. 

23.  It  lies  partly  on  the  Atlantic  and  partly  on  the  Pacific 
slope ;  the  Rocky  Mountains,  the  great  water-shed,  extending 
through  its  western  part. 

24.  The  Pacific  Slope  includes  the  north-western  portion, 
which  is  drained  by  the  Clarke's  Eiver  and  its  tributaries. 

25.  The  Largest  Portion  of  Montana,  is  embraced  in  the 
Atlantic  slope,  and  is  drained  by  the  Missouri  Eiver,  which 
has  its  headwaters  in  the  south-western  part  of  the  Territory. 

26.  The  Greatest  Length  of  Montana  from  east  to  west  is 
500  miles,  and  its  breadth,  from  north  to  south,  about  270 
miles. 

27.  Montana  is  rich  in  gold  and  silver,  which  are  exten- 
sively mined  in  the  west  and  south-west,  where,  consequently, 
are  the  most  thickly  settled  portions  of  the  Territory.  It  also 
contains  copper,  iron,  and  coal  of  superior  qualities. 

28.  The  Climate  is  pure,  healthful,  and  delightful,  and  much 
dryer  than  that  of  other  parts  of  the  United  States. 

29.  r/»e  Soil  of  its  extensive  valleys  is  very  productive,  and 
its  agricidfcural  and  grazing  facilities  are  excellent. 

30.  Its  Trade  with  the  States  eastward,  by  way  of  the 
Missouri  River,  is  considerable  and  constantly  increasing. 

31.  Its  Population  is  about  40,000. 

32.  The  Chreat  Palls  of  the  Missouri,  remarkable  for  their 
grand  and  picturesque  scenery,  are  about  30  miles  above,  or 
south-west  of,  Fort  Benton,  the  nominal  head  of  steam  naviga- 
tion. They  comprise  a  succession  of  cataracts  and  rapids, 
with  which  the  river  is  filled  for  about  12  miles,  having  an 
aggregate  descent  of  400  feet.  The  principal  cataract  is  87 
feet  high  and  900  feet  wide. 

33.  Helena,  the  metropolis  and  commercial  centre,  is  140 
miles  south-west  of  Fort  Benton.  It  is  situated  on  a  creek 
which  flows  into  the  western  side  of  the  Missouri  River. 

34.  Virginia  Citt/,  is  situated  in  the  south- 
western part  of  the  Territory,  about  130  miles  south  of  Helena. 

35.  Montana  was  Organized  as  a  Territory  in  1864. 


TEBBITOBIES. 

CAFITALB. 

TBBBITOBIBS. 

CAPITAU. 

Wasiiington   . . . 

Olympia. 
BoiBG  City. 
Helena, 
Yankton. 
Cheyenne. 

Utah 

Salt  Lake  City. 
Sitka 

Idaho 

Alaska 

Montana 

Dakota    .... 

Arizona 

New  Mexico 

Indian 

Tucson. 
Santa  Fe 

Wyoming 

Tahlequah. 

MONTEIIH'S  PHYSICAL  AND   POLITICAL   GEOGRAPHY. 


t|0MPARATIVE   f  IZES— ^ANSAS,  THE    )|oMMON  ^EASURE   AND  f  RAME. 


I  Measure. 


I  Measure. 


-S6—lS—t—^--7i' 

2  Measures  or  400  Mittt. 


Its  Sfuipe  and  MeaiurtmenU— 
200  by  400  miles,  or  1  meaBure 
wide  and  3  mea8un>s  long — are 
easily  rememU'red :   so,  also,  are 
those  of  all  thu  other  States  wliich 
l-'j  o   are  here  drawn    upon  and  com- 
■  N  I      2  i>ared  with  it.     Obntrte  the  coin- 
JA  ^   cidenccs  between    the    measure- 
ments  of   Kansas   and  those   of 
other  States  ;    t.  g.  The  width  of 
Maine   and   the    length  of   Ken- 
tucky are  about  the  same  as  thoee 
of  KanMii, 


v5 

fj    " 

/     c 

o 

'^i 

-^-r—J 

^:jrw^ 

MUJNT£1TH'S    RELIEF    MAP    Of  (He    UNITED    STAT: 


'* 


^^' 


S jrcm^Iflfc    PACIFIC    OCEAN    to  m    MISSISSIPPI    RIVER. 


r 


Observe    that    the 

Rocky    Mountains     are 

almost  midway  between 

the    Pacific     t'oast    and 

the    Mississippi    Kiver, 

and   that    far   up   their 

sides  are  the  sources  of 

numerous   streams  and 

rivers. 

The  waters  of  some  of  these  rivers  find 

their  way  to  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  ;  and  of 

others,  to  the  Pacific  Ocean. 

For  aruneern  to  these  gue»tiont,  refer  to 
the  Relief  Map,  and  to  the  Map  of  the 
United  Statet. 

Mention  the  largest  rivers  which  How 
toward  the  Uulf,— toward  the  Pacific. 

Mention  the  largest  river  which  rises 
In  the  Ilocky  Mountains. 

Mention  the  largest  tributaries  of  the 
Missouri,— of  the  Columbia. 

Observe  that  the  sources 
of  these  two  rivers  are  very 
near  each  other. 

What  verj-  high  peak  near 
the  center  of  Colorado  ? 

What  is  the  height  of 
Pike's  Peak? 

Abb.  14^00  feet  (Aoee  tht 
level  of  the  tea. 

Wliat  high  peak  in  the 
western  part  of  Wyoming? 
In  the  northern  part  of  C\>I. 
ondo? 

In  what  part  of  Dakota 
and  Wyoming  are  the  Black 
HQIs  ?  Where  are  the  Siei^ 
la  Nevadas  t 

What  is  the  height  of 
the  Sierra  Nevadas? 

Ass.  About  JSfiOO  feet 
above  the  level  of  the  «m. 

What  is  the  highest  peak 
of  these  mountains  ? 
Ans.    Mount  Whitney. 
What  is  the  highest  moun- 
tain in  the  United  States  ? 
AH8.    Mount  Whitney. 
Where  is  Mt.  Wliitney  ? 
What  is  its  eleva- 
tion above  the  level 
of  the  sea  t 
An8.  15,086  feet. 
Where  is  Mount 
Shasta  t  Mt.  Hood  ? 
Where  is  the  Cas- 
cade Kange  1  Mount 
St.  Helens  ? 

Which  of  the 
States  represented 
on  this  Relief  Map 


are  best  supplied  with  lakes? 

What  and  where  is  the 
largest  lake  west  of  the 
Rocky  Mountains? 

What  imp<jrtant  city  Mar 
it?  What  railroad  paaaes 
Great  Salt  I^ake? 

Mention  some  of  the  lakes 
which  have  no  outlets. 

What  small  valley  or  gorge 
In  the  eastern  part  of  Cali- 
fornia? 

For  what  is  Tosemite  Val- 
ley celebrated?  Ahs.  For 
the  grandeur  of  itt  tcenery. 


MONTEITH'S   J^HYSICAL   AND    POLITICAL    GEOGKAPMY. 


HEIGHTS   or   MOUNTAINS. 


ASIA. 


Mountains. 


E! 


Ht.  Everest 

Ht.  Kincbinglnga... 
Mt.  Dhawala-giri  — 

Mt.  Chouaialarie 

Mt.  Hindoo  Koh 

Tliian-Slian  Mta 

Kuen-Lun  Mts 

Jtft.  Ararat 

Ht.  Kiitttsiiewsk^ja.. 

Mt.  Demavend 

Mt.  Arjisli 

Soliman  Mts 

Lebauon  Mta 

Altai  Mt8 

TauTOB  Mts 

Mt.  Hermon 

Mt.  Sinai 


Situation. 
Hnthe  Himalaya  OuAn,  the  highMl  I 

I    point  on  tlu  globe , f 

in  the  Himalaya  Chain 


..Hindoo  Coosh  Mts 

.  Chinese  Empire 

.  North  of  Thiba...  '. 16,(XI0to 

,  .Kamlschatka 

.EUmrz  Mts..  south  of  the  Caspian  Sea 

.Anti-Taurus  Mts.,  Ana  Minor 

.between  Hindostan  and  Afghanistan 

.Syria 

.highest 

highest .. 

.highest  of  Anti-Lebanon  Mts.,  Syria. 
.Arabia 


evation 
n  feet 

89,000 

28,178 
28,000 
23,92'* 

ao,s:» 

80,000 
18,000 
17,210 
15,703 
14,700 
18,000 
12,000 
12,000 
10,300 
10,000 
10,000 
7,497 


Mountains. 

Vol.  Etna 

Mt.  Ciiccio 

Mt.  St.  Gothard  . . . 
Castile  Mta. 


Elevation 
Situation.  in  feet 

.mcUy 10,874 

.     ••      10,871 

.  Svntzerland 10,595 

.Spain 10,551 

9.745 
9,575 
9,028 
9,540 
8,9.50 
8,779 
8,763 
8,2,'59 
8,068 


SOUTH    AMERICA. 


yd.  Aconcagna 

Mt.  Satiama   

Vol.  Gualatieri 

Mt.  Cliimborazo  ...     .  ...Ecuador 

Mt.  Sorata Bolivia.. 

Mt.  Iliiinanl    

Mt.  Choquibamba Peru 

Vol.  Arequipa "   

Vol.  Atacama Bolivia.. 

Vol.  Antisana Ecuador. 

Vol.  Cotopaxi ■' 

Vol.  Tolima Colombia 

Vol.  Pichiiiclia .  Ecuador. 

Amies  of  Chili highest .. 

Andes  of  Patagonia " 

Cape  Horn    


east  of  Chili 

south  pari  of  Peru . 


Height 


of  Snow  Line. . 


.in  Colombia  .. 

in  Bolivia 16,000  to 

.in  Chili 

in  Patagonia 


83,910 
22,350 
22,000 
21,484 
21,280 
81,149 
21,000 
20.320 
18,0C0 
19,132 
18,887 
18,000 
15,924 
16,000 
8,000 
300 

15,800 
18,000 
8,600 
3,000 


LMt.  Olympus Turkey 

iMt.Kom "      . 

Mt.  Atlioa Oreece.. 

Picdu  Midi Pyrenees 

Pindua  Mta 

Mt.  Lomnitz.  Austria 

Monte  Uotondo Corsica. 

Mt.  Guione Oreece 

Mt.  Paruaaaua ..■*.. 

Scandinavian  Mta highest 8,153 

Pass  of  Venaaquez ^/renees  7,917 

Rhodope  Mta.  . .   Turkey 7,800 

Sierra  d'Estrella Portugal 7,524 

Mt.  Genargenta    .Sardinia 7,000 

Jura  Mta France  and  SicUy   6,588 

Mt.  D'Or Erance 6,188 

CevennesMta "      ...        6,794 

Sierra  .Morena Spain 6,5.'j(> 

Mt.  Obdorsli 6,397 

Fichtel  Gebirge    .   Oermany 5,286 

Rieaen  Gebirge " ..      5,280 

Ural  Mts highest 5,275 

Voagea France ....       4,688 

BlackForeet.   ..   Baden 4,675 


NORTH    AMERICA. 


Vol.  Popocatepetl Mexico 

Mt.  St  Kliaa Alaska 

Vol.  Orizaba     Mexico 

Mt.  Brown British  America 

Mt.  Hooker    "  "        

Mt.  Whitney  .  California    

Mt.  Fairweather Alaska 

Pike'e  Peak Colorado ... 

Mt.  Shasta California 

Mt.  Tyndall "         

Mt.  Kaweah ''         

Fremont's  Peak Wyoming  Territory. . . . 

Mt.  St.  Helens Washington  Territory . 

Mt.  Dana    California 

Mt.Lyell    ..   •'  

Long's  Peak  .. Colorado  

Mt.Hood Oreqon 

Mt.  Linn . .   California  ...     

Mt.  San  Bernardino "         

Mt.  Baker   Washington,  Territory  . 

■Mt.  Ranier "  " 

Mt.  Adams "  " 

Laramie  Peak Wyoming  Territory. .  . 

Blue  Mts Jamaica 

Sierra  del  Cobre Cuba — highest 

MitcheH's  Peak North  Carolina . 

Mt.  Waahini'ton New  Hampshire 

Oraefa  Jokiill Iceland. 


.about 


Mt.  Bailey California 

Mt.Pierce 

Vol.  Hecla Iceland 

Vol.  Souffriere  OuadcUoupe  ... 

Mt.  Marcy    New  York 

Mt.  Katahdin ..Maine 

Mt.  Hamilton California. 

Mt.  Mansfield Vermont , 

Peaks  of  Otter.  Virginia...     . 

Camel's  Hump  ,  . .  Vermont 

Saddleback  Mt Maine 

Mt.Di:ililij California.... 

RoundTop New  York 

Alleghany  Mta  ..  — average   

Wacnusett  Mt Masftachusetts . 

Highlands Neic  York 

PilotKnob .  ...Missouri. 

Mt.  Tom Massachusetts 


EUROPE. 

Mt.  Elboorz highest  of  Caucasus 

Mt.  Blanc '•     "  Alps 

Mt.  Rosa   '     in  Switzerland , 

Mt.  Cervln between  Stoiizertand  and  Italy. 

Mt.  Pelvoux France 

Finater  Aarhorn Switzerlind 

Mt.  Viso  between  France  and  Italy 

Ortler  Spitz. Austria 

Mt.  Mulahacen.. Spain 

Mt.  Oenevre 

The  Simplon   between  Switzerland  and  Italy. 

Mt.  Cenla France 

Maladettfl highest  of  Pyrenees 

Peak  of  Valetta . 

Great  St.  Bernard    Switzerland 

Cantabrian  Mts.  . Spain — highest 

Ht.  Perdu Pyrenees 


18,500 
18,000 
17,.374 
15,900 
16,676 
15,086 
14,900 
14,600 
14,442 
14,386 
14,000 
13,1570 
13.300 
13,227 
13,217 
12,505 
10,000 
10,000 
8,370 


8,000 
7,500 
7,300 
6,707 
6,428 
6,409 
6,857 
6,000 
5,700 
6,550 
5,379 
6.300 
4,4.50 
4,430 
4,260 
4,188 
4,000 
3,876 
3,804 
2,500 
2,020 
1,600 
1,500 
1,200 


17,796 
16,810 
15,208 
14,771 
14,108 
14,026 
13,599 
12,811 
11,660 
11,614 
11,541 
11,460 
11,168 
11,389 
11,080 
10,998 
10,994 


Bohemian  Mts Austria 

Erz  Gebirge "'      

Ben  Nevis    Scotland— highest  in  Oreat  Britain.. 

Ben  Mac  Dhu  "         

Cairngorm...   '*       

Ben  Attow "       

Vol.  V'eauviuB ., Italy  

Ben  Lawers   Scotland  ...  

BrockenMt Harz  Mts.,  Germany ..  

Ben  Wyvia  Scotland 

Snowdon  Mt Wales    

Cam  Tual highest  in  Ireland 3,414 

Sea  Fell  England 3,092 

Helvellyn  "        8,056 

Skiddaw " 3,083 

Moravian  Mts Austria 8,006 


4,613 
4,590 
4,406 
4,327 
4,095 
4,000 
8,948 
3,945 
3,740 
3,720 
S,.571 


EIVEES  or  THE  WORLD. 

NORTH    AMERICA. 


tamfls.  Length  to  m. 

ilissouri,  to  the 
Missisaippi.  ..3,100 
-iIiaBouri,to  the 
/G.  of  Mexico.. 4,350 
•Mississippi  ..  3,160 
Mackenzie's,  fr. 
Slave  Lake.. ..    900 
Mackenzie's,  fr. 
head     of    the 

Athabasca 2,440 

St.  Lawrence, 
from  Lake  On- 
tario      750 

■it.  Lawrence, 
from  head  of 
St.  Louis  R... 2,200 

.  .\rljan8a8 2,170 

~Rio  Grande.... 1,800 

Red 1,600 

Platte,  or  Ne- 
braska   1,600 

Nelson  and  Sas- 

katchawan 1,600 

Columbia,orOr- 
egon 1,200 


Names.  Lenph  to  m. 

Colorado  (of  the 

West), 1,000 

Ohio 948 

ijew.8,Qr Snake  900 

Tennessee goo 

Cumberland ...  600 

Appalachicola. .  600 

Mobile 550 

Suaqnehannah.  450 

James 460 

tscramento 420 

otomac 400 

Savannah 400 

Altamaha    ....  400 

Connecticut....  400 

Minnesota 375 

Roanoke 350 

£edee 360 

•Hudson 385 

Delaware 300 

Penobscot ....  300 

Mohawk 160 

Kennebec 150 

Genesee 145 

Merrimac 110 


\ 


SOUTH    AMERICA. 


mazon 4,000 

La  Plata,  from 
the  head  of  the 

Parana 8,250 

Madeira 1,800 

Paraguay 1,600 


Orinoco 1,590 

St.  Pranciaco.. 1,260 

Tocantine 1,100 

Araguay 1,000 

Pnrus 900 

Magdalena 800 


Height  of  Snow  Line. 


.Sierra  Nevada,  Spain 11,800 

Caucasus  Mts 11,000 

Sidly 9,600 

Mt.  Olympus 9,000 

.SwissAlps 8,900 

Centralltaly   8,400 


EUROPE. 


V. 


Pyrenees 

Carpat'nans 

Scandinavian  Mt» 
Orampians 
North  Cape       


8,000 
6,000 
5,000 
4.500 
2,400 


Mt,  Kenia      

Mt.  Kilimandjaro. 
AbbaJared. 
Cameron  Mta. 
fPe&k  of  Teneriffe  Vol. 
Mt.  Miltsin 

Red  Mts  .  , 

Mt.  Spitzkop 
Table  Mt 


AFRICA. 

,  Eastern  Africa 


80,000 

20,000 

,  Abyssinia               15,000 

Lower  Ouinea    18,000 

.  Canary  Islands .    18,188 

Morocco 11,400 

.  Madagascar    11,000 

..    Cape  Colony 10,250 

.    Cape  of  Good  Hope   3,672 

OCEANICA. 

Mt.  Ophir Sumatra 13,842 

Mt.KiniBalu Borneo 13,698 

Vol.  Mauna  Loa Sandwich  Islands 13,120 

Mt,  Semero    .lava 13,000 

Mt,  Erebus Victoria  Land 12,400 

Mt,  Koscinsko Australia 6,600 

Mt,  Hnmboldt .     ,   Tasmania    6,680 


olga 2,000 

Danube 1,725 

Dnieper 1 ,230 

iDon    995 

■Rhine 900 

Petchora 900 

Ural 840 

Tagua 660 

Rhone 645 

Loire 580 


Elbe,  Oder 550 

J/istula 630 

^eine  497 

Dneiater 440 

Douro 430 

Gnadiana 380 

Dwina sao 

Po MO 

Thames 220 


ASIA. 


^ang-t8eKiang.2,500 

Lena 2.400 

1  Yeniaei 2,300 

Amoor 2,200 

Obi 2.000 

-HoangHo 2,000 

Cambodia 2,000 

Irtyah 1,700 


HEIGHTS  OP  SOME  INHABITED  SITES. 


Names  Situation. 

Runechuasi  Peru 

Tarcora Village  In  Peru 

Antiaana Shepherds' huts,  Ecuador . .   . 

Potosi City  in  Bolivia 

Puno.. CUy  in  Peru  , 

Cuzco Bolivia. 

Leh ..  City  in  Thibet 

*uito  Ecuador 

Sherman highest  point  on  Pacific  B.  R 

HospiceofGt. St. Bernard. .^&)s..        •,.   . 

Arequipa CltylnPeru 

-Wexico City 

,Cabul Afghanistan 

Ispahan Persia 

-^ieruaalem Palestine , 

Madrid , ,  Spain 

Munich Bavaria 

Geneva Switzerland ... 


Feet 
sea 


above 
level. 
15,640 
18,690 
18,454 
13,330 
12,870 
11,380 
9,99.) 
9,543 
8.242 
7,965 
7,852 
7,400 
6,360 
4,140 
2,200 
1,995 
1,764 
1,230 


Euphrates 1,670 

Indus 1,650 

Ganges 1,500 

Brahmaputra  .1,500 
Amoo,  or  Oxua.1,300 

Irrawaddy 1,200 

Sihon   ..,    ....    900 
Meinam 800 


AFRICA. 

Nile 4,000  |  Senegal 1,200 

Niger 8,700     Orange 1,000 

Zainbeze 1,850  I  Gambia 708 


The  Grand  Divisions  of  the  Earth. 


Grand  Divisions, 


Asia 

Africa 

BTorth  America. 
South  America 

Oceanica 

Europe  


Area, 


16,415,768 
11,556,660 
9,059,937 
6,954.131 
4,388,025 
3,830,357 


DISTANCES   AT   WHICH   MOUNTAINS 
HAVE    BEEN   SEEN. 

Mountains.  Miles. 

Himalaya  Mts 244 

Mt.  Ararat aiO 

Mt.  Chimborazo 160 

Peak  of  Teneriffe 185 

Mt.  Athos,  G^eeM 100 


TotaL 1  52,204,! 


Population, 


751,062,475 
191,000.000 
69,539,474 
27,592,600 
30,248,38:1 
301,753,419 


1,361,196,351 


TENNESSEE. 

Placet  Yapresented  oa  the  map  by  oumben. 


1  Troy, 

2  Dyersburg, 
8  Paris. 

4  Huntingdon. 
6  Dover, 

6  Waverly, 

7  Aehland, 

8  Smithville, 

9  Livingston, 
10  Jamestown, 

.11  Iluntaville, 
12  MaynardBviUe, 
18  Tazewell, 
14  Rogersville, 


15  Tayloi-aville, 

16  Ellzabethtown, 

17  Kingaton, 

18  Madiaonville, 

19  Athena, 

20  Decatur, 

21  Dunlap, 

22  McMlnnville, 
28  Manchester, 
84  Waynesboro, 

25  Decaturville, 

26  Savannah, 

27  Purdy, 
38  Bolivar. 


ADDITIONAL    CITIES    AND    TOWNS. 


,AMES  OF  t&ITIES  AND  iOWNS  ^BEPRESENTED  ON  THE 


>$  BY  ^UMBERS. 


ALABAKA. 

1  TuHcumbia. 
■i  UuHBellrlUe. 

3  Moulton. 

4  Bellefonte. 
6  Lebanon. 

6  IlluuntsvUle. 

7  Center. 

8  JacknonrUle. 
8  ABhvllle. 

10  'Ja(*i>er. 

11  Pikovllle. 

U  KuyotteviUo. 

13  llilabcc. 

14  Wodowee. 

15  Rot^kford. 

16  Mariun. 

17  Linden. 

18  Crawfofd 

19  Uutler. 

80  Qrore  Hill. 
SI  St.  Stephens. 
n  HonroeTllle. 

88  Troy. 
MBotledge. 
95  0»irk. 

m;  KUa. 
87  Newton. 
8^  .\tulaln9ia. 
aj  Sparta. 

ASKAHSAS. 

I  ItentonvlIIe. 
8  Carrollton. 

3  Jasper. 

4  Lelianon. 
6  Sherman. 

6  Pilot  niil. 

7  Sinithville. 

8  Mt.  Olive. 

9  QainesTllls. 

10  Osceola. 

11  Jone«boro. 

12  llarrUbart;. 

13  ItatoHvllle. 

14  JackKonport 

15  Clinton. 

16  Ozark. 

IT  CI  irk.vlUe. 
18  Dover. 
I'J  Lewisbnrg. 
8J  AiwuKta. 

81  Marion. 

22  .Ht.  Vernon. 
v<i  Clarendon. 
81  Uc  Witt. 
^5  BrovvnRvllle. 
8G  Perryvllle. 
87  Danville. 
83Mt.  Ids. 

89  Dallas, 
an  Benton. 
81  Kockport. 
38  Princeton. 

83  .\rkansas  Po»t 
34  Napoleon. 
SSMonllcell  >. 
S<i  Lake  Villn'.^, 
87  Hambiirjj. 
38  Hampton. 
30  Kl  Dorado. 

40  C^iltioun. 

41  Ltnvesville. 
4^  Washington. 
43  Locksbarg. 

CORK. 

1  SulBeld. 
8  Vernon. 

3  Colchester. 

4  Windham. 
(>  Putnam. 

C  Woodstock. 

7  Oarhev. 

8  Brinford. 

9  Guilf.)rd. 

CALIFOBinA. 

1  Santa  CiTiz. 
8  Eureka. 

3  Nana  City. 

4  Oilroy. 

R  Brooklyn. 
6  PlacervUIe. 
T  OrovlUe. 
P  Sonora. 
r  WatsooTllki. 

10  Columbia. 

II  Monterey. 
1>  San  I'libfo. 
1"  Yreka  C.ty. 
14  Colusa, 

It  Orleans  Bar. 
V:  Weaverville. 

17  Shasta  City. 
iS  Susjinville. 
ir  <>ii}nry. 

St;  K.-d  Blntr. 
21  DownieviUe. 
8^  Lakeport. 
»  Mariposa. 


84  Snelllng. 
86  MUlertoD. 
86  KeysviUe. 
STBavilah. 

DAKOTA. 

1  Mcdary. 
8  Maxwell. 

3  Sivan  Lake. 

4  Sioux  Falla. 

5  Bon  Homme. 

6  Vermilion. 

7  Elk  Rirer. 

FLOEIBA. 

1  EachreAnna. 

8  Cerro  Oordo. 
8  Holme*  Valley 

4  Mariana. 

5  Newport. 

8  ITewnansTUta. 

7  Wacaaaaaa. 

8  Adamsville. 

9  Bayport. 

10  Enterprise. 

11  Tampa. 
18  Manatu. 

13  Susanna. 

14  Key  Biscayne. 

OEOBQIA. 

1  Trenton. 

2  Ringgold. 

3  La  Fayette. 

4  SammenrlUek 

6  Mortjantown. 
6  Btalr«TiUe. 
7Dahkniea. 

8  ClarkaTflle. 

9  Cameertlle. 

10  fSimmlTi^ 

11  LawrencerlUa. 
1-3  .Tell^raon. 

13  Elborton. 
U  Lincotnton. 

15  Lexirii^on. 
HI  Washington. 

17  WatkinsvUle. 

18  Monroe. 

19  Tallapooea. 

80  CampbelltoD. 

81  Carrollton. 
88  Franklin. 

83  McDonough. 
at  Covington . 
86  Qreensboro. 
86  Warrenton. 
17  Batonton. 
88  Jackson. 
SB  Tbomaston. 
SO  Hamilton. 
81  Ta.bottOD. 
Si  Sandersvllle. 

83  LoaUrllle. 

84  Waysesbora 

85  Sylvania. 

86  Slatesboro. 

87  ReldsTine. 

83  Mt.  Vernon. 
X)  Itawklus. 

40  •lacksonvllle. 

41  Ilolne'ville. 
4i  Irwinville. 

43  Brans  .vlck. 

44  Wareaboro. 
41  Magnolia. 

46  NaATlDe. 

47  TroupvUle. 

48  Moolble. 
tt  .Ubany. 
fiOCamilk 

61  Balnbridob 

aiOidgalt. 

SSBUiidy. 

nxnTon. 

1  Belvldere. 
a  Woodstock. 

3  Mi.  Carroll. 

4  Oregon. 

5  .Sycamore. 

6  (jenera. 

7  NapienrOle. 

8  YorkTiIle. 

9  Morris. 

10  Keithshurg. 

11  Oquawka. 
I'i  KnoxriQe. 

13  Toalon. 

14  Hennepin. 
l}I^con. 

16  Metamora. 

17  Pontile. 
1"*  Cartlmtre 
r»  M;iconil». 

20  Lewiston. 

21  Havana. 
'2i  Lincoln. 
23  ;iinton. 

84  MontlceDo. 
SSFaxton. 


16  Mt.  Steriine. 

87  RusbviUc. 

88  Beardstown. 

29  Petersbunr. 
SO  PittsfleU. 
81  Winchester, 
as  TaylorsTllle. 
as  SuUlTan. 

M  Tnscola. 
86  Carrollton 
86  Hardin. 
37  .lerseyville. 
*i  llillsboro. 

30  Windsor. 

40  Greenup. 

41  Marshall. 

42  Edwardsville. 
48  Oreenrtlle. 

44  Vandalla. 

45  Sfflngham. 

46  Newton. 
47BoblnK>n. 
48  Carlyle. 
40  Salem. 

60  LewlBTille. 

61  Waterloo. 
St  NasbvUle. 
BS  Mt.  Vernon. 
84FairfleU. 

66  Albion. 
66Mt.CanneL 

67  Chester. 

88  PinkneyrlDe. 
60  Benton. 

60  McLeansboro. 
81  Marpbysboro. 
(B  Marlon. 

as  Barrlsbnrg. 
84  Jonesboro. 
as  Vienna. 
aSOoloonda. 
ST  EHiabetli. 
SSTbebea. 
ae  Caledonia. 
70  Metropolla. 

INSIAHA. 
1  Crown  Point. 
8  Valparaiso. 
8  La  Orange. 
4  Angola. 
6  Knoz. 

6  Plymouth. 

7  \\  arsaw. 

8  Albion. 
8  Anbnm. 

10  Renaaelaer. 

11  Wtnamac 
18  Rochester. 

13  Colombia. 

14  Kent. 

16  MontlceDo. 
16Wabsab. 

17  Huntington. 

18  Blufflon. 

19  Decatar. 
80  Ozrord. 
a  Delphi 
88  Kokoma. 
88  Marion. 
84  llarlford. 
16  Portland. 

56  Wllllamaport. 
97  Covington. 
18  Frankfort. 

W  Tipton. 

50  Aiiderson. 

51  Wincbeetet. 
S8  Lebanon, 
as  Newcastle. 
84  Newport. 
86  Danrilte 

86  Oreenflctd. 

87  Centrevllle. 
SB  Bockville. 

ae  BowllngOraen 

40  Spencer. 

41  MiutlnsTUle. 
48  Franklin. 

43  Shelbyville. 
41  Itasbville. 

46  Connorsrilla. 
46  Liberty. 
47SnHiTan. 
4BBIoomfleld. 
40  Bloominstga. 
80  Naahrille. 

61  OraenaboTg. 
BSBrookrille. 
OB  WaaUogton. 
MDoTerHUL 
66  Bedford. 

66  Brownatown. 

57  Vemoo. 

68  Versatile*. 
eBPrinoeton. 
09  Petersbnrg. 
01  Jasper. 
fllPaoli. 

03  Salem. 
M  Ixizington. 
65  Vevay. 


66  Rising  San. 

67  Mt.  Vernon. 
08  BoonOTOle. 
OOBockport. 

70  Borne. 

71  Predonia, 
78  0o<7don. 
78  Oharleeum. 

IOWA. 

1  BatberviUe. 
8  Forest  City. 
SMiteheU. 
4  (fresco. 
6  Waterman. 
6  Emmattabarg. 


7  Uppe-  Qrove. 

8  Marc  t  City. 

9  Charles  City. 

10  Bradford. 

11  West  rnlon. 

12  El  Kader. 
USpencei; 
14Bolfe. 

16  Dakota. 

16  OnUrio. 

17  Hampton. 

18  Clarksvllle. 
lu  Melbuorue. 
10  Ida. 
SlSacaty. 
»  Lake  City. 
18  Webster. 
MEUota. 
SBOmndy. 

16  Delhi. 

17  Carrollton. 

18  Jelllsrson. 
SO  BoooesbOfo. 
SO  Nevada. 
SlTtdedo. 
aiVintOD. 

aa  Marion. 

MBetlenie. 

aOMagnoUa. 

SSHanan. 

STBzlra. 

aSPanora. 

aOAdel. 

40  Newton. 

41  Hontesonuk 
41  Marengo. 
48  Tipton. 
44Lewla. 

46  FontanaDa. 

46  WintarseL 

47  Indlanoia. 
481>ella. 

48  81gaanieT. 

n  QoUey. 
a  Afton. 
asOsoeok. 
MAlbia. 
66Fairfleld. 
flO  Wapdk>. 
07  Sidney. 
OSClarinda. 
SB  Bedford. 
•DMt.Ayr. 
01  Leon. 

05  Corydon. 

03  Centrorille. 

04  BlooniflnkL 

06  Ksosaaqne. 

KAH8A8. 

1  Kirwin. 
8  Oaylonl. 
S  BeOevllle. 
4  Washington. 
SMaiysTDle. 
OSeoeea. 
TBUwatba. 

8  Troy. 

9  Bclolt. 

10  Clay  Centre. 

11  Ix>ulsTllle. 

12  Holton. 

I'I  Manhattan. 

MOskalooea. 

IB  Hays. 

lORnsaelL 

nSaHns. 

18  Abilaaa. 

ISAtana. 

SO  BnriliigUM. 

n  Marlon. 

BCottonw'dFns 

«  Moimd  City. 

MBUondo. 

KBonkft. 

16  Sanmer. 

SrWfaiMd. 

HFredonia. 

lOOlrard. 

30  Pern. 

31  Independence. 

KKNTUCKT. 

1  Borllngton. 


$  Independence. 
8  .Alexandria. 

4  Warsaw. 

6  WilUamstown 

6  Falmouth. 

7  Washington. 

8  Clarksbarg. 

9  Greennpso'g. 

10  Bedfortl. 

11  Carrollton. 
18  Owenton. 
ISCynthlana. 
14CirUsl«. 

16  FlemiiigBbnis 

16  Morehmd. 

17  Qrayaon. 

18  Catlettsbarg. 

19  TaylorsrlUc. 

50  Uiwrencebnrg 

51  Geoisetown. 
88  Wtaiaiester. 
«  Mt.  BterUng. 
M  Owtngsrille. 
S6  WestUberty. 
SSLoniaa. 

fr  Hardlnsbarg. 
S8  Bardstown. 
SB  Springfield. 

80  HarrcMsbuiv. 

81  NIcholasvilM. 
88  Richmond. 
88  Irvine. 

St  SalversTille. 
SB  PaintTlIle. 
S6  Motganfleld. 

87  Dixon. 

88  Olhonn. 

89  Hartford. 

40  Utchlleld. 

41  UodgiovUle. 
48  Lebuioo. 
48  Stanford. 
44  Tancaster. 
4SMcK«e. 

46  BoooeTlHe. 

47  Jackson. 

48  Prestonbaig. 
4BPikston. 
gOBIandTiUe. 
61  Smithland. 
Bi  Marion. 
6SBddyTUle. 
64Ptlnoetoo. 
86  MaditonvlDe. 

66  QreenvlUe. 

67  Morgantown. 

68  Brownsrllle. 
SBMnnf'dsriUe. 
ao  Oreensbanr. 
OlUberty. 

OS  Mt.  Vernon. 
08  London. 
04  Manchester. 
OBHanrd. 
60  Whltesboig. 
07  Clinton. 
OBMaylleM. 
00  Murray. 

70  Cadiz. 

71  Eikton. 
1!  Franklin. 

73  ScottsTilie. 

74  Tompklnsr'la. 
7.)  Glasgow. 

76  BarkesTllle. 

77  Cohimbia. 

78  Jamestown. 
7»  Albany. 

80  Mootlcello. 

81  Somerset, 

8!  WlUlamsbnrg. 

83  BarboorsvUla. 

84  Mu  Pleasant. 

LOmSIANA. 

1  Belletlew. 

5  Homer. 

a  Farmerarille. 
4Bastarop. 

6  Proridenoe. 
ORIdunond. 

7  Wlimsboro'. 

8  ColnmbU. 

9  Vernon. 
10  WinOdd. 
UMuisMd. 
ISQnmdOao*. 
ISlUnny. 

14  Harrlsonboig. 
IB  St.  Joseph. 
lOVldaUa. 

17  Alexandria. 

18  MarksTine. 

19  Point  Conneo. 

50  W.Baton  R'ge 

51  Lislxm. 
SS  Hoarao. 

83  (!ovinirton. 

84  Fmnkllnton. 

85  Greensburg. 

86  Clinton 
87St.FrancisT'lc 


KADIE. 
1  Machias. 
S  Princeton. 

5  Mattawamk'g. 
4  Steuben. 
OBnfleldv 

6  Dover. 

7  Frankfort 

8  Uncolnville. 
BBkxmifleld. 

10  Newport. 

11  ReadfleM. 
18  Jay. 
ISBetbcl. 

14  Paris. 

KASTLAin). 

1  Westminster. 
8  KIkton. 
8  Cbestartown. 
4  Bockville. 

6  Pr.  Fred'kton. 
e  Port  Tobacco. 

7  Cambridge. 
SLeotukrdtown. 

XAS8. 

1  Fltchbntg. 

8  Clinton. 

3  Milford. 

4  Ablngton. 
BAttleboro. 
ODeerfleU. 

lacmoAKT. 

1  Houghton. 
ICrossrUle. 
8  Alpena. 

4  Sherman. 

6  Midland. 
OVaasar. 

7  Lexington. 

8  St.  John. 
B  Corunna. 

10  Allegan. 

11  HaaOngs. 
ISCbarloSe. 
18  Mason. 
UBowen. 
IB  Pawpaw. 
10  Berrien. 

17  Cassopolts 

18  Centrevllle. 

mnnsoTA. 

1  OtterUllCity. 

5  Long  Prairie. 
8  Uttte  FaUs. 

4  Hanover. 
B  Bmnswick. 

6  Fortuna. 

7  Twin  Ijikes. 

8  Alexandria. 
B  Wintbrop. 

10  Sauk  Centre. 

11  Watab. 

15  Cambridge. 

18  Chengwataaa. 

14  Harrison. 
IB  Forest  City. 
10  MontlceUo. 

17  Orono. 

18  Taykir'a  Falls. 

19  Oleoooe. 
SOOiaska. 
SI  Beaver. 
8S  New  Dim. 

53  Le  Saeor. 

54  Watonwan. 
SBMadelU. 

SO  Wilton. 

87  Mantorvine. 

88  Orelchtown. 
SB  .Tnckson. 

80  Fairtnount. 

81  Albert  Lea. 

82  Caledonia. 

KISSISSIPFI. 
1  Hernando. 
8  Anstina. 
SRlploy. 
4  Fulton. 

6  Pontotoc. 
0  CoffeevUle. 

7  Cbarieston. 

8  Friar's  Point 
B  Bolivar. 

10  McNutt 

11  Carrollton. 

15  Greensboro*, 
lastarkvflle. 

14  Kosdnsko. 

15  Lexington. 
IS  Macon. 

17  De  Kalb. 

18  Pliiladelphia. 
IB  Yaxoo  City. 
SO  Brandon. 


81  Raleigh. 
88Paalmng. 
23  Quitman. 
U  Winchester. 

16  EUi  vllle. 

SB  WUlianubDrg 

87  Gallatin. 

IB  Fort  Gibson. 
»  WoodvlDe. 
SO  Liberty. 
81  Hohnesvflla. 
Si  Angusta. 
SaLAsville. 
84  Misslssio'iCy. 

USSOTTBI. 
1  Ruckport 
SMaryviUe. 
8  Grant  City. 
4  Albany. 
6  Bethany. 

6  Princeton. 

7  DnionTille. 
K  Laacaater. 

8  Memphia. 
M  WaUrioo. 
II  MaysvlUe. 
1^  Trenton. 

13  Milan. 

14  KirksviUe. 
IBBdina. 

10  MontlceUo. 

17  Kingston. 
ISLtnnens. 

19  Bk>omington. 

80  ShelbyviUe. 

81  Pahnyra. 

88  Carrolltou. 
S3  HunlKviile. 
84  Paris. 

SS  New  London. 
16  BowllncOreen 
RMarshan 

18  Fayette. 
IB  Cotnmbla. 

80  Fnlton. 

81  Danville. 
81  Warrenton. 
88  Troy. 

84  HarrisonviDo. 
as  Warsaw. 

86  Versailles. 

87  Tnsciunbla. 

88  Union. 

SB  HiUslwro. 

40  Osceola. 

41  Hermitage. 

48  Linn  Creek. 
48Rolla. 

44  SteelvlDe. 
46  Fannington. 

46  St  Genevieve, 

47  Perryvllle. 
481iimar. 

49  Stockton. 

60  Bolivar. 

61  Boflklo. 

a  Wayuesvl  le. 
a  Salem. 
64  Lestervine. 

63  Frederickto'n. 
H  Jackson. 

B7  Carthage, 
a  Mt  Vernon, 
a  Ozark, 
a  Marshlleld. 
61  Hartvllki. 
tt  Houston, 
a  Bminence. 

64  Greenville, 
a  Benton. 

a  PlnevlUe. 
87Casavi]le. 
a  Galena, 
a  Forsyth. 
TOVeraCnu. 
71  OalneavUle. 
71  West  Ftelns. 
78  Tomasvllle. 
74  Poplar  Bhilt 
7B  Bloomfleld. 
78  Charleston. 
77  .New  Ma<lrid. 

NEBRASKA 


Iflt 
SPonca, 

8  Antelope. 
4  Pierce. 

6  La  Porte. 

6  CUnton. 

7  West  Point 
STekama. 

9  Scboyler. 
lOSavnnah. 
llOsceotau 
18  Ashland. 

15  Bellevne. 
14  Omrllle. 

16  York. 
16  Henry. 
ITFtaaaantHin. 


18  Hebron. 

19  Tecnmseh 

80  Pawnee  City. 

NET  ASA. 
1  StiUwator. 
SUPUla. 
8  Aurora. 

4  HIko 

6  Humboldt. 
6  Belmont. 

ITEWHAMr. 

1  Uorluun. 

5  Dallon. 

5  Conway. 

4  Moultonboro. 

6  Orford. 

6  Wan  en. 

7  Grafton. 

8  Sallsbnr)'. 
B  Amherst 

NEW  JIB6ET. 
1  Newton. 

5  SummervUle. 
SFIemlngton. 

4  Freehold. 

6  Mt  BoUy. 

0  Tom's  River. 

7  Woodbury. 

8  Belvl'Jere. 
BBalem. 

NEW  TOBX. 

1  Malfine. 

5  MayvUle. 

S  Utile  Valley. 

4  Warsaw. 

B  Sandy  Hin. 
OMonOcello. 

7  Goshen. 

8  Clarkstown. 
BTanytown. 

V.  CABOUNA. 

1  JeAnson. 

5  Boose. 

8  Wllkesboro*. 
4  Danbary. 

6  Winston. 

6  Wentworth. 

7  YauceyviUe. 

8  Graham. 

8  llillsboro'. 

10  Roxboio'. 

11  Loulshurg. 
18  Warrenton. 

13  11  lilkz. 

14  Winton. 
IB  Gatesville. 

16  EUsaheili  City 

17  WlUiamston. 

18  Hertford. 
IB  GreenvlUe. 
a  Onslow. 

SI  Keenansville. 
a  Clinton. 
a  Smithville. 
84  Whites  ville. 
a  Lumberton. 
a  Rockingham, 
-.7  Carthage, 
a  Pittsboro'. 
a  Ashboro'. 
a  Troy. 

81  Wadeeboro' 
a  Monroe. 

a  Lexington. 
M  Concord, 
a  Mocksvine. 
a  Taytorsvine. 
87  Newton, 
a  Ltnoolnlon. 
aDallas. 
a  Shelby. 
41  Rntherfordton 
48  Oohimbus. 
4'1  WayneevUe. 
44  Franklin. 
46  Murphy. 

OHIO. 

IBryan. 
SWanseon. 
8  Perrysltuij. 
4  Clinton. 
8  BellcTue. 
SElyrla. 
7  Painesville. 
SCbardon. 
B  Jeflbrson. 

10  Defiance. 

11  N.'^poleon. 
18  Paulding. 

13  K  llda. 

14  Up. Sandusky. 

15  Bncvms, 

16  A>ihland. 

17  Medina. 


18  Ravenna. 

19  Warren. 

80  CanfiuM. 

81  Van  Wert 
aCelina. 

a  Wapakoneta. 
84  Kenton, 
a  Mart  n. 
a  Mt.  Oilead. 
87  Mt.  Vernon, 
a  Wooster. 
'J>  Millcrsburg. 
a  New  Phila. 
^1  Cai  ronton, 
a  New  LIsboiL 
a  Sidney. 
SIBellefontaine. 
a  (ireenvlll& 
a  Troy. 
87  MaiTsvllle. 
a  Coshocton. 
BCadla. 

40  Eaton. 

41  London. 
48  Lancaster. 

43  Somerset 

44  Cambridge. 
46  St  Ckilisville. 

46  Lebanon. 

47  WUmington. 

48  Washington. 
4B  Logan. 

a  McOonnollsT. 
61  Sarabevllle. 
a  WoodfleM. 
a  McArtbnr. 
64  Athens. 
W  Batavla. 
M  Georgetown. 
m  West  Union, 
a  P  keton. 
a  Jackson, 
a  Gallipolis. 

OSEOON. 

1  Forest  Grove. 

5  Esst  Portland. 
8  Jacksonville. 
4  Astoria. 

B  Ranler. 

PENNSTLT'A 

I  Mercer. 
8  Butler. 

3  Urookville. 

4  Emporium. 

6  Condersport. 
(1  Sunbnry. 

7  Hlltotd. 

8  Doylestown. 
8  Lebanon. 

I  <  McOoi'cllfb'g 

11  ElMinsburg. 

12  Inditiita. 

13  Kittanntng. 

14  t^merset. 
IB  ITniontown. 
IB  Waynesburg. 
17  Lcwlsbuig. 

8  CASOLINA. 
1  Anderson. 
8  Spartanburg. 
8  YorkvUIe 

4  LaurensviUe. 

6  Dnionville. 

0  Cbestervllle. 

7  Lancaster. 

8  Chesterfield. 
B  Marion. 

10  Camden. 

II  EdgeficM. 

15  Orangdmrg. 

13  Kingstree. 

14  Bamwdl. 

16  Waterboro*. 

TENH.  (opp.  p.) 

TEXAS. 

1  Bonham. 

5  Paris. 

5  Mt.  Pleasant 
4  Henderson. 

6  Jasper. 

6  Fort  Duncan. 

7  San  Patricio. 

8  Corvalltas. 

9  RioGrandeCy. 

UTAH. 

1  Wlllard  City. 
8  Promontory. 
8  Harmony. 
4  Uintah. 
BUM. 

VERMONT. 

1  Newport. 
8  Irasbunr. 
8  Hyde  Park. 


4  Chelsea 

6  Fayelteville. 
6  Shattesl>ury. 

VIBGINU. 
1  Woodstock. 

5  Front  Royal. 
8  Warrenton. 
4  Washington. 

6  Luray. 

6  Culpepper. 

7  Madison. 

8  Slanardvllle. 
B8noils\lvaula. 

10  Monterey. 

11  BowPg  Green. 
1-;  Louisa. 

13  Tappahan'ock 

14  Himover. 
IBUealhsvlllc. 

16  ISDcastcr. 

17  Balnda. 

18  i-'milhfield. 
11)  Surry. 

n  Priiirc  Oeorgs 
SI  r^uflolk. 
a  Jerusalem, 
a  Sussex. 

14  Goochland, 
a  PowhataiL 
a  Amelia. 

S7  Nottoway, 
a  Lanenluirg. 
a  Boydlon. 
achailette. 
81  Ap'roat'xi'.H. 
81  Lovingfion. 
a  Amliersl. 
M  Campbell. 
a  Piltsylvi.nia. 
aMarrliisvllle. 
S7  Rockv  Mount 
a  Fiiirastli'. 
a  Newcastle. 
40Cliristlansb'g. 

41  Parlsbtirg. 

42  Patrick 

43  HillHvllle. 

44  Bland. 

I  46  Marlon. 
4<\  Bnrbtinnn. 
47  (iliidesvllle. 
4.S  EstllivUle. 

WASH.  TEE. 

1  Moiites-no. 
8  Oyslirvllle. 

3  Port  Muilison. 

4  Cathlaniet. 

6  SlioliolnishCr. 

W.  TIBOINU. 

1  St.  Mary's. 

2  Clat  kshurg, 
8  New  Creek. 

4  Bath. 

6  Rcmncy. 
(1  (iraiit. 

7  Moonllrld. 
H  Franklin. 
list  Oeorge. 

10  linn  isi  iTle. 

11  Gruntsvillo. 
18  Spencer. 

15  Jackson. 
14  Clay. 

16  Hamlin. 

16  Wsyne. 

17  BslUnlsTille. 
ISPerrysvillo. 

wiscoMeur. 

1  Grantsbntv. 

5  StCroix  Falls. 
SPrescott 

4  Menomonee. 

6  NeillsvlUe. 
G  Wanaau. 

7  Sturgeon  Bay. 

8  Pepin. 

9  Fountain  City. 

10  GalesvUle. 

11  Black  ItFaDa. 

18  Grand  Baplda. 
18  Plover. 

14  Mnkws. 
16  Kewaunee. 

16  Vlrnqua. 

17  New  Lisbon. 

18  Ft  Atkinson. 
10  Mmtello. 

a  W  automa. 
81  Chilton. 
K  Richland, 
a  Itaraboo. 
84  Juneau, 
a  West  Bend, 
a  Ozaukee, 
17  Lancaster, 
ajeffierson. 
aElkbom. 
to  WanpaOL 


TABLES. 


POPULATION  OF  THE  PEINCIPAL  CITIES,  TOWNS,  AND  VILLAGES  IN  THE  UNITED  STATES. 


From  the  Census  of  1870.      *  The  star  indicates  the  Population  in   1875. 


ALABAMA. 

Mobile 32,034 

Mont^mcry.  10,588 
Selma 6.484 

ARIZONA 
Tucson 8,224 

ARKANSAr 

Little  Rock.  12.380 

Pine  Bluff....  2.081 

Hot  Spring?..  1,276 
Van  Buren . . . 


985 


CALIFORNIA 

S.  Francisco*270,000 
Sacramento..  16,283 
Oakland 10,500 


Stockton 
San  Jose  — 
Grass  Valley . 

Vallejo 

Los  Angeles. 
MarysTiIle  . . . 
Petaluma 


10,066 
9,089 
7.063 
6.391 
5,728 
4,7.38 
4   '" 


8,«i5 
8,140 


Nevada 3,988 

CONNECTICUT. 

New  Haven..  50,840 

Hartford 37,180 

Bridgeport  ..  18,96'.) 

Norwich 18,653 

Norwalk 12,119 

Waterbnry...  10,8-3fl 
Stamford  ....  9,714 
New  Britain .    9,4S3 

COLORADO. 

Denver »2U,U00 

Central  City...  2,360 

DELAWARE. 

Wilmington..  30,841 
Smyrna.  ...  2,110 
Newcastle..  1,916 
Dover 1,906 

DIST.  COLUMBIA. 

Washington.  109,199 
Georgetown.    11,384 

FLORIDA, 

Jacksonville.  *ll,tl00 

Pensacola *3,.347 

Tallahassee...  *2..5:M 


GEORGIA. 

Savannah 28, 

Atlanta 21,789 

Augusta 15,389 

Macon 10,810 

Columbus....     7,401 

Athens 4,261 

Milledgeville.    2,750 

Rome  2,748 

Americas 8,259 

ILLINOIS. 

Chicago *39S,408 

auiucy •35,670 

Peoria •26,247 

Springfield. ..*2S,116 
Bloomington.  14,590 

Aurora 11,162 

Rockford  ....  11,019 

Galesburg  . . .  10,15S 

.Jacksonville .    9,203 

Alton   ... 

Belleville 

Rock  Is  land.. 'lO.RU 

Preeport 7,889 

Ottawa 7,73(3 

.Joliet 7,26.') 

Decatur 7,16! 

Galena 7,019 

Pekin 5,6!)6 

E.  St.  Louis..    5,61-! 

Lk.  Salle ,5,200 

Kankakee.. 
Danville . . . 
Moumo'ith. 
Waukegan. 

Moline 

Dixon 

Sterling.  .. 
Litchfield ....    3,852 

Warsaw 3.583 

Mendota 3,.')40 

Canton 3,-303 

Cairo •10,S74 

Elgin 5,441 

INDIANA. 

Indianapolis.  *62, 169 
Evansville . . .  21,n:i0 
Fort  Wayne.. *25.800 
Terre  Haute. •19,794 
New  Albany .  ]5.:»6 
Lafayette   ...  13,.t06 

Madison *ll,778 

Richmond  . . .  9,445 
Logansport . .  8,950 
Jeffersonville  7,254 
South  Bend..    7,206 

I-a  Porte 6..5S1 

Vinceiines...  »e.rM) 
Michigan  City  8,985 
Peru 3,617 


5,189 
4,731 
4,«0J 
4,507 
4,106 
4,055 


I  IOWA. 

Dubuque  ...•23.(»6 
Davenport. ..•21,234 
Burlington  ..*I9.987 
DCS  Moines.. »14, 443 

Keokuk 12.'H)6 

Council  Bluffs  10,020 
Iowa  City...  '9.000 
Muscatine...  '7,940 
Cedar  Rapids  *7,179 

.Clinton 6,129 

Ottnmwa 6,214 

Waterloo 

Mt.  Pleasant. 

Lyons 

Fort  Madison 
Sioux  City. .. 
Marshalltown 
Oskaloosa  . . . 
Fort  Dodge.. 
Cedar  Fails . . 
Independence 
Washington  . 

vVaverly 

Dccorah 2,110 

Anamosa....  2,083 
McGregor....  2,074 
Chariton 1,728 

KANSAS. 

Leavenworth.  17,873 
8,:j30 


IDonaldsonvllle  1,573 


4,337 
4,245 
4,088 
4,011 
3,401 
3.21« 
3,204 
3,095 
3,070 
2,945 
2,575 
2,291 


Lawrence 
Atchison. . . 

Topeka 

Port  Scott . 
Ottawa  . . . 
Wyandotte. 
Emporia. . . 


7,051 
5,790 
4,174 
2,941 
2,940 
2,163 


KENTUCKY. 

Louisville. ..*130,(XJ0 
Covington  ...*30.000 

Newport *20,000 

Lexington . . .  14.801 
Paducah.  ...•12,000 
Frankfort. . . .    5.396 

Maysville 4,705 

Bowling  Green*6,n00 
Henderson. . .  4,171 
Owensboro..  3,437 
Verseilles....  3,263 
Hopkinsville.    3,1-36 

Danville 2,542 

ShelbyvUle...    2,180 

LOUISIANA. 

New  Orleans.*a03.439 
Baton  Rouge.  6,;>18 
Shreveport...    4,007 

Monroe 1,949 

Thibodeaux..    1.923 


Opelousas  . 
New  Iberia  . . 
Plaquemines. 
Natchitoches. 
Franklin 


1,546 
1,473 
1,460 
1,401 
1,265 


MAINE, 

Portland 34,4» 

Bangor 18,1 

Lewiston 13,600 

Biddelord.  . .  10,282 

Augusta 7,808 

BatTl 7,371 

Rockland ....  7,074 

Auburn 6,169 

Calais 5,944 

Belfast 5,278 

HaUoweU....  3,007 

MARYLAND, 

Baltimore..  *350,000 
Frederick....  8,526 
Cumberland..  8,050 
Hagerstowu .  5,7T9 
Annapolis  . . .     5,744 

MASSACHUSETTS. 

Boston •.341,919 

Lowell 

Worcester 
Cambridge. 
Pall  River. 
Lawrence. 

Lynn *.32.000 

Springfield  ..*31 

Salem  *26,063 

New  Bedford.  *26,876 
Somerville.  ..*21,868 

Chelsea •20,695 

Taunton ^20,429 

Gloucester . .  .•16,754 

Holyoke *16.! 

Newton •16,105 

Haverhill ....  *14,628 
Newburyport*13..323 
Pitchburg....*12,289 
Pittsfield •12,287 


Flint 

Lansing 

Monroe 

Marshall 

Pontiac 

Niles 

Cold  Water  . 

Hillsdale 

Manistee 

Wyandotte... 

Owasso 

St.  Clair 

La  Peer 

Big  Rapids... 


.  *49,««7 
.•49.203 
.  •47,832 
.  •45,-340 
.•34,901 


MICHIGAN. 

Detroit •103,770 

Grand  Rapids  16,507 

•Jackson 11,447 

E.  Saginaw..  11,.350 

Adrian 8,433 

Kalamazoo  . .    9,181 

Saginaw 7,460 

Ann  Arbor...     7,363 

Bay  City 7,064 

Muskegon  . . .  6,002 
Portlluron..  5,973 
Battle  Creek.  5,838 
Ypsilanti ....    5,471 


5,386 
"7,632 
5,086 
4,925 
4,867 
4,630 
4,381 
3,518 
3,343 
2,731 
2,065 
1,790 
1,772 
1,237 


Gold  Hi 
Hamilton . . . 
Carson  City, 


MINNESOTA. 

St.  Paul •45,147 

Minneapolis.  *32,721 

Winona *10,743 

Red  Wing  . . .  4,260 
Stillwater.  ..  4,iai 
Rochester....    3,953 

Mankato 3,482 

Hastings 3,453 

Duluth 8,131 

Faribault....  3,045 
St,  Cloud....    2,161 

St.  Peter 2,124 

Owatonna  . . .    2,070 

Austin 2,039 

ShakopeeCity  1,347 

MISSISSIPPI. 

Vicksburg...  12,443 

Natchez  9,057 

Columbus 4, 

.Jackson 4,'234 

Holly  Springs    2,406 

/Uierdeen 2,022 

Grenada l,r" 

MISSOURI. 

St.  Louis.... •414,: 
Kansas  City..^24,482 
St.  Joseph... •20,577 
Hannibal....  10,125 
St.  Charles...  5,570 
Springfield..    6,555 

Sedalia 4,560 

Jefferson  City    4,420 
Lexington . . , 
Chillicothe... 

Macon 

Louisiana. . . . 
Cape  Girardeau  3^535 
Booneville...  3,506 
Independence  3,184 
Warrensburg     2,945 

Palmyra 2,615 

Mexico 2.602 

Pleasant  Hill.    2,554 


4,373 
3,973 
3,678 


NEBRASKA. 

Omaha 16,083 

Nebraska ....    6,060 

NEVADA. 

Virginia 7,048 

4,311 
3,913 
3,043 


Saratoga  Spr.    7,.516lNorri9town..  10,'!B8| 

NewBrighton    7,495  Altoona 10,610l 

Kingston....    6,-315' Wilkesbarre .  10,174 


NEW  HAMPSHIRE. 

Manchester..  25,536 
Concord..  ..  12,241 

Nashua 10,543 

Dover 9,294 

Portsmouth..    9,211 

NEW  JERSEY, 

Newark *ia5,059 

Jersey  City  .*116,000 
Paterson.!...  33.579 

Trenton 32,874 

Elizabeth....  20,832 

Hoboken 20,297 

Camden *.3!i,a32 

N.  Brunswick  15,058 

Orange    9,348 

Bridgeton....    6830 

I4ahwav 6,258 

Millville 6,101 

Burlington...     5,817 
Plainfleld . . 

Union 

Harrison. . . 


Flushing 6,223 

Long  Is.  City.  •lO.OOO 

NORTH  CAROLINA. 

Wilmington  .  13,446 

Raleigh 7,790 

Newbeme  . . .  6,849 

Fayetteville. .  4."' 

Charlotte  ....  4,473 

OHIO. 

Cincinnati.. *266,526 
Cleveland  .  .•I45,fi8.3 

Toledo ^52,500 

Columbus....  ^42,707 

Dayton 30,473 

Sandusky....  13,000 
Springfield...  12,652 
Hamilton....  n,081 
Portsmouth..  10,592 
Zanesville  . . .  10,011 

Akron 10,006 

" 8,920 


5,095 
4,640 
4,129 


NEW  YORK. 

New  York.^1,249,868 
Brooklyn....  *483,252 

Buffalo *134,238 

Albany •84,153 

Rochester  ...•82,000 
Syracuse  ....  *49,808 

Troy •48,708 

Utica  •32,089 

Coboes *26,000 

Oswego •22,280 

Poughkeep...  •30,097 

Elmlra *2ft,093 

Auburn •19,616 

Yonkers *17,312 

Newburg  ...  17,041 
Binglmmton  .•16,486 
Schenectady.  *1-3.171 
Lockport....  12,426 

Borne •12.511 

West  Troy...  10,093 

Rondout 10,114 

Ogdensbnrg..*ll,:J40 
Watertown  ..•10.041 

Hudson ^8,794 

Ithaca 8,462 


Titusville....  8,6:^9 

Danville 8,436 

Meadville....  7,103 

Lockhaven. . .  6,988 

Pittston 6,760 

Lebanon 6,737 

Carlisle 6,660 

Columbia....  6,461 

Carhondale  . .  6,393 
Chambersburg  6,308 

New  Castle..  6,161 

Johnstown. . .  6,028 

Tamaqua ....  5,960 

St.  Clair 5,726 

Ashland 6,714 

Westchester.  5,630 

Mahanoy 5,53;3 

RHODE  ISLAND. 

Providence  •100,675 
Newport 12,531 


VERMONT. 

Burlington...  14,387 


8,660 
8,107 
8,075 
8,029 


Chillicothe 

Canton 

Steubenville . 
Youngstown. 

Mansfield 

Newark 6',< 

Xenia 6,.377 

Pioua 5. 

Pomeroy 5,824 

Ironton 5,680 

Delaware 5,641 

Fremont 

Wooster 

Circleville 


6,455 
5,419 
5,407 


Marietta 6,218 

OREGON. 

Portland 8 

Oregon  City.    1,3 


Dalfea 
Forest  Grove 
Eugene  City . 


942 
922 
861 


PENNSYLVANIA. 

Philadelphia^817,000 

Pittsburg....  86,076 

Allegheny  ...  53,180 

Scranton 35,092 

Reading 33,933 

Harrisburg . .  23,104 

Lancaster....  20,233 

Erie 19,646 

Williamsport  16,030 

Allentown...  13,8»4 

PottsviUe....  12,384 

York 11,003 

Easton. 10,987 


Rutland 
Bennington 
Vergennes. 
Brattleboro 


9.834 
2,501 
1,570 
4,93ii 

VIRGINIA. 


SOUTH  CAROLINA 

Charleston.. 
Columbia. . . 
Greenville  . . 
Georgetown 


48,950 
9,298 
2,757 
2,080 


TENNESSEE. 

Memphis 40,2:6 

Nashville....  •27.:M3 


Knoxnlle. . 
Chattanooga . 

Jackson  

Murfreesboro 
Clarksville... 

Columbia 

Brownsville.. 

TEXAS. 

Galveston  ..•40,000 

Houston *30,000 

San  Antonio.  *20.000 
Austin •18.000 


8,682 
6,093 
4,119 
3,502 
3,200 
2,550 
2,457 


51,038 
19,299 
18,950 
13,570 
10,492 
6,825 
4,4TT 


Waco 
BrownsvlHe.. 

Jefferson 

Victoria. .   . . 
Brenliam 


■10,000 
4,905 
4.190 
2.534 
2,221 


UTAH. 

Salt  Lake  City  12,854 

Ogden 3,127 

Provo 2,381 

Logan 1,757 

Mt.  Pleasant.  1,346 

Brigham  City  1,315 


Richmond 

Norfolk 

Petersburg. . 
Alexandria. . 
Portsmouth. 
Lynchburg.. 
Winchester. 
Fredericksburg4ioi6 

Danville 3,463 

Lexington . . .  2,873 
Charlottesville  2,838 
Manchester..  2,699 
Hampton  ....  2,300 
Harrisonijurg    2,036 

WASHINGTON  TER, 

Walla  Walla.    1,394 

Olympia 1,20:S 

Seattle 1,107 

WEST  VIRGINIA. 

Wheeling. . . .  19.280 

Parkersburg.  5,546 

Martinsburg.  4,8<i3 

Charleston  . .  3,162 

Grafton 1,987 

Moundsville.  1,500 

WISCONSIN. 

Milwaukee.  •100,778 

Oshkosh ^n.OlS 

Fond  du  Lac. *15.308 

Racine •13,274 

LaCros.se  ..  .*1 1,012 
Janesville....*]0,115 

Madison •10,093 

Watertown..  ^9,124 

Eau Claire...  *8,440 

Green  Bay. , 

Sheboygan 

Ai)pleton.. 

Manitowoc 

ChippewaF'lls^5,050 

Kenosha *4,959 

Beloit *4,605 

Portage •4,337 

Neenah •4,028 

Monroe 3,408 

Mineral  Point.  3,275 
Beaver  Dam.    3,266 

Ripon 2,976 

Berlin 2,777 

Prairie  duChien2,700 

Oconto 2,665 

Wauke.slia...    2,633 


•8.037 
•6,823 
*6,730 
•5,726 


HISTOEICAL  TABLE  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES, 


states  and  Territories. 

New  Mexico 

Florida 

Virginia 

New  York 

Massachusetts 

New  Jersey 

New  Hampshire 

Maine 

Connecticut 

Maryland 

Rhode  Island. 

Delaware 

Pennsylvania 

North  Carolina 

Wisconsin 

South  Carolina 

Michigan 

Htinois 

Arkansas.  

Indiana 

Texas 

Louisiana 

Alabama 

Mississippi 

Vermont 

Georgia 

Mls.souri 

Tennossej    

California 

Kentucky 

Ohio 

Oregon  I 

Washington ) 

Iowa 

Minnesota    

Utah 

Nebraska 

Kansas 

Colorado 

West  Virginia 

Nevada 


Where  Settled.  By  Whom  Settled.     When. 

Santa  Fe Spanish,  in 1549  . 

St.  Augustine Spanish 1565. , 

Jamestown English 1807. 

Albany  and  Sew  York.  Duhli 1614.. 

riymoiilh English 1620. 

Bergen Batch  and  Danes 1(120. . 

Dover English 1024. . 

To'k English 1630., 

Windsor Emigrants  from  Mass.. 1G3S.. 

St.  Mary's English 1634 . 

I'rmAdence Soger  Williams 1636.. 

Wilmington Swedes  and  Finns 1633.. 

PkUaddphia Swedes 1643.. 

AlbemMrk English 1650. 

Green  Bay French .1669.. 

Fort  Royal English 1670. 

Detroit French 1670., 

Kaskaskia French 1633  . 

Arkansas  Post French 1335., 

Vincennes French 1390. 

liexar Spanish 1692. . 

Iberville French 1699.. 

MobUe French 1711.. 

Natchez French 1716. , 

Fort  Dummer Emigrants  from  Mass . .  1725 . , 

Savannah English 1733.. 

SL  Oencmeve French 1755. 

Fort  Loudon Emigrants  from  N.  C.1757.. 

San  Diego Spanish 1768.. 

BoonsbOTO Daniel  Boone 1770.. 

Marietta Em. from N.  England.. niS.. 

Astoria Em.  from  JV".  England. .  1811  < 

Burlington Em.  from  iV.  England.  .1^^. 

St.  Paul Em.  from  N.  England.. IH6. 

Salt  Lake  City. Mormon  Emigrants 1847. 


When  Admitted. 


....March  3, 

.June  26, 

,  ..July  28, 
....Feb.  5, 
...Dec.    18. 


Area  in       Pop.  in 
Sq.Miles.        1870. 

121,201  111,308 

1845 50,263 188,248 

1788..   .  .  38,:J48 1,225,163 

1788 47,000 4,387,464 

1788 7,800 1,467,351 

1787 8,-320 906,096 

June  21,  1788 9,280 318,300 

March  5,  1820 35,000 826,915 

Jan.      9,  1788 4,750 537,454 

April  28,  1788 11,124 780,894 

May    29,1790 1,-306 217,363 

Dec.      7,  1787 2,120 125,015 

Dec.    12,  1787 46,000 3,522.050 

81,  1789 60,704 1,071,361 

29,  1*48 53,924 1,064,985 

23,  1788 34,000 705,606 

26,  1837 66,451 1,187,234 

3,  1818 55,410 2,639,891 

June  15,  1836 52,198 484,471 

Dec.    11,  1818 8:3,809 1,680,637 

Dec.    29,  1^5 274,366 818,899 

April    8,1812 41,S46 726,915 

Dec.    14,  1819 50,722 996,922 

Dec.    10,1817 47,166 827,922 

March  4,  1791 10,212 830,551 

Jan.      2,  1788 68,000 1,184,109 

10,  1821 67,380 1,721,295 

1,1790 45,600 1,258,520 

9,1850 188,P81 582,031 

1,1792 37,680 1,321,001 

29,  1802 39,964 2,665,260 

14,1859 95,274 101,883 

69,994 87,432 


.Nov. 
.May 
.May 
.Jan. 
.Dec. 


.Aug 
.June 
.Sept. 
.June 
.Nov. 
.Feb. 


.Dec. 

.May 


66,045 1,194,320 

83,531 446,066 

84,476 99.581 

March  1 ,  1867 '?5,995 129,.322 

Jan.    29,1861 81,318 373,299 

Ang.      1,  1876 104,500 47,164 

June  20,  1863 143,766 39,895 

Oct.    31,  1864 104,126 42,491 


28,  1846 
11,  1868. 


PRESIDENTS  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES, 

Names.  Inaugurated.     Years  served. 

George  Washingtoii 1789 8 

John  Adams. 1797 4 

Thomas  Jeffebson 1801 8 

James  Madison   1809 8 

James  MoNBOK 1817 8 

JoHK  QniNCY  Adams 1826 4 

Andrew  Jackson 1829 8 

Martin  Van  Buren 1837 4 

William  H.  Harbison 1841 ,S 

John  Tyler* 1841 SH 

James  K.  Polk 1845 4 

Zachabt  Taylor 1849 IJ 

Millard  Fillmore* 1860 21 

Franklin  Pierce 1853 4 

James  Buchanan 1867 4 

Abraham  Lincoln 1881 4J 

Andrew  Johnson* 1885 SI 

Ulysses  .s.  Grant 1869 8 

RUTUEKFORU  B.  Haybs ISTT 

*  Seated  Vice-President,  and  became  President  on  the  death 
of  predecessor. 


THE  FIEST  THIETEEN  STATES. 


New  Hampshire, 

MASSACmiBETTS, 

Rhode  Island^ 

CONNECTICtTT, 

New  York, 


New  Jersey, 

r*ENN8TLVANIA, 

Delaware, 
Mabtxans^ 


Virginia, 
North  Carolika, 
South  Carolina, 
Georgia. 


MAP-URAWING. 


ROUTES  OF  TRAVEL. 

(See  Map  of  the  Wentern  Stales.) 

What  cities  do  yon  jwss  on  a  voyage  down  the  Ohio  River  ?  Down  the 
Mississippi,  on  its  right  bank  ?     Left  bank  ? 

To  what  cities  can  you  sail  on  a  voyage  fix)m  Chicago  to  Cleveland  ? 
On  what  waters  would  you  sail  ? 

What  cities  would  you  pass  in  traveling  by  railroad  from  Cleveland  to 
Chicago?  St.  Louis  to  >Iilwaukee?  Alton  to  Columbus?  Detroit  to 
Dubuque  ? 

Give  the  direction  and  distance  from  Chicago  to  Qalena.  Chicago  to 
St.  Louis.  St.  Louis  to  Cincinnati.  Cincinnati  to  Detroit.  Louisville  to 
Michigan  City. 

If  the  State  In  which  you  reside  be  represented  on  this  map,  the 
following  will  be  additional  exercises  : 

State  the  direction  from  you  of  Cincinnati, — Chicago, — St.  Looia, — Loois- 
ville, — Detroit, — Milwaukee, — Toledo.     Point  toward  each. 

Mention  all  the  cities  and  towns  in  the  northern  part  of  your  State.  In  the 
eastern, — southern, — westem,^<entral  part. 

How  many  miles  from  you  to  the  cai>ital  of  your  State  ?    To  It?  largest  city  t 

Name  all  the  places  on  the  map  within  fifty  miles  of  your  residence. 

What  is  the  population  of  the  largest  cities  in  your  State  ?     (See"  TABLES.") 

Name  the  prominent  places  in  both  bemispherea  which  are  in  the  same  latL 
tade  as  the  city  in  or  near  which  yon  reside.    Draw  a  map  of  your  State. 


REVI  ETS^. 

CITIES  AND  TOWNS. 


Jn  what  part 

CINCINNATI,  MS 

ST.  LOUIS,  414 

CHICAGO.    896 

LOUISVILLE,    lao 

DETROIT, 

MILWAUKEE, 

CLEVELAND. 

DAYTON. 

INDIANAPOLIS. 

COLUMBUS, 

COVINGTON. 

PEORIA. 

TOLEDO. 

TERRE  HAUTE, 

it»r'nh.hoW.) 


of  what  Slale?      On 

QUINCV, 
DUBUQUE, 
EVANSVILLE, 
DAVENPORT, 
ST.  PA)||, 
FORT  WAYNE, 
LAFAYETTE, 
ZANESVILLE. 
LEXINGTON   (KV,), 
ST.  JOSEPH. 
SANDUSKY, 
GALENA, 
MADISON  (IND.), 
CHILLICOTHE, 


what  trattn'a  f 

KEOKUK. 

GRAND  RAPIDS. 

RACINE. 

JANESVILLE. 

BURLINGTON, 

KALAMAZOO'. 

MADISON.  (WIS. 

HANNIBAL. 

SPRINGFIELD, 

OSHKOSH, 

ALTON, 

ROCK   ISLAND, 

MUSCATINE. 

DES  MOINES, 

(d«  nu><>t'.) 


irhirh  art:  capUals  ? 

LEXINGTON.  (MO) 
BLOOMINGTON, 
JEFFERSON  CITY. 
MINNEAPOLIS, 
WINONA. 

FOND  DU  LAC,  (WIS.) 
)     PRAIRIE   DU  CHIEN. 
GRAND  TRAVERSE, 
FRANKFORT. 
LANSING, 
IOWA  CITY, 
NEW  ALBANY, 
KANSAS, 
COUNCIL  BLUFFS. 


RIVERS. 


Wher«  do  they  rt»«  9     Ifrtwrrn  or  through  what  Stat**  do  they  fiom  f 
Into  what  water*  do  they  fiote  f 


Mississippi  ?  «• 
Ohio  ?  9t 
Tennessee?  » 
Cumberland  ?  « 
Wisconsin? 
Wabash? 
Des  Moines? 
Detroit? 
CmrPEWA? 
Illinois? 

(iUlin-oy',') 


Miami? 

Muskingum  ? 

Kankakee? 

Minnesota? 

Kentucky? 

Kansas? 

Nebraska  ? 

Dakota? 

Kaska.skia? 

Sangamon  ? 

itang'ga-mtiii.') 


Sandusky? 
Grand  (Mich.)  ? 
Gran-d  (Mo.)  ? 

I'OWA? 

Maumee? 
Rainy  Lake? 
Red  Cedar? 
Big  Sandy? 
Big  Sioux? 
Little  Sioux? 

(wo.) 


White? 

Black? 

Green? 

Red? 

Rock? 

Wolf? 

Osage? 

Licking? 

St.  Clair? 

St.  Croix? 

(Mn(  tro)/'.) 


LAKES. 

Ky  what  land  are  they  enrtonnl  r      inia<  are  their  ottlel*  t 

Superior ?  8s.>«       Winnebago?  Erie?2«.)      Pepin? 

Mich'igan?  830      L.  op  the  Woods?     Itasca?       Rainy? 
Hu'BON?!Mo  Bio  Stone?  Red?  St.  Claib? 


AP 


RAWING. 


•  Numbers  In  list  of  CiUi'S  ami  Towns  show  populfttinn  In  tAott^ftntf* ;  in  thftt  of  Uivrr^ 
the  loncth  In  hundred*  ofmiieit  ;  \n  that  of  Lakes,  the  whole  length  In  mite*. 


THE    SCALE. 

It  most  be  evident  to  all  thinking  teachers  that  maps  should  be  constructed 
on  the  tatne  uaU  by  all  the  scholars  in  tlie  school  By  the  use  of  a  single 
measure,  the  State  or  Country  is  accurately  drawn,  itd  area,  compared  with 
that  of  other  States  and  Countries  is  at  once  seeu,  and  comjiarative  gixe  fixed 
in  the  mind.  It  is  certainly  very  important  for  pupils  to  liavi;  accurate  ideas 
of  the  comparative  aiaes  of  the  difierent  States  of  the  ITnion  and  the  countries 
of  the  world. 

Each  measure  on  the  scale  shown  below  always  represents  two  hundred  tniitn. 
One-luif  npreeenU  the  distance  of  out  hundred  milet ;  one-fourth  ot  fifty 
miles,  and  one-eighth,  of  tvoenty-five  miUi.  Tlie  other  subdivisions  are  shown 
on  the  scale. 

EXERCISES  ON  THE  USE  OF  THE  SCALE 

should  be  continued  until  the  scholars  are  quick  and  accurate  in  its  use. 
Square*  as  well  as  lines  should  l>e  drawn,  representing  each  of  the  divisions 
of  this  measure. 

aCALB  FOB  DBAWma  ALL  TUB  HTATBS. 


li 


I 


i  H  i    I 


If  a  distance  is  a  little  longer  than  is  represented  by  the  scale,  it  is  iudicatiHl 
by  the  sign  plus  (+ ),  and  if  it  is  a  little  shorter,  it  is  indicated  by  the  sign 
minus  (— ).  Any  distance,  however  small,  may  be  represented  by  still  more 
minutely  subdividing  the  measure,  but  for  all  practical  purposes  the  dirisions 
indicated  are  sufficiently  minute. 

DRAWING    A    MAP. 

The  teacher  is  now  prepared  to  commence  the  work  of  constructing  a  map. 
Let  some  State  of  a  regular  shape  be  first  chosen,  a»  Pennsylvania.  The 
southern  boundary  is  one  and  one-third,  the  northern  boundary  the  same,  and 
the  width  threcfourth*.  Tlie  notch  in  the  N.  W.  comer  of  the  State  is  a  little 
less  than  otiefimrth.  Tliis  is  a  part  of  one  and  one-third,  the  extreme  length 
of  the  northern  boundarj-  line.  The  Oliii)  Kiver  crosses  the  western  boundary 
line  of  the  State  one  fourth  north  of  the  S.  W.  comer. 


As  toaa  as  Pennsylvania  is  drawn  it  should  be  made  a  basis  upon  which 
New  York  and  the  New  England  States  are  constructed.  Notice  how  easily 
this  can  he  done.  From  the  N.  E.  corner  of  Peimsylvania  one-half  catt 
reaches  the  S.  W.  comer  of  Massachusetts.  Tliis  point  is  a  centre  from  which 
one-half  a.  little  west  of  south,  reaches  Brooklyn  ;  one-lmlf  fOH,  the  N.  W.  cor- 
ner of  Rhode  Island  ;  one-half  north,  the  southern  point  of  T.«ke  (Immplain, 
and  tiro  hnlrn*  or  one.  tneojmre,  the  N.  E.  cfirner  of  the  State  of  New  York. 

The  various  distances  are  all  marked  on  the  construction  lines,  fo  that  by 
noticing  the  outline  maps  that  follow,  no  difficulty  will  Ije  experienced  in  coa- 
Etructing  all  the  States. 


MAP-DRA^?VING    ON    A     UNIFORM     SCALE. 


STATES  SHOULD  BE  GROUPED. 

Pennsylvania  is  the  base  for  New  York,  Virginia,  Delaware,  and  Maryland. 
The  New  England  States  can  more  easily  be  drawn  together  than  separately. 
By  this  means  their  comparative  size  is  fixed  in  the  mind. 

ENLARGED    MAPS 

of  single  States  or  groups  of  States  can  easily  be  drawn  by  taking  a  longer 
unit  of  measure  than  is  given  in  this  book.  Blackboard  maps  as  large  as  may 
l<«  wished  can  be  executed  by  using  a  blackboard  scale. 

ASSOCIATION    OF    SIMILAR    DISTANCES 

should  accompjny  every  exercise  in  map-drawing. 

Such  a  remarkable  similarity  in  distance  exists  in  the  boundary  lines  of  the 
United  States  and  the  Countries  of  Europe,  that  by  associating  their  lengths, 
no  difficulty  will  be  experienced  in  remembering  them. 

The  One-half  X^easures  around  the  S.  W.  corner  of  Massachusetts 
have  already  been  mentioned.  Among  many  other  coincidences,  it  may  be 
noticed  that  the  southern  boundary  of  Iowa,  the  width  of  Iowa,  the  extreme 
width  of  Illinois,  and  the  width  of  Kansas,  are  all  one  measure. 

The  length  of  the  northern  boundary  of  Iowa  is  the  same  as  the  extreme 
length  and  breadth  of  Missouri,  and  these  are  the  same  as  the  length  of  the 
peninsula  of  Michigan. 

These  are  only  a  few  of  the  many  remarkable  coincidences  found  to  exist  in 
the  United  States.  By  associating  similar  distances  no  difficulty  will  be  found 
in  teaching  pupils  how  long  and  broad  the  States  are. 

We  now  shall  show 

HOW  TIME  MAY  BE  SAVED  IN   TEACHING  TOPICAL   GEOGRAPHY 
BY   MEANS    OF   MAP    DRAWING. 

Pupils  should  come  to  the  class  with  paper,  a  scale  and  a  pencil.  First 
they  are  instructed  in  the  use  of  the  scale  ;  then  they  are  required  to  draw  the 
outlines  of  the  States  or  Countries  previously  given,  This  may  be  done  with 
the  map  drawing  book  open  i)efore  them,  until  they  have  learned  to  draw  the 
lesson  independently  of  the  book. 

THE    ORDER    OF    RECITATION. 

After  a  sufficient  time  has  been  spent  in  drawing  outline  maps,  in  accord- 
ance with  the  measurements  given  in  the  book,  then  the  pupils  may  be  re- 
quired to  bring  to  the  class-room  an  outline  map  previously  prepared.  This 
will  save  time. 

Suppose  the  lesson  is  the  State  of  New  York.  Each  pupil  is  prepared  with 
an  outline  map  of  this  State,  to  be  filled  up  at  the  dictation  of  the  teacher. 
When  all  are  ready  the  pupils  are  given  a  sufficient  time  in  which  to  draw 
the  mountains,  then  the  rivers,  and  after  this  the  towns  are  located,  noticing 
that  the  mountains  control  the  courses  of  rivers,  and  the  rivers  the  locations 
of  towns.  At  the  close  of  the  recitation  these  papers  are  collected,  corrected 
and  returned.  By  pursuing  this  course  each  pupil  has  recited,  and  in  such  a 
way  as  to  give  the  best  possible  proof  of  his  knowledge  of  the  geography  of 
the  State.     It  takes  only  a  short  time,  and  is  a  thorough  test. 


All  class  exercises  in  map-drawing  should  be  divided  into  two  distinct  parts  : 

I.  Exercises  in  drawing  outline  maps  and  in  distance ; 

II.  Exercises  in  completing  outline  maps  previously  drawn. 

It  is  not  necessary  to  continue  these  general  directions  further,  as  the  fig- 
ures near  the  measurement  lines  give  sufficient  information  to  enable  any 
pupil  of  ordinary  capacity  to  construct  any  map  in  this  book.  It  is  suggested 
that  the  following  order  be  observed  in  the  construction  of  the  map. 

I.  Tlie  Outlines.  II.  Mountains  and  Surf  ace  Ele- 

III.  Rivers  and  Lakes  IV,  Cities  ami  Totvns.    [vations. 

V. — Canals  and  Railways. 

Navigable  Rivers  may  be  drawn  with  double  lines. 

Coast  Lines  need  not  be  shaded,  but  if  any  prefer  to  finish  the  map  in 
this  way,  five  or  six  lines  may  be  drawn,  each  conforming  as  nearly  as  pos- 
sible to  the  direction  of  the  coast.  The  last  ones  should  be  finer  and  further 
apart  than  the  first. 

Mountains  may  be  drawn  as  on  the  maps  in  this  book.    It  should  be 

noticed  that  very  high  elevations  should  not  be  drawn  in  the  same  manner  as 

lower  elevations  or  single  peaks.     These  different  methods  are  represented  in 

the  maps  of  this  book.     Maps  may  be  made  very  distinct  by  first  sketching 

the  whole  work  with  a  lead  pencil,  and  then  tracing  it  in  ink  with  a  fine  steel 

pen. 

COLORING. 

A  map  can  be  colored  only  when  drawn  in  lead  pencil  or  with  India  ink. 
The  object  of  this  may  be  to  more  clearly  distinguish  the  political  divisions  or 
the  physical  features.  In  the  former  case  several  colors  are  necessary,  in  the 
latter,  only  two  or  three.  Let  the  paints  be  of  good  quality,  dissolved  in  water, 
and  made  to  flow  like  inks,  and  then  spread  upon  the  paper  very  much  diluted. 

Yellow  Ink  may  be  made  by  dissolving  gamooge  in  pure  rain-water. 

Blue  Ink. — Dissolve  an  ounce  of  Prussian  Blue  in  one  pint  of  water,  in 
which  one  ounce  of  Oxalic  Acid  has  been  dissolved.  Add  a  small  quantity 
of  Oum  Arabic. 

Red  Ink. — Carmine  dissolved  in  liquid  Ammonia  is  the  usual  method  of 
making  red  ink.     After  it  is  dissolved  dil  ute  it  with  pure  rain-water. 

Green  Ink. — Mix  blue  and  yellow  inks.    I'urple  Ink. — Blue  and  red. 

Two  or  three  coats  should  be  applied  with  a  medium  sized  camel-hair  or 
sable-hair  brush.  If  two  colors  only  are  used,  red  and  green,  or  yellow  and 
Uue  should  be  selected.  After  the  map  is  colored  the  boundary  lines  may  be 
rendered  more  distinct  by  tracing  them  with  good  carmine  ink,  using  a  fine 
brush.  With  these  directions,  even  pupils  possessing  only  ordinary  ability  in 
drawing  may  be  able  to  construct  and  finish  very  beautiful  and  correct  maps. 

HOW    TO    CONSTRUCT    THE    CONTINENTS. 

The  scale,  representing  the  distance  of  two  hundred  miles,  described  above, 
is  only  used  in  constructing  the  United  States  and  other  subdimMons  of  the 
Continents. 

For  constructing  the  Continents  a  scale,  each  division  of  which  represents 
six  hundred  miles,  is  used. 


SCALE   FOR   DRAWING    ALL   OF   THE   CONTINENTS. 

THE  SIX   HTJNDBKD  MILE   SCALE. 


J_ 


J_ 


J_ 


J_1_L 


_J_ 


J-. 


.J_ 


J_ 


JL 


J_ 


J_ 


4800      8  S  8     4200      8  8  8      3«*     8 
8in.       §  §  5     Ira.      5  ^  S      6m.      ^ 


3000 
5  m. 


its 


Slsj^i 


^WW 


iFii'ir 


MOO 
4m. 


8 


1800 
3  m. 


8     isoo    s 

S      2m.      S 


600 
Im. 


Larger  maps  may  be  easily  drawn  bv  increasing  the  length  of  the  measure. 


Note. — An  toK^eni  ruler,  marked  with  the^e  two  map'drawing  scales  on  one  side  and  inches  on  the  other,  can  he  obtained  from  A.  S.  Barnes  <&  Co.,  New  York  or  any  l>W)k»^Xw 
in  the  country.     It  is  as  cheap  as  any  common  measure,  and  is  useful  for  general  desk  purposes.    A  longer  scale  for  the  blackboard  is  also  furnished. 


MAP    DRAWING    ON    A    UNIFORM    SCALE. 


MAINE. 

Make  a  scale  on  a 
slip  of  stiff  pai>er ;  aud 
by  it,  draw  maps  of 
all  the  States,  as  ex- 
plained ou  a  previous 
page. 

Dntte  no  iine$  except 
boundariet. 

Commence  at  A, 
draw  I'aasuma- 
qiioiUlj)  Bay,  and 
locate        tUiHtport. 

-^r... .1 ^^'TlPftti^   Measure  west,  on  the 

■'"^      45^    of    latitude,   mu 

meature  to  B  :  thence 

}  m.  to  L,  the  northeast 

corner  of  A'.  It.,  and 

}  m.  to  H,  the  north- , 

east   comer    of     Vt. 

From  B  meaanra  J  m.  to  the  Stilimin  Falls 

Itirrr  at  F,  and  draw  the  western  boundary. 

From  F  measure  ^  m.  to  G,  and  draw  the  *>«/- 

tnon  FuUh  ltiver,n  lartof  the  Merrhnac 

River,  and  the  coast  line. 

Fnmi  tlie  point  C,  a  little  less  than  \  m.  east  of  B,  measure  J  m.  to  D,  the 
most  northern  point  of  Me.  ;  thence  J  m.  towarUs  H  to  K,  and  complete  the 
northwestern  bonndajy  of  the  State. 

From  A  measure  |  m.  toward  0,  to  E,  and  draw  Ornnd  Lahe  and 
.S7.  Croijn  Itiver.  From  E  measure  north  to  I  |  m.,  and  draw  the  eastern 
boundary  line  and  the  Ulver  St,  John. 


MASSACHUSETTS,  CONNECTICUT.  AND  RHODE  ISUND. 

Be^n  at  H,  and  measure 
I  m.  to  Q  and  |  m.  to  K,  and 
draw  the  northern  boundary 
of  the  State,  the  Merriiiitic 
River  $ind  Cu/te  Ahm. 

Draw  the  western  bound- 
ary, }  m.  from  Q  to  P.  From 
P,  measnre  j  m.  a  little  west 
of  south  to  R,  and  draw  the 
western  boundary  of  Con- 
nect iriif  and  the  western 
endot  Loiif/  Islniifl.  From 
P.  measure  \  m.  to  N,  )  m. 
from  N  to  M,  i  m.  from  M  to 
L,  J  m.  from  L  to  0,  and  J  m.  from  0  south  to  S.  Draw  the  northern  liound- 
aryol  t'oiuiecticut  and  Rhode  Ifilatul ;  t'/i/nioiith  Buy.  Ca/te 
Cod,  Cajte  Cod  Bay,  and  the  eastern  coast  of  Maxmiehusettn ;  Mar- 
fhfi's  Vineyard  and  yantiirket. 

Draw  the  boundary  line  between  VonneeticHt  and  Rhode  Inland, 

\  m.,  a  little  west  of  N 

Draw  the  northern  shore  of  Long  Inland  Sound,  Narrayannett 
Bay,  and  Huzzftrd's  Bay, 

Complete  these  States  by  adding  the  mountains,  rirers,  principal  towns, 
and  railroads. 

Draw  Lony  Island,  obse^^•ing  that  its  eastern  extremity  extends  to  a 
point  directly  south  of  the  ea.stem  boundary  of  Connecticut, 

Many  questions  may  now  be  asked  like  the  following : 

What  is  the  lenpth.  in  miles,  of  the  western  boundary  of  Rhode  Island  T 
Of  the  western  boundary  of  Massachusetts? 

If  the  teacher  wish,  the  pupils  may  now  draw  the  six  Eastern  States 
together. 

Observe  how  many  distances,  in  these  States,  are  exactly  the  same. 


NEW    HAMPSHIRE    AND    VERMONT. 

The  measurements  for  the  eastern 
boundary  of  New  Hampshire  are  the 
same  as  those  for  tlie  western  bound- 
ary of  Maine.  Make  a  scale  like  the 
one  given  at  the  foot  of  page  27. 

Begin  at  A,  measure  I  m.  north  to 

B,  I  m.  south  to  J,  }  m.  from  J  to  L, 

and  J  m.  east  from  L  to  K.     Complete 

the    eastern    Iwuudary    of  the    State, 

drawing  Salmon  Falls  River,  the 

Atlantic  Coast,  and  Cape  Ann, 

Measure  }  m.  from  L  to  H,  aud  \  m. 

from   H   to   C.      Draw    Merriniac 

River,   and   complete   the    southern 

boundary  of  the  States. 

From  A,  measure  J  m.  west  to  C,  i  m.  from  C  to  E, )  m.  from  E  south  to  F, 

and  \  m.  from  F  to  G.     Draw  Lake  Chaniplain,  Connecticut  River, 

the  Oreen  and  h'hite  Mountains, 

Complete  the  drawing  by  adding,  from  the  large  map,  the  rivers,— the 
l>ays,— the  capes, — the  cities  and  towns, — the  railroads. 

Note. — Here  the  drawings  may  be  examined  by  the  teaclier,  or  the  pupils 
may  draw  the  map  ou  the  blackboard,  each  doing  a  part 


NEW    YORK 


Begin  at  E,  measure  \  m.  south  to  F,  ^  m.  from  F  to  Q,  J  ni.  from  G  to  P, 
and  }  m.  a  little  west  of  south  to  R.  Draw  Lake  ChanifUain,  the  eastern 
boundary  of  the  State,  Lony  Island,  Lony  Island  Sound,  Staten 
Island,  Sandy  Hook,  and  the  southern  extremity  of  Iludnon'tt 
River,    I»cate  »»f  York,  Brooklyn,  and  ,Tersey  City, 

From  P  measure  \  ro.  west  to  B.  From  B  measure  J  m.  toward  R  and 
draw  a  part  of  Delaware  River  and  the  northern  boundary  of  Setv 
,Iersey  \  m. 

From  B  measure  a  little  more  than  1 J  m.  west  to  K,  }  m.  north  from  K  to 
L,  and  }  m.  east  from  L  to  M,  and  draw  the  northern  boundnry  of  Pennsyl- 
vania and  the  eastern  extremity  of  Lake  Erie.  Locate  Buffalo  and 
Niagara  Fallit, 

From  L  measure  \  m.  north  to  N.  and  1  m.  east  from  N.  Draw  Lake 
Ontario,  obser\'ing  that  it  is  J  m.  wide. 

From  E  measure  |  m.  west  to  0,  and  I  m.  from  D,  toward  K.  to  S,  and 
draw  .S7.  Lfiwrenee  River.  Complete  the  State  by  marking  the  mount- 
,  ains,  rivers,  cities,  railroads,  and  the  Erie  Canal. 


MAP    DRAAVING    ON     A     UNIFORM     SCALE. 


PENNSYLVANIA  AND  NEW  JERSEY. 


OHIO,  INDIANA,  AND  KENTUCKY. 


Beg^n  at  B,  measure  1|  m.  west  to  A,  and  a  little  less  than  \  m.  from 
A  to  K.     Draw  the  northern  boundary  line,  and  a  part  of  the  shore  of 
Lfike  Erie.    Locate  Erie  City,    From  A,  measure  south 
and  draw  a  part  of  the  Ohio  River,  near  F,  |  m.  south  of  A. 

Measure  IJ  m.  east  from  D  to  E,  and  draw  the  southern  boundary  line 
of  PeniisylvaiUa,  including  the  northern  line  of  Delaivare. 

Complete  the  outline  of  the  State  by  drawing  the  Delaware  ^^ 
Biver.  Locate  the  northern  corner  of  Nexv  Jersey, 
\  m.  from  B  towards  R,  at  0.  Locate  Srooklytl,  f  m. 
from  B,  at  R.  Draw  Staten  Tsldiid.  Locate  Jersey 
City  and  Kew  York.  Draw  a  part  of  Hudson 
jRiver  and  the  northern  boundary  of  y^ew  Jersey, 
J  m.  Measure  }  m.  south  of  0  to  H,  and  draw  the  eastern  shore-line  of  the 
State  and  Delaware  Say, 


Draw  the  mountains  and  rivers, 
and  railroads. 


Locate  the  principal  capes,  cities,  towns, 


DIRECTIONS  FOR  DRAWING  VIRGINIA, 


Begin  at  D  and  measure  |  m.  north  to  F,  and  draw  the 
Pan  Handle.    Locate  Wheeliny,    Measure  from  D 
to  E,  and  draw  the  northern  boundaries  of   West   Vir- 
yinia,  Maryland,  and  Delaware.     Next,  draw  the 
western  and  southern   boundaries  of   Delaware  \  ni. 
from  V  to  G  and  \  m.  from  G  to  H.    Draw 
Delinvare  Bay  and  locate  Dover,  Capes 
May  and  Henlopen.     Mark  A  ^  m.  east 
of  D,  and   draw  the   western  boundary   of 
Maryland  |  m.  from  A  to  B. 

Next  mark  the  point  P  IJ  m.  south 
of  E,  and  draw  Chesapeake  Bay 
and  the  Potomac  Biver.  Locate 
Washington  and  Baltimore, 
Capes  Charles  and  Henry. 

Draw  the  southern  boundary  line  of 
Virginia  1|  m.  from  P  to  N,  and  J  m. 
from  N  to  M.     From  M  meas- 
ure ^  m.  northeast  to  L,  and 
draw     the      Cumberland 
Mountains.  Measure 

north 


WEST  VIRGINIA,   MARYLAND,   DELAWARE,  OHIO,   INDIANA,  AND  KENTUCKY. 

southern  point  of  the  State  is  at  W  i  m.  southeast  of  L  ;  that  the  breadth  of  the  State 
is  I  m.  from  C  to  R  ;  and  that  the  point  S  is  J  m.  east  of  B. 

Complete  the  map  by  marking  the  Mountains,  Bivers,  etc. 

Draw  the  eastern  boundary  of  Ohio  from  A  to  F  i  m. ;  then  draw  the  western,  1 J 

w  m.  west  of  the  eastern,  from 

A    .  /;& 


m.  from  L  to  K,  and 


draw  the  Big  Sandy  Biver.    Draw  the  Ohio  Biver  from  F  to  K 
Complete  the  eastern  boundary  of   West  Virginia,  observing  that  the 


m.  from  P  to  S,  the  Mississippi  Biver. 
mountains,  etc.,  as  in  the  other  maps. 


E  to  0,  I  m.  ;  next,  E  D  ^  m. 
and  Lake  Erie  \  wide. 
Find  the  point  Kim.  south 
of  B,  and  draw  the  Ohio 
Biver.  Complete  the  State. 
Join  Indiana  to  OIUo 
by  drawing  its  northern  boun- 
dary with  LMke  Michigan 
I  m.  from  E  to  F  ;  its  western, 
}  m.  from  F  to  G  ;  the  Wa- 
bash Biver  f  m.  from  G  to 
H ;  and  the  Ohio  Biver 
from  0  to  H. 

Draw  Kentlickiihjmens- 
uring  I  m.  from  f  south  to 
N .  Mark  the  soutnern  boun- 
dary Ij  m.  from  M  to  P,  the 
Tennessee  Biver;  and  J 
Locate  the  principal  rivers. 


MAP   DRAWING    SHOULD    BE   SYSTEMATIC. 

If  one  State  or  ContineDt  is  drawn  on  a  definite  plan,  the  same  course  ehoold  be  pursued  with  all.  Slates  should  be  bo  drawn  as  to 
be  Joined  to  other  States,  and  Continents  to  other  Continents.  This  is  not  possible  by  some  methods  of  drawing  before 4 he  public. 
V.nnont  is  drawn  on  one  scale,  and  Massachusetts  on  another,  while  Connecticut  is  drawn  on  still  another,  and  New  York  on  quite 
another ;  so  that  it  Is  impossible  to  Join  all  of  these  neighboring  States  in  studying  their  common  physical  features. 

PRINCIPLES    UNDERLYING    THE   SUBJECT. 

1.  Haps  should  be  drawn  in  accordance  with  a  definite  unit  of  measurement. 

2.  Actual  distance  should  be  learned. 

3.  States  should  be  studied  in  groups,  and  these  should  be  united  as  the  lessons  advance,  and  thus  form  entire  sections 


ORDER  OF  DRAWING  A  MAP. 
I.  Measurement  Outlines. 
II.  Boundary  Lines. 

III.  Mountains  and  Surface  Elevations. 

IV.  Rivers.     Inland  Lakes. 
V.  Cities  and  Towns. 

VI.  Railroads  and  Canals. 
VII.  Write  in  each  State  or  Continent 
its  principal  products  and  the  lead- 
ing occupations  of  its  inhabitants. 


MAP    DRA^VING    ON     A    UNIFORM     SCALE. 


WISCONSIN  AND  MINNESOTA. 
BL-giii  at  F,  and  lueasure  >  m.  north,  and  draw 
their  southern  boundaries,  A  B  C  D ;  thence,  1 1 
I nortli  to  H.  Fix  tlie  points  E,  G,  L,  M. 
1  and  N,tLS  indicated,  and 
■iimi)lete  tlie  States, 


MICHIGAN. 
Form  the  square  C  N  1  F,  each  side  IJ  ni. 
lonj;,  and  subdivide  into  four  stiuares.     Draw 
the  Strait  of  Muckininf,  LiiKrs  Mich- 
iyun,  Huron,  St.  Clair,  and  JCrie;  then 
tlie  southern  boundary.     At  S,  J  m.  north  of 
tlie  Strait  of  Mackinaw, 
fix  the  southeastern   extremity 
of   Luhe  Superior;   thence 
IJ  west  to  the  western  extrem- 
ity, K,  and  draw  Lake  Supe- 
rior, noticing  that  the  north- 
ern coast  at  R  is  north  of  the  west 
coast  of  Lake  Miehiffan. 


ILLINOIS,  IOWA.  AND  MISSOURI. 

Draw  the  eastern  boundary  line  of  lUiuoiit, 
the  same  as  the  western  boundary  line  of  Jtnli- 
ana,  }  m.  from  iMke  Michigan  to  Wabwh 
River.  From  F,  measure  \  m.  north  and  i  m. 
west  to  A.  and  draw  the  southern  coast-line  of 
Lake  Michignn.    Locate  Chicago. 

Mark  the  northern  boundary  }  m.  from  A  to  B. 
Locate  Cairo  1]  m.  south  of  the  line  A  B.  Meas- 
ure the  extreme  breadth  of  the  State  IJ  m.  on 
the  line  V  U,  and  draw  the  Mitutiiiflippi,  Ohio, 
and  Wabash  liivers.  Complete  drawing  of 
State. 

Next  draw  Iowa,  commencing  with  its  north- 
em  boundary  IJ  m.  from  C  to  D,  |  m.  north  of 
the  northern  boundary  of  Illinois,  and  \  m.  west. 
From  Y,  i  m.  west  of  C,  measure  1  m.  south  to  E, 
and  draw  the  southern  boundary  1{  m.  to  K.  Draw 
the  Dea  Moines  River.  The  eastern  bend  of 
the  river  Is  J  m.  east  of  the  central  line  YE.  Com- 
plete  the  drawing  according  to  the  measurements. 

Complete  Missouri,  by  commencing  at  K  nod 
measuring  \  m.  east  and  \  m.  south  to  Kansas 
Citfi.  Mark  its  southern  boundary  IJ  m.  south  of 
its  northern,  1|  m.  in  length  from  N  to  T,  and  }  m. 
from  T  to  S. 


MAP    DRAWING    ON     A     UNIFORM     SCALE. 


Direction.  —  The  maps  may  he 
drawn,  by  the  pupils  at  home,  and 
examined  by  the  teacher  the  next 
day ;  or,  in  the  class-room,  on  their 
slates ;  or,  in  turn,  on  the  blackboard. 


F        DIRECTIONS  FOR   DRAWING 
THESE   STATES. 

Begin  at  N,  and  draw  the  northern 
boundaries  of  Tennessee  and  Arkan- 
sas, according  to  the  distances  shown 
on  the  map. 

-|  m.  south  of  P,  mark  H  ;  also  K, 
G,  and  R,  and  complete  the  bounda- 
ries of  Tennessee,  its  mountains  and 
rivers. 
South  of  K,  mark  Q,  then   B  and  0,  and  complete  the 
boundaries   of   Mississippi   and  Alabama,  according  to  the 
printed  measurements. 

Draw  the  western  boundaries  of  Arkansas  and  Louisiana, 
beginning  at  U.     The  mouth  of  the  Mississippi  is  in  a  line  with  E  and  Q. 
Complete  the  boundaries,  and  add  the  mountains,  rivers,  chief  cities,  etc 


OUTLINE  OF  A  TOPICAL  RECITATION. 

First  of  all,  DRAW  THE  MAP,  then  tell  in  order  : 

I.  Position  on  the  Globe.  Let  this  be  given  ex- 
actly.    Latitude  and  Longitude. 

II.  BotWDAKY,  Measurement  Lines,  as  learned  from 
the  construction  of  the  map,  general  shape,  number  of 
square  miles  it  contains,  character  of  boundary  lines,  as 
mountain  ranges,  rivers,  straits,  bays,  peninsulas,  isth- 
muses. 

III.  StTRFACE  Elevation  ;  mountain  ranges,  pla- 
teaux, slopes,  single  peaks,  inland  waters,  average  ele- 
vation above  the  ocean.  Name  each  river,  stating  its 
source,  direction,  length,  and  where  it  empties. 

IV.  Cli.m ATE.  State  cau.ses  regulating  it,  as  affected  by 
latitude  and  longitude,  altitude,  nearness  to,  or  remote- 
ness from,  large  bodies  of  water,  and  high  mountain  ranges. 

V.  Vegetation  ;  natural,  cultivated,  character  of  soil. 

VI.  Animals  ;  domestic,  wild. 

VII.  Inhabitants  ;  original  character  of,  preseat 
character  of. 

VIII.  Government  ;  how  laws  are  made,  the  name 
and  character  of  the  government,  principal  oflScers,  how 
elected. 

IX.  Internal  Improvements.  Name  the  character, 
extent,  and  cost  of  each,  also  name  the  manufactures,  in- 
dustries, exports,  imports. 

X.  Principal  Towns  ;  where  located,  size,  and  trade 
of  each. 

XI.  H18TOHT;  where  settled,  when,  and  by  whom. 
Wars.    Noted  Men. 

Special  formulas  can  easily  be  given  for  describing 
mountains,  rivers,  oceans,  bays,  gulfs,  and  straits. 


Draw  the  northern  boundary  to  correspond  with 
the  southern  boundaries  of  Georgia  and  Alabama. 

What  river  forms  the  northeastern  boundary  of 
Florida  ?  In  what  swamp  does  the  St.  Mary's  River 
rise  ?  What  town  in  Georgia  at  the  mouth  of  that 
river?  What  town  in  Florida  opposite  the  mouth  of 
the  St.  Mary's  River  1  Is  Fernandina  on  the  main 
land?  Locate  Fernandina.  Wliat  river  forms  the 
northwestern  boundary  of  Florida  ?  East  of  its  mouth 
is  the  largest  city  in  Florida.     Name  and  locate  it. 

What  two  rivers  from  Georgia  meet  on  the  north- 
ern boundary  of  Florida  ?  What  river  is  formed  by  them  ?  Draw 
them.     What  town  at  tlie  mouth  of  the   Appalachicola  River? 
Locate  it,  and  draw  the  coast-line  between  it  and  the  metropolis. 

Mark  Cape  Sable  2  ms  a  little  east  of  south  from  the  mouth 
of  St.  Mary's  River. 

Mark  N  on  Tampa  Bay  1  m  south  of  C.  Draw  Tampa  Bay 
and  the  coast-line  to  Appalachicola  and  Cape  Sable. 

Mark  Cape  Canaveral  !|  m.  northeast  of  Tampa  Bay,  and  draw 
the  coast-line  from  the  mouth  of  St.  Mary's  River  to  Cape  Sable. 
Complete  the  map. 


«•"» 


MAP    DRAWING    ON    A     UNIFORM    SCALE, 


NORTH     CAROLINA,     SOUTH     CAROLINA.     AND    GEORGIA 

\.9.^ ^-'^ 


Draw  the  northern  boundary  of 
y<>rt/i  i'lirulinu,  1;  measureii  in 
lengtli.  Mark  the  mouth  of  St, 
Mury'n  Itiver,  iX  S,2  ma.  south 
of  N.  From  P,  1)  ma.  toward  S, 
mark  K,  the  most  Bouthem  )x)int  of 
Noi'th  CdroHtKi,  and  draw  its 
coast-line,  with  its  sounds  and  capes ; 
also  their  names. 


Mark  0,  1  m.  west  of  P;  L.  j  m.  south  of  0;  H,  1  m.  west 
of  L ;  and  R,  |  m.  west  of  H.  Draw  the  eastern  and  northern 
boundaries  of  South  Carolina  and  the  western  boundary  of 
North  Carolina. 


From  A,  the  middle  of  the  northern  boundary  of  South  dirolhm, 
measure  south  1  m.  to  B,  and  draw  the  SnvauHuh  Jtii'er ;  also  the  coast- 
line of  South  Carolinti  and  Oi-ofyia. 

Mark  G,  }  m.  west  of  H  ;  E,  the  junction  of  the  Flint  and  Chattahoochee  Rivers, 
1^  m.  south  of  G,  and  1  m.  west  of  S,  and  complete  the  bonudariea.  Mark  the  capes, 
dtiee,  etc 


SUGGESTIONS. 

For  the  purpose  of  presenting  the  entire  map  of  the  United  States  in  one  view,  the  scale  has  been 
reduced  so  as  to  show  the  priiK-i|>al  mea^iurements  oil  one  page. 

On  all  of  the  otiier  mapdrawinj;  maps  in  this  1xx>k  two  inches  reproiienta  one  ni.,  or  two  hundred 
miles.     On  the  map  below,  one  lialf  an  inch  is  one  m. 
A  ^<'ali>  nuiy  V)e  prepared,  suited  to  the  size  of  the  paper  or  board ;  but  when  this  measure  is  once  established  in  the  scliool-room,  it  should  never  be 
changed.     A 11  other  scales  should  conform  to  it. 

In  no  other  way  can  comitarativo  size  and  area  be  taught.     In  drawing  the  United  States  as  a  whole,  it  should  be  remembered  that  all  meridian  lines 
point  towards  the  pole, 

THE     UNITED     STATES. 


MAP    DRAWING    ON    A    UNIFORM    SCALE. 


SOUTH     AMERICA. 


ex.    '^ 


REMARKS. 

Ajx  of  the  continents  in  this  system 
of  map  drawing  are  drawn  on  the  Bamc 
scale,  thus  representing  to  the  eye  their 
comparative  areas.  They  are  also  drawn 
on  the  same  plan  or  system  ;  so  that,  as 
soon  as  the  method  of  constructing  South 
America  is  learned,  the  pupil  will  have 
no  difficulty  in  drawing  North  America 
and  the  other  continental  divisions. 

The  unit  of  measure  is  six  hundred 
miles. 

It  will  he  seen  that  a  fhndamental  prin- 
ciple in  this  system  of  map  drawing  is, 
that  maps  should  be  drawn  in  a  single 
unit  of  measure.  The  great  advantages 
of  this  will  be  at  once  apparent  to  teach- 
ers. Comparative  size  is  fixed  in  the 
mind,  and  the  lengths  and  b:  eadths  of  the 
States  and  Continents  eaeily  learned. 
Pages  are  made  to  suit  the  maps,  and  not 
the  maps  to  suit  the  pages. 

But  It  may  be  convenient  to  enlarge 
Europe,  and  contract  Asia  and  Africa.  A 
nnit  of  measure  can  easily  be  taken  longer 
or  shorter  than  the  one  here  given,  and 
the  same  method  pursued  as  here  indi- 
cated. Thus  a  map  can  be  shown  as  large 
or  small  as  may  be  desired. 

The  continental  unit  assumed  in  this 
hook  is  convenient  for  use  at  the  desk. 

A.II  pupils  should  have  the  same 
unit  of  measure. 

The  maps  can  then  be  easily  corrected, 
and  in  a  short  time  the  comparative  sizes 
of  the  States  and  Continents  will  he 
learned. 


SCALE   FOR    DRAWING    ALL    OF 
THE   CONTINENTS. 


600  m. 


600  m. 


3m», 


QUESTIONS. 

Many  questions  will  suggest  them- 
eelves  to  the  teacher.  Among  them  we 
would  suggest  the  following : 

What  is  the  extreme  length  of  South 
America  compared  with  North  America? 
How  does  the  extreme  breadth  of  the 
United  States  compare  with  the  breadth 
of  Europe  f  What  is  the  extreme  length 
of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico?  Its  breadth? 
How  far  is  it  from  Yucatan  to  Appalachec 
Pay?  What  is  the  length  of  Cuba?  Its 
breadth  ?  How  far  is  Newfoundland  from 
Hayti?  Uow  far  is  Hayti  from  South 
America  ?  How  far  is  Hnyti  from  Green- 
land ?  What  is  the  distance  from  Cape 
Catoche  to  Cape  Sable  ?  From  Cape  Sa- 
ble to  the  Straits  of  Belleisle?  How  far 
Is  Queen  Charlotte's  Island  north  of  San 
Francisco  Bay  f 


Commence  at  A,  and  measure  5^  ms.  north,  and  mark  Cape  St.  JRoqiie. 
Measure  to  C,  7^  ms.  ;  thence  west  to  D,  ^  i.  s.  At  4  ms.  from  C,  mark  Cape 
Oallinus  and  L<tke  Marocaybo.  From  55,  at  Cape  St.  Itoqiw,  toward 
4  on  the  line  0  D,  mark  the  points,  1,  near  tlie  mouth  of  the  Amazon  liiver  ; 
2,  opposite  Georyetown  ;  and,  3,  near  Varacan.     Complete  the  coast-line. 

From  A,  toward  the  wegt,  mark  the  points  4  and  5|  at  B.  From  4,  west  of  A, 
toward  Cape  St.  Itoqiii;  mark  1,  near  the  Gulf  of  St.  Geovi/e;  2,  opposite 
St.  Matthias'  Bay  ;  3,  near  the  mouth  of  the  Rio  tie  La  Plata;  and  6, 
opposite  the  Bay  of  All  Saints.    Complete  the  coast-line. 

From  4,  west  of  A,  measure  4  ms.  north,  and  draw  the  coast  south  to  Terra 
del  Fneyo  and  Cape  Horn. 

North  of  B,  mark  the  points  5^,  6,  7,  and  draw  the  Gldf  of  Darlen,  Tsth- 
nins  of  Panama,  and  Cape  B/anro.  Complete  the  drawing  by  marking 
the  mountains,  rivers,  countries,  bays,  gulfs,  capes,  cities,  etc.,  writing  the  full 
name  of  each  outside  the  map. 

With  these  directions,  no  pupil  old  enough  to  study  Geography  will  have  diffi- 
culty in  drawing  an  accurate  map  of  South  America,  giving  its  entire  length  and 
breadth,  as  well  as  the  lengths  of  the  coast-lines. 

The  internal  construction  can  be  easily  drawn  by  referring  to  the  maps  in  the 
Geography. 


MAP  DRAWING  SAVES  TIME. 

It  is  certain  that  much  time  now  spent 
in  learning  local  geography  is  lost  be- 
cause pupils  do  not  gain  a  distinct  men- 
tal view  of  the  world  on  which  they  live, 
This  can,  to  a  good  degree,  be  remedied 
by  map  drawing,  and  a  much  more  per- 
manent impression  made,  and  thus  much 
time  DOW  spent  In  reciting  names  can  be 
saved. 

At  least  one-half  the  time  now  spent 
in  studying  geography  can  be  saved  and 
much  more  accomplished.  In  order  to 
permanently  remember  the  locatioE  of  a 
place,  its  name  must  be  associated  with  its 
position  on  our  earth.  This  can  be  much 
more  easily  accomplished  by  the  aid  ol 
map  drawing  than  by  any  other  means. 
.\  teacher  of  large  experience  recently  re- 
marked that,  in  his  opinion,  "by  means 
of  map  drawing  twice  us  much  could  be 
learned  in  the  same  time  with/«)«  «m«i 
the  probability  of  its  being  remembered." 


HOW   TO    CONDUCT  A    RECITA- 
TION. 

Suppose  the  map  of  the  State  of  New 
York  is  to  be  recited.  The  pupils  are  ex- 
pected to  know  the  principal  characteris- 
tics of  its  local  geography.  Its  Moun- 
tains, Islands,  Bays,  Sounds,  Straits, 
Riwrs,  Lakes,  Falls,  Cities,  Towns,  Eail-^ 
roads,  and  Canals  are  to  be  recited  in 
such  a  manner  as  to  give  the  best  evi- 
dence tliat  each  pupil  knows  their  exact 
location.  By  the  old  method  each  pupil 
recites  orally,  with  no  delineation  on  the 
board,  slate,  or  paper. 

There  is  no  certainty  that  all  the  pupils 
have  obtained  the  entire  lesson,  as  no 
one  can  recite  the  whole  of  it,  and  it  con- 
sumes much  time.  Many  names  are 
learned,  but  accurate  geographical  knowl- 
edge has  not  been  promoted. 


A  BETTER  WAY. 

Let  each  pnpil,  either  at  the  board  or 
on  elate  or  paper,  draw  an  outline  map 
of  the  State.  It  need  not  take  over  two 
minutes. 

Next,  draw  from  the  large  map,  in  the 
following  order,  the  m onn tain e,— the  riv- 
ers,—the  bays, — the  capes,— the  cities  and 
townB — (mark  those  only  which  appear 
on  the  large  map  in  black  letters);  then 
mark  the  railroads.  In  drawing  a  map  of 
your  own  State,  mark  all  the  cities  and 
towns. 

Then,  on  the  side  of  the  map,  let  their 
names  be  written,  correeponding  to  the 
numbers,  as  above. 

The  work  can  now  be  easily  exam- 
ined, as  in  an  exercise  in  written  spell- 
ing. 

The  entire  work  here  mentioned  need 
not  take  over  fifteen  minutes.  Every 
member  has  recited,  and  in  such  a  manner 
aa  to  give  the  very  best  evidence  of  Ms 
knowledge  or  want  of  knowledge  of  the 
lesson. 

If  there  is  time  after  this  work  is  in- 
spected and  corrected,  then  the  usual  oral 
recitation  can  proceed  by  requiring  the 
pupil  reciting  to  point  to  the  Mountains 
on  the  outline  drawn,  while  he  ie  telling 
in  what  part  of  the  State  they  are,  and  in 
what  direction  the  langes  extend:  or  the 
Islands,  where  they  are,  by  what  waters 
surrounded,  and  so  on  nntil  the  map  has 
been  recited. 

No  nainea  nhould  be  written  on  the  face 
of  the  map  drawn.  In  a  short  time  pupils 
will  obtain  great  Hkill  in  doing  this  work, 
and  teachers  will  find  it  pleasant,  expedi- 
tious, easy,  and  thorough. 


^- 


V 


-i-. 


\ 


YE  06601 


\ 


i- 


%-:^ 


.» 
*■ 


! 

■  i 
1 

1 

